David Pepose's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: Newsarama Reviews: 2056
7.1Avg. Review Rating

5
100th Anniversary: Spider-Man #1

Jul 15, 2014

In the case of the Fantastic Four 100th Anniversary, Jen Van Meter essentially created her own new team, tying into the Marvel mythology and adding something new to stand alongside those titans of yesteryear. Maybe that's some metacommentary, considering how much stuggle there has been to make the FF really sing the past 10 or 20 years. Peter Parker, however, is still a popular, bankable, unkillable brand - but when you're really only doing one issue of a hypothetical future series, why not go totally crazy? Why not take Spider-Man to places we've never even seen before? Ultimately, this comic's heart is in the right place, but - perhaps like Peter Parker himself - this book doesn't quite have the imagination to take that potential as far as it can go.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
1872 #1

Jul 13, 2015

The thing is, I love westerns. I think there is so much untapped potential for western comics, especially given that spaghetti westerns utilize so much of the same visual tricks as sequential art. Unfortunately, 1872 feels like the latest example of why so many publishers don't approach that genre. While this book has a solid foundation for its art, it moves so slowly and differentiates itself so little that it just feels like a bunch of Marvel characters randomly thrown together in variant costumes. If you want my fistful of dollars, you'll have to do better than that.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
20XX #1

Dec 5, 2019

While it feels like there's still a missing ingredient to really make this narrative stand apart, the execution makes 20XX a decent read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
30 Days of Night (2017) #1

Dec 26, 2017

This new 30 Days of Night isn't a bad book, per se, but it has to pick up the pace if it wants to keep readers interested.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #3

Dec 20, 2016

With so many comic books out there that rely solely on its high concept, it's refreshing to see a book like 4 Kids Walk Into a Bank, which instead lives and dies based largely on its execution of an otherwise low-key plot. It's easy to forget basic concepts like strong characterization, dialogue, and pacing, but Rosenberg and Boss deliver on all counts. With a foundation as rock-solid as this one, if you're not reading 4 Kids Walk Into a Bank, you're missing out on one of the best new series of 2016.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular: Green Lantern #1

Jun 24, 2020

While there's some element of hit-or-miss to these stories, by and large Green Lantern 80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular has something to offer everyone, whether you're a fan of Alan Scott all the way to Jessica Cruz and Simon Baz. Due to the sheer spread of characters to cover, this anniversary special feels different than the rest, but I think that's ultimately to this book's benefit " there's such a wide diversity of themes and personal struggles for these Lanterns to embark upon that no two stories feel the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
A+X #1

Oct 31, 2012

Maybe the big failing of A+X is that it doesn't quite live up to its core concept: Yes, we have an Avenger and an X-Man teaming up, but we never really see it last long enough to see the interpersonal sparks fly between these characters. The art looks fine, but we're not really seeing anything new with these team-ups. Here's hoping that as this series progresses, we'll see some bigger fireworks among Marvel's mightiest heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
A+X #2

Nov 27, 2012

While I was lukewarm at best to the opening issue of A+X, I have to say this second issue really shows me that Marvel has what it takes to make this comic not just sell, but excel. This is exactly the showcase for established and rising talent that we've been waiting for " A+X #2 is an equation that should be a no-brainer for fans of the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
A+X #6

Mar 28, 2013

Stefano Caselli draws a ridiculously good Gambit, with tousled hair and modelesque features " Marvel, let Caselli draw the book next, he'd kill on it! But for now, A+X #6 will have to suffice " it may be this week's perfect read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
A+X #7

Apr 25, 2013

David PeposeThis may be a comic with two stories in it, but the first one is so good, that alone is worth the price of admission. Zeb Wells absolutely nails a Beast/Iron Man team-up, as Hank and Tony snipe and snark at one another over intellect, ego and drinking problems (Tony with alcohol, Hank with his own experiments)

View Issue       View Full Review
7
A-Force #4

Sep 10, 2015

Artist Jorge Molina really outdoes himself with the latest issue of A-Force, as She-Hulk and her band of superheroines take the fight back to the Thor Corps.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
A-Force (2016) #1

Jan 6, 2016

With the one-two punch of a fun new character and some show-stopping artwork from Jorge Molina and Laura Martin, and you can't go wrong with A-Force. While this book starts off with a shaky foundation - namely, that you have to have read a Secret Wars tie-in to understand where Singularity came from - Wilson does a great job at firming things up, with her new heroine proving to be a fun addition to the Marvel Universe. With many of her heroines now in play, I can't help but look forward to seeing what Wilson does with Earth's Mightiest Heroines assembled.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Absolute Carnage (2019) #1

Aug 6, 2019

If for some reason you've missed out on all the hype about Cates and Stegman's Venom relaunch, you'd do well to get started with Absolute Carnage, a series that certainly doesn't take any prisoners.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Absolute Carnage (2019): Symbiote Of Vengeance #1

Sep 10, 2019

Whether this was that calculated a move or not, Absolute Carnage: Symbiote of Vengeance will absolutely appeal to fans of both Ghost Rider and Carnage, and as far as tie-in comics often go, that's victory enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Absolute Carnage (2019): Separation Anxiety #1

Aug 13, 2019

While it's hard to justify the price tag on this one, I hope Absolute Carnage: Separation Anxiety at least provides a springboard for these promising creators for bigger opportunities down the line.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Absolute Carnage vs. Deadpool #1

Aug 20, 2019

Absolute Carnage vs. Deadpool #1 makes no apologies about being a tie-in comic, and while its overall narrative doesn't feel like the most ambitious of storytelling, I think there's a quality to both the pacing and the visual execution that shouldn't be discounted. Writer Frank Tieri turns in some of his most polished work in recent memory with this issue, and penciller Marcelo Ferreira, inker Roberto Poggi and colorist Rachelle Rosenberg take that ball and run with it, making this unassuming spinoff feel like a strong audition tape for bigger projects down the line. While I wouldn't say this is necessarily essential reading for the larger Absolute Carnage saga as a whole, I'm pleasantly surprised with how solid this limited series is turning out.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Action Comics (2011) #8

Apr 4, 2012

With its nastier Clark Kent and its dirtier Metropolis, think of Action Comics as the evil twin of Grant Morrison's better instincts. It's everything but the things that really matter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2011) #14

Nov 7, 2012

Ultimately, after months of wheel-spinning and jerky story directions, Action Comics is back with a vengeance, packing a ton of action and heart into one issue. (And that's not even counting the headline-grabbing cameo by Neil DeGrasse Tyson, in a backup by Sholly Fisch and Chris Sprouse!) Big stakes, new worlds, a visitor on another strange planet showing us grace under fire " this is what Superman is all about. Definitely buy this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Action Comics (2011) #16

Jan 10, 2013

This is one of those comics that's going to split readership down the middle " you're either with Grant Morrison or you're against him, as his wildly shifting structure in Action Comics #16 is not exactly meant for beginners.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Action Comics (2011) #18

Mar 20, 2013

You have to give Morrison points for ambition, and even further kudos for trying to wrap his various threads together as ended his run. And while its admirable to build up Superman's supporting cast beyond the derivative sidekicks like Supergirl and Superboy, accommodating all of these characters means this comic doesn't feel much like a Superman story, let alone an enduring new piece of American mythology. This conclusion may be big and it may be expansive, but it's also so convoluted that even a Man of Steel can't quite hold it together.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #19

Apr 4, 2013

Definitely not a new era, more like a stopgap, but a decently drawn one nevertheless.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #25

Nov 6, 2013

Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder start off their Action Comics run not with a bang, but with a hurricane, as both Clark Kent and Lana Lang do their best to stand tall among the storm.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #26

Dec 4, 2013

Since the New 52, it feels a lot like DC Comics has focused more on the "super" and less on the "man." Greg Pak has taken a welcome departure from that trend, giving us a Superman that's been more readable than much of his other post-reboot appearances. Not all monsters are actually monsters, and not all superheroes are cold, unfeeling juggernauts. There's room for nuance and character behind the capes and tights, and I'm glad on that score that Action Comics delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2011) #27

Jan 8, 2014

What's perhaps most impressive about Action Comics #27 is that this, on the surface, is a low-key, run-of-the-mill story featuring the Man of Steel. The world isn't going to change, Superman's status quo isn't going to be upturned forever -- but this comic feels that much weightier because of it. This is a story that gets to the heart of who Superman is -- namely, he's a good guy who brings out the best from those around him. With stirring characterization like that, satisfying action and adventure are sure to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #28

Feb 6, 2014

Greg Pak certainly puts the "action" into Action Comics this week, and while his trademark characterization still shines strongly, the frenetic set pieces are a little overwhelming.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #32

Jun 4, 2014

Superman may be "Doomed," but Action Comics hasn't seen this much life in it, well, since arguably its flawed, sporadic relaunch. Greg Pak and company have given Superman some real stakes, and because our hero is for once in a position where he can't just save the day by himself, his plucky supporting cast is forced to step up to the plate and help out. Even Superman skeptics should be giving this series another look, because Action Comics is back and better than ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #33

Jul 2, 2014

Action Comics #33 is a book with the unenviable burden of setting the stage for bigger moments to come. In that extent, it succeeds even when hampered by the reality of the issue. Superman: Doomed has a lot of potential planted by this opening issue. While there are some bumps here and there, the creative team has enough heart and hard work with this book to make a return trip more than valid. We just need to pick up the pace a bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #38

Jan 9, 2015

A mixed bag, to be sure, but the execution does trump the off-putting high concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2011) #41

Jun 3, 2015

Time will tell if DC's latest experiment with Superman will yield long-lasting results, but as far as this debut issue goes, this is an excellent second chance at making a good first impression.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #43

Aug 12, 2015

In some ways, Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder's work on Action Comics has been more revolutionary and provocative than the Man of Steel has seen since his early days in the 1930s. Yet you can't help but be a little disappointed that Pak and Kuder have basically had to backpedal out of their convictions, leading to a Superman book that has suddenly lost much of its bite. But the thoughtfulness in the rest of the execution - and especially the show-stopping art - has made Action Comics a true flagship book for the Superman franchise, and one that demands your attention month in and month out.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Action Comics (2011) #44

Sep 10, 2015

Superman may have some new duds, but unfortunately, Action Comics feels like a pretty run-of-the-mill story featuring the Man of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #45

Oct 8, 2015

Removing Superman's secret identity and much of his superpowers was meant to bring him down to Earth, but Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder's latest issue of Action Comics still doesn't quite handicap the Man of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #48

Jan 7, 2016

All in all, not a bad book, but it could use some tightening up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #49

Feb 4, 2016

It's a week of big continuity changes at DC Comics, but the biggest of the bunch has to be Action Comics #49, which rejuvenates the Man of Steel into something at least resembling his former self.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Action Comics (2011) #50

Mar 9, 2016

What's probably most disappointing about a book like Action Comics #50 is that it almost assuredly was not an easy undertaking - Pak and Kuder are having to juggle storylines with two other books, plus the editors on this issue had to juggle nearly a dozen art and production crew members to put this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Action Comics (2011) #51

Apr 20, 2016

Given Tomasi's strong characterization, it's a shame that Supergirl continues to be a missed opportunity for DC's published offerings, since she's now had an entire season on one of the biggest viewing platforms in the world. But even if that were not the case, I think I'd still have some issues with Action Comics #51, which winds up short-changing its lead characters at the cost of some pretty jarring (and ultimately not engaging) subplots. Hopefully this is just a case of a minor hiccup in consistency from some of DC's more reliable creators, and that the arc rallies in its next chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Action Comics (2011) Annual #3

Aug 7, 2014

Seven pencilers and six inkers are credited in Action Comics Annual #3, and the result is about as schizophrenic as you'd expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Action Comics (2016) #959

Jul 13, 2016

Having read literally every book in the "Rebirth" lineup thus far, I can say that despite some occasional missteps, DC has by and large made some encouraging course-corrections across its entire lineup. Unfortunately, Action Comics thus far feels like the exception to the rule, being the loud but insubstantial yin to Superman's heartfelt and evocative yang. While Dan Jurgens is clearly in an untenable position having to bring Superman's status quo back to a sustainable equilibrium, his attempts feel so stale that it's hard to give too much leeway, even for the benefit of the doubt. Here's hoping he can get through the necessary evil of continuity housekeeping quickly, and get Action Comics back to where it belongs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2016) #975

Mar 13, 2017

Action Comics #975 is an over-sized issue, and it's safe to say you certainly get your money's worth, with two great stories by two great writers, accompanied by sequentials from two outstanding artistic teams. Despite a couple of bumps in the road, Action Comics #975 is a solid second chapter in the "Superman Reborn" story, primarily because it succeeds in delivering on the mystery of the doppelganger Clark's identity that's been brewing since issue #957. However, Jurgens is sure to leave you wanting more, with plenty of questions, including the mysteries surrounding Mr. Oz, still left unanswered for the time being.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2016) #1000

Apr 18, 2018

This is less of a story and more of a celebration of Superman through the eyes of some of comics' most prolific writers and artists, and DC is banking - correctly - that fans will want to celebrate alongside them. It's hard not to get caught up in that infectious spirit with Action Comics #1,000, a book designed to pay tribute for the original DC superhero.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Action Comics (2016) #1002

Aug 22, 2018

The level of care and attention brought to the various corners of Metropolis showcases this creative team's greatest strengths, and makes Action Comics a can't-miss title from the DC publishing line.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2016) #1004

Oct 24, 2018

If you're looking for stellar character work, incredible artwork, and a Metropolis that feels more real and engaging by the issue, you owe it to yourself to pick up this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2016) #1022

Jun 8, 2020

Watching Conner interact with Clark's son Jon is a fun dynamic, but the real heartfelt moments are seeing him come face-to-face with Ma and Pa Kent " there are echoes of Geoff Johns' DC Universe Rebirth Special here, but there's a reason why that was so effective.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #41

Feb 6, 2014

If you haven't been reading Max Landis and Jock's two-parter featuring the Joker, get on it now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Afterlife With Archie #2

Nov 18, 2013

Yet second chapters are always the toughest ones to pull off, and it's heartening to see that Afterlife with Archie didn't decompose too much between installments. The lunatic high concept of Archie being stalked by zombies is worth the price of admission alone, and if you can get over some of the occasionally tasteless beats, this combination of subversive writing and top-notch artwork make this book a book to both run toward and away.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Afterlife With Archie #3

Jan 9, 2014

Teenage horomones meets Night of the Living Dead equals tension and bad decisions -- all-in-all, an equation that makes Afterlife with Archie #3 well worth reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Afterlife With Archie #4

Mar 4, 2014

As somebody who reads an enormous amount of comics every week, you can sometimes get jaded by the endless deaths and cheap shocks needed to make an "event" worthwhile. But that makes comics like Afterlife with Archie #4 all the sweeter. Under the horror and shambling corpses, there's a moving character piece lurking beneath the surface. And perhaps that's the most surprising lesson that Archie Andrews has to teach us: that it's the heart, not the hordes, that'll really kill you. But when it comes to Afterlife with Archie #4, it's a testament that even the greatest heartbreak still feels oh-so-sweet.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Afterlife With Archie #5

May 14, 2014

There's a lot to like about Afterlife with Archie as a concept, and after this issue, this creative team is poised to bring the Riverdale gang to some very interesting places. But as far as conclusions go, this first arc doesn't end with a bang, but a long, decomposing shuffle. Here's hoping that we don't have to wait so long for the next installment of this ingenious series, and that next time, Aguirre-Sacasa and Francavilla really go for the jugular.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Afterlife With Archie #6

Jul 22, 2014

Pitting the innocence of Archie Comics against the scariest horrors of fiction seems, in retrospect, like a no-brainer. With Archie's long history of optimism and happiness and cartoony soap operatics, Aguirre-Sacasa doesn't need that much exposition to make Riverdale's fall from grace that much more tragic and terrifying. But by taking a turn to Cthulu, Aguirre-Sacasa also makes a bold statement in showing how flexible his concept truly is. Apparently the scariest threats are the ones you never could see coming.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age of Ultron #4

Apr 3, 2013

But Hitch isn't going to be on this book forever, and ultimately Age of Ultron has to be judged not just on how good the story looks, but ultimately also on where these characters go in their quest to save the world. Right now, the Avengers' biggest threat isn't a killer android from the future, but being decompressed within an inch of their lives with little to no characterization to show for it. With stakes raised so abruptly that you can sense the reset button looming, Age of Ultron winds up feeling like an event about nothing. It's the Marvel equivalent of cotton candy " this may look good, but it is far from filling.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age of Ultron #5

Apr 10, 2013

You can't always say a comic should be at Point A by a certain issue count, and you can't judge a specific issue by the mistakes of its predecessors. The stakes have been raised this week " thank goodness " and Bendis has put an intriguing new spin in the Avengers' desperate plan to stop Ultron. But that all said, it's clear this series won't be picking up the pace anytime soon, so if you're looking for high-octane action with all your favorite characters... you might want to look elsewhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Age of Ultron #7

May 2, 2013

Perhaps the title says it all " even though the book is called Age of Ultron, the despotic robot isn't even present in this issue. And that's because this story isn't even about him anymore. Like Wolverine's time travel gambit, Bendis has sort of side-stepped his sweeping disaster story and tried to replace it with something entirely different " the problem is, that alternative just doesn't hold water, both with readers and from a storytelling perspective. Wolverine may be the best there is at what he does, but as Bendis and company show us here, that repertoire clearly doesn't extend to headlining time travel epics.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Age of Ultron #9

Jun 5, 2013

That all said, we're one issue away from the end of Age of Ultron, and its glaring plot holes have proven to be a far greater threat to the integrity of the Marvel Universe than any killer android. It's clear there is some method to the madness - Bendis's warnings about the abuse of time travel is an intriguing thread that has popped up in a lot of Marvel books lately - but the actual execution of these ideas feels misguided. Maybe it's for the best that soon Marvel will be pulling the plug on this wayward event.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Age of Ultron #10

Jun 19, 2013

But for me, it's not just disappointing " it's frustrating. Nothing of note has happened in Age of Ultron, and the likely reaction to saying that will be "what did you expect, it's a time travel story?" And judging by how well it's done on the sales charts, no one will see Age of Ultron as anything other than a financial success. But that's rewarding the worst kind of narrative behavior. It's not expecting anything out of our events " it's us tacitly approving that we as readers will read 10 issues of a comic where nothing happens. Maybe that was Ultron's big plan, after all " because even when the Avengers win, we still lose.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age of Ultron vs. Marvel Zombies #1

Jun 24, 2015

While it's unclear where this series might head - and I'll be honest, I've had my heart broken by Robinson before, like in his recent Fantastic Four arc - but Age of Ultron vs. Marvel Zombies may also be one of those concepts that proves to be critic-proof. In many ways, this is a book about two extinction-level threats being thrown in the same room together - and no matter who wins, humanity loses. Here's hoping this match-up from Hell leads to some solid storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Airboy #4

Nov 12, 2015

Ultimately, this series ends with ambiguity, but I think that's fair - Airboy seems more raw and autobiographical than I think anyone would expect, and that's what makes it such a compelling read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New All-Different Avengers #0

Oct 5, 2015

There's a lot going on in Avengers #0, but by and large, what's great is that Marvel is showing how diverse the team's concepts can be. There are premises and art styles for a variety of different readers, and for the most part, there's a level of competence that makes all of these books feel like contenders in an already crowded marketplace. For my money, All-New All-Different Avengers and Uncanny Avengers feel like the best books of the bunch, but I wouldn't put it past a writer as skilled as Al Ewing to make me like his books, even when I'm not a huge fan of the artists involved. Either way, it's no longer an Avengers world - it's something much bigger than that. And it's a universe I'm very much looking forward to exploring.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New All-Different Avengers #4

Jan 28, 2016

After a shaky first arc bringing the team together, Mark Waid's sophomore arc on All-New All-Different Avengers starts to hit its stride, as he's joined by Mahmud Asrar, who makes a compelling case for why he's been tapped to draw Marvel's flagship title.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New All-Different Avengers #5

Feb 10, 2016

In terms of structure, All-New All-Different Avengers feels so different from the traditional "Big Two" storytelling, instead taking just as much out of a 22-minute comedy as much as a beat-'em-up superhero yarn. Because the way that 22-minute comedies typically work is that they're based on families - you care not just about each member of the family, with their own individual quirks and foibles, but you care about how they interact with each other, as well. (Will Nova and Ms. Marvel become the next Ross and Rachel? Demand it, True Believers!) Ultimately, Mark Waid and Mahmud Asrar understand the thing that should be intrinsic in superhero team books - people rarely show up for the villains, but instead show up to see how a superhero will overcome them. But in the case of All-New All-Different Avengers, they might have to overcome each other first.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New All-Different Avengers #6

Feb 25, 2016

Mark Waid delivers a very smart, quickly paced time-travel romp, with some very fun moments, including Jane Foster weaponizing a temporal paradox, or Miles Morales using his Spider-smarts to get the jump on dozens upon dozens of supervillains.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
All-New All-Different Avengers #7

Mar 23, 2016

Juggling a super-team can't be easy, and neither can be taking the baton on a majorcomic book event - but given the names attached to this book, I'm kind of shocked that the ball was dropped this badly. There are some truly great moments to All-New All-Different Avengers, but you can't help but feel like the by-the-numbers execution for much of this issue doesn't feel like some sort of protest. Perhaps it's a matter of a light script being completely handicapped by inconsistent artwork - or maybe it's just a rare but total misfire from a pair of typically reliable A-listers. Either way, this type of output does not feel like the Pleasant Hill this book should be dying on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New All-Different Avengers #12

Jul 27, 2016

If there's one hiccup to this issue, it's Waid's continuing subplot featuring Nadia Pym, the All-New Wasp, having a day out exploring Washington, D.C. with Janet Van Dyne, which feels like a bit of an insubstantial interlude amidst the Avengers' battle to the death out in space. But besides this detour into B-story territory, All-New All-Different Avengers #12 is one of the strongest issues of this series yet. If you're a fan of character-driven superhero comics like Grant Morrison's JLA or Geoff Johns' Justice Society of America, you should definitely check this issue out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New Captain America #1

Nov 12, 2014

It's my business to keep up with comics week after week after week, but I'd be hard-pressed to recall a debut issue that's excited me as much as All-New Captain America #1. This is a book that has got the goods - a compelling lead character, death-defying action, some fast pacing and a couple of great twists. All that, and giving a perenially overlooked superhero his due? Let's just say that if Remender and Immonen can keep this streak going, Sam Wilson will have no problems filling in Steve Rogers' shoes as the All-New Captain America.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #2

Dec 17, 2014

Hinging on action, conspiracies and even just a hint of sex appeal, All-New Captain America #2 might share a bit more with a member of the British Secret Service than it ever did a Star-Spangled Avenger. And that's actually a fun niche that the Marvel Universe - even the trippy, psychedelic Winter Soldier comic - hasn't filled in awhile. With some superb artwork and some very tight plotting from Rick Remender, Sam Wilson seems to be filling Steve Rogers' boots far better than we could have hoped.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #4

Feb 18, 2015

What's particularly impressive about All-New Captain America is the way that Rick Remender anticipates his critics, the people who think that Sam Wilson isn't fit to fill Steve Rogers' boots. Instead of screaming into the Internet maelstorm, he leans into these readers' misgivings, and gives a fitting response: Sam himself isn't sure if he'll be able to do Steve Rogers proud. He's not as strong, not as fast, not as smart - and that means he's got to be twice as resolute. If that doesn't make him fit to be the All-New Captain America, then you don't know what the character truly represents.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #5

Mar 23, 2015

Some hiccups aside, it's clear that Rick Remender is listening to his critics - listening, but far from letting them deter him. In many ways, this first arc of All-New Captain America feels like it has just as much promise as Remender's first Captain America arc with John Romita, Jr. - it feels like a fresh new take on a long-time character, and Remender seems to be particularly thoughtful in terms of making an exciting, important new status quo for an Avenger who is long overdue some spotlight.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #6

Apr 29, 2015

Regardless of the bumps in the road, however, Remender and Immonen have put together a breezy, action-packed conclusion to Sam Wilson's first arc as the All-New Captain America. While it's a shame that Remender couldn't really commit to any of the character development he teased in this issue - I guess Secret Wars will be enough to juggle, beyond questions of whether or not Sam Wilson is sterile - but this is an enjoyable enough read. I think the mighty shield is in good hands with Remender at the wheel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Ghost Rider #1

Mar 31, 2014

But considering how much the concept has flailed about in the past, All-New Ghost Rider isn't a bad respite. There's no way that Marvel is going to keep Robbie Reyes in the driver's seat - there's already too much iconography, too much history to just forget about Johnny Blaze and Danny Ketch. But for now, it's good to rest the concept and see what other directions it might go. If Smith can provide a solid platform for Moore to cut loose next issue, I'd say that All-New Ghost Rider will be a fantastic showcase for a future superstar artist.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
All-New Ghost Rider #3

May 15, 2014

Moore's true believers will have every reason to stick around, but this relaunch of Ghost Rider is unlikely to win any new converts.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
All-New Ghost Rider #11

Feb 16, 2015

That said, because we're 11 issues in, many people will see this creative switch-up as too little, too late. And they're not wrong " there hasn't been a ton of new ground broken in All-New Ghost Rider, with Smith meandering along with Robbie's two-dimensional supporting cast. He's simultaneously brought Ghost Rider down to earth, but taken away any new avenues for the sort of insane adventures that have made this character such a staple. This comic on its own isn't a complete wash, but as a concept, All-New Ghost Rider has proven that it's a lemon.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #5

Jul 6, 2017

If you have to pick up one Marvel book this week, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #11

Oct 6, 2017

While this issue will probably be just for diehard Marvel cosmic fans, don't sleep on All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #11, which may be one of Marvel's most consistently good reads.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Wolverine #1

Nov 11, 2015

This is a surprisingly endearing first issue, given all the rage and gore and violence that happened to follow the original Wolverine wherever he would go, even as Taylor picks up on a lot of the same themes that defined Logan's storied career. In many ways, with a foundation this solid, the world is Taylor's oyster - he could send Laura down the same byzantine paths through Weapon X like her predecessor, or subvert those tropes and let her grow into her own legacy as a hero. Either way, Laura Kinney's promotion as the All-New Wolverine is looking like a shrewd decision.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
All-New Wolverine #2

Nov 30, 2015

Considering that I really enjoyed the first issue of All-New Wolverine, I'm hoping that this is just an unfortunately hiccup. There's a lot of potential here, but it's troubling to see Taylor and company committing to a high concept that not only doesn't play to their strengths as artists, but has been mined so thoroughly and so well by such a high-profile group. We're only two issues in, but already this series is in need of some major course correction - we already have Orphan Black, and we don't need another clone of it. What we do need is for this creative team to show us how all-new and all-different this Wolverine can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Wolverine #17

Feb 9, 2017

All in all, this is a book with ambitions, and even if it doesn't always work in execution, this is worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Wolverine #28

Dec 14, 2017

If you haven't been reading All-New Wolverine, get on it now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #1

Nov 13, 2012

In terms of actual high concept, I'll admit that Bendis and Immonen haven't quite convinced me on the merits of All-New X-Men " at least, not yet. But in terms of actually taking over the X-Men universe, this actually looks like a subtle but intriguing start. Now that the exposition is over, Bendis and company have room to tear the roof off of the Jean Grey School, and that's cause for celebration. That all said, however, fun execution, small tweaks and my own love of the current direction of X-Men aside, it is still a little disappointing that All-New X-Men is anything but.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #4

Dec 17, 2012

Yet you don't watch fireworks for the story, and I think that All-New X-Men #4 follows the same concept. When you describe the actual story beats, not too much happens here, but because Bendis lets Immonen run wild with the action beats, you get more energy than this book has seen in awhile. Now that the opening salvo has been fired, Bendis does have to loop back and get to the real emotional meat of this story " namely, what happens when you see for a fact that your future did not come out the way you fought so hard to make it " or these fireworks are just going to be fleeting sparks for a sputtering X-Men franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #6

Jan 17, 2013

New artist David Marquez scores a knockout with his characters, particularly with Jean and Scott actually looking young (and extra points for the subtle differences between young and old Angel). Definitely the best issue yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men #7

Feb 6, 2013

The real triumph of All-New X-Men is that there's no splashy concept, no earth-shaking threat that needs to justify this book. It just is what it is, and what it is, is fantastic. From the writing to the art to the character arcs each X-Man seems to face, this book is quickly overtaking even Wolverine and the X-Men as the most likeable mutant book on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men #8

Mar 7, 2013

What a great book. Brian Michael Bendis adds so much humor and quirkiness to the X-Men here, and it only gets better with David Marquez on art.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New X-Men #11

May 3, 2013

Imagine the tastiest sandwich you can think of, but with some slightly stale bread on each end " that's the best way I can describe All-New X-Men #11.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men #15

Aug 7, 2013

It's rare in the current gloomy comics environment for a book to be as uplifting and cheerful as All-New X-Men, but it's issues like this that reminds us why we like this team so much in the first place. Superheroics isn't all about capes, tights and punching, but ultimately the team dynamics - and even the weird quirky family stuff - underneath. The X-Men have always excelled at these sorts of soap opera stories, and the self-referential vibe of this time-travel story makes Bendis's twists and turns all that much more intriguing. This is definitely the best book I've read all week.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men #16

Sep 3, 2013

While the main draw of "Battle of the Atom" is the mystery of the future X-Men " and there are some interesting beats here, particularly Charles Xavier's grandson and the new Xorn " ultimately the real hook of All-New X-Men #16 comes from the characters we've already known and loved. Who knows what lies ahead when a headstrong past and an ominous future go head-to-head? Sparks fly, the heartstrings pull, and two issues into this crossover, All-New X-Men shows no signs of letting up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New X-Men #20

Dec 19, 2013

This comic's story feels like it's going through the motions, and despite the smooch-tastic cover, even the introduction of X-23 isn't adding much to All-New X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #23

Feb 17, 2014

There will be some who feel that Bendis's trademark decompression still hampers "The Trial of Jean Grey," particularly with the double-page conversation spreads, not to mention the fact that it's taken three issues for much of anything to happen. (And there are others still who will scoff at Bendis's handwaving with the return of a cult classic X-Men supporting character, one who will have a lasting impact on Scott Summers and company.) Still, this comic crackles with energy and likeability, even if the actual amount of content might be a little too low to make this book truly memorable. But if action and drama are what you crave, All-New X-Men #23 is well worth a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #24

Mar 12, 2014

There are a few minor quibbles, here and there, particularly at how short the fight sequence between the X-Men, the Guardians and the Shi'ar is - especially since Bendis has been building to it for five issues, and also at how one of the inexperienced X-Men manages to take out one of the strongest fighters in the galaxy. And those who don't like Bendis's style of dialogue won't likely be converted here. But there's a lot to like about "The Trial of Jean Grey," and it's mainly because it harnesses Brian Michael Bendis's talents as a writer so well. This odd coupling of teams might have seemed strange on the outset, but they're two great tastes that taste even better together.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
All-New X-Men #30

Aug 18, 2014

So why isn't this an A-list book? Perhaps it's because even A-listers can fall back on some bad habits. But after seeing those bad habits repeated again and again, it's almost like this book's daring us to lash out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New X-Men #35

Jan 22, 2015

There is a ton going on in All-New X-Men #35, and it's a marvel that artist Mahmud Asrar can pack Brian Michael Bendis's talky script together and make it all look this good.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men: Special #1

Oct 7, 2013

Still, a solid if understated script still can work well, particularly when the characterization and artwork are all on-point. All-New X-Men Special #1 might not be one for the record books, but it's definitely a fun diversion that shows how well Marvel's various properties can fit together. If nothing else, come for the characters and stay for Kris Anka's gorgeous art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men (2015) #5

Feb 25, 2016

If you haven't been reading this book, you're missing out on the best X-book on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men (2015) #6

Mar 17, 2016

While the end of the issue does veer into the realm of graphic violence, beyond that one misstep, this is the best X-title you aren't reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New X-Men (2015) #13

Sep 15, 2016

There are plenty of X-titles on the stands " heck, plenty of Marvel books on the stands " but if you have to pick just one, go for All-New X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-New X-Men (2015) #14

Oct 20, 2016

While it might not have the flashiness of an event book, All-New X-Men isn't only the best X-Men book on the stands " it stands in the running for one of the consistently best Marvel books on the stands, period.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Batman #1

Aug 10, 2016

To misquote a famous song, Scott Snyder's got a brand-new Bat, and better still, his artistic team is going above and beyond alongside him. All-Star Batman #1 is an exciting and well-constructed debut that juggles non-stop action with some truly sharp twists and turns. Pitting Batman against one of his greatest foes - as well as a cavalcade of potential threats from both the supervillain and civilian communities - this comic ramps up the tension and the stakes. If Snyder, Romita, and company can keep this momentum going, there's going to be a new flagship title in Gotham soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Batman #4

Nov 10, 2016

In some ways, it feels like All-Star Batman #4 is eerily prescient - and depending on your political stance, perhaps even more unrealistic than a guy who already dresses up in a Bat-suit and fights criminals for fun. But the Batman’s mission isn’t just one of hope - it’s about trudging through the darkness, about pushing through the pain, and not letting even the worst horrors keep him from fighting back. Yes, humanity has a dark side - and at times, they even succumb to it. But All-Star Batman #4 is a book that is about persistence, about commitment, about seeing things through even past the bitter end. If Bruce Wayne can take the pain and still keep standing, Snyder and Romita might be asking the most timely premise of all: if he can do it, maybe so can we.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
All-Star Western #19

Apr 29, 2013

Out of all of DC's "WTF" concepts, All Star Western feels the most crass, and that's already coming after the forced injection of superhero antics this book has already received since its relaunch, in the hopes of making it "profitable." Yet like a bad kidney, this book rejects this foreign premise almost immediately, limping along until the story mercifully ends. "WTF," indeed " only diehard fans of Booster need to mine for this fool's Gold.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Western #34

Aug 27, 2014

You'll have to read All-Star Western #34 to find out. As far as swan songs go, this is about as good as it gets - wonderful characterization, stirring action and art from a master craftsman. It's fitting, in a way, because this series is going to go out as it lived - criminally overlooked, but always packing some major artistic heat.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #679

Feb 2, 2012

Ultimately, the structure of this story works great, and there's nothing wrong with Slott and Ramos's execution " new readers are still totally going to dig it " but this conclusion felt a little less than fresh for this longtime reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #681

Mar 8, 2012

Still, for a story that isn't character-defining or continuity-altering, Amazing Spider-Man earns its keep by showing what kind of sparks can fly when you put two smart-alec superheroes in space.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #682

Mar 21, 2012

While many event comics these days start off with a big opening salvo and a B-list casualty, Dan Slott and Stefano Caselli trust in their product enough to simply make the stakes bigger. Spider-Man will always innovate, always improvise, but the nature of his character means that in the right hands, Marvel will never need to reinvent the wheel to sell his stories. The gauntlet has been thrown, and the battle will take Spider-Man to the Ends of the Earth.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #683

Apr 5, 2012

This battle royale in a remote cave does feel a little similar to Slott's earlier crossover with the Fantastic Four, where the team also fought a horde of villains (including replicas of the Sinister Six). But with easy accessibility, a satisfying sense of pacing and some gorgeous art, Amazing Spider-Man places a high bar that its contemporaries would do well to emulate.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #684

Apr 18, 2012

We've seen the Sinister Six step up to a whole new league of villainy, and it's been really refreshing to see Spider-Man " and by extension, Dan Slott and his Amazing Friends " rise to the challenge accordingly. Amazing Spider-Man #684 is no exception. This issue isn't about toys and gadgets, but about looking at a villain in a new way, about finding something new in what can seem like an endlessly churned superhero universe. We've seen the Webslinger take down two of the Sinister Six " if the following chapters are anything like this one, I'm excited to see what tricks The Amazing Spider-Man has up his sleeves.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #688

Jun 28, 2012

Pacing-wise, this issue's great. The end twist? Superb. But in the end, Amazing Spider-Man #688 lacks the new insights to Peter Parker that has made the rest of Dan Slott's run so great.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #689

Jul 9, 2012

But at the very least, Slott, Camuncoli and company are committed to a set tone, and that is something they achieve in spades. Spider-Man has always been a character known for his flexibility, with stories ranging from Spider-Man Loves Mary Jane to "Kraven's Last Hunt." But have we reached our limit for how dark we can make a mainstream Spidey book? Perhaps, like the title of the arc says, there is no going back.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #691

Aug 16, 2012

Slott's epilogues are also really on-point this month, tying a nice bow on the Lizard's story while adding something new to another villain's. It's not a blockbuster ending, but it's easily one of Slott's smartest.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #692

Aug 22, 2012

As far as anniversaries go, I wouldn't say that Amazing Spider-Man #692 is the biggest celebration I've ever seen " but that said, I have the feeling that eight issues from now we might see some real fireworks. This comic has solid execution for a less-than-ideal concept, and paired with one particularly good backup story, that does push this comic into the "win" column.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #693

Sep 6, 2012

Say it ain't so " I've been a huge fan of Dan Slott's run on Amazing Spider-Man, but this arc with the teenage superpowered narcissist Alpha isn't grabbing me.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #694

Sep 27, 2012

This can't be it... can it? Overpowered super-teen Alpha goes out with a whimper rather than a bang, making his story in Amazing Spider-Man feel like a failed experiment.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #695

Oct 8, 2012

Culminating in an explosive splash page featuring much of the Marvel NOW! lineup, this would be an amazing standalone comic " but the fact that it's an opening chapter makes Amazing Spider-Man #695 even more impressive. It doesn't try to reinvent the wheel with new wrinkles or add-ons to the status quo, but instead takes a tried-and-true element to the Spidey mythos, turns it on its head, and lets the soap opera bubble over as a result. As long as Slott and Gage are behind the wheel on Amazing Spider-Man, you owe it to yourself to take yourself right into the "Danger Zone."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #696

Oct 25, 2012

While the whole secret identity thing does get strained in terms of story logic, this is a fun diversion " even if it is just a diversion.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #699

Dec 6, 2012

Humberto Ramos' cartoony style at first seems counter to the somber subject matter, but you find that it winds up giving the issue energy and a needed lightness to keep it from getting too bleak.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #699.1

Dec 12, 2012

The initial bait-and-switch aside " because honestly, this should have been covered in Morbius #1, not in Amazing Spider-Man, particularly not on the cliffhanger we're on now " the overall aim of this comic feels thwarted here. Are we supposed to care about Michael Morbius? Is Marvel trying to take a new spin on him? There is a ton of potential for new story angles and new artistic takes on the Living Vampire, but if this preview is any indication, this comic is no bark and even less bite.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) Annual #39

Jun 4, 2012

Even with appearances by the Avengers, Amazing Spider-Man Annual #39 is Peter Parker's story first and foremost. There are plenty of rough edges here, particularly once you get to a somewhat hasty wrap-up, but the character works so well with the concept that it's easier to forgive missteps with the plotting. This comic doesn't reinvent the wheel, or even have any greater effect on the Spider-Man mythos, but it's still a surprisingly fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #1

Apr 30, 2014

It's not a question of whether or not this book will sell - it will, just because everyone will want to know what's happening to Peter Parker now that he's back to the land of the living. But critics (myself included) will say... not much. The question is, how much do you miss Peter Parker? Do you miss him enough that soap operatics and a few quips will be enough to satisfy you? Or are you looking for the next big change in Peter's status quo already, even in the face of event fatigue? I wouldn't say that this comic necessarily lives up to its name, but I will say that Amazing Spider-Man remains a solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #5

Aug 18, 2014

It's clear that the old Parker luck will fall sooner rather than later, and with the threat of Morlun over the horizon in "Spider-Verse," I imagine that Silk will either be destined for a heroic sacrifice or a turn to villainy. But that doesn't stop Slott and Ramos from making her a welcome addition to the cast of Amazing Spider-Man for now. Slott and Ramos are hitting their stride once more, hitting the perfect balance between action and melodrama. For the first time in a while, it feels like Peter Parker has really, truly returned.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #7

Oct 8, 2014

But as I was saying before, the major problem with this comic? It's got two great stories, but only one can win out. Slott's Spider-Verse story, with its heightened stakes and fun new character, easily wins out over the Kamala Khan crossover, which feels like a bit of a wasted opportunity due to Ms. Marvel's undeniable appeal. Combined with the fact that Kamala gets 12 pages of this issue and Spider-UK only gets eight, and something feels off here. Still, while the pacing of this comic may feel a bit unsatisfactory, the actual content and execution is superb - even with its flaws, this might be one of the better issues of Amazing Spider-Man in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #8

Oct 22, 2014

With Ms. Marvel, Spider-Girl, and even a no-name villain from Spidey's past, it's easy to enjoy Amazing Spider-Man #8. No worlds are saved, few characters undergo massive change, but it's a rollicking adventure filled with good cheer and a decent sense of humor. Sometimes that's enough. While this issue isn't likely to reinvent the wheel, Amazing Spider-Man remains an eminently solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #9

Nov 6, 2014

Right now, there's a lot of set-up and not too much action, but it's all done so well that your spider-senses will be tingling for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #10

Nov 20, 2014

With the Spider-Verse event in full swing, Dan Slott is the team player of the Spider-Office this issue, as he splits up the various Spider-Men into separate groups (which so happen to conveniently set up spin-off books like Scarlet Spiders and Spider-Woman, as well as a new arc in Spider-Man 2099). Slott should get a lot of credit, however, for juggling such an audacious number of characters - while they might not do a whole lot besides talk and size each other up, there's a lot of thought in the dynamics here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #11

Dec 11, 2014

While this comic feels clunky with the constant scene changes (in the case of Miles Morales and the TV Ultimate Spider-Man, whose sole purpose is setting up Spider-Verse Team-Up #2), there are just enough awesome moments to see Amazing Spider-Man through.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #13

Jan 22, 2015

Sure, this book is busy as ever, but this is a highlight of the "Spider-Verse" saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #14

Feb 11, 2015

Dan Slott knows Spider-Man. And more importantly, he knows Peter Parker, and what makes him special. He showed this off during his other big events, such as "Spider-Island," where Peter showed he was the best in a city full of Spider-Men, or during "Dying Wish," where Peter literally staved off death itself due to sheer grit and goodness. These moments were special because they were derived from Peter Parker's innate character, his unfailing heroism. But for a series as focused on the metacommentary of Spider-Man himself, "Spider-Verse" seems to be surprisingly devoid of any definitive character moments for its central protagonist. Instead, this series has been distracted with all the minute variations of this character, that its creators forgot to establish what makes Peter Parker so incredible, so unique, that he can stand tall even among a dozen versions of himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #18

May 7, 2015

Ultimately, this isn't the strongest this book has even been, but even when it's idling, Amazing Spider-Man still operates at a higher level than most.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #1

Oct 12, 2015

Combined with a series of teasers for Marvel's other Spider-series - Dennis Hopeless and Javier Rodriguez's Spider-Woman is the best of the bunch, as Jessica Drew juggles pregnancy and crimefighting, while Stacey Lee and Paco Diaz really do some spectacular work for Silk and an Amazing Spider-Man epilogue - and you've got yourself a comic book I cannot recommend enough. Spider-Man is one of those characters that is so enduring that you can put him in any environment and still produce a fantastic story. Dan Slott, at his prime, is the best kind of storyteller to prove it. Spider-Man's friendly neighborhood has gone worldwide - and that's the kind of world I like living in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #3

Nov 5, 2015

Dan Slott gives a fun new wrinkle to the Spider-Torch rivalry, as Johnny doesn't just try to beat the tar out of Peter in his own building, but they have to do so without revealing Peter's secret identity to his employees. Unfortunately, the fighting feels a little too short, with Peter being way too blase about some major property damage. But it's worth it, just to see all the familiar faces Slott is bringing back, with poor Clayton Cole trying his best to protect his workmates.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #4

Dec 9, 2015

But where some readers might see the plotting of this book as overly convenient, I like to think of it as unpredictable and open for anything. And really, isn't that what we wanted to see for Marvel's "All-New, All-Different" titles? Dan Slott and Giuseppe Camuncoli have put Peter Parker in a whole new arena, one where his capabilities are limited only to his imagination. It's not just a great place for the Friendly Neighborhood Webslinger - it's a great place for his fans, as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #9

Mar 10, 2016

Supercharged by the return of Guiseppe Camuncoli on art, Amazing Spider-Man #9 is a short-but-sweet kind of issue, briskly paced by Dan Slott as he throws set piece after fun set piece at the Web-slinger.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #12

May 4, 2016

While there's a tiny bit of slowdown when Slott has to introduce Augustus Roman " preparing for the return of Regent following his villainous turn in Secret Wars " there's more than a spoonful of sugar elsewhere to help this medicine go down. And given that the cover doesn't actually reflect the contents of this book, that's usually the kiss of death for a comic " but it's a real credit to this book's creative team that I don't feel cheated, but instead am glad we had this time to just focus on Tony and Peter's dynamic before opening things up to the rest of Shellhead's Avengers team. If you're looking for something to whet your appetite before Civil War hits theaters, you can't do much better than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #15

Jul 6, 2016

Ultimately, "Power Play" likely won't be seen as the strongest Amazing Spider-Man arc Slott and Gage have been involved in, with all the different characters and subplots muddying the waters of what this arc began as: the rivalry between Spider-Man and Iron Man, and the very different characterizations of Peter Parker and Tony Stark. While fans of the Spider-Marriage will likely cheer as Mary Jane Watson steps up to the plate, fans without that emotional connection can likely wait until Slott's "Dead No More" arc begins.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #16

Aug 15, 2016

Perhaps it's not a surprise that an arc featuring the Jackal might be a tough sell for readers, considering the character set off a chain reaction that nearly killed Spider-Man's viability as a series. To try to riff on such a potentially explosive storyline shows that Dan Slott must have an ace up his sleeve, one that will likely give this event the direction and emotion it needs " but as far as this prelude goes, Amazing Spider-Man #16 does feel like a bit of a misstep, missing out on some of the evocative human connection that's made Peter Parker such a fun character to follow all these years. Hopefully with all this exposition out of the way, this spider will find its footing soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #17

Aug 31, 2016

This isn't an opening salvo as much as it is the calm before the storm, and with R.B. Silva at his side, even this slow burn of a comic looks truly, well" amazing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #18

Sep 21, 2016

With The Clone Conspiracy looming, it’s easy for readers to slow down with Amazing Spider-Man through the lengthy number of prelude issues. If it was important, it would show up in the actual event series, right? But Dan Slott and R.B. Silva work strenuously to earn your hard-earned dollars with Amazing Spider-Man #18, which brings back one of Slott’s best characters back to the forefront, as Doc Ock stands poised for a comeback.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #20

Oct 19, 2016

At the end of the day, Amazing Spider-Man #20 might feel a little superfluous against the grand scheme of The Clone Conspiracy - it might be considered a necessary evil for completists, but there’s still a little bit of evil nevertheless. Had this backstory come alongside some forward movement in the greater saga, this might be a bit more essential reading - but that said, even though Slott and Gage feel the need to (over)explain Otto Octavius’s return, they don’t skimp on the characterization or motivation to make Doc Ock’s journey a compelling one.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #22

Dec 21, 2016

Part of the reason why this book's energy feels low is also that the script doesn't give Giuseppe Camuncoli a ton of room to maneuver. Because so much of the book is recap - and again, it's not to say it isn't important or necessary, it's just delivered in a fairly spoon-fed fashion - Camuncoli winds up having to draw lots of montages and flashback sequences, which wind up coming across as a bit more Wikipedia-like than I think any of the creators would have intended.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #25

Mar 15, 2017

After the latest Spider-event book, Dan Slott and Stuart Immonen may be giving Peter Parker the best gift of all for this anniversary issue " just letting Spider-Man be Spider-Man, with no need for the bells and whistles outside of just super-strong execution. It's a refreshing read, and one that's easily accessible for new readers " with a creative team like this at the wheel, expect some great things to be coming from Amazing Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #792

Dec 18, 2017

I've used the word "solid" a lot in this review, but I think that's really the word that describes Amazing Spider-Man #792 the most " out of all the crazy, heartfelt, character-driven storylines that Dan Slott has been involved with, I'm not sure if Venom, Inc. is ever truly going to match up, but its crowded roster is handled with enough dexterity and such thrilling artwork that you can't write it off as any sort of failure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #793

Dec 28, 2017

A solid book, even if this is one of the weaker Spidey-events in recent history.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #800

May 30, 2018

It's unclear that Spider-Man will ever find true peace - which is usually one of the first casualties of drama - but with Amazing Spider-Man #800, Slott and company stick the landing magnificently, finding a truly cathartic solution to Peter's never-ending calculus of power and responsibility.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #801

Jun 20, 2018

During moments like these, it’s hard not to feel a bit wistful — ever since he was first announced as the sole writer of Amazing Spider-Man, it felt like kismet for a writer like Dan Slott to be working on a character like this, a character he so clearly loved and understood and, as this issue shows, valued his importance as both a symbol and as an inspiration. Slott’s run on Spider-Man feels like a testament not just to one writer’s ingenuity, but his faith in the transformative power of fiction. And while Slott’s previous issue might have felt like a bigger, more epic climax to his years-long run with the character, it’s this beautifully produced epilogue that feels like the perfect love letter to an all-time classic superhero.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #2

Jul 26, 2018

If there’s any quibbles to be had about Amazing Spider-Man #2, it’s just that the pacing feels a little shorter than one might expect - although Spencer introduces so much in the mix, from a reinstated Curt Connors to an inspired, quip-heavy appearance from Taskmaster and Black Ant, it’s hard to really fault him. But the characterization and artwork are so striking that it’s easy to say that this is both Spencer and Ottley at their best, particularly when they’re filling the massive boots of Dan Slott’s epic run on the book. It’s a tall order, but two issues in, Amazing Spider-Man is proving that it’s a book in good hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #3

Aug 8, 2018

While Amazing Spider-Man might feel a little on the shorter side, it's hard not to be all in with the rock-solid characterization and amazing artwork for this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #7

Oct 15, 2018

But on the plus side, this feels like the smallest of speed bumps on an otherwise superb story — it shows Spencer and Ramos’ handle on Peter Parker that they don’t even need to show him in costume to tell one of the most fun stories of the week. Change is hard, especially after years of Dan Slott’s deservedly praised run on the series — but I think Spencer is absolutely playing to his strengths with his smaller-scale stories on the Amazing Spider-Man, a series that delivers great laughs and great action in equal measure. Definitely don’t pass this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #14

Jan 31, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #14 is a solid read, even if it has to fight some considerable narrative drag.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #16

Feb 28, 2019

Much has been made of Nick Spencer's encyclopedic reading of the entirety of Peter Parker's adventures to get ready for his run on Amazing Spider-Man, but with this latest prelude to his Kraven-centric "Hunter" arc, one can't help but wonder if the emphasis on the soap operatics surrounding Spidey's supporting cast haven't slowed this series to a crawl.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #24

Jun 28, 2019

Ottley nails the expressionwork Spencer needs for this script, but you can't help but wish he had something a little meatier and more action-packed to chew on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #34

Nov 22, 2019

While some of Spencer's plot seeding - including a device that can predict the future - drags the momentum a little bit, Gleason is such a revelation that he makes Amazing Spider-Man a must-buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #44

Jul 20, 2020

When this book is on, it is absolutely on, making Amazing Spider-Man #44 one of the series' best issues in recent memory.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): Full Circle #1

Oct 24, 2019

The fact that Amazing Spider-Man: Full Circle is readable at all is a miracle - so the fact that it's fun to boot is just unbelievable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #1

Nov 14, 2016

While many might view entertainment as a form of escapism, it's also a matter of relationships - both the relationships inside of the story, as well as the bonds formed between the characters and the readers themselves. Peter Parker is the kind of character that's easy to root for because he's easy to love, and watching this hard-luck hero get to make good on his personal life is something that inspires hope in all the imperfect Spider-Man readers in the world. If Conway and Stegman can continue their rock-solid work, Renew Your Vows is going to be an easy commitment for Spider-fans everywhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc.: Alpha #1

Dec 8, 2017

Hot off the heels of Venomverse, Eddie Brock is at the center of another symbiote-centric event with Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc. Alpha #1, a book that may not redefine superhero comics as we know it, but is a nice, solid bit of spider-action that touches upon everyone in Peter Parker's orbit.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing X-Men (2013) #1

Nov 6, 2013

As far as first issues go, Amazing X-Men #1 has more than its fair share of solid hooks - stellar artwork, an engaging story, and the return of a fan-favorite character. Considering the revolving door of death in the Marvel Universe, it's refreshing to see Jason Aaron actually have a logical plan for Nightcrawler's return, one that might bring the X-Men to a new frontier - not across nations or across planets, but now through metaphysical realms themselves. If this opening is any indication, Amazing X-Men is going to be the X-title to beat.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #2

Dec 9, 2013

But looking at McGuinness's larger-than-life artwork - not to mention Aaron's over-the-top premise - are you really looking for nuance with Amazing X-Men? Or are you looking for some fisticuffs and the return of Marvel's mighty mutant swashbuckler? While there's no denying there's a bit of a sophomore slump to Amazing X-Men, there's enough fun and wonder to this comic that you'll likely come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing X-Men (2013) #4

Feb 19, 2014

Who would have thought that mutants in Heaven could wind up being one of the more heartfelt stories in recent X-Men lore? Yet Jason Aaron and Ed McGuinness take a nutty concept and score a home run, all by distilling Nightcrawler to his core - and extremely varied - essence. In so doing, Aaron has performed a little bit of continuity magic, blowing up all those small character details of the Claremont (and even Chuck Austen) years, all while refitting them back into something that's surprisingly, cohesively relatable. Mutant politics are well and good, but the strength of the X-Men franchise has been showing that no matter what your mutation, you're still human underneath - and it's that return to form that makes Nightcrawler and the Amazing X-Men live up to their names.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #5

Mar 26, 2014

It's not the deepest story in the world, but I'll be damned if Amazing X-Men isn't one of the most fun X-books I've read in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing X-Men (2013) #6

Apr 21, 2014

The tough thing about Amazing X-Men #6 is that it's not a bad book, nor are the creators bad at all. The tough thing about Amazing X-Men is knowing that this team is capable of so much more. Given his schedule, with Original Sin down the pipeline and Thor: God of Thunder gaining a ton of traction, it's perhaps not surprising that something would have to give - and it's not like the previous five issues of Amazing X-Men haven't been, well, outstanding. But as far as last hurrahs go, this is one party where Jason Aaron might have stayed just a little bit too long.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Amazing X-Men (2013) #16

Jan 29, 2015

It's been a long time since I've seen a book this badly handicapped by the art. Jorge Fornes' hyper-angular style, combined with some poor page layouts and some even worse character designs, kills this book stone-dead, making it almost impossible to get into a war over Cyttorak's gem.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
America's Got Powers #1

Apr 12, 2012

America's Got Powers, at its core, is a book made by people who love superheroes, enough that it doesn't matter who fights, as long as somebody does. It's self-indulgent, and far from the most original deconstruction of superhero literature " although maybe it's the most honest. While the new toys in the sandbox might not be memorable, it's the way that Bryan Hitch plays with them that is this book's bread and butter. After all, this is Hitch's world " we're all just living in it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Analog #1

Mar 20, 2018

With comics as an industry so obsessed with the high concept, there's something refreshingly low-key about Gerry Duggan and David O'Sullivan's Analog, even if there are times it comes uncomfortably close to biting another comic's well-regarded style.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Angel (2019) #1

May 28, 2019

While this book's page count runs out a little earlier than one might want it to, there's still some strong work being brought to the table here, making Angel a book you won't want to miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Angela: Asgard's Assassin #2

Jan 9, 2015

It may be just a little hard for some readers to follow, but stick with it, for both the art and the attitude.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Animal Man (2011) #6

Feb 2, 2012

The sad thing is, Animal Man #6 may be the best executed issue of the run, but it's also easily the most disappointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Animal Man (2011) #19

Apr 8, 2013

Yet there's something to be said about starting strong, and the human drama that dominates the first half of this book is a better Animal Man story than I've seen in quite some time. With Buddy Baker presumably taking a more down-to-earth role after this issue, there's a lot of potential for this superhero without a cause, without a mission, without a family. There's lot of human drama that can be mined here, if the book's creative team can ignore all the animal mythology for a bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #20

May 3, 2013

I can't help it " the movie issues of Animal Man always happen to be my favorites. Instead of drowning in mythology, Jeff Lemire writes a moving story about the intersection of being a celebrity and being a superhero. Lemire's portrait of the fall and rise and fall again of the Red Thunder is poignant, especially the hero's relationship with his son, which evokes the recent death of Buddy Baker's son Cliff.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Animal Man (2011) #21

Jun 19, 2013

Despite the occasional wart, Animal Man is definitely a comic that's finding its way again, after months of subsuming its own identity in the "Rotworld" crossover with Swamp Thing. The New 52 has definitely had a place for a celebrity superhero, and the added horror spin? Well, there's plenty of potential there, too. This comic is not as deliberate as some readers might want, but there are a lot of moving parts that are each starting to show some legs. This is definitely a step in the right direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) Annual #2

Aug 6, 2013

Still, there's a lot to like about Animal Man Annual #2, which effective has its cake and eats it, too - not only do we get to watch Buddy act more like a human given the loss of his son, but we also get to experience the kinds of fun adventures that made Cliff such a touchstone in his life to begin with. By the end of this issue, you're feeling the heartache just as much as Buddy, and that's a victory for Lemire and Foreman. If you've been wondering what all the hubbub is about, Animal Man Annual #2 is definitely a book to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Animosity: The Rise #1

Jan 27, 2017

There's still some great one-liners here, like a seagull shouting about getting thumbs, but newcomers should read the main series first.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #1

Jun 6, 2018

With the duo headlining a movie next month, it's never been a better time for Marvel to launch a series starring Ant-Man and the Wasp, and given his deep knowledge of physics, it's a no-brainer to have someone like Mark Waid behind the wheel. And to that end, Waid and artist Javier Garron deliver the sweet science with Scott Lang and Nadia Van Dyne's latest team-up, even if the high-flying physics comes together a little bit faster than the titular characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ant-Man (2015) #1

Jan 5, 2015

Bringing much of the sense of humor that defined Superior Foes of Spider-Man, Nick Spencer has brought his A-game - and brought an A-game art team in the form of Ramon Rosanas and Jordan Boyd - to Ant-Man #1. This comic is a perfect mission statement for Scott Lang, and if the upcoming movie can do half as good a job at defining the character, Marvel is going to be adding another powerhouse franchise to its roster. Get ready to enjoy your next favorite Marvel series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ant-Man (2015) #5

May 11, 2015

Consider it growing pains - Ant-Man is going to be part of Marvel's collective consciousness for at least a little while, thanks to the character's upcoming film. But just like moviegoers are going to be curious how this character is going to stand out amongst the rest of the Marvel Cinematic Universe, Spencer and Rosanas really need to carve Scott Lang's niche out further. While he's a little bit of a screw-up in the same vein as Spencer's Boomerang was in Superior Foes of Spider-Man, it's not pronounced enough to really make him stand out. There's tons of potential behind Ant-Man, but this issue barely scratches the surface.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ant-Man (2020) #1

Feb 5, 2020

While it takes a bit for the team to start firing on all cylinders, there's a lot to appreciate about Ant-Man #1. Even though there's certainly some narrative fat readers have to chew through at first, once the exposition is over, there's a great sense of humor - and even more beautiful artwork - to enjoy. This might not be a book that blows up the sales charts -heck, it might not even be Scott Lang's most standout adventure - but there's definitely enough to warrant checking out a second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ant-Man (2020) #4

May 13, 2020

Even with only one issue left to go, Ant-Man #4 makes some big strides forward, both in terms of progressing this miniseries' storyline and scratching that narrative itch for comics fans missing their weekly hit from the House of Ideas. While Scott himself sometimes gets lost in the mix, Wells makes up for it with some satisfying twists and turns, while Burnett alone makes this series worth the cover price for his eclectic and exciting art. You might not expect it given Scott Lang's diminutive size, but Ant-Man #4 might just be Marvel's best book this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ant-Man (2020) #5

Jun 19, 2020

What could have been seen as a mixed bug " err, bag " Ant-Man #5 manages to pull off a win thanks to its stunning visuals and its breezy storytelling, even if it feels insubstantial even by the continuity-heavy standards of modern superhero comics. While I wouldn't consider this miniseries to be a seminal story for either Scott or Cassie Lang, Burnett's artwork makes this a solid offering during a quiet week from the House of Ideas.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ant-Man: Season One #1

Jul 23, 2012

Of course, "not bad" isn't exactly the same kind of ringing endorsement as "must-read!" Ant-Man Season One seems to make a conscious choice to target a younger demographic, and for that DeFalco and company should be applauded " considering Hank's mainstream Marvel status quo is hinged primarily on mental illness and spousal abuse, starting young readers fresh isn't a bad idea at all. That said, older readers will find this book isn't nearly sophisticated enough to suit their palates.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #5

Jan 30, 2012

For the first 20 pages, I thought I was reading a winner. Great art, accessible concept, tons of room for Aquaman to learn and grow and stretch himself, and to bring readers along for the ride. Instead, all of this immaculate setup came to nothing, being blown off for a cheap gag that belittled the very character we're supposed to invest in. There are plenty of reasons to deviate from structure in a story, but only if it's for a greater good. The end result for Aquaman came out as more fishy than fantastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #7

Mar 29, 2012

There is a little bit of decompression to this issue " the last page is an act break that I feel would have been more satisfying in the first few pages " but the book looks good, and promises some fun new additions to Aquaman's world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #10

Jul 2, 2012

There's something about this team " both the heroes and the artists " that brings the best out of Geoff Johns, an accomplished writer who I feel is still on a quest to keep changing and evolving his style. That said, this book isn't perfect, as the focus on these new characters takes away from the already struggling Arthur Curry. But if Johns can tie in these cool new toys with some genuine new insight about the King of the Seas, he might be able to have his cake and eat it, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2011) #14

Nov 28, 2012

There are a number of other threads in this book that could be seen as superfluous, or at the very least saps this book of its energy and speed " the two qualities that, along with Johns and Ivan Reis's star power, helped elevate Aquaman to a top slot month after month. That said, this prelude is just that " a prelude to something more. Where Johns succeeds in this book is to slowly build new histories between Aquaman and his greatest foes, and that victory, while a quiet one, may make bigger waves soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #16

Jan 30, 2013

While the occasional disconnect between the art and dialogue might slow down this comic " as well as the lack of a distinct theme to make this a little more evergreen " Geoff Johns is bringing us the Justice League we've always wanted... just not in their own book. Aquaman may be a less-than-compelling lead this month, but as a team player, this book manages to keep moving swimmingly.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #17

Feb 28, 2013

Definitely an epilogue, but I feel like Johns has bigger fish to fry than this minnow of a chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2011) #18

Mar 28, 2013

This book is missing a key likeability that holds it back from super-success, but the tonal shift is still a fascinating one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #19

May 3, 2013

It's impressive how ambitious Geoff Johns is with Aquaman, packing in a ton of subplots and characters almost in defiance of decompressed storytelling. From Aquaman's behemoth aquatic friend Topo to the water-intolerant Atlantean Swatt to Mera's journey to another undersea world, there's a lot going on here, to the point where it's a challenge " albeit a fun one " trying to keep up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Aquaman (2011) #25

Dec 2, 2013

Every character has something interesting about them, even if they've been ignored or underutilized for years. That was the main thesis of Geoff Johns's run on Aquaman in the first place, but as Johns concludes his time with that most iconic of Atlanteans, you can't help but feel like much of his potential was untapped. Who is Aquaman? What can he teach us about responsibilities, about bridging cultures, about adopting and reshaping and transcending our own identities, our own preconceived notions? These are heady questions that could have been answered by the King of the Seven Seas - but for now, Aquaman's "epic" battle is more like a drop in the bucket.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Aquaman (2011) #26

Jan 6, 2014

Out with the old, in with the new - with Geoff Johns off Aquaman, DC should take a bit more of a risk when it comes to Jeff Parker's tenure on the title. This is a run that deserves its own identity and its own style, but currently this comic is one step in the future and one step in the past. And that winds up being a real shame - there was a lot of good with Johns' run, but it also ultimately had run its course. Without a new artist, this comic is going to run the risk of being trapped in a rut - which, given Parker's clear potential in this comic, feels like a wasted opportunity.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2011) #28

Feb 27, 2014

While readers who are craving over-the-top action and political intrigue may be disappointed, it's nice to see Aquaman be human, be vulnerable, and actually have even a little bit of a sense of humor.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2011) #34

Aug 28, 2014

eff Parker and guest artist Carlos Rodriguez toe the line between silly and sublime with Aquaman #34, as the sheer potential of Parker's villain makes this a flawed but worthy beat-'em-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2011) #50

Mar 31, 2016

This 50th issue anniversary for Aquaman may be inconsistent, but I have to give Dan Abnett credit for trying to lend a fresh breath of characterization for Arthur Curry and his supporting cast.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2016) #1

Jun 22, 2016

He's been mishandled and poorly written more often than not, and that's why I think it's so heartening to read Abnett and Walker's take on him " it's very much proof positive that there's no such thing as a bad character, only bad execution. Maybe it's karmic justice that Arthur Curry has the last laugh after all. But it's hard not to be excited when you think about the depth of potential in this title " and best of all, Aquaman has only begun to scratch the surface.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2016) #4

Aug 4, 2016

Perhaps it's not surprising that Aquaman might be quickly overlooked amongst all of DC's spotlight on "Rebirth" and the Suicide Squad film, but with politics also in full swing, it feels like Dan Abnett and Philippe Briones' take on Arthur Curry might be the most interesting superhero book on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2016) #6

Sep 12, 2016

Ultimately, Aquaman #6 might not wind up having a ton of lasting fallout for Arthur and Mera Curry, but as far as concluding its first arc, Abnett and Walker have done an admirable job, using standard superhero tropes as a backdrop to a surprisingly rich and nuanced political landscape. And that makes perfect sense - Arthur Curry isn't just a superhero, he's a world power, and as Abnett has shown us, great power doesn't just equal great responsibility, but it also entails great complications as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2016) #27

Aug 21, 2017

Aquaman #27 may be meat-and-potatoes superhero comic books when it comes to plot, but the artwork is something that needs to be seen to be believed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2016) #31

Dec 26, 2017

Bumpy plotting aside, the artwork in this book make Aquaman #31 not only notable, but surprisingly one of DC's best-looking books around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2016) #58

Mar 23, 2020

When we look at superheroes, it’s easy to boil them down to secret origins and power sets, rather than the characterization that’s made us root for them for generations. And Aquaman — a character with numerous reimaginings, relaunches and reversals — might be more scattered than most. But it’s amazing what a little bit of humanity can do to clarify a character’s internal compass — DeConnick and Mendonca’s Aquaman is a man adrift but never unmoored, a guy who’s been dealt a bad hand but chooses to embrace the good things still in his life. He’s not grim and gritty, not an oversized beacon of hope, but a guy who seems to exude well-adjusted normalcy, even as a one-time king of Atlantis. It’s a quiet story that shows us that while things can be bad, we have the ability to choose how we stand up to it. And if that’s not a heroic origin story for today’s headlines, I don’t know what is.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2016) Annual #2

Oct 24, 2019

A really strong showing from all involved, and a great place to fall in love with Aquaman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #1

Apr 23, 2020

But nitpicking aside, Aquaman: Deep Dives is the sort of book that DC should be putting front and center for its expanded digital-first initiatives — it’s got high production values, and puts a creator on a new character for a refreshing and different point of view. Orlando and Sampere clearly are a team that work well together, and one can only hope that this Aquaman one-shot isn’t the last time we see them collaborate.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #2

May 4, 2020

That's probably damning Aquaman: Deep Dives with faint praise, but the story does read like a first draft that probably should have been workshopped significantly before bringing an art team on board. Artist Aaron Lopresti keeps this issue from sinking too dramatically, but the result is purely disposable action featuring a purely forgettable team-up. Unless you're a Sea Devils completist, there's no need to pick up this watered-down Aquaman adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #4

May 14, 2020

Still, this is perhaps the best installment of Aquaman: Deep Dives yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman: Rebirth #1

Jun 8, 2016

The measure of a character can be learned based on the types of adventures they can have, and Abnett and company have opened up Aquaman to a world of possibility. If this debut is any indication, Aquaman might become your favorite soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Archangel #1

May 19, 2016

If you're a fan of alternate history stories like The Man in the High Castle, you should definitely keep Archangel on your radar.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie (2015) #5

Jan 5, 2016

While there are a few bumps with some of the twists - namely, how Sheila's art exhibit can be seen as anything other than super-creepy is a suspension of disbelief I'm not sure even Waid can pull off - but for the most part, Waid and Fish's infusion of characterization makes Archie a book that's well worth reading. Waid has reinvigorated this decades-old property, showing a veracity and deliberateness to these teenagers that I don't think I've seen since Brian Michael Bendis first took over Ultimate Spider-Man. If you haven't been reading this masterful series, you definitely owe it to yourself to start now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Archie (2015) #8

May 12, 2016

All in all, this might be the single best issue of Archie yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie (2015) #13

Oct 20, 2016

Serving as an interlude of sorts following last issue's big upheavals, Archie #13 also gets a change-up of a different sort, with Joe Eisma joining as the series artist. And boy, was that an excellent pick - Eisma has had a lot of practice drawing teenage characters over in Morning Glories, and there's a surprising amount of heart to his angular style, particularly during a scene where Archie struggles to live a life without Veronica in it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Archie (2015) #700

Nov 20, 2018

It speaks to the popularity of Archie Andrews and his Riverdale gang that these characters have endured for as long as they have " but in this critical moment in the company's history, they needed someone with a sure hand to maintain the flagship title upon Mark Waid's departure, one that could help lead this series as it charts a stellar multimedia path forward. And I gotta tell you, Nick Spencer and Marguerite Sauvage do a tremendous job at proving why they're the right people for the job " no matter if you're a fan of the comics or the television shows, Archie #700 is a perfect reintroduction to the town of Riverdale, and the kind of well-produced celebration that other comics companies would do well to emulate.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Armor Wars #2

Jun 18, 2015

As a concept, a murder mystery set in a techno-dystopia sounds great, a sort of Blade Runner-esque thriller for the Marvel Universe. But somewhere in the execution, Armor Wars doesn't quite connect.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Asgardians of the Galaxy #1

Sep 5, 2018

Competent pacing and action aside, it's not hard to find a lot of books that can hit that marker these days " while there is plenty of potential to be found Asgardians of the Galaxy, but this team will need to stretch themselves more if they ever hope to reach it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Assassin Nation #3

May 28, 2019

If you haven't read this series, pick up the previous two issues, because Assassin Nation is one of the funniest books you'll read all year.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #45

Dec 28, 2011

Lots of stuff is going on in this book, but it's never too heavy to get on board now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #46

Jan 25, 2012

It won't reinvent the X-books like some of its sister titles, but Astonishing X-Men can still exist as a book that's merely just good.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #50

May 23, 2012

It leaves you in a weird position: do you avoid the book, and in a way then invalidate the importance of the moment? Or do you plunk down your dollars, no matter what the content, in order to make a political statement? The fact that you have to decide at all means something has gone way off the rails with Astonishing X-Men #50, an anniversary issue that never lives up to its promise.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #3

Sep 6, 2017

Honestly, if you pick up one Marvel book this week, I'd be hard-pressed to recommend anything over Astonishing X-Men. This book has been a dynamic and thoughtful adventure that thinks deeply about the enduring nature of the Children of the Atom, portrayed brilliantly by a murderer's row of artistic talent. If you haven't been reading this book, buckle up and take a ride to the Astral Plane, because this book is certainly living up to its name.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #4

Oct 4, 2017

What's most important about Astonishing X-Men is that Soule has done a magnificent job at juggling his team of mutants, and more importantly, knows how they work together and what has made them so beloved by readers for years. And in that regard, this might not be the strongest chapter of Astonishing X-Men, but you better believe I still can't wait to see what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #5

Nov 2, 2017

With two shakier issues in a row, one hopes Soule is paired with an artist that can inject Astonishing X-Men with the energy this book needs.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #8

Feb 22, 2018

There's been a lot to like about this book, but hopefully Soule and company can make the next few issues of Astonishing X-Men pick up the pace.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #14

Aug 6, 2018

While the execution isn’t necessarily flawless, Rosenberg is bringing something different to Astonishing X-Men that I think bears watching — something that, in many ways, plays to the strengths of the franchise dating back to Dave Cockrum and Chris Claremont’s original run. While we’re not seeing the sort of wild concept work of living islands or galactic forces gone awry, part of the reason why the lineup of Giant-Sized X-Men succeeded was because of the way the cast interacted and gelled with one another — and that’s the sort of sparks I’m seeing with Rosenberg’s work here. Like Justice League International before it, Astonishing X-Men eschews the iconic in exchange for the irreverent, making for a surprising and engaging read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Astro City (2013) #47

Sep 7, 2017

If you're a dog lover and a fan of superheroes, take yourself out for a walk and get Astro City #47.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #1

Oct 13, 2014

There are some great moments in this comic, but they're often fleeting, stomped down by the unrelenting march of event storytelling. The X-Men, for example, look to be turning a corner beyond the infighting of Schism and Avengers vs. X-Men, and the Scarlet Witch and Rogue continue to be Remender's clear favorites. But for every great moment, there are plenty of eye-rollers, including Ahab stabbing his umpteenth mutant or the Red Skull pulling a secret plan out of Tony Stark's head from out of nowhere. Comics can be goofy, can be crazy, but they need some sort of internal logic in order to be believed - and Axis lacks that consistency to ground it. Without that, even with its plethora of characters, this crossover feels less than the sum of its parts.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #3

Oct 22, 2014

Now that the initial struggle against Red Onslaught is over, I want to hold out hope for the future of AXIS. Remender's done the necessary evil of introducing 30 characters for this storyline, and now that they don't have to be in such close quarters, I'm hoping the second arc will focus more on the shift in characterization rather than the lackluster superpowered fireworks. Despite how this review might read, I am a Rick Remender fan, and I know he's capable of strong pacing, striking fight choreography, and even better characterization. Here's hoping this comic can switch axes, moving from impenetrable blockbuster to a smart new spin on the heroism in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #4

Nov 5, 2014

After a rough three issues, AXIS is definitely taking a needed upturn in quality with this fourth issue - that said, it still has a long way to go. There's something about this premise that still feels wonky, which is not a good thing this far into the story. What it'll take for AXIS to succeed is right in that scene with Carnage - showing these heroes and villains actually taking some bold actions to define themselves into their new roles. (Just talking about killing isn't enough.) It's taken four issues, but now Rick Remender has effectively turned the playing field upside-down - now he just has to show us why it was worth it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #5

Nov 13, 2014

Five issues in, however, AXIS hasn't managed to cross the inversion line from disappointing to exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #6

Nov 24, 2014

Right now, AXIS has finally overcome its bloated introduction, only to get hit with another problem - a lack of consistency with the artwork. Given this series' weekly timeframe, shifting artists is perhaps inevitable - but is it necessarily conducive to a coherent, cohesive comic book storyline? AXIS has had plenty of sins in the past, but I feel like this sixth issue is primarily an editorial concern - perhaps the grab bag of artists will look better as one collected edition, but as a sequential read, this comic still has an identity crisis.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #7

Dec 10, 2014

That said, the one irony of AXIS #7 is that even though it's a series about the Avengers and X-Men turning into villains (and their so-called villains stepping up to the plate), this series has only gotten really good once Remender has ignored the vast majority of the characters involved. Sometimes you can only shove so many different voices in 20 pages before it starts to feel incoherent or rambling. Yet even as he narrows down the scope of his characters to some familiar faces, Remender does manage to distill the key element of AXIS - namely, the difference between a hero and a villain. And that's an achievement that justifies playing favorites.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #8

Dec 18, 2014

We've got too many characters trading punches interchangably with one another, and it's ultimately too frenetic to be satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #9

Dec 24, 2014

And that's the real tragedy behind Axis. It's not about good versus evil, or the sacrifices made to change the status quo. Marvel wanted Avengers vs. X-Men Part 2, and they got it - and this is more of the same haphazard, rushed storytelling and cog-in-the-machine visuals that flat-tire even the strongest writers and artists. You can't help but wonder if that's why Marvel has been lacking in its event game the past few years, even when it's thrown superstar writers like Jonathan Hickman, Matt Fraction and Brian Michael Bendis at it. You can't expect organic, coherent comics when you're stacking the deck against your creators like this. And that's a shame, because at the end of the day, Axis likely began with the best of intentions. But as they say, good intentions are all the road to Hell is paved with.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers (2010) #29

Aug 20, 2012

Had Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo not done such a superior job with much of the same content, I think I would have liked Avengers #29 much more than I did. Coming so much later than Aaron, however, this comic comes off as a case of too little, too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers (2012) #1

Dec 3, 2012

The flagship book of the Marvel Universe is finally upon us, and believe me when I say that it doesn't just meet expectations " it shatters them. Gods, super-soldiers and men of steel unite against a common foe no single super hero could withstand. It's a simple formula: World's biggest superheroes. Comics' greatest talents. The industry's biggest book. A perfect launch. Time to assemble, Avengers fans " your new favorite series has arrived.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #4

Jan 31, 2013

New readers may be confused, but those interesting in seeing where Hickman's mystery goes will find plenty to chew on here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #6

Feb 21, 2013

dam Kubert and Frank Martin look as polished and painterly as I've ever seen them, which makes the small emotional moments " Shang eying the most powerful person in the universe intently, or Spidey giving a nasty smirk " some real oomph. Combined with a nice cliffhanger, this was a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #11

May 13, 2013

While action purists will likely make their way towards Uncanny Avengers, the Hickman faithful will still find plenty to like about Avengers #11. Even with its characters out of costume " or perhaps because of it " Hickman shows there are more directions the Avengers can go besides punching a bad guy in the face. As he continues to build up A.I.M. and his secondary heroes, Hickman just needs to start delivering the A-listers, and Avengers will truly live up to its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers (2012) #12

May 23, 2013

Twelve issues in, and Avengers is sadly starting to wear out its welcome. The problem with this comic is that, despite the title, Earth's Mightiest Heroes still feel like supporting cast members in their own book " Jonathan Hickman's plot essentially makes the Avengers babysitters for a new species of human.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers (2012) #17

Aug 8, 2013

It's been 17 issues, and Jonathan Hickman has finally expanded his roster of the Avengers... but considering how slowly this book has progressed, this feels more disappointing than fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Avengers (2012) #18

Aug 25, 2013

It's taken me awhile to realize what book Avengers has been reminding me of, but it finally hit me - Dwayne McDuffie's Justice League of America. Instead of making this a book about the title characters, Avengers has become Marvel's de facto continuity book, setting up the status quo for the big event rather than actually delivering on its central premise - an awesome team-up book featuring the best and brightest of the Marvel Universe. With few sparks amid all the outer space fireworks, this is Infinite-ly disappointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #24.NOW

Dec 26, 2013

Ultimately, if you've been curious about Avengers but were turned off by all the hubbub of Infinity, Avengers #24.NOW is as good a time as any to try to get back on board. With some strong artwork and some ambitious plotting, there's a lot to like about this series, which seems to be subtly repositioning itself to make for a more stable read. If Hickman can scale back on some of the threats and focus more on what makes Earth's Mightest Heroes tick, this might be the beginning of an upswing for this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2012) #29

May 15, 2014

Some might say this owes a little too much to DC's Identity Crisis, and others rightly may say this is too little, too late, but this is one of the best outings I've seen of Jonathan Hickman's Avengers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers (2012) #30

May 29, 2014

Like the Avengers themselves, I feel lost here - and not sure I even want to wait while they try to find their way back.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers (2012) #34.1

Sep 15, 2014

Considering all the cast members in Avengers, it feels like a real misstep to have another issue focusing solely on Hyperion, particularly when Smasher, Cannonball, Sunspot, Captain Universe, or any of the other numerous characters in the series barely get any screen time - and that's not even including the A-listers beyond Cap and Tony that get zero love in this book. (Sorry, but putting them in Avengers World doesn't count, especially not when they have to move over so Euroforce can get a new origin story.) The thing about Avengers #34.1 isn't just that the premise feels limp or the ending feels a little anticlimactic - it's that Hyperion seems to threadbare of a character that we're reduced to just repeating catchphrases over and over again.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2012) #35

Sep 17, 2014

Time is running out for the Avengers, but it's nice to see that even in the bleak times ahead, Hickman and company can still find ways to stoke our enthusiasm. For the first time in a long time, this series feels like we're getting some real bang for our buck, and considering this is mostly just a tease for a post-Axis future, that's a real victory. With tremendous stakes and a murderer's row of artistic talent, Avengers is back in rare form.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #37

Oct 23, 2014

"Time Runs Out" might be the kind of kick this series needed all along.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2016) #1

Nov 2, 2016

While Waid's other big team book, Champions, is on the fast track to superhero success, Avengers doesn't feel as sure of a bet. Though on a purely narrative level there's little difference between this book and All-New, All-Different Avengers, the change in art might make this book as easy of a jumping-off point as it is for readers to get on board. Yet All-New, All-Different Avengers had some moments of real brilliance in its short run, with Waid coming up with new and interesting team-ups for a diverse group of Marvel heroes " and with a challenging new artist and a story that could span all of time, I have faith that Avengers could be gearing up for a bold new era.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2016) #11

Sep 21, 2017

All in all, a truly wonderful book that more people should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers (2016) #673

Nov 2, 2017

For a book that brings together two super-teams, Avengers #673 doesn't bring much of a punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers (2016) #1.MU

Jan 27, 2017

Writer Jim Zub and artist Sean Izaakse deftly juggle all of Earth's Mightiest Heroes in this extra-long one-shot, and while the plot is certainly not world-shaking, they do a tremendously effective job at showing the Avengers doing the kind of swashbuckling the Avengers do best.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2018) #10

Nov 13, 2018

Rather than chase after fleeting headlines, Jason Aaron and company prove to be much more responsible in Avengers #700, using this anniversary issue to tell a large-scale story with an insane number of characters. The result is, by and large, a good old-fashioned superhero beat-down that eschews flashiness and instead earns its bombastic beats. There's a lot going on with Earth's Mightiest Heroes in this issue, but this issue never feels overstuffed or overproduced. Instead, Aaron and a who's who of talented artists celebrate the Avengers the best way they can " not by throwing readers a stunt, by telling a quality story that stands on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2018) #11

Dec 14, 2018

For a so-called "quiet" issue, Aaron and McGuinness do a lot to build investment into the Avengers, leaving this reviewer excited to where the title will wind up going next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2018) #19

May 28, 2019

While the central narrative may feel a bit disjointed, the artwork and central character still chalks up a nice win for Avengers #19.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2018) #20

Jul 1, 2019

Working as both an insightful character piece, an event tie-in, as well as a great teaser for the Avengers as a book moving forward, Avengers #20 winds up being one of the best single issues the series has delivered in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers A.I. #1

Jul 3, 2013

Additionally - and this is the clincher - Humphries leans so much on the semi-humorous bits that he doesn't really justify or explore the actual high concept enough: these aren't human heroes, but A.I. What does that mean? What is the difference? What sets this book apart? And what kind of leader is Hank Pym going to become? Without that hook, this book comes off as a group of D-list Avengers in a marketplace saturated with other Avenger titles. But with the team coming together like a well-oiled machine, here's hoping that Humphries and Araujo can show us what makes these tin men tick.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers A.I. #8

Jan 9, 2014

This is a tough book to read, with no real hook for most Avengers fans -- and yes, that even includes the shoehorning of the Uncanny Avengers. Unless you're a Hank Pym or Vision completist, leave this lemon on the shelf.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Academy #32

Jun 25, 2012

While some writers swing for the fences and try to make daring new arrangements with decades-long continuity, Christos Gage focuses on the fundamentals. Things like theme, character, organic conflict. There is a craft and a structure for a good story, and Gage is disciplined enough not to cut any corners with Avengers Academy. It's solid storytelling that is all the more surprising given its youthful protagonists. Maybe the adults could learn a little something here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Academy #36

Sep 10, 2012

To rephrase another superhero epic, it's not what you do that defines a comic " it's how you do it. Gage should be hitting all the emotional high notes with his resolutions to these characters, who, like any good parent, he is giving enough interesting wrinkles to make them palatable to other writers, should the opportunity present itself. But in terms of this comic alone, it's a little too focused on hitting plot points, rather than fleshing out the character beats that make them special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Arena #1

Dec 11, 2012

While this book wears its influences unapologetically on its sleeve " and yes, the fact that these overpowered teenagers have accepted the new status quo so quickly is a little much to swallow, even with Arcade's new-and-improved powerset " there's still something guiltily, trashily fun about Avengers Arena.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Arena #2

Dec 18, 2012

Distaste with the exploitative high concept aside " and I can only imagine that amount of hate Dennis Hopeless has gotten for doing this book " Avengers Arena is sort of the dark mirror image of Christos Gage's beloved sleeper book. More characters showing more character, but unlike the immortal IP of most Avengers books, these new concepts come with a very distinct expiration date. If Hopeless can balance the extended characterization with the sort of Battle Royale fisticuffs that set this series apart, it may escape the fate of its canceled predecessor yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Arena #3

Jan 10, 2013

Definitely wasn't expecting to like this book as much as I do, but it's one of my top picks at Marvel these days... whether I like to admit it or not.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Arena #6

Mar 14, 2013

Not bad, Dennis Hopeless. Not bad at all. Jumping to yet another narrator in the sixth issue of Avengers Arena, things finally start to heat up " it's not nearly as potent as the first issue, but finally claws are bared, swords are drawn, and some of these kids finally show they're not as friendly as we thought.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Arena #10

Jun 6, 2013

Lots of good progression for these characters, and a conclusion that will launch a thousand Tumblr posts. Read this now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Arena #12

Jul 10, 2013

It's difficult to get too in-depth on this issue, for fear of spoilers " but suffice to say, if you've been reading Avengers Arena, whether you've been angry or been loving it, Hopeless and Walker have some sharp twists that you're really going to love. With some huge fireworks, some nice character dynamics between longtime teammates, and more than one big surprise, this arc goes out with a bang.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Arena #13

Aug 15, 2013

Ultimately, this issue is for completists only, as this answers some pressing questions on how the responsible heroes of the Marvel Universe haven't figured out Arcade's plans - it's a decently written issue, albeit one that isn't a requirement for the overall Avengers Arena storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Arena #17

Nov 18, 2013

The kids are far from all right, as we have one issue to go before Avengers Arena transitions to Avengers Undercover. At this point, it's really Hopeless and Walker's book to lose - there's a lot of tension, a lot of heartache, and a lot of earned stakes to this comic, as Hopeless really has built up why these teenage heroes are now at each others' throats. If this issue is any indication, the next installment of this series is going to be all killer, no filler.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Assemble #10

Dec 17, 2012

I think that Avengers Assemble has a lot going for it " strong art, strong dialogue, a minimum of continuity to get in its way, a tone that is largely all-ages " but it's also the underrated middle child of the Avengers franchise. This is a title without a grand purpose within the Marvel Universe, and the story itself stumbles a bit without a unifying high concept to ground it and guide it. Ultimately not a bad effort from DeConnick and company, but one I do fear may get lost among its more ambitious sister titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Assemble #20

Oct 17, 2013

While the low-key nature of the writing and the art means fans won't break down the doors of their comic book shop to buy this book, it would be their mistake - Avengers Assemble brings the goods, through and through.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers of the Wastelands #1

Jan 28, 2020

Just by virtue of the post-apocalyptic setting - not to mention lingering affection for the "Old Man Logan" saga that Brisson himself recently concluded - there's bound to be fans of Avengers of the Wastelands just based on sheer high concept. But beyond those guaranteed fans, this book can't help but feel a bit watered-down from its source material. Brisson's clearly capable of strong storytelling - his work on New Mutants being a prime example - but his return to the wastelands proves that sometimes you really can't go home again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers of the Wastelands #5

Jun 8, 2020

With a surprisingly saccharine ending to wrap things up, Avengers of the Wastelands never really lives up to its iconic predecessors.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Standoff: Assault on Pleasant Hill Alpha #1

Mar 1, 2016

Event books are typically characterized for wanting to seem smart, but ultimately wind up being low-calorie slugfests. Nick Spencer, however, has other ideas in mind. Marvel has always been thought of as "the world outside your window," but with the more fantastical elements of books like Jonathan Hickman's Avengers and Secret Wars, it's easy to lose track of the human element alongside this alleged big picture. But not so with Avengers: Standoff on Pleasant Hill - if Spencer stays true to his style and puts his characters' voices and opinions front and center, this could be a very compelling read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Vs. X-Men #3

May 2, 2012

That said, good looks can only carry you so far, and Avengers vs. X-Men still hasn't hit that sweet spot in terms of story logic or nuanced characterization. Everyone's got to be at an extreme, and unfortunately, with the all-too-human characters of Marvel, that means nobody looks good. Ultimately, that won't matter much, as the appeal of most of the Marvel Universe in one place is too good for most readers to pass up, but I can't help but wonder what kind of a knockout we're missing here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Vs. X-Men #5

Jun 6, 2012

The easy part was getting all these heavy-hitters together. And considering how it's assured that this crossover will set the tone of the Marvel Universe for a while, that might be enough for sheer sales. But Avengers vs. X-Men is lacking that drive and direction that, say, Civil War possessed, with the character interactions being just the same handful of qualities being rehashed again and again. With the plot taking a turn for the ludicrous, this issue is a collection of Marvel's finest not swinging for the fences, but simply knocking a bunt.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Vs. X-Men #8

Jul 18, 2012

Lots of shouting, lots of punching, but not a lot of specificity with Marvel's nuanced characters " that's pretty much Avengers vs. X-Men in a nutshell right now, down to the final boss(es) getting more powerful as the "heroes" press on. The X-Men are definitely coming off as the Redheaded Stepchildren of the Atom here, with no moral equivalency in sight, but if you're a diehard Kubert or Avengers fan, well, at least you've got a pretty fight to look at.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Vs. X-Men #9

Aug 1, 2012

Macro-story issues aside, I do hope that the Big Two take note on this issue, and make more event books read like this. Jason Aaron has taken all of Marvel's biggest characters and really put them into some hot water, all while hooking in jaded readers with some well-placed humanity and tension. It's obvious who the winners of Avengers vs. X-Men are going to be, but if we can really root for somebody in this series " anybody, really " then the readers are going to be who come out on top.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Vs. X-Men #10

Aug 15, 2012

By the end of the issue, I feel like we've more or less gone in a circle, with Hope still being an all-powerful deus ex machina, the X-Men getting evil-er, and Cyclops and Emma both still living to fight another day. This book looks great, but 10 issues in, it would have been nice to be more than that. With a throughline that is stretching beyond the breaking point, this book has all of the blockbuster we've come to expect from superhero epics... but none of the heart underneath.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers vs. X-Men: Infinite #1

Apr 4, 2012

Is this a strong, fun read in its own right? Absolutely. With some gorgeous artwork, an action-driven plot with plenty of character and a new format to explore, the potential for this line is infinite. And after this first installment, reader enthusiasm for this product just might match it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers vs. X-Men: Infinite #6

Jun 19, 2012

As a story, Avengers vs. X-Men #6: Infinite does work. As an exciting platform for a new medium... well, it's still a work-in-progress. The price point does make this a good purchase for die-hard Cyclops fans who want to see him deal with the cosmic force that killed his wife, and for some, that will be enough. For me, I think it's a well-intentioned misfire. But then again, that's what evolution is all about.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers World #1

Jan 8, 2014

Hickman and Spencer do a great job at keeping a lot of balls in the air, even if they don't necessarily catch all of them this time - there are a few plot points that fall flat, and much of the bloated roster of the team still feels fairly underutilized. That said, there is a lot going for Avengers World, as Hickman and Spencer go against the grain in this era of decompression and pack a lot of story into one comic. This book doesn't quite nail its potential yet, but there's a lot to like about Avengers World #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers World #5

May 5, 2014

The overall execution of Avengers World is very strong - stronger than a lot of other superhero books on the stand, to be honest. But part of the problem with this book is that it isn't allowed to really stand on its own two feet. Because of Hickman's involvement, this book continues on the AIM-centric storyline that's been dominating the main Avengers book - only this happens to focus on two characters instead of, uh, four. But that also brings up the question of Avengers Assemble, which went on its own path and got canceled by lack of sales. What is it that Earth's Mightiest Superheroes need to translate those big movie sales into comic book dollars? Maybe Avengers World will bring us closer to the answer of what does and doesn't work. On the one hand, not too much happens here - but on the other, this team shows that this book has a solid foundation in terms of talent, and shows exactly what this franchise could be capable of. But it definitely still could be better.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers World #11

Aug 14, 2014

Oof. Talk about a decent story handicapped by some seriously gnarly art. Going from the expressive, cartoony artwork of Stefano Caselli or the clean, stylized work of Marco Checchetto to the rough, undynamic work of Raffaele Ienco is one of the biggest issue-to-issue trip-ups I've seen in a long, long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers World #19

Apr 9, 2015

While the other Avengers books might be crossing time and space before Secret Wars, Avengers World delivers a much, much more satisfying reading experience by staying closer to home.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: Rage Of Ultron OGN #1

Mar 30, 2015

While this comic attempts to follow up on one of Disney's most bankable movies of the year, you can't help but wonder why Rage of Ultron can't commit to the same cast of characters that have struck so much gold in the cineplexes. The benefit of original graphic novels like this is that you don't have to be beholden to continuity - you can pick and choose characters and eras at your leisure - but in its efforts to include multiple eras of Avengers, Rage of Ultron loses something in terms of its focus. Still, if you can get over the abrupt shift in focus, this is a decent graphic novel with some gorgeous art and some very striking characterization for Marvel's premier bad robot.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers: The Enemy Within #1

May 16, 2013

Even with the Avengers name on the cover, this Captain Marvel story is one that you can probably skip.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
AVX: Consequences #5

Nov 8, 2012

While Gillen occasionally slips into slanginess with some of his characters' voices, this is a solid, if quiet, conclusion to his X-Men run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
AVX: VS #2

May 16, 2012

The fights are short, but they are still admittedly pretty sweet. AVX: VS #2 is, in certain ways, an anthology on steroids " even if these stories are largely self-contained and have little to no effect on the Marvel Universe as a whole, these match-ups are an entertaining platform for some of Marvel's best and brightest artists to jam together. I still wonder how much better this book might have been with some more breathing room, but the fact remains: whether it's the Avengers or the X-Men who lose, readers of this series win either way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
AVX: VS #3

Jun 13, 2012

With one fight feeling a little old hat and the other ready to knock your socks off, the end result of AvX: VS is still a win, albeit not the cleanest one. Those who buy this book are doing it not for plot development or even so much character dynamics, but seeing a good old-fashioned throwdown drawn by the best and the brightest. Right now, they've got half that. In order to keep the momentum going, Marvel has to keep the brackets shuffled a little bit better than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
AVX: VS #5

Aug 29, 2012

Fans of the Black Panther and Storm should steer clear of this story, which is not what you want to hear about the stars of a comic. But as a whole, there's not much more spark than throwing random sets of action figures together. Other installments of AvX: Vs. have managed to pull off some cool fights with quirky combinations " heck, Aaron and Fraction have written plenty of them " but this is worse than a dud. It's a bomb.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Axis: Revolutions #3

Dec 4, 2014

This is a decent enough showcase for some surprising names, but the small scale makes AXIS Revolutions #3 feel just a little too disposable to be a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Back to the Future #1

Oct 21, 2015

The original Back to the Future screenwriter, Bob Gale, teams up with scripters John Barber and Erik Burnham as well as artists Brent Schoonover and Dan Schoening to tell two prequel stories to the legendary series, and fans of the original series will likely love what they deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Barrier (2018) #1

May 14, 2018

Barrier is definitely a cool conceit, but it's also going to be an acquired taste that even the exquisite artwork may have to work overtime to conquer.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) #14

Nov 19, 2012

This is a simple chapter with some simple, visceral thrills, but considering the baggage that Batgirl has been carrying with her return to the Gotham city rooftops, it's nice to get back to basics a little bit. Barbara Gordon is done moping, done being the victim, and uses that fury and hurt and rage to stage her own campaign against the Clown Prince of Crime. Not a bad tie-in for Gotham's latest crossover epic.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batgirl (2011) #16

Jan 17, 2013

Batgirl #16 seems to have the same problem that its sister title Batman and Robin does " it already said everything it was going to say a month ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #22

Jul 11, 2013

If you've been waffling on this book, Simone and Pasarin have delivered a reason for you to give Batgirl another shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) #27

Jan 16, 2014

While the overall premise of "Gothtopia" - namely, Gotham and all of its denizens living in a hallucination-fueled utopia - still feels a little shoehorned, Simone makes the villain of the piece one of the creepiest new characters I've seen come out of a Bat-book in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2011) #31

May 19, 2014

While you might say that this is leaning on a tried-and-true premise, who's to say that doesn't describe superhero comics as a whole? Gail Simone is able to flex some long-dormant muscles with Batgirl #31, injecting this series with some energy as she delivers a menacing and malevolent bad guy. But at the heart of it all, we find ourselves cheering not for Ragdoll as a bad guy - but almost as the return of a friend.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) #32

Jun 13, 2014

It feels like we've seen a lot of Batgirl angry - we saw her mad when her insane brother James kidnapped their mother, we saw her mad when the Joker came back, we saw her mad when James was killed - yet I'd be lying if I didn't say that Gail Simone wasn't able to mine that for some good drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2011) #34

Aug 13, 2014

While the cover claims that Batgirl has been "undefeated," I don't know if I'd go that far - indeed, I feel like her struggles have defined her character as well as this run in particular. For every step forward she makes as Batgirl, Babs ultimately winds up taking a step back personally, and it's that dichotomy that's made for some particularly effective melodrama in this series. While one could argue that sometimes Batgirl was too often stuck in a rut, she felt a lot more three-dimensional than some of the other poor dudes in the other Bat-books. This issue may have had its share of too-neat wrap-ups, but it does provide a clean wrap-up for Cameron Stewart, Brendan Fletcher and Babs Tarr's highly anticipated run on the book. As far as goodbyes go, this may be the best way to wrap up this era of Batgirl.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batgirl (2011) #36

Nov 12, 2014

I wish more Bat-books were as good as Batgirl. Hell, I wish more comics were as good as Batgirl. It's smart, funny, a brand-new take on a classic, and it looks absolutely, jaw-droppingly fantastic. Sometimes a change of scenery is all you need for a fresh start - and if this second issue is any indication, it looks like Burnside agrees with Batgirl even more than you might expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2011) #37

Dec 11, 2014

Batgirl continues to be the best-paced, best-drawn book in the DC stable, even if this issue gets upended by some very non-P.C. villainy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2011) #42

Jul 29, 2015

While there are some missed opportunities as far as the dynamic between Jim and Barbara Gordon, the sheer technique shown by the Batgirl crew makes this for a fun read, one that most people likely won't have the persnickety objections that I do. Batgirl still remains one of the brightest and most fun books in the DC lineup, and if the biggest complaint is that its most action-packed issue is too action-packed, it's a great problem for readers to have.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #43

Aug 31, 2015

If there's one thing that Batgirl #43 does right, it's making sure that you not only care about Barbara Gordon, but that you pay attention to her vibrant supporting cast, as well. Like I said before, it's the contrast here - it's not just the headlining character who's important, but the people around her, as well. With some beautiful artwork and some really engaging characterization, this tiger-centric book isn't just good - it's grrrrrrrrrrreat.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #44

Sep 24, 2015

This is a great, action-packed issue, and perhaps even more importantly, Bengal seems to really be hitting his groove, subtly fitting in his style to flow more seamlessly from Babs Tarr's work.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #45

Oct 28, 2015

If there's anything that might detract a bit from this issue, it's that the wedding itself - which includes a trans female, which is absolutely historic for a Big Two comic book - feels a little drawn-out, even though Tarr draws it beautifully. But a few slower pages isn't enough to stop a superstar issue of Batgirl, one that brings together two of DC's best and brightest characters, and absolutely does them justice. This creative team has done a lot of great things with Barbara Gordon, but this wedding issue definitely takes the cake.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #48

Feb 3, 2016

While plenty of Batgirl's rogues gallery have been bright and bubbly villains, Stewart, Fletcher and Tarr remind us there's more to Barbara Gordon than just fun and games. Tackling some bigger perils than we've typically seen of this series, Batgirl is delivering an ambitious and superbly constructed storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batgirl (2011) #49

Mar 3, 2016

This issue ties together so many wonderful threads from previous issues, and I really cannot say enough good things about it. Kudos to the entire team for having the vision and the guts to pull this one off.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2011) #50

Apr 11, 2016

But that all said, it's very, very easy to be hooked, given the sheer scale and amount of fun this finale is. Cameron Stewart, Brenden Fletcher and Babs Tarr have really reinvigorated this character, letting Barbara Gordon really stand out visually and thematically amongst an increasingly crowded lineup of Bat-books. Given that this series has been defined by its lightness and beautiful artwork, Batgirl #50 proves to be a fitting send-off to one of the best new DC books in recent memory.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2011) Annual #2

May 1, 2014

An unexpectedly fun read for what should have been a fill-in. DC should definitely look to these annuals for inspiration moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) Annual #3

Aug 3, 2015

Ultimately, Batgirl's accessibility and likeability remains its strongest asset, and it's a smart move from DC to use its rising popularity to showcase some of the other Bat-books on the stands. While this story occasionally reads as a little thin or hard to follow, the sagging middle is forgivable when you remember how strong the beginning and end are.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batgirl (2016) #25

Aug 16, 2018

This isn't the most polished anniversary issue of Batgirl, but Mairghread Scott and Marguerite Bennett deliver a nice one-two punch with their short stories, featuring Batgirl grappling with the aftermath of Batman and Catwoman's cancelled wedding.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #3

Nov 21, 2011

And best of all? It's totally self-contained, even as it's part of a greater storyline " you can jump in without reading the previous two issues, even as you'll find that it's very difficult to leave. Batman #4 can't come quickly enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #5

Jan 23, 2012

Out of everyone in the New 52, Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo are officially the team to beat, showing how to make a satisfying chapter that makes readers eager for the next installment, rather than just follow along out of habit. Batman #5 is a comic that stretches itself " and it's protagonist " beyond the breaking point, and it's that level of ambition that's earned yet another perfect score. Once is happenstance, twice is coincidence, but three times is a pattern. Pick this book up yesterday.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2011) #7

Mar 22, 2012

This story is great from a plot perspective, as it ties in Nightwing and Gotham City's hidden past far better than, say, Snyder's architecture-based Gates of Gotham. But after the rock 'em, sock 'em pace of the past six issues, this much denouement is a little bit like whiplash.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #10

Jun 18, 2012

If all comics could have a conclusion this well-conceived, we would be celebrating a golden age of storytelling. At the very least, we can celebrate a vindication. For those who doubted Scott Snyder " and yeah, I counted myself as one of those skeptics, for sure " this is the comic to watch. Because deep in the dark streets of Gotham, hidden away beneath secrets and scars and lies, a bona fide comics superstar is being born.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #13

Oct 9, 2012

Since the New 52, Batman has been blessed with an indomitable winning streak, thanks to Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo. But it's even more exciting that this issue is their best one yet. The Clown Prince of Crime might be at his most murderous, but make no mistake " he's going to put a smile on your face.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2011) #15

Dec 11, 2012

In a lot of ways, I think this issue is an example of breaking a few eggs to make an omelet " Snyder has talked about Batman's extended family for awhile now, but outside of Nightwing hasn't really given them much screen time. Not only that, but I have the feeling that the new mysteries about Batman's early days fighting the Joker may spin out into something interesting moving forward. Yet the long game is not always as satisfying as the here-and-now, and the slow second half of this book kills the momentum and keeps Greg Capullo from doing what he does best: knock-down, drag-out action.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #28

Feb 12, 2014

The most hardcore of Batman readers may be rubbed the wrong way by Harper Row, from her incongruous introduction during Snyder's Court of Owls storyline to her casual use of (nonlethal) firearms, seemingly with the staunchly anti-gun Bruce Wayne's permission. It's no secret that Harper is a vanity character, Scott Snyder's attempt to bring a lasting legacy to the Bat-mythos long after he's gone. And that's ultimately what will make or break your reading of Batman #28 - do you want to see Harper Row succeed? If not, nothing Snyder will do will convince you to stay on-board - but if you're intrigued by the Bluebird's heroic flight, this issue may be the burst of girl power that Gotham City deserves.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #35

Oct 8, 2014

Besides the minor story hiccups, however, this is a great way to dive back into Batman, after months languishing in the past with "Zero Year." For the first time, Scott Snyder gets to bring in other elements of the DC Universe into his street-level, tough-as-nails Gotham, and the fireworks are about as big and fun as you'd expect. As far as first chapters go, "Endgame's" super-powered brawl shows this arc has the potential to be a knockout.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #40

Apr 29, 2015

Still, as far as conclusions go, Snyder and Capullo promised we'd see some fireworks - they just didn't mention how gut-wrenching they'd look. The finale of Endgame is violent and intimate, a raising of the stakes of what was set up years ago with Death of the Family. It's painful, like all good drama, and it absolutely sets up some new directions with the Batman books that could have some great potential. While there are a few bumps that keep this issue from perfection, I'd still say this is the best conclusion Snyder and Capullo have done since the Court of Owls.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #43

Aug 12, 2015

But even if takes a little while to warm up, the thought behind Batman #43 is more than sufficient here. It's clear that Snyder has put some thought into the passing of the baton from Bruce to Jim - and perhaps back from Jim to Bruce again. This transition could have been particularly bumpy, but Snyder has given us a suitable reason for Bruce to be absent, and has taken solid steps towards giving Jim Gordon a solid rogues gallery of his own. It's a brand-new Gotham City, and let it never be said that Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo haven't taken great steps to earn it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #45

Oct 14, 2015

Granted, this isn't a perfect comic by any means - whenever Jim Gordon isn't on the page, the story does slow down dramatically, as the amnesiac Bruce Wayne feels a bit too maudlin to command our attention, while the homicidal Mister Bloom's murderous rampage doesn't quite feel creepy enough to really grab us, even with the show-stopping final scene. But ultimately, that's not why we're reading this book - most people aren't eagerly awaiting Bruce Wayne's return, as much as they want to see if Jim Gordon can live up to his potential with his brand-new suit, his brand-new team, and his brand-new way of doing things. And as Jim Gordon has learned, you can't beat City Hall - but it's surprisingly fun watching City Hall beat him.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2011) #46

Nov 11, 2015

There's a lot going on here, ranging from a new Bat-cycle to the history of the Narrows to Geri Powers' plans to put a Batbot in every major city in the DC Universe. It's a lot, and even worse, he's going to have a thankless job. Snyder's going to have purists calling for his head, not giving him the time or the leeway to show us a different angle on the Dark Knight - and honestly, given the fairly one-note characterization Bruce has had for decades, it's not bad to give Gotham a shift every once in awhile. But by not having a truly clean break from the past, Snyder slows down his own book. Granted, not every issue is going to be a home run, and expecting that is unrealistic - instead, consider this issue a seed that will bear fruit soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #48

Jan 20, 2016

Ultimately, Batman #48's greatest downfall also happens to be its greatest strength - it took a lot of guts for Snyder and Capullo to sideline DC Comics' most popular character and replace him with an everyman, and signalling Batman's return so soon makes me wonder what might have been with an organized, institution-friendly Dark Knight. You can't help but feel like the switchover is a little abrupt, almost as a reaction to post-Convergence reader attrition. But even while Jim Gordon's time as Gotham's sole Caped Crusader has come a little short, Snyder and Capullo are definitely positioning a triumphant return for DC Comics' original Dark Knight Detective.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #51

Apr 27, 2016

Throughout the "New 52" run of Batman, there's been a recurring question of "what is Gotham?" And while Scott Snyder might argue that Gotham is its history, I might do him one better: Gotham is its creators. There have been dozens of writers, artists, letterers and editors toiling over Batman's 75-year career, but I can think of very few who have delved this deeply to flesh out Batman and the city that orbits around him than Snyder and Capullo. Runs like this aren't just rare, they're unheard of " and to have a run like this actually be good is even more unprecedented. This conclusion is less of a fast-paced finale and more of an epilogue, taking the scenic route through 51 issues of blockbuster storytelling. Over the past five years, Snyder and Capullo have gone through a herculean undertaking, mapping and building Gotham from the ground up. I can only imagine what it must feel like now they get to just sit back and enjoy the view.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2011) Annual #1

May 30, 2012

Without a dynamic artist like Greg Capullo or Rafael Albuquerque taking the reins, an annual's expanded page count can bore readers just as easily as it can enthrall them. But with a downgrade in the art and a focus on a villain rather than Batman or any of his fun supporting cast, this book is for Freeze purists only. Snyder's main Batman book is still as untouchable as it gets, but this is too much money for not quite enough fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 10, 2014

While admittedly this issue has its moments of feeling rushed, there's something so pure about Batman: Futures End #1, something that speaks to the power and longevity of DC's most popular character. You don't need crazy setup, you don't need explanation - you just need action. Even when he's at death's door, Batman is always ready for war. And that's a thrill that five years could never touch.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #1

Jun 15, 2016

While this first arc feels unsteady, with a pair of creators not nearly as bulletproof as their predecessors, the sheer ambition behind Batman might pay dividends down the road.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #5

Aug 17, 2016

Yet by the last page of this issue, it's clear that King has other plans " and that just as Batman (and his readers) are finally getting steady and comfortable, he's going to pull the rug out from underneath everyone soon enough. Of course, the problem with serialized comics is that you can't just tease the future " the here and now has to also feel engaging and exciting. In that regard, Batman #5 succeeds with some caveats, as King and Finch raise the stakes by pitting the Caped Crusader against a foe that is way out of his weight class. There are still some rough edges that could stand to be smoothed out, but this is certainly the best issue of this run yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #6

Sep 8, 2016

All in all, Batman #6 is a strong finale to King's opening arc, and one that heralds great things to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #9

Oct 19, 2016

This issue is one that’s primarily set-up, it allows for a couple of diversions which will please the readers anticipating the grander "Rebirth" plot, but it’s framed around getting the team together. What makes this issue work better than a standard comic where characters join forces is that there’s a thematic richness based on the actions taken in King’s first arc. Batman’s trip to Arkham is supplemented by knowing that this is a last hope. He’s not making a Suicide Squad because it’ll shake up the status quo, but because he’s already lost his vigilante protege, Gotham - he can’t lose Gotham Girl, as well. While Janin’s artwork has given new life to Batman as a title, King quietly pushes ahead with his ominous themes. Bane might have been the one to cripple Bruce Wayne, but it’s Tom King who might push the Bat past his moral limits.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #11

Nov 17, 2016

There's a mystery at the heart of "I Am Suicide" " at least, I hope there is " but it's going to take a lot of patience to get through this issue of Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #12

Dec 12, 2016

Far and away the best issue of this run yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #18

Mar 1, 2017

But ultimately, Batman #18 isn’t meant to be a narrative triumph - after all, we’re only in Part Three of “I Am Bane,” so we shouldn’t expect any game-changers here - but it is an artistic one. This is by far one of the strongest issues that David Finch has delivered not just for this series, but across his entire DC tenure. Putting him on a Bane-centric storyline has DC tapping into Finch’s stylistic strengths as a creator, making Batman #18 a must-read for the visuals if nothing else.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #47

May 18, 2018

This arc is certainly not for everyone " there are plenty of people who might say it's too bleak, and they wouldn't be wrong " but honestly, as far as dystopian detours go, I wholeheartedly endorse just how far Batman #47 has gone.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #49

Jun 21, 2018

Tom King continues to do some interesting structural things with his run on Batman, delivering an inversion on the classic Batman-Joker frenemy dynamic from The Killing Joke and transferring it to the Dark Knight's bride-to-be Catwoman.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2016) #52

Aug 1, 2018

The jury may be out on Mr. Freeze's innocence, but as far as Batman #52 is concerned, it would be a travesty of justice to pass this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #53

Aug 15, 2018

It's human. It's fallible. It's messy. It's Batman. And maybe that's the only verdict that matters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #62

Jan 14, 2019

Given the high bar that King and Gerads set for their collaborations with Mister Miracle, Batman #62 I think clears that lofty standard nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #66

Mar 11, 2019

Writer Tom King and artist Jorge Fornes take a trip down memory lane in Batman #66, and while there's some repetitiveness from this look back at Bruce and Selina's failed wedding, it's hard to deny just how gorgeous this issue truly is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #67

Mar 20, 2019

Between its polarizing high concept and its undeniably terrific art, to say Batman #67 is an acquired taste might be putting it mildly, but it's the kind of narrative risk-taking that I wish more creators had the courage and skill to attempt.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #68

Apr 11, 2019

Showing some much-needed humanity amongst the craziness of Batman's life and the DC Universe as a whole, this interlude proves to be one of the highlights of Tom King's latest arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #69

Apr 17, 2019

Like the previous issues of this storyline, there will be readers who vehemently disagree with my assessment of "Knightmares," that its ephemeral, shifting narrative feels dramatically unsatisfying, for all its outre storytelling choices and all the things King has left unsaid. To be honest, they might not be wrong, either. But given the high concept of this storyline - being trapped in a never-ending series of bad dreams - I think this experimental approach is justified, that that the threads that come together are intentional, rather than an oversight.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #73

Jun 20, 2019

For my money, I enjoy King tinkering around with Bruce's mental state more than I do his traditional rogues' gallery, so a wild card like Thomas Wayne perks up my interest, and combined with some show-stopping artwork, Batman #73 remains a solid if quick read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #75

Jul 25, 2019

If King and company can make their finale as strong as this arc's introduction, "City of Bane" will prove to be a hell of a send-off to one of the most ambitious Batman runs in history.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #77

Aug 21, 2019

With that bit of narrative flashiness out of the way, Batman #77 is a solid but flawed installment of the "City of Bane" arc " three issues in, one can feel the decompression dragging a bit, but there's still enough sparks from both the writer and his dual art teams that we may still want to see this storyline through to the bitter end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #80

Oct 4, 2019

Writer Tom King teams up with artist John Romita, Jr. for an issue that has plenty of much-appreciated fireworks after the slower pacing of the previous chapters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) Annual #1

Nov 30, 2016

For every PlayStation or iPhone under the Christmas tree, there's sure to be an ugly sweater or a package of socks not far behind. With Batman Annual #1, you need to be willing to take the great with the not-so-great because overall, this is a very enjoyable holiday-themed Bat-book. Is it essential Batman reading? No, but it certainly has some remarkable moments, a nice dose of nostalgia, and is sure to put you in the holiday spirit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) Annual #4

Nov 1, 2019

While this isn't the most sweeping of statements about the World's Greatest Detective, Batman Annual #4 will likely appeal to diehard fans of both King and Fornes' work.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / Superman (2013) #2

Jul 24, 2013

Who would have thought that twice the Batman and twice the Superman would be too much? Yet Greg Pak winds up putting the cart before the horse with a needlessly convoluted plot, compounded by some messy artwork by Jae Lee. Considering how talented this creative team is, it makes for a somewhat frustrating time - while this book still stands above much of the rest of DC's catalog, you can't help but feel this book could be better. The World's Finest, this isn't.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman / Superman (2013) #3

Aug 28, 2013

Luckily for Batman/Superman, this book looks so good that you can begrudgingly forgive many of its other sins. That said, you can already see the wear and tear on Jae Lee, as now he's only drawn half the book, with many of his characters losing their key details due to his overuse of silhouette and shadow. We've seen already that Greg Pak gets these characters, but until he can streamline this story - namely, one Superman and one Batman is enough - this comic is barely going to get by on looks alone.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / Superman (2013) #18

Jan 22, 2015

It's an imperfect read, but one that ultimately hits more than it misses.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / Superman (2013) #21

Jun 11, 2015

Not a hugely auspicious issue, but not a bad one, either.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman / Superman (2013) #28

Jan 18, 2016

If there's one thing that holds this issue back, it's that plotting-wise, Taylor doesn't quite have as much of a hook as he does with his characterization. While the idea of a murder mystery on a moon is interesting, having a tease about Kryptonian history has already been done to death, even dating back as far as the very issue of Batman/Superman over a decade ago. What I'm hoping will happen is that Taylor can give us one strong twist to make the end destination seem worthwhile, and continue on his fantastic characterization to make the issues getting there feel this punchy. For now, this isn't a must-read, but it's certainly a surprising show of quality, and perhaps a sign that bigger things should be in store for this team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman (2013) #29

Feb 11, 2016

Every so often, DC Comics puts out a title that I feel I have to keep harping on, just to let everyone know that this is the real deal - this is a comic book you should not only be paying attention to, but that you should be emulating. And in the hands of Tom Taylor, Batman/Superman is that book - instead of trying to reinvent (or reboot) the wheel or to goose sales with crazy high-concepts, epic guest stars or A-list names attached, this book rests on characterization only. And let me tell you, I wish more books had the courage to do the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman / Superman (2013) #30

Mar 10, 2016

Lots of fun twists, great character moments, and a super-poignant ending make me wish this creative team could have stuck around for a long, long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman (2013) #31

Apr 13, 2016

But ultimately, it's ironic that in his final days, Superman winds up sounding more true to himself than he has in quite some time, and that's a big compliment to Tomasi and company. Watching the World's Finest duo team up and face their own mortality is a great bit of characterization in an industry that all-too-often focuses on the short-term stunts rather than the long-term readability. While there might be plenty of big books out this week, you'd do well not to overlook Batman/Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman (2013) Annual #1

Mar 10, 2014

That said, there are people who might cry foul at this issue's large price point, shifting art teams and unfocused, almost jazz-like narrative - and they would be right. Batman/Superman Annual #1 isn't a comic that's going to go down in the history books, but instead is a bit more of a disposable but entertaining read. It's nice to see Greg Pak and DC Comics utilizing the Batman and Superman families beyond something like a depressing, status quo-altering crossover book - this is pure adventure with no frills, and that's what makes it fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman (2019) #3

Oct 23, 2019

Regardless of hiccups, Batman/Superman #3's immense production values help carry it to the top of this week's reading pile.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman / Superman (2019) #8

Mar 30, 2020

For a two-part detour, Williamson and Derington have delivered a fun, villain-centric story, and while our title characters might feel a little superfluous, there's enough solid beats here to stick the landing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Dec 9, 2015

Some critics might accuse this book of being shallow, of not finding a deeper connection between its two franchises - but when it comes to Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, I think they might be trying to reinvent the wheel here. Part of the reason why these two franchises work so well is that they don't need to justify themselves or continuously remind us of how they became who they are. Just rev them up, put them on a path towards one another, and watch the sparks fly. It's clear that Batman and the Turtles are in great hands - the second issue can't come fast enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #1

Dec 8, 2017

James Tynion IV and Freddie Williams II reunite the Dark Knight and the Heroes in a Half Shell in Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #1, an action-packed slice of fan service that'll make you say cowabunga (or booyakasha, if that's your preference).

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #2

Jan 13, 2016

James Tynion IV is leaning on a tried-and-tested structure with Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, but for a project like this, I actually have to say that's a great idea. When you have a hook as simple as this, you don't need to reinvent the wheel - you just need to have a solid grip on characterization, and then let these mythologies clash as often as possible. If you're a fan of Batman: The Animated Series or anything Turtle-related, you're going to want to buy this book immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: III #2

Jun 6, 2019

Honestly, Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III #2 is one of the most thrilling single issues I've read all year, and this issue alone already justifies Tynion and Williams' third trip to this particular well.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3

Feb 11, 2016

The Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles finally join forces with the Batman himself, but James Tynion IV gets just a little ahead of himself with his plot structure, and winds up dropping the ball on this epic team-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #4

Mar 9, 2016

When you read as many comic books as I read on a weekly basis, it's easy to name comic bookss that are smart. Or challenging. Or funny. Or just plain convoluted. But honestly, there are very, very few comic books out there that are as positively joyful as this book. You absolutely sense the enthusiasm that this creative team put into this book, and like all unexpected pizza toppings, once you're done, you can't wait until you enjoy it again. If you pick up one book from the Big Two this week, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #5

Apr 14, 2016

While this issue is a little shorter on content than some of the previous installments, James Tynion IV continues to deliver with the crowd-pleasers, as Damian absolutely tears through the Turtles, evoking the same sort of carnage from his first appearance by Grant Morrison.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #6

May 16, 2016

While the seams are showing a bit in this last issue, that's not to say that there hasn't been plenty of good bits to Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, a fun series that at its best has nicely wedded the best parts of two iconic franchises. Ultimately, six issues doesn't necessarily feel like enough space to adequately condense the sprawling universes these two sets of characters inhabit, and it's a real credit to Tynion that he's done as well as he has " and to Williams, for making it look this good. Even if the fan service winds up overpowering its structure, this is still a book that demands your attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / TMNT Adventures #2

Dec 14, 2016

Now that the title characters are finally teaming up, maybe the third installment of Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtle Adventures will begin to live up to its promise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #6

Feb 8, 2012

While it doesn't quite stick the landing, Tomasi has at least given himself some more room to make it right. The mystery of Batman and Robin " whether or not Damian would turn to evil " was never really a mystery, just by virtue of this book's title. The thing that was most important was how Bruce was going to connect with his son. And that conflict is still intact. Now that the explanations are over, I'm feeling confident that Tomasi will bring an even more satisfying emotional reunion when this storyline concludes next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #7

Mar 14, 2012

There's a lot to like about this action-heavy conclusion, but oftentimes Batman and Robin #7 also gets in its own way. After months of fairly methodical build-up " even some decompression last issue " the ending here comes off as a bit rushed, with the larger-than-life beats coming off as too big even for this story. It still stands as one of the stronger Batman titles, but that said, with this creative team, I know the potential for Batman and Robin is even deeper than what's on display here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #14

Nov 14, 2012

Even so, this comic doesn't need a flimsy "Death of the Family" tie-in to make it fantastic. Peter Tomasi and company open this comic up with a bang, and it doesn't let up for a second. For Patrick Gleason, this is some of the best work he's done in ages; for Tomas Giorello, he's in the unenviable position of following a top-tier powerhouse. Regardless, if you're looking for a smart, stylish beatdown in Gotham, Batman and Robin is the place to find it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #15

Dec 12, 2012

It's that atmosphere that makes Batman and Robin #15 such a treat, as it goes even further than its flagship book dares. It looks and feels disgusting, disturbing, creepy " all the qualities the faceless Joker has been designed to cultivate. With Damian Wayne getting more and more likable as he becomes more protective over his father figures, this is a great exercise in watching two fun characters clash and strike some sparks.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #16

Jan 16, 2013

In terms of execution, Batman and Robin #16 feels like the book we deserve, even if its not the book we need right now. We buy into action-heavy crossovers because we feel that's what "matters" in those rolling biographies of our favorite characters. While we will be continually disappointed on that score, this comic ultimately delivers on the surface, giving us plenty of punches and fisticuffs in dynamic style. But this comic also doesn't pretend to be anything more than a standard fight book, nor does it try to be, which I think ultimately makes it a little less durable than it should be.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #18

Mar 13, 2013

Batman and Robin #18 is a comic that makes you feel the wounds, the loss, the lack of direction that Batman himself must feel after one of his greatest losses. This is a beautiful comic, a powerful comic, yet it is also a comic with no answers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #19

Apr 10, 2013

But all you need is one good guest star, and Batman and Red Robin has one on hand with Frankenstein on the scene. This is definitely an odd book, and a bit of a tonal shift from the more real-world stories Tomasi and Gleason had been telling for the previous 18 issues, but the execution winds up being refreshing. We've already seen Batman's brand of denial in books ranging from Teen Titans to Fallen Son, and even with a stunt like Carrie putting a wobble on things, with a creative team this good, this is well worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman and Robin (2011) #20

May 9, 2013

Not a bad read, but I also know this team is capable of more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #23

Aug 21, 2013

In case you didn't read Batman Incorporated, Peter Tomasi recaps the story quite effectively, adding in some more action for good measure. But the real hero of this comic is Patrick Gleason, who stages this frightening melees perfectly, including Damian's tough-guy scowl at his impending doom, the larger-than-life nature of the Heretic, and the sheer broken-hearted look on Alfred's face as he wrestles with his own culpability.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #24

Oct 21, 2013

While the actual interaction between Batman and Two-Face has yet to materialize, Tomasi and Gleason have delivered a gorgeous-looking setup in Batman and Two-Face #24. Consistent as ever, this creative team is one of the best DC has to offer, and with the artwork and characterization looking this good, this is a book you'd be foolish to overlook.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #25

Nov 20, 2013

While Batman and Two-Face #25 won't cause any riots in the plot department, there's something to be said for doing the simple well. Batman is a character that thrives because he's built for action - and action is what Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason deliver here. If you're looking for a gorgeously drawn, no-nonsense fix of Gotham City fisticuffs, you could do much worse than Batman and Two-Face #25.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #26

Dec 23, 2013

All in all, the rock-solid creative team keeps this book afloat, even if this story isn't the strongest in the Batman and... series. Chances are, what will bring you to this book versus any of the other strong Bat-titles is Patrick Gleason's signature art style, but if you're a fan of continuity-free storytelling and sharp artwork, Batman and Two-Face #26 is a decent, if not revolutionary, book to pick.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #28

Feb 20, 2014

Batman and Two-Face #28 is bloated and at times rushed and messy, but it's also a story that's so bold, I can't believe DC actually went through with it

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #32

Jun 23, 2014

That may not be what this comic is meant to be, however. Tomasi has already spent plenty of time with Batman mourning the loss of his son - continuing to harp on that ad nauseum might prove to make this too dour of a read even for Batman. This is a fight comic, through and through, and while it's not the most striking superhero showdown I've ever read, Patrick Gleason's artwork makes it striking enough to stand out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #35

Oct 16, 2014

If there's any one downside to this book, it's in the pacing - namely, because Tomasi has to introduce certain members of Darkseid's family, this story cuts out just a little abruptly, with the last page in particular feeling a big anticlimactic. But even with the ending sputtering out a bit, it doesn't hamper 18 pages of solid storytelling beforehand. If you're looking for hardcore Batman action, Batman and Robin #35 is the place to find it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #37

Dec 17, 2014

The market has spoken, and it's spoken loud - Damian Wayne cannot die. And in so doing, Peter Tomasi has told the most balls-out crazy story he possibly could to get him to this previously mandated conclusion. Ultimately, whether or not you want to descend into this craziness is up to you - sure, it's self-indulgent, it's loosely (perhaps even sloppily) plotted, but that's like going to McDonald's and complaining they don't have steak. This is a fight comic, a gorgeous fight comic, even if it's got zero calories from a storytelling perspective. People will cheer because they have their Robin back, and for them, that's all that will matter. To paraphrase another Batman scribe: Maybe this isn't the book we deserve, but it's the book we need right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #38

Jan 21, 2015

This comic is an interlude, through and through, but it's one that's thoughtful and endearing, despite its occasional rough edges. Or in other words, it's similar to Damian himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman and Robin (2011) Annual #1

Jan 30, 2013

Ultimately, this reads like half a good comic " Damian Wayne's Day Off is as good a concept as any (even if the Bat-suit throws off its balance wildly at first), but the subplot feels like a waste of space. That said, if you're looking to get your fix of Damian, this is a great place to check in, and easily more accessible than Morrison's more convoluted Batman Incorporated. A mixed bag for sure, but one that ultimately is a worthy effort.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman And Robin Eternal #1

Oct 12, 2015

Ultimately, weekly comics are still an unproven storytelling method, with even the best examples having some major issues with pacing or a schizophrenic visual or narrative tone. But it's hard not to feel excited when you see a book that looks and reads as good as Batman and Robin Eternal. If DC can keep the art looking this good - and if Tynion and Snyder can keep their momentum going without Batman to guide his flock of Robins - then this might be the weekly comic we've all been waiting for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman And Robin Eternal #9

Dec 3, 2015

It's taken them years to do it, but DC might just have cracked the code when it comes to putting out awesome weekly comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman And Robin Eternal #10

Dec 10, 2015

All in all, DC continues its winning streak with this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman And Robin Eternal #18

Feb 4, 2016

Ultimately, the need to wrap things up makes this comic feel less like a story and more like a Wikipedia entry.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman And Robin Eternal #26

Apr 4, 2016

It might not sound this way reading this, but I truly believe that this finale coming out as a little less-than-engaging isn't such a knock against Tynion, considering that many, many other writers with much longer track records would have churned out something that instead would have just been completely incoherent. But as a reader who is looking for a piece of writing to really grab me emotionally, I can't help but think that this book lost its way by the end, sacrificing all that wonderful characterization of the first dozen issues in exchange for obligatory cameos, standard plot twists and low-calorie pyrotechnics. 26 issues can't be easy, but if the sprawling, distended, occasionally meandering focus of Batman & Robin Eternal has taught us anything, it's that for a weekly story like this, maybe less really is more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and the Outsiders (2019) #1

May 8, 2019

There's a lot of potential to a book like Batman and the Outsiders, and just based on the propulsiveness of this debut, I have confidence that this creative team can pull it off. Bryan Edward Hill feels like exactly the kind of writer I'd want to have follow up James Tynion on this type of character-driven Bat-book, and to be honest, I feel like Dexter Soy is one innovation away from becoming the next big superstar artist at DC.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Beyond (2015) #7

Dec 3, 2015

After its bleak and confusing opening arc, Dan Jurgens and company are starting to bring Batman Beyond back to its more charming roots.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Beyond (2015) #8

Jan 7, 2016

For ostensibly being a bit of a breather issue, Batman Beyond sure knows how to keep readers intrigued. While Tim Drake spends much of this issue worrying about Matt McGinnis, Dan Jurgens gooses this issue with liberal doses of action, such as a two-page fracas with Rewire, but the real meat of this issue has to be the fall of the Justice League to Brother Eye, which artist Bernard Chang knocks out of the freaking park.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman Incorporated (2012) #1

May 23, 2012

This story is not the most straightforward thing on the stands today " even diehard Batman Incorporated readers may need a second or third pass to take it all in " but because it looks so good and has so much energy, it's tough to begrudge this book. While Morrison and Burnham may very well prove this cliffhanger to be a fake-out, I'm definitely ready to reinvest with this team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman Incorporated (2012) #5

Nov 29, 2012

This is an enormously powerful single issue, easily the best of the week. Do not miss this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Incorporated (2012) #6

Jan 3, 2013

There's little wrong with Morrison unraveling the mystery behind Leviathan " with lethal results " but there is an energy lacking that keeps this comic from its usual lofty heights.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Incorporated (2012) #8

Feb 27, 2013

Anyone interested in Gotham's future should give this book a read " and considering how far Damian Wayne had to come to become accepted as the new Boy Wonder, I think that's about as fitting of a sendoff as he could get.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Incorporated (2012) #9

Mar 27, 2013

The scale of this comic is particularly ambitious, and Morrison's juggling of so many characters and so many subplots is admirable in and of itself " yet there's a lesson to be learned here. When Damian was first introduced, Morrison thought he'd kill him in one arc... until he saw the character really taking on a life of his own. In death as he was in life, I guess, since the death of Robin has largely superseded any convoluted doomsday plots Talia al Ghul might come up with. Batman Incorporated isn't a story about high concept anymore, it's a story about emotions and family and heart " and that might be a Leviathan too big for even Grant Morrison to tackle.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Incorporated (2012) #10

Apr 24, 2013

Structurally, this comic makes plenty of sense, and I give Morrison a lot of praise for tying together so many forgotten threads for his final crescendo. Yet seeing this in practice winds up falling flat " think of a chef telling you how great a peanut butter-and-pickle sandwich might be, because that's what he had in the fridge. Batman Incorporated #10 is that same sort of weird-tasting combination, only years in the making. There may be some good constants here " Chris Burnham's art, Morrison's sense of deliberateness and scale " but that doesn't make this weird comic any easier to swallow.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Incorporated (2012) #12

Jul 3, 2013

Unfortunately, not only is the outcome of this "final battle" between Batman and Leviathan a foregone conclusion, but after all the possible buildup that Morrison has built over years and years of storytelling... all we get is a fistfight? Granted, Batman's reckoning with Talia will finally unfold next issue, but aside from the Heretic's final fate, this feels a little too easy, a little underdeveloped. This is neither Batman nor Morrison's finest hour.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman Incorporated (2012) #13

Jul 31, 2013

Batman will never die, Morrison says, but will he always be shiny and new? I disagree, and I think this finale is proof: despite the coolness inherent in his concept, without a writer whose heart is truly in the product, this Dark Knight will always be just a shadow of his potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman's Grave #2

Nov 14, 2019

Not a bad book by any means, but there's definitely some fat that could have been trimmed here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman's Grave #3

Dec 13, 2019

Hitch, of course, excels most when he has Batman duke it out, and while I'd say that he and Ellis are getting diminishing returns with their lengthy widescreen brawls, there's still a sense of weight and power that we can feel with every blow.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Arkham Knight #1

Mar 16, 2015

That all said, it's heartening to see a comic that doesn't just make financial sense, but works creatively as well. Batman: Arkham Knight is one such comic. If you've played the video game, this is a great tie-in to the next installment of the franchise, and even if you haven't, this is a smooth entry that clocks in at 30 massive pages of story. Whether you're buying this in installments or waiting for the collected edition, this is one great bit of outreach featuring one of DC's most enduring characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Creature of the Night #1

Nov 29, 2017

Comparing Creature of the Night to Secret Identity is an inevitable and perhaps unenviable task, given how well Busiek distilled the Man of Steel's tone almost 15 years ago. Yet with his meta take on Batman feels like a gnarlier beast than the coming of age of Clark Kent, as we meet eight-year-old Bruce Wainwright, a Batman superfan whose life is turned upside-down when his parents meet a similar end to Thomas and Martha Wayne

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #5

Dec 16, 2019

While there may be bits of the narrative that feel inconsistent, Murphy's artwork is unimpeachable, with his Azrael redesign being one of the most striking Batman images in ages. Where the collision course between Batman, Azrael and Joker goes remains to be seen, but just based on sheer artistic talent alone, you could do far worse than checking this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #6

Jan 24, 2020

An imperfect but ambitious work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #8

Mar 25, 2020

While I do think Murphy rushes past a lot of his emotional beats to the point that they only feel like taps rather than haymakers, the core audience for Batman: Curse of the White Knight will likely vibe much more with his deeply kinetic art style. Do I think that this conclusion necessarily hits all the points that a good sequel does? Not quite - and a series less masterfully drawn would likely get hit a lot harder as a result. But for Curse of the White Knight, the outstanding visuals helps stick the landing where its own shaky narrative might not.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman: Death By Design #1

Jun 4, 2012

The problem is, Taylor's classic art style, while refreshing, doesn't sustain interest as well as a cohesive story might. There's a lot of thematic potential for the rise and fall " and sabotage " of a metropolis, but Death by Design falls victim to convenient plot points and a villain who never justifies his chutzpah. Kidd purists will already be on board, but those who aren't members of the choir already won't find a firm foundation here.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman: Earth One #1

Jul 3, 2012

Ambition is never a crime in the comics industry, and to be honest, I wish more books failed because they were too ambitious rather than the other way around. Batman: Earth One is one of those books. There's plenty of material to work with, and there's a ton of setup for future storylines. But what this book doesn't do is ultimately too damaging to ignore: for all its enthusiastic world-building, it fails to set up an exciting alternative in characterization to either the current Batman books or the epic Batman movies.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman: Earth One #2

May 18, 2015

In a lot of ways, it makes sense for DC Comics to keep coming back to the origin of Batman - it was that same origin that redefined the company's fortunes, and perhaps its telling that they would come back again and again, hoping to strike gold the same way they did in 1986. Unfortunately, Batman: Earth One, Vol. 2 isn't going to have that same kind of instant magnetism. Those who are interested in reading more Batman stories after the mega-popular Christopher Nolan movies are going to wonder who this bumbler in a bat-suit is, and diehard fans aren't going to buy this low-tension storyline when they have Scott Snyder or the Arkham City games to electrify them. The sad thing is, Johns and Frank might be one of DC Comics' best teams - but it just so happens that their styles are not the right fit for DC's biggest icon.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman: Eternal #1

Apr 14, 2014

But the real issue, beyond anything technical, is the overall premise to this first issue of Batman Eternal. Jim Gordon is not Robin. Batman isn't just Harvey Bullock or Renee Montoya. They come from two very different worlds, and you have to make a choice which one is going to be your focal point. By having the two at ostensibly equal levels, it either draws Gordon's gritty, realistic world into melodrama, or it takes Batman's larger-than-life theatrics and calls attention to its one-dimensionality. It's going to take a bit more than this to make me care about the Commissioner's latest dilemma, and it's going to take a lot more than this to make Batman Eternal worth 52 issues of investment.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: Eternal #2

Apr 16, 2014

While I think there's still something to be desired for making Batman Eternal a story that will really hook readers, you can't deny that both issues of this series at least draw the plot forward with something concrete. In the last issue, it was a train disaster - this issue is the return of one of Gotham's most insidious foes. With Jason Fabok's artwork giving this series a stable framework - at least, for now - this comic has done just enough to keep me interested for next week. At least for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman: Eternal #4

May 5, 2014

Stylistic missteps and an overly slow plot makes this issue of Batman Eternal more filler than killer. Not much really happens here, something that a lot of weekly comics try to get away with (and often do). Everyone wants to see what happens to Batman, and because they get another chance next week, it's easier for them to forgive (and more likely forget) misfires like this one. I just hope for all our sakes that this book picks up and starts putting some weight behind this weekly schedule.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Eternal #9

Jun 4, 2014

With the all-consuming grind of a weekly story, it can take a lot not just out of the exhausted creative teams producing it, but for the overworked and overstimulated readers struggling to consume it all and make it all make sense. Sometimes a vacation is all you need to recharge your batteries and start fresh. Maybe Batman: Eternal #9 was the getaway this series needed all along.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Eternal #13

Jul 7, 2014

Still, I have to give Batman Eternal credit where it's due, in the fact that this book has really been good at fleshing out Gotham as a character - something, I would argue, that Scott Snyder in particular has tried to do ever since he joined the Bat-books back on Detective Comics. With some strong art and a lot of ambition with its cast, Batman Eternal is definitely starting to shape up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Eternal #15

Jul 21, 2014

This issue of Batman Eternal is very far removed from the usual Batman story, and I think that shows the flexibility of this ensemble title - it's not afraid to deviate from a "traditional" Batman story, instead tapping into many different types of stories, all united by that omnipresent Bat-symbol. This comic leans into Batman's horrific side without regurgitating the old stories about the symbolism of bats, instead showing the kinds of horrors that Arkham can conjure up. And with protagonists this unexpectedly good - a compliment you can also give the creative team - this book is the best kind of magic.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman: Eternal #17

Jul 31, 2014

Maybe the problem is Batman. Things were going so well, as Ray Fawkes and company had Batwing team up with Jim Corrigan - the human host of the otherworldly Spectre - but this origin of Deacon Blackfire falls flat as soon as the Batman shows up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: Eternal #41

Jan 14, 2015

Sometimes comics succeed based on their plots, and sometimes they succeed based on their execution. Batman Eternal #41 is a mixed bag in that regard, as it's got just enough "important" plot points - and surprisingly strong art - that people will likely feel vindicated buying it, if only because it feels bigger than many of the issues that came before it. That's the real struggle behind Batman Eternal - there are so many storylines that are picked up for only a few issues before being lost in the next subplot, and with magic, technology, action and criminal politics all fighting for the spotlight, it makes this book a schizophrenic sort of read. Still, clarity does come when you least expect it, and moments like these are ones to cherish in a book like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Eternal #50

Mar 23, 2015

At the end of the day, what will really make or break Batman Eternal #50 is the big reveal of the mastermind behind this plot against Gotham - and to be honest, that's probably the biggest point of contention for me, personally. It's almost a sure thing that Tynion and company will explain this mastermind's rise from D-lister to man of the hour, and while it certainly affects a few other members of the Bat-family, I can't help but feel like it's a retread of "Hush," only with an even more implausible character. But with two issues to go, the Batman Eternal creative team will likely work hard to sell their plot twist. While readers and creators alike may be eagerly awaiting the finish line, this is one last sprint that feels breezy and fun - but time will tell if it ultimately comes off as satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: Eternal #52

Apr 1, 2015

Batman Eternal hasn't been a perfect series, nor does it have a perfect ending. But as a whole, there's a lot of ambition to this series that has made it a worthwhile venture. There's been a cadre of different artists on board, allowing DC to experiment with potential up-and-comers in the context of their most popular franchise, and the sheer breadth of the series, including villains from across Batman's rogues gallery, has made this feel like a must-read. The Bat-Family has coalesced and even expanded under Snyder and Tynion's leadership, bringing characters like Bluebird, Spoiler and Julia Pennyworth to the fold. While it might have helped to reveal this series' true big bad an issue earlier, Batman Eternal will be one of DC's most ambitious achievements for some time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Europa #1

Nov 18, 2015

Perhaps you can chalk it up to a slow week at DC, or simply a slowing down on all fronts with the holidays approaching, but Batman Europa winds up being one of the strongest of the DC books this week. Ultimately, that praise is due primarily to Jim Lee flexing his muscles, treating readers to see a master in action. While the change in styles might not be to everyone's liking, it's Lee that makes Batman Europa worth your time - hopefully, with that hook in place, Casali and Azzarello will up their game in future installments.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: Gotham Nights (2020) #1

Apr 22, 2020

If you're taking the anthology track, you're going to need more than just two short stories to really justify an audience's dollars " judging by how well yesterday's Superman: Man of Tomorrow worked as a standalone story, I can only hope DC takes any future cues from the Man of Steel, rather than what feels like a watered-down outing with the Dark Knight Detective.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Gotham Nights (2020) #2

Apr 29, 2020

Credit where it's due - while the first issue of Batman: Gotham Knights felt woefully insubstantial despite the A-list talent attached, this sophomore installment shows there's plenty of storytelling potential coming from names you might not be familiar with yet. Self-contained, beautifully illustrated and touching upon all the elements that make a Batman story great, you're absolutely getting your money's worth with this 99-cent adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Gotham Nights (2020) #6

May 28, 2020

Batman may win the battle this time, but Russell and Bogdonavic leave readers with a gut-punch, knowing that not even Gotham's wealthiest man can figure out how to win the war.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #3

Dec 18, 2019

This is a story of wild creativity rather than something refined and harnessed as a narrative - and as such, will not be for everyone. But for those who have already been won over by Snyder and Capullo's voices as comic book creators, they will probably find enough to enjoy with this over-the-top swan song.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Adventures Continue #1

Apr 1, 2020

Comparing Batman: The Adventures Continue #1 to its animated predecessor is unfair, given the limitations in space and pacing - but for those looking for a little bit of familiarity to tether themselves during these unprecedented times could find plenty of worse ways to spend 99 cents. Surprisingly ambitious for its small size - even at times occasionally outpacing their actual capabilities — Batman: The Adventures Continue #1 is a solid continuation of a watershed moment in the history of DC’s premier Dark Knight Detective.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman: The Adventures Continue #2

Apr 16, 2020

As it stands, this opening story doesn't due credit to any of these creators' prodigious track records, nor does it really live up to the critically acclaimed cartoon from which it is based.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Adventures Continue #3

May 7, 2020

While one could make the argument that DC's other digital offerings - particularly Superman: Man of Tomorrow and Flash: Fastest Man Alive - make better use of self-contained serialization, Batman: The Adventures Continue #3 feels like a solid effort. That said, the concerns from the previous adventure are still valid - this plot doesn't move forward particularly far here, and if Burnett, Dini and Templeton are expected to wrap everything up in the next chapter, readers are going to be in for a massive disappointment. Here's hoping that the team's eyes weren't bigger than their stomachs, and that DC will give them enough runway to learn from their previous mistakes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: The Adventures Continue #4

May 21, 2020

With more breathing room to continue their story, writers Alan Burnett and Paul Dini and artist Ty Templeton get into a solid groove with Batman: The Adventures Continue #4, as Robin has an unexpected team-up with Deathstroke the Terminator, while Batman gets closer to the shadowy figure surveilling him across Gotham.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Universe #1

Jul 15, 2019

Batman Universe #1 is an undeniably gorgeous book, whose incredible artwork far outweighs any wonkiness in its story structure. If you're looking for a fun action romp whose cameos represent the best of continuity rather than the restrictiveness of it " or you're just looking to see one of the definitive DC artists of the moments strut his stuff " you could do a whole lot worse than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Universe #2

Aug 16, 2019

This book may be the equivalent of slamming action figures together, but damn if Batman: Universe isn't a blast to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman: Universe #6

Dec 5, 2019

If you haven't been reading Batman Universe, this finale might be the thing that convinces readers to catch up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: White Knight #1

Jan 8, 2018

With nobody to root for, nothing to understand, and an unearned veneer of social relevance strewn across some admittedly beautiful art, Batman: White Knight may be a loud book that tries to use its edginess to demand attention, but at the end of the day, it ultimately does very little to justify its lack of an inside voice.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Battle Scars #6

Apr 30, 2012

This could have been an easy bunt, and considering Marvel got from Point A to Point B in terms of aligning their IP, that might have been enough for them. But I expect more out of my comics, and I think this could have been worlds more interesting. Here's hoping that these Battle Scars leave some character on Marvel's newest addition.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Batwing #0

Sep 10, 2012

In many ways, I see DC's #0 issues as a second attempt to bring in new readers who might have been unconvinced by the initial rollout of the New 52. Batwing could have been a more commercially viable take on Joshua Dysart's fantastic Unknown Soldier, but instead is about as bland and generic as it comes. Just because the man has a bat on his chest doesn't mean this title should get a free pass.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batwing #4

Dec 12, 2011

Considering that this origin story seems to be a done-in-one event, I can't help but think that we still haven't been given quite enough to really root for Batwing. On the one hand, there's only so many pages that Winick has to devote to this topic, but shouldn't that have been the point of this book? There is so much potential to not just entertain, but inform, about a topic that many people only know the bare surface level of. I applaud Winick for taking a step in the right direction, but in this case " and I'm just as surprised as you are that I'm saying it " I don't think he's gone nearly far enough. There's so much more room for both characterization and concept to Batwing, but four months in, I'm not sure how many people will want stick around to wait for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Batwing #19

Apr 4, 2013

I think what gets me the most is the new replacement for Batwing, however " this semi-new character just feels so lazy and is so antithetical to the idea of a Batman for Africa that I'm just shaking my head. I'll check out next month just to see what happens with this new guy, but I'm not optimistic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batwing #23

Aug 8, 2013

There's something charmingly old-school about Batwing, as this title has eschewed its original African locale and transformed into something akin to a modern-day Batman Beyond.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batwing #32

Jun 5, 2014

The end is nigh for Batwing as a series, but it's interesting to see that in its final issues, the book is starting to pick up. I hope that Eduardo Pansica and Julio Ferrera continue to team up on art (and on a more high-profile book), as they really are the best answer to Bryan Hitch that I've seen in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Before Watchmen: Comedian #1

Jun 20, 2012

You can't win all of them, and it seems that the third time is not the charm for Before Watchmen. Whereas the first two installments stood on their own two feet as accessible, standalone stories, Azzarello and Jones lean a little too heavily on Alan Moore's original text, leading to a story that emulates the tone but never really hits the right note. And that's the sad punchline for Before Watchmen: Comedian #1 " we're not laughing on the inside. We're not even crying. The reality is even worse " we're not reacting at all.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Before Watchmen: Comedian #2

Jul 25, 2012

War is hell, but you wouldn't know it based on Before Watchmen: The Comedian. Too cool to show any strong reactions one way or the other, there's no theme, no stakes and no danger to pique readers' interest. This doesn't add anything to Eddie Blake's descent into despair and madness " unless you're a completist or a die-hard Jones fan, this book is skippable fodder.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Before Watchmen: Comedian #3

Sep 12, 2012

Of course, with DC's spotty history with diversity lately " goodbye Asian-American Atom Ryan Choi, hello suspected terrorist Green Lantern Simon Baz " this is the kind of comic that will also lead plenty of people to be upset, to say that DC is being unthinking at best and cavalier at worst. It's not a clean comic, it's a dirty one. It's audacious that DC even printed it, and it'll definitely leave you thinking about it long after you finish it.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Before Watchmen: Comedian #4

Dec 10, 2012

When you have to explain the punchline of a joke, chances are, it's not a very good joke. That's the problem with Eddie Blake's story in Before Watchmen. The message and drive behind this story are so oblique that this just feels like an exercise in wasting time, with no insight gained from Eddie's time at base camp or his slaughter on the battlefield. It's a senseless fictional crime, with the only victim being your wallet.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Before Watchmen: Dr. Manhattan #1

Aug 23, 2012

Michael Strazcynski wasn't kidding when he said this series was headed to some lofty heights " the only problem is, will anybody understand it?

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Before Watchmen: Dr. Manhattan #4

Mar 4, 2013

But despite comics being a visual medium, people also come back for the story. And that doesn't really work here. You've seen Before Watchmen: Doctor Manhattan before, and nothing you'll read in these 22 pages is going to add anything to Alan Moore's original work. This definitely is a nice platform for Hughes and Martin to strut their stuff, but that's pretty much the only draw for this bloodless book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #1

Jun 6, 2012

There's a lot going on in this book, which ultimately feels as dense as the original Watchmen, if nothing else. There are some moments that don't feel as compelling as others, if you can call that a critique " Captain Metropolis and Dollar Bill are two heroes that even Cooke hasn't cracked yet, in terms of making them sound interesting " but the thing that makes this book even more slippery is that Darwyn Cooke is a top-notch creator who can bring excellent execution to a perfectly simple, straightforward introduction. Before Watchmen might not add any luster to Moore and Gibbons's seminal work, but it also doesn't take anything away. Maybe that's the big shocker for this title " for a prequel book, Before Watchmen: Minutemen #1 stands, surprisingly, on its own two feet.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #3

Aug 29, 2012

The minor hiccups aside, Before Watchmen: Minutemen #3 is the real deal, a well-crafted narrative that manages to work within the air-tight confines of Alan Moore's original work. Great artwork, visceral characterization and a nice dose of stakes keeps this book hopping way more than you would ordinarily expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #6

Jan 23, 2013

But there is no more, and perhaps that is for the best. Darwyn Cooke pulled off what many thought would be impossible " he did establish a solid niche within Alan Moore's airtight original story in which to make his own spin. The fact that its good makes it even more striking. And while the very, very end of this story fades away rather than ends with a bang, this last issue proves that Before Watchmen: Minutemen was the little prequel that could. This is one knockout read.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl #1

Jun 27, 2012

That reaction is what Before Watchmen: Nite Owl is missing, perhaps not a surprise after the blowback Straczynski received after his incomplete runs on Superman and Wonder Woman. The good news for him is that he won't be crucified here, not for this work. But that's the gamble you take as an artist " you risk the odds, take a leap, and see if you'll fall or fly. Unfortunately, right now, Before Watchmen: Nite Owl still has its wings clipped.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #1

Jul 5, 2012

This is the best Before Watchmen comic that doesn't have Darwyn Cooke's name on it, bar none.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #2

Aug 8, 2012

Even with a cliffhanger that seems far from revolutionary, there's still plenty to like about Before Watchmen: Ozymandias. This is one of the best-looking books that DC Comics publishes today, with a fantastic sense of mood and movement that makes you almost a little wistful that, say, Superman couldn't get the same treatment. But that visual panache makes Adrian Veidt special, makes him memorable, makes him strong. Ozymandias may have operated largely behind the scenes in the original Watchmen, but this prequel book is giving the King of Kings his due.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #4

Nov 29, 2012

Make no mistake, Before Watchmen: Ozymandias might just be the best-looking book DC prints today. Jae Lee makes Adrian Veidht into a bonafide badass, whether its going toe-to-acrobatic-toe with a gang called the Flying Tigers, or simply watching dozens of news screens in his arctic fortress.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #5

Jan 31, 2013

You're not going to get too much new insight into the life of Adrian Veidt here, but Jae Lee's artwork continues to be as dynamic as ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #6

Mar 14, 2013

Watchmen project finally concludes this week, and the biggest disappointment of Ozymandias is that the world's smartest man can't inspire any original ideas. Len Wein is basically retelling parts of the original Watchmen here without adding any new codas or perspective.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Before Watchmen: Rorschach #1

Aug 15, 2012

The thing that's holding back Before Watchmen: Rorschach isn't so much technique or execution, but direction. This is an inkblot test that has no answer, which is certainly a change of pace from the philosopher vigilante that ignited everyone's imagination back in 1986. Does it add to Walter Kovacs' myth? Not quite, and the reunion factor alone will probably not be enough for purists. But based on sheer looks, I'm willing to stay on board for a second chance.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre #1

Jun 13, 2012

Despite the title, this book isn't Watchmen. It'll never be. But as its own story, Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre is a heartfelt, gorgeous story that feels less like a cash-grab, and more like art for art's sake. As crazy as it sounds, maybe DC will have its cake and eat it, too " at the very least, Conner and Cooke have earned your attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre #3

Sep 6, 2012

All in all, this still looks fantastic, but I'm hoping the finale brings back the maternal struggle that so well defined the first two issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre #4

Nov 29, 2012

What started out as a journey of self-discovery has turned into more of a seedy revenge story set in the psychedelic Sixties. What makes this book stands out are the small character moments " well, that and the fact that this book is ridiculously good-looking.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #1

May 1, 2017

Peter David is a veteran comics writer with a long and storied past, but whether it was a lack of inspiration or a difficult post-event launchpad to work from, this debut issue doesn't do his prodigious talent justice. Mark Bagley's artwork remains solid as ever, but this Spider-tie-in is squashed flat by questionable designs and even more questionable storytelling choices.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Betty & Veronica (2016) #1

Jul 19, 2016

For many reasons, Betty & Veronica might be an acquired taste, given Hughes' admittedly shaky focus on his lead characters, not to mention his prolific but unorthodox scripting method. Yet there's just enough good qualities to his work - particularly his beautiful art - that makes this book's rough edges feel like a refreshing change of pace rather than a disappointment. While Hughes has a while to go before his writing is on par with his visuals, there's a unique voice at the heart of Betty & Veronica - one that I think will only get stronger as time goes on.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Birds of Prey (2020) #1

Jun 3, 2020

Drawn out but never really fleshed out, Birds of Prey #1 feels even more disappointing given its lengthy delays. Far missing the mark to tie into the long out-of-theaters Birds of Prey film, Azzarello and Lupacchino's styles feel like a poor match for one another, compounding the issues this threadbare story already brought to the table. Unless you're a diehard fan of the property or one of the creators involved, save your money and stream the movie instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Bitch Planet #2

Jan 27, 2015

For those who may have dismissed Bitch Planet #1 as throwaway hype, DeConnick, De Landro and company have defied the concept of a sophomore slump with their second issue. If anything, this series actually continues to improve as its narrative focuses in, giving us a tough-as-nails protagonist and an insidious system for her to rally against. The biggest crime would be for you not to pick this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Bitch Planet #6

Jan 7, 2016

If you haven't been reading this masterful book, you need to get on it, stat.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black AF: American Sweetheart OGN

Jan 30, 2018

Definitely don't miss out on one of the best debuts I've seen in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Canary (2015) #7

Feb 1, 2016

While the plotting could use a tune-up, there's something electric to the artwork in Black Canary, which keeps this book going even when the silent sequences feel a little hollow. Music, more than anything else, is about rhythm and pacing, and a better division of exposition would have done wonders to keeping this issue moving. Still, the premise and art of Black Canary are undeniably exciting, and that makes this issue one that's worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Canary (2015) #9

Mar 21, 2016

Matthew Rosenberg is one of Scott Snyder's first students in the DC writer's development program, and if this issue is any indication, that class is definitely going to be the next hotbed of DC Comics writing talent. This story is fun and easy to follow, and when you start off with that foundation, the crazy visuals are only icing on the cake. Here's hoping that this isn't the last we've seen of this fantastic creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Black Cat (2019) #1

Jun 6, 2019

Even with two backup stories for added value, I'm not sure Black Cat steals enough of the show to justify another pass.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Cat (2019) #11

Jun 15, 2020

It'd be easy to overlook a series like Black Cat, particularly when its hypersexualized covers don't really reflect the tone of the story inside " but you'd be making a big mistake. This series has been consistently fun and engaging, covering the Marvel Universe from the point of view of an unorthodox underdog. Mackay and Villa deserve plenty of credit for delivering such an entertaining series, and it's something that should be added to your pull list as soon as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Cat (2019) Annual #1

Nov 18, 2019

When you start with a Maggia wedding ceremony that involves death robots and ritual murder, the tone is elevated enough that we're not necessarily hung up on real-world rules and stakes. But there's an infectious enthusiasm to both the storytelling and the artwork in Black Cat Annual #1 that makes this a supremely well-done annual that will easily steal your heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Cloud #1

Apr 6, 2017

While the pacing is a little decompressed, the monsters hidden out of reach provide a nice hook for readers, making Black Cloud a book to keep an eye on.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Black Cloud #2

May 11, 2017

There's the potential for something good with Black Cloud, but the creative team needs to quit beating around the bush and solidify its premise and execution if it wants readers to stick around.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Black Market #1

Jul 17, 2014

I was initially very excited by the premise of Black Market - when you have superheroes breathing fire or shooting lasers out of their eyes, who wouldn't consider their very organs to be a lucrative resource? Yet the first issue of Black Market doesn't quite deliver on that initial promise, only because we've seen much of these tropes before.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Black Panther (2016) #3

Jun 29, 2016

Growing pains are an inevitable part of maturity, and in the case of Black Panther, it's not surprising to see that happening here " unfortunately, in today's ultra-competitive marketplace, readers might not stick around while they wait for the King of Wakanda to catch his breath. Coates' previous two issues felt like necessary exposition, but we're now getting to the point where this lengthy narrative rollout might be too little, too late. There's a lot of ambition to this book, particularly with its sprawling supporting cast, but there seems to be a lack of focus and excitement with T'Challa himself that needs correcting " and fast. Otherwise, the uprising in Wakanda might be nothing compared to the readership diaspora Black Panther might experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Road #2

May 19, 2016

Brian Wood and Garry Brown deliver some nice grittiness and atmosphere with Black Road #2, a bleak historical romp that quickly hooks readers in with its odd couple protagonists.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Science #5

Apr 1, 2014

If there's anything that continues to hold Black Science back, is that it's still not the most accessible book in the world - there's a lot of backstories, a lot of action, and not a whole lot of differentiation to identify each character. (Indeed, Remember rarely introduces them by name.) There are a lot of small tweaks that could be made to the writing and the art to make this book a more user-friendly experience, as readers spend a disproportionate amount of time trying to make out the action rather than to enjoy it. But if you're an adventurous reader who values style over smoothness, Black Science #5 is still an impressive read.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Black Terror (2019) #1

Oct 4, 2019

If you don't know who the Black Terror is, writer Max Bemis and artist Matt Gaudio's new series probably won't endear you to the old pulp hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2014) #13

Dec 18, 2014

Noto's use of color is what makes Black Widow so remarkable, whether its the chilly black-and-white as she visits Isaiah in the hospital, to the autumn reds that appear as she begins to oh-so-subtly boil over in rage.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Widow (2016) #1

Mar 2, 2016

If you're looking for a team that is consistently great with their work, you'd be hard-pressed to name many people who do what Samnee and Wilson do, particularly on a month-to-month basis.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2016) #4

Jun 21, 2016

It's a complicated web for even the Black Widow to sustain, but with creators like Samnee, Waid and Wilson as her handlers, fans shouldn't miss out on this exceptional series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2016) #6

Aug 18, 2016

This isn't a game-changing issue, and the conclusion feels a little convenient, but all in all, Black Widow still continues to impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Blackcross #1

Jan 20, 2015

Many readers can criticize Marvel and DC for inaccessible storylines - and oftentimes, they're not wrong. The difference between the Big Two and Dynamite is that there's almost a cultural osmosis when it comes to Spider-Man, the Avengers or the Justice League, as generations have been bombarded with TV shows, movies, video games and merchandise to hammer home their characters' existence, if not their high concepts and status quo. Dynamite's Project Superheroes lineup doesn't have that luxury, and with a big name like Warren Ellis to draw in new readers, they owe it to customers - and themselves - to make their characters as easy-to-follow as possible. This comic may have its haunting moments, but the thing that should haunt Dynamite the most is how much better this comic should have been.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackhawks (2011) #6

Feb 23, 2012

Mike Costa's script is a bit more hit-or-miss, however. It opens fast and has some great beats over the Blackhawk's mandate, as well as the aforementioned bar scene. But the entry point for the story is still pretty difficult, making it hard to understand the stakes or learn where the characters are going. That weakness makes this a book without context, a stylish look at spy-soldiers doing spy-soldier stuff. It may not make much sense, but it looks so sharp, you might not mind.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Blackwood #1

May 29, 2018

Magic and broomsticks might play well with the kids, but older readers might ask what's the catch - and the terrifying answers can be found in Blackwood. While Dorkin's script sets up a lot of questions for future installments, it's Veronica and Andy Fish who really make this book a showstopper, with a thrilling and fluid sense of artistry that makes this book you should not avoid.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Blue Beetle (2011) #6

Feb 20, 2012

And maybe that's the lesson to take from Tony Bedard and Ig Guara's relaunch of Blue Beetle. It's well intentioned, and in certain ways does try to incorporate some of the magic from the original series. But at the same time, how do you recapture that lightning in a bottle, when you aren't adding to it? This is a reboot of a reboot, but it ends up feeling like a low-calorie version of a favorite dish. There is a ton of room for Jaime Reyes to grow " and to be honest, would it have even been that terrible to just continue from the pre-boot continuity, a la Green Lantern? "but instead of being the character that feels fresh and takes new directions, Blue Beetle is sadly feeling like more of the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Book Of Death #2

Aug 18, 2015

Still, it's to Vendetti and company's credit that while the world at large might not automatically know the deal behind characters like the Geomancer or Ninjak, titles like Book of Death are as fun and accessible - perhaps even moreso - than its caped counterparts over at the Big Two. Here's hoping that Vendetti can keep his momentum going.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Briggs Land #2

Sep 15, 2016

Briggs Land #2 feels more like a reaction than a necessarily organic escalation to Brian Wood and Mack Chater's stellar first issue, but there are some glimmers of genius to this subversive series' sophomore effort.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Bucky Barnes: The Winter Soldier #1

Sep 29, 2014

Bucky Barnes is a character full of potential, and it's encouraging to see a creative team like Kot and Rudy stretching themselves creatively on a property like this. That said, sometimes there are limits - sometimes you take a swing, and it doesn't always connect. That's not to say this is a bad comic - far from it - but you can't help but feel disappointed when a seemingly sure-thing creative team like this not score a home run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Buffy the Vampire Slayer/Angel: Hellmouth #1

Oct 8, 2019

While it still has its share of imperfections, Hellmouth #1 manages to snag victory from the fangs of defeat, thanks to some beautiful artwork and a likable lead. That said, I wouldn't necessarily describe this as a standalone event, because there is definitely an expectation that readers are already fully aware of what's going on, making this a potentially inaccessible read for newcomers. Given that there's four issues left of this series - not to mention tie-ins in both the Buffy and Angel titles - there's still plenty of time to smooth out any rough edges in execution, and if Bellaire, Lambert and Carlini's opening salvo is anything to judge it by, fans of the Whedonverse are likely in for a hell of a good time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Bug: The Adventures of Forager #1

May 11, 2017

Young Animal has been great about broadening the edges of the main DCU in meaningful and interesting ways, Bug! is no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
C.O.W.L. #1

May 28, 2014

Higgins and Siegel have some real potential on their hands with their core concept, one that can prove to be smarter and more complex than the standard capes-and-tights or capes-and-cops fare. One might argue that the authors needed time for setup, in order to introduce their brave new world - but I'd argue right back that this world isn't enough to stand on its own. In today's crowded marketplace, one shot is not just all you get to make a good first impression - one shot is just all you deserve. The idea of C.O.W.L. is that there's a better way to do superheroics, and on that score, I'm in full agreement with Higgins and Siegel.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cable (2020) #1

Mar 10, 2020

For those looking for the kind of classic Cable comic from your youth, you might be disappointed with this new series - but for fans of some other ‘90s-era staples, you might find yourself pleasantly surprised. Young Nathan Summers feels almost like a blank slate in this bold new era, and that’s not necessarily a bad thing - while this comic won’t set the world on fire, it’s a fun and entertaining diversion that winds up working far better than you might expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Cable and X-Force #1

Dec 11, 2012

Cable and X-Force had the odds stacked against it from the get-go, with an unfamiliar writer on the masthead to the C-list X-Men characters populating the book (not to mention a second X-Force book on the docket from Sam Humphries and Ron Garney), but the mismatch with the creative team really dooms this book from the outset. There's nothing to bring us up to speed on this team, other than the fact that somebody wants to put a team together, and the artwork " particularly with those gross orange jumpsuits " doesn't make you want to stick around to find out. Hopeless can write a decent script, as Avengers Arena can attest, but Cable and X-Force is already in need of a new direction, stat.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2011) #10

Apr 30, 2012

While the emotional connection isn't there " which, again, is a shame, since Cap kind of has a movie coming out this week " Alan Davis does put in his time and then some with this issue of Captain America. With his smooth, graceful characters and his dynamic action sequences, we might have seen this story before, but even the most jaded reader would say it at least looks good.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain America (2012) #1

Nov 19, 2012

Ed Brubaker's Captain America was a slow burn, an espionage thriller, a thinking man's game. Rick Remender isn't playing. He's blown up the dam, he's cranked things up to 11; he's injected a ton of ambition and thrills and pure pulp into the veins of Steve Rogers, Super Soldier. Whether its defining the man behind the shield or giving him some serious stunts to pull off (seriously, that last-page cliffhanger made me literally hoot in excitement), this comic is definitely going to be the selling point of Marvel NOW! Definitely pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #4

Feb 25, 2013

Captain America is marching to the beat of his own drummer right now, but there is some method among all this madness. The character is all-important here, as this is a chance to use all that goodwill from Avengers and build Steve Rogers beyond the buzzwords of "leader," "optimist," "nave" or "badass." The rest is all window-dressing, so your mileage may vary with Rick Remender's crazy concepts " while this issue might have been a little jerky in terms of sheer story content, there's something solid behind the shield.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2012) #5

Mar 21, 2013

There's a lot of sci-fi kookiness to this book that might not immediately scream "Captain America," but believe me " Rick Remender totally lands the dismount here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2012) #12

Oct 14, 2013

Ultimately, some of the problems with Captain America #12 are considered necessary evils, as Remender has to build up the villains he needs to challenge our war-torn hero. That said, it feels like a lot of this ground could have been covered last issue, and the lack of connection between Steve and his enemies makes this book feel a little less weighty than it should be. With some slightly underwhelming art and some unwieldy structure, Captain America needs to get back into the trenches and fight some supervillains, stat.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Captain America (2012) #16.NOW

Feb 4, 2014

It's fashionable to hate on New York. I get it. And it's easy to be glib and brush off Captain America #16.NOW as pure Yankee-hating, Patriots-loving, anti-Big Apple propaganda. But in all seriousness, despite Jet Black's rootfop hopping choreography, this comic feels like it barely takes any steps forward. There's a semi-interesting twist, but with the lack of progression and the alienating artwork, this isn't a great way to set up your next story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2012) #23

Aug 13, 2014

Considering the general climate of the comics industry is to draw out a story while adding as little to the status quo for as long as possible, it's perhaps not surprising how refreshing Captain America #23 is. There's action, there's new developments, there's a ton of guest stars and even some great character beats for the lead character - Rick Remender is bringing his A-game here, which makes it all the more surprising considering that "The Tomorrow Soldier" didn't really crackle off the page as a high concept. It just goes to show you that good plotting and strong characterization trump elevator pitches, and it's something I hope to see more of from Remender. While the artwork still holds this book from being all that it could be, this is definitely the most enjoyable issue of Captain America in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2012) #25

Oct 2, 2014

There's a fun cheekiness to Captain America #25, as Rick Remender makes some funny metacommentary about how the new Captain America - Sam "The Falcon" Wilson - has already been long-spoiled by the marketing machine. That said, the beginning of this issue feels a little disappointing, as you know Sam will survive Remender's last cliffhanger, and the throwaway explanation does little to endear.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2018) #2

Aug 2, 2018

Ta-Nehisi Coates comes out of the gate swinging in Captain America #2, a soulful and melancholic second chapter that smartly ties super-soldiers and modern warfare to toxic masculinity.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain America: Sam Wilson #2

Oct 28, 2015

And ultimately, I don't like writing reviews like this, because these are talented creators who clearly have a lot to say. I think there is a ton of potential behind Sam Wilson: Captain America, because Nick Spencer gets that a country this divided can't not have some reflection on one of its greatest symbols. Steve Rogers might have grown up a Democrat in the 1940s, but Sam Wilson grew up with all the political tension of today - he's a guy who would absolutely have very different beliefs than his predecessor, and seeing Sam wrestle with expressing those beliefs gives this book a brand-new lease on life. But that excellent premise won't go far until Spencer and company really focus on exactly what story they want to tell.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain America: Sam Wilson #12

Aug 17, 2016

In many ways, it's anti-escapist escapism - while it has its share of rough edges, Spencer and Acuna are going for the original Marvel ideal, to show the world outside your window. It might not always show us the best view, but it's the kind of challenging and important storytelling that Captain America deserves.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America: Sam Wilson #15

Nov 16, 2016

But that all said, given the surprise results of the presidential election, it now looks more than a little prudent that Spencer didn’t double down on the politics this issue, heralding a progressive victory that wound up never materializing in real life. Instead, Captain America: Sam Wilson #15 feels life a brief respite from what has been an increasingly brutal presidential campaign, and while I personally wish we could have had a more incisive post-election message, the sheer positivity of this script might in itself be a bit of a revolutionary act in today’s heated political landscape. But a temporary breather can only be just that - temporary - and it will be interesting to see how Captain America: Sam Wilson will move forward under a decidedly more conservative presidency.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #1

May 25, 2016

It's a disappointing read, especially given that we know Spencer is capable of some great stuff, as you can see regularly in The Fix, Ant-Man, or even in slightly better work like Spencer's Sam Wilson series. But this is a case where the hype won't justify the book. Whether Steve Rogers: Captain America is a clone, under hypnosis or engaging in an undercover operation, it's hard to take this twist " or this comic " at face value.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Steve Rogers #4

Aug 24, 2016

There's something interesting about the idea of Steve Rogers serving as a secret crusader amongst one of the Marvel Universe's most dangerous terror groups, but it's missing some key ingredients to make it all come together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Steve Rogers #5

Sep 27, 2016

While the artwork in this book might be dragging a bit, Captain America: Steve Rogers #5 proves to be the most compelling issue of this series yet, now that Spencer has turned this iconic Avenger into a clear and present danger for the entirety of the Marvel Universe. By finally making good on his premise of Cap as a villain in disguise, there are suddenly some real stakes for Steve’s journey - where he’ll ever be capable of redemption, or if we’ll even think he’s worthy of it when the time comes. While critics of Steve’s new status quo will still certainly find plenty to be up in arms about, those who are on the fence will likely find a lot to like about this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Steve Rogers #14

Mar 23, 2017

This isn't the most exciting looking book that we've seen, especially from Saiz, but he gets the job done. His standout moment is the final page reveal and that promises to make the next issue much more of an event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: White #2

Sep 30, 2015

Ultimately, I'm not sure where Captain America: White is headed as a series, but as far as chapters go, this is definitely a strong installment. By stripping Cap of his most powerful weapon, Loeb has shown us what kind of man Steve Rogers really is, and it's that kind of sterling character beats that will make lifelong fans. While the last issue struggled a bit with its large cast and shifting time periods, Loeb and Sale bring a renewed focus to Captain America: White #2, making this a singular work amongst Marvel's offerings this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2012) #2

Aug 20, 2012

Soy's artwork may prove to be a handicap for many readers, which is a shame, because DeConnick has some here with Captain Marvel. It's a testament to how well this character works that she could be thrown into a truly goofy situation, and we still take her seriously enough to want to see how she sees things through. If there was a different artist on board, there's no telling the kinds of heights Captain Marvel could attain.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2012) #4

Sep 27, 2012

Kelly Sue DeConnick writes one charismatic protagonist with Captain Marvel, as Carol Danvers ignores the odds and barrels head-first into an alien spacecraft. Spunky, strong and likeable, DeConnick has made a wonderful superheroine in the vein of She-Hulk and... well, She-Hulk, honestly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2014) #10

Dec 22, 2014

In a lot of ways, Captain Marvel #10 is a standout - even if, despite this being Carol's 100th solo adventure, this issue has very little of Carol at all. But that's not to say that her presence isn't felt, and keenly. This is a celebration of Carol Danvers, and it's to DeConnick's credit that she's able to praise this heroine without her having to even lift a finger. She doesn't have to prove herself - she's done it for 100 issues already. Complete with a bonafide Christmas miracle on the last page, this is one off-kilter issue that still manages to deeply impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain Marvel (2014) #15

May 14, 2015

While some may argue it's a little saccharine, it's a book that'll leave a lump in your throat, and it's the best possible way to end Captain Marvel before Secret Wars.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2016) #1

Jan 19, 2016

But for diehard fans of Captain Marvel, this series will almost assuredly be enough. Carol Danvers has gotten a promotion, and it winds up being the best of both worlds - we get the potential that comes with being in space, along with the humanity and familiarity of being close to home. Not only that, but the artwork in this book has gotten a huge overhaul, and that alone should bring readers to this book. With a new creative team and a new status quo, it's unclear if Carol Danvers will ultimately go "harder, faster, stronger, more" - but if this first issue is any indication, she's absolutely on her way there.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #14

Jan 27, 2020

Thompson and Garbett deliver the goods as far as Carol Danvers' one-woman war on the Avengers, and that more than makes up for any clunkiness along the way. As far as Thompson's tenure on Captain Marvel, this has been a truly fun arc, and one you should definitely give a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #18

Jul 29, 2020

That's not to say that Captain Marvel #18 is a bad book by any stretch of the imagination " on the contrary, it fares decently well compared to plenty of other tie-in books that would be instantly forgotten. While I don't think this new arc necessarily kicks off with a bang, Thompson has seeded in enough threads of conflict that this storyline has plenty of potential, if she and Smith can come up with interesting enough moments to polish it up. The jury's still out on Carol Danvers' status quo, but Captain Marvel #18 is good enough to merit a second helping.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Victory #2

Dec 29, 2011

That lack of panache may have people overlook Captain Victory, but that's a mistake " this isn't a book you can judge by its cover, its artwork or its previews. It's a refreshing surprise that continues to be worth the read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain Victory and the Galactic Rangers #3

Oct 29, 2014

I think in a lot of ways, Dynamite Entertainment gets a bad rap. They're known for their licensed books over anything else, and when you're printing out books like James Bond or The Green Hornet or Buck Rogers or Warlord of Mars, it's easy to overlook some truly artistic works being put out amid all the more overtly commercial work. Don't make that mistake. Captain Victory is easily the best comic that Dynamite is putting out these days, and if you're a fan of exciting, experimental comic book art, you owe it to yourself to pick this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #4

Jan 30, 2014

From its misleading solicit to its glacial pacing, Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand #4 is proof positive that maybe the Ultimates deserve to be eaten by Galactus.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Catwoman (2011) #14

Nov 26, 2012

Ultimately, there's more than one way to skin a cat, but beyond the sly humor in the concept, Ann Nocenti doesn't make the most out of a strong crossover, delivering a really disappointing comic. If we cared more about Selina (or the child she rescues, then promptly forgets about), this would be different. If the stakes were higher, if we believed Selina might actually perish, this would be different. If we actually learned anything about Selina or the Joker's relationship with one another or with Batman in general, this would be different. This book is surface-level, shallow. A little more curiosity and care wouldn't have killed this particular cat.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2011) #19

Apr 22, 2013

If Nocenti had pitted Selina against a cadre of Batman's foes " simultaneously, and on their home turf " I think she would have had a bestselling trade on her hands. That's saying a lot for this character and for DC right now, as they continue to throw WTF curveballs that spike sales but leave little lasting effect. No matter " while this comic doesn't quite hit its full potential, Catwoman #19 is definitely a huge improvement from what's come before. This is certainly worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2011) #39

Feb 25, 2015

But ultimately, if you're paying attention, Catwoman fills a more serious niche than any of the rest of the DC Universe. While other books ramp up the violence and the sex in the hopes of drawing older crowds, Catwoman actually treats its readers with respect, expecting them to follow the plot without spoon-feeding them details. It's a refreshing change of pace to many comics on the stand, even if it's not necessarily an approach that will award this creative team with smash-hit numbers. But even that feels fitting, in terms of Catwoman's mob drama - don't all good crime bosses rule from the shadows?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cave Carson Has A Cybernetic Eye #1

Oct 19, 2016

Like its name might imply, Young Animal is still a new entity over at DC Comics, and it’d be unfair (and silly) to expect its lineup to adhere to a rigid similarity in tone or content. The whole reason for an imprint is to push boundaries, to see how far you can take different books while still maintaining a common thread across the line. Cave Carson Has a Cybernetic Eye feels like the lo-fi cousin of the overachieving Doom Patrol, but I get the sense that it’s more of a case of a later bloomer rather than not having anything to contribute to the table at all. If Way and Rivera can find their focus and really give us more of a spotlight on their enigmatic hero, we might be in for a real showstopper.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #1

Oct 4, 2016

Champions is a breath of fresh air when compared to Marvel's stagnant Civil War II lineup, and while not quite as edgy or subversive as Young Avengers, the changing makeup of the Marvel Universe makes this the perfect time to unite this latest iteration of Avengers into a cohesive team. Waid deftly taps into the sheer likability of these kids, and teaming him up with an artist like Humberto Ramos feels like a no-brainer for this promising launch. While the grown-ups are duking it out over an Inhuman precog, the Champions are the ones who are truly stealing the show.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Champions (2016) #2

Nov 2, 2016

The Champions aren't a team with a mission " instead, they're an age cohort, a meeting of the next great minds from the Marvel Universe. You don't need to have car chases when you've got Hulk-related drama. You don't need to have a bad guy trying to take over the world when you've got young superheroes in love. Sometimes you just need to stop and smell the roses in the comics business, and when you've got company as great as the Champions " not to mention the creative team behind them " this kind of getaway is exactly what readers needed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #3

Dec 12, 2016

This book isn't always a perfect one, but it's on some of the most solid foundations of any superhero book on the stands - you owe it yourself to meet your new favorite super-team with Champions.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Champions (2016) #4

Jan 4, 2017

They're precocious, idealistic and eager to do good " and even though they've just met, you can tell this is a team that is already inseparable. So do yourself a favor and read Champions " because this is a team you're going to want to stick around with for the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Champions (2016) #23

Aug 9, 2018

Having the Champions " a team that is in tremendous flux, given the absence of Miles Morales, the depowering of Nova, and the additions of Amka and Ironheart " in a battle royale with Man-Thing might not be the most exciting premise on paper, but you have to give Jim Zub credit for writing the heck out of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Champions (2019) #2

Feb 8, 2019

If this isn't the most intriguing Big Two book of the week, I'm not sure what is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #25

Apr 5, 2012

This is a solid conclusion for a good arc for Chew, and it's going to be interesting to see where the cast goes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #30

Nov 27, 2012

There's only so much you can say about Chew #30 without giving important bits away. As far as half-points go, this one is a doozy, and it's ultimately flawless in terms of execution or scope. Like Walking Dead before it, Chew is like a snake, lying in wait, because you didn't see this coming until it was all too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chew #32

Mar 19, 2013

You don't walk into a kitchen with a bunch of ingredients and no idea what to do with them. That's not just Cooking 101, the rule also applies for storytelling. In that regard, John Layman is doing exactly what he has to do to keep Chew headed to its final goal, particularly after some of the darker turns this series has taken in the past few months. Yet he's also missing a little bit of that lightness, of that goofy charm that made Chew so fun to read in the first place. If Layman and Guillory can leaven this book up with a little bit of its old humor, I think Chew will be back in fighting form.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #33

Apr 16, 2013

Tony Chu is back " and this time, it's personal. With a newfound focus that sometimes takes this comic to surprisingly dark territory, this comic is proof that Layman is working with an ironclad premise. A world where food is a superpower can be funny or fearsome, but it takes a special creative team to do both. With a hero that continues to surprise 33 issues in, this is one of the best issues of Chew in recent memory.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chew #35

Jul 9, 2013

Without giving too much away, let's just say that this issue concludes with Layman turning the very concept of "fridging" on its head. With a cliffhanger like that, there's a lot to like about Chew, a comic that hasn't rested on its comedic laurels, but instead has given its main character - and its readers - enough credit to evolve. While that makes for a very different product than when this comic debuted back in 2009, tastes change, and it takes a real craftsman to stay one step ahead of the reader's palate. This is one of the best issues of Chew I've read in a long time, and I'm very excited to see where Layman and Guillory take us next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #37

Oct 8, 2013

What would you do for one more day with someone you loved? Chew #37 brings the spotlight back to an old fan-favorite in a way that proves that this creative team still has plenty of tricks up their sleeves, plucking the heartstrings while driving the main plot forward. Combining character, action, humor and heart, John Layman and Rob Guillory have produced easily one of the best comics of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chew #39

Jan 22, 2014

What's great about Chew #39 is not just that John Layman is combining the different pieces of this universe's mythology to move the story forward, but he's also being very generous with the spotlight. No story can be propelled by just one character - nor should it. But by allowing the reader to root for more than one protagonist, it winds up being easier for the audience and makes the series as a whole stronger. Even without Tony Chu, Chew #39 proves that his friends and family are more than enough to tide you over.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #40

Feb 26, 2014

Considering how many issues of Chew we've read, it's almost surprising that we haven't seen Tony completely under the influence of some sort of psychedelic 'shroom. Layman and Guillory are delivering the ultra-fun acid trip we never knew we wanted, and while Tony Chu may be on the forces of law and order, Chew #40 might just be your gateway drug to a world of hilarious adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #44

Nov 4, 2014

The end is nigh for Tony Chu and company, as John Layman and Rob Guillory gear up for their final 15 issues of Chew. And you couldn't end a chapter any bleaker than this. Yet just because it's shocking and gory doesn't mean it's not also imminently well-executed, and if your tastes run towards the bloody side of the spectrum, Chew #44 might be your favorite issue yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #45

Dec 3, 2014

In a lot of ways, the last issue of Chew was the real conclusion to the "Chicken Tenders" arc, with this being a haunting epilogue to the carnage of the previous issue. After all that action, Layman's made the right call by giving us a quiet moment to feel - and to mourn. And with a shocking twist on the final page, this arc looks to be the one that will inspire Tony Chu to take the fight back to the Collector. Coming after the holidays with a bleak finale, it seems that even with the increased body count, Layman and Guillory are giving us plenty to be thankful for with Chew #45.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #47

Mar 24, 2015

Like I said before, in Chew #47, stuff happens, and that stuff leads to some real complications down the line for our heroic everyman. If you're new to the book, well, it might behoove you to start from the beginning and catch up - but for longtime readers, this is a nice bit of familiarity alongside some potentially big status quo changes, as Layman and Guillory ready themselves to launch readers into their last couple of arcs.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #48

Apr 21, 2015

When you're putting together five years' worth of comics, it's easy to decrease in quantity. But for some of the better books out there, what might be worse is falling into a rut - a consistency of quality that's so static, it's hard to notice or articulate when you're deviating from your own lofty average. Chew is one of those books that's usually very good, month in and month out. But with this perfectly balanced mix of action, humor and resolutions between characters, this happens to be one issue that's excellent.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #50

Jun 30, 2015

With a solid hook at the end to launch readers into the last 10 issues, this may be the most satisfying issue of Chew in quite some time. Layman and Guillory wrap up all their loose threads as Tony has one last score to settle with the Collector, and there's just enough of a tease to keep readers coming back for more. Five years ago, the idea of a food-based detective comic might have been insane for most readers, but Layman and Guillory's Chew proves to be a rare medium well-done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chew #54

Jan 28, 2016

This issue feels fairly subdued compared to most of Layman and Guillory's output in the past, as it's all about establishing key relationships and baseline abilities before the end comes - there's some very cool beats here, particularly seeing just how powerful Tony Chu has become as a cibopath, able to piece together a crime scene just by sniffing the air around him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #55

Feb 29, 2016

That said, Layman and Guillory have promised us a big swerve, and with Chew #55, that moment has finally arrived. In many ways, an issue like this really drives that finality home, reminding us that while we've had 55 amazing issues of this series, once Chew is gone, it is truly gone. The end is nigh, and maybe the time for laughing is over. The last supper of Tony Chu is fast approaching - and while it may be bittersweet, issues like this remind us that this series deserves your attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chew #57

Aug 23, 2016

Over the course of 57 issues, Layman and Guillory have been spinning a lot of plates, and ultimately, it's not going to be surprising to see a few of them wobble - but that's not to say that this team can't end Chew on a successful dismount. With only three more issues to go, there's still a lot for this creative team to say, and part of the mystery of this series has been that we don't know which secret plot is ultimately the most important. Is it alien writing in the sky? Is it the hallucinogenic gallsaberries? Is it the avian flu? The Collector? Or is Tony Chu's greatest challenge still lurking in the shadows? Layman and Guillory bring up even more questions even amidst their answers, and while that might leave this particular installment in danger of being overstuffed, there's still lots to like about the last days of Chew.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chew #58

Sep 22, 2016

In many ways, this issue's quiet sadness reminds me of the film Seeking a Friend for the End of the World " some lofty company for what's easily been the best issue of Chew in a while.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #59

Oct 28, 2016

The end is nigh in Chew #59, and John Layman and Rob Guillory are making sure this is a finale you're going to remember.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chew #60

Nov 22, 2016

After giving us 60 issues that were this smart, this funny, this consistent, and this good, it's the kind of ending that Chew deserves. It's the end of an era, not just for Image, but for comics in general, one that leaves the industry a little bit lesser in its wake. Yes, it's weird, and yes, it's a curveball, and yes, the ending might even be an acquired taste - or maybe the best way to describe it is as a palette cleanser. And that metaphor might be a perfect way for this series to go. Because no matter the twists, no matter the strangeness, Chew is the kind of comic book feast we as fans often didn't deserve, but it's one I'd be happy to devour all over again.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chin Music #1

May 7, 2013

So what is Chin Music? Well, right now it's a maddeningly vague start that also happens to look fantastic. It's not a book " at least not right now " that's meant for people who want to have a clear grasp on what they're reading. That might draw just fans of Niles and Harris " granted, that's a decent-sized demographic. But if you're looking for a strong visual showcase, well, Chin Music is definitely singing your song.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Chrononauts #1

Mar 17, 2015

Considering the time travel high concept of Chrononauts, it is a little disappointing that this story doesn't cut to the chase a little faster. To be fair, plenty of people will still buy this book, if only to keep up with Mark Millar's oeuvre - and that's not necessarily a bad thing. Millar is a proven commodity in comics, and he's one that's not afraid to put his own stamp on things - even if that means it occasionally gets a little broad. With him and Sean Gordon Murphy's exquisite artwork, Chrononauts may be the safest bet on the stands this week - it's just that it might be a little too safe for some.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chrononauts #2

Apr 14, 2015

One of the bigger issues I had with the first issue of Chrononauts is fixed here, in the fact that we now have a solid first act to hinge the rest of the story upon. Admittedly, there are some tics in the writing that are endemic to Millar's oeuvre - in particular, characters that can come off as self-serving and unlikeable, no matter how much bromance is thrown into the mix to try to lighten the mood. In certain way, you can't help but root for the antagonists of this book, as it's obvious Quinn and Reilly need to be stopped before the timestream is completely mucked up. But for now, this is a fun side trip, and it'll be interesting to see where Millar and Murphy take their "heroes" next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Citizen Jack #1

Nov 5, 2015

While this is an imperfect debut, it's definitely got some potential as the election cycle heats up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Civil War (2015) #1

Jul 8, 2015

It's disappointing for me to write a review like this, because on paper, this should have been a slam dunk. Charles Soule and Leinil Yu revisiting the most popular Marvel storyline of the past decade? Sign me up, right? But unfortunately, this opening salvo feels more like a failure to launch - there's too much navel-gazing and not enough action, making these political debates feel academic rather than visceral. There's too much distance in this nearly post-apocalyptic world for us to truly see Civil War as an allegory anymore - instead, this is one battle that seems to have lasted well past its welcome.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Civil War (2015) #2

Aug 5, 2015

Ultimately, this series follows its namesake when it comes to having trouble finding a focus - but the original Civil War also was relatively simple in scope and scale compared to this. Yet if Soule can really dig into this alternate history, he'll find a whole world of storytelling possibilities. Here's hoping that this Civil War continues to heat up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War (2015) #3

Aug 26, 2015

Comic books, in many ways, are always fighting a battle of attrition. They go for broke with their first issue, and then are constantly fighting to maintain both their sales numbers and their level of quality. Civil War, however, turns that script on its ear, as it's consistently improved issue after issue. If Soule and Yu can keep this upward trend going, I foresee a spectacular payoff for this clash of the titans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War II #0

May 18, 2016

Minor flaws in the premise aside, Bendis and Coipel deliver some surprisingly charming work with Civil War II #0, which " at least thus far " doesn't feel like the shameless cash-in that you might expect from this summer event sequel. While it remains to be seen if this creative team can stick the landing once tensions escalate, this is a great way to further establish some deserving Marvel characters outside of the Captain America/Iron Man bubble, and a strong foundation for some bigger fireworks down the line.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Civil War II #2

Jun 15, 2016

If iconic blockbusters were an easy thing to do, rest assured that Bendis and Marvel would be churning them out on a monthly basis. Unfortunately, we don't live in a world where every idea is a winner - but I can't help but think that between Civil War II and Avengers Standoff, it might have been better to rein in the writers involved until a more coherent storyline could have been churned out. Right now, there's none of the thematic or dramatic weight of the original Civil War in this sequel, which is quickly burning off the initial goodwill from its zero issue and its Free Comic Book Day Special. I hope Civil War II can turn itself around and find its own voice, but at this rate, this series' biggest casualty might be its own narrative consistency.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Civil War II #3

Jul 13, 2016

Civil War II #3 is a decent chapter of an event story that feels like plenty of other event stories. But as far as memorials go, it's unfortunately pretty forgettable fare.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Civil War II #4

Jul 27, 2016

I want to like this series. I want to like this story. But we're already halfway through this series, and Civil War II has barely even shown up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War II #5

Sep 21, 2016

Yet considering how difficult it was to connect with the previous four issues of Civil War II, I’m not about to look a gift horse in the mouth with this much-improved installment. While Brian Michael Bendis might be known for his naturalistic dialogue, he’s able to utilize his structural strengths in a very different - and very refreshing - manner here, as he finally turns in a script that not only delivers on the promise of Civil War II’s high concept, but also gives his collaborator David Marquez a real opportunity to shine in an event comic book landscape. While it appears that the superhero fisticuffs might be taking yet a breather after this chapter, it’s hard to deny the sheer fun Civil War II #5 has to offer.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Civil War II #6

Oct 26, 2016

We have two issues left on this series, and judging by the cliffhanger, it might mean something - but at this point, Civil War II has largely been about circling a conflict rather than diving into it head-on, leaving this event book about as unsatisfying as it gets.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Civil War II #7

Nov 23, 2016

Yet with only one issue left to go, Civil War II remains a disappointing chapter for the House of Ideas. Even this series’ biggest moments feel calculated rather than organic, trying to goose sales with a handful of character deaths without really digging in too deeply about the underlying issues underneath. We live in a world where law and order is anything but simple, where we have to constantly interrogate ourselves about whether the ends justify the means when it comes to solving and preventing crimes. Unfortunately, Civil War II has seemed to all but abandon this difference in philosophy, with characters making extremely bad decisions just so they can all be in the same place, ready to punch one another until the page count ends. They say war is hell, but I’ve never heard of it being this uninspiring.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War II: The Oath #1

Jan 25, 2017

That said, whatever flaws Civil War II: The Oath has, it's made up by the very real-world vein that Spencer and company tap into. We do live in uncertain times, scary times, times where trust in our elected officials is at an all-time low - and their actions aren't doing much to assuage that anxiety. It's that feeling of corrupted ideals and tarnished heroes that informs Civil War II: The Oath - and we can only hope that our world doesn't wind up looking like the one outside Marvel's window.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Civil War II: The Accused #1

Aug 10, 2016

The real hook of a book like Civil War II: The Accused is to place a character like Daredevil, who has his own problems in his own main series, and to show how he might react towards a pivotal point in an event storyline. In that regard, Guggenheim acquits himself well, adding in plenty of wrinkles that gives this admittedly low-stakes trial a little bit more energy. That said, one can't help but see some missed opportunities here, and it's a shame that Civil War II as an event isn't able to really look at the world outside our windows and develop a more solid message on the contentious debate between justice and lethal force. These shortcomings, however, are unlikely to be this creative team's fault, and if you're able to accept that Hawkeye's lightning-fast case might not be the trial of the century, you'll find enough for a decent diversion with The Accused.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Civil War II: The Fallen #1

Aug 18, 2016

Checking in with those closest to Bruce Banner, Civil War II: The Fallen is a fairly hit-or-miss remembrance of the late Hulk, but thankfully, writer Greg Pak and artist Mark Bagley succeed where it counts most.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Civil War II: Gods of War #1

Jun 9, 2016

There's some narrative meat in Herc's struggle to clean up his act, but unless you're a fan of Abnett's Hercules series, Gods of War is a fairly skill able affair.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Clue: Candlestick #1

May 21, 2019

While IDW has made its name off adapting Hasbro action figures such as Transformers and G.I. Joe, Clue: Candlestick shows that there's plenty of potential to these classic board games, as well. Dash Shaw's style might be iconoclastic and different from just about any other book IDW is publishing right now, but that gives Clue: Candlestick its own unique flavor that will make this book memorable long after you put it down. No matter who the final culprit is, you don't want to miss out on one of the most sublimely strange debuts this year.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Clue: Candlestick #2

Jun 20, 2019

Honestly, this book is just delightful.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Code Monkey Save World #1

Oct 15, 2013

That said, this comic certainly isn't for everyone - there are going to be plenty of people who think Code Monkey is a cipher of a character, particularly with his caveman-esque speech patterns (although, c'mon, he's a monkey, for crying out loud). Those who want a deeper theme and meaning will probably be better served elsewhere - but for those who are looking for the sheer crazy spectacle that only comics can provide, Code Monkey Save World #1 is a fun debut for a most unlikely hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Cold Spots #1

Aug 21, 2018

Cold Spots struggles from a lot of problems that plague independent comics these days, from an unmemorable high concept to paper-thin characters to pacing so decompressed it feels a bit like a bait-and-switch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Conan / Red Sonja #1

Jan 13, 2015

While the fisticuffs may falter, there's plenty that works well with Conan/Red Sonja. These characters have plenty of life in them, and the art portraying them is just top-notch. With three more issues to go, Conan/Red Sonja is a must-read for fans of the genre.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Conan / Red Sonja #2

Feb 12, 2015

Structurally, Gail Simone and Jim Zub's script flows much better than the last issue, and now they balance pulse-pounding action with some wry relationship humor, as both Conan and Red Sonja's significant others frown upon the instant kinship these two display.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Constantine (2013): Futures End #1

Sep 12, 2014

As far as done-in-ones go, this might be my favorite of Futures End.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine: The Hellblazer #6

Nov 12, 2015

James Tynion IV, Ming Doyle and Riley Rossmo show us a day in the life of John Constantine, and I gotta say, it makes for the most entertaining issue of Constantine: The Hellblazer yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine: The Hellblazer #7

Dec 10, 2015

New York City is a weird place - and it might be the best thing that's happened to Constantine in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Constantine: The Hellblazer #11

Apr 18, 2016

While it seems as though John's stay in Los Angeles might only be temporary, Tynion, Doyle and Foreman deliver a fun look at how the other side lives, showing readers the magic of another coast. While the perpetual sun and glitziness of Hollywood might have overshadowed a shady character like Constantine the Hellblazer after too long, this creative team has clearly drawn upon some real-world experience to create a fun jaunt that readers of any geography can enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Convergence #1

Apr 8, 2015

Ultimately, the biggest sin that Convergence has made so far is its tone. While the premise is rooted in DC's long and varied mythology, it feels so self-referential - particularly with its talky villain - that it winds up feeling like naval-gazing rather than high-stakes action. Two issues in means we should already be deep into this story's narrative arc, and instead, we've barely even assembled the main players, let alone had them begin whatever conflict will carry readers through this event. It ultimately makes Convergence feel not like a bad comic, per se, but more of a directionless one.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence #4

Apr 30, 2015

Jeff King is finally starting to explain some things with Convergence #4, but some out-of-left-field storytelling choices still make this an increasing case of too little, too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Convergence #7

May 21, 2015

Have you ever said the same word over and over again, until it just stopped making sense? That's basically what has happened with Convergence, which has so many different iterations of Superman and the rest of the DC Universe that it doesn't add up to any narrative conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Convergence: Batgirl #1

Apr 9, 2015

This comic has it all - if by "all" you mean "mammary gland"-punching, surprise tackles mid-potty break, and a hamster that may or may not be eaten by Cassandra Cain. Despite the deep fanbase that Stephanie Brown, Cassandra Cain and Tim Drake might have, Alisa Kwitney and Rick Leonardi's story's only real appeal is its unintentional humor value.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Blue Beetle #2

May 28, 2015

All in all, a surprisingly fun tie-in.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Convergence: Crime Syndicate #2

May 28, 2015

When I saw that the Justice Legion Alpha was squaring off against their evil opposites in Convergence: Crime Syndicate, I was definitely pumped. And in certain ways, writer Brian Buccellato does bring his own strengths to the project - but that said, there's something missing in the execution

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Green Arrow #1

Apr 16, 2015

While it's occasionally a little rough around the edges or abrupt with the storytelling, this book looks and reads good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Harley Quinn #2

May 7, 2015

The end of this book feels a little abrupt, which can lead to some confusion, but this is the kind of Harley I want to see more of.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Justice League #2

May 11, 2015

Ultimately, though, you're really not reading a comic like Convergence: Justice League #2 for anything other than the fireworks. This event, which has felt more than a little stitched together, is all about fan service rather than deep storytelling or characterization, and after awhile, it gets a little old blaming a book for being anything other than what it is. This book is an action book, and while sometimes it osscilates between bright and peppy to something altogether darker. Still, for a series with such retro sensibilities, the expansive cast and fun artwork makes this a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Justice League Of America #1

Apr 22, 2015

While many of the Convergence books have been vastly uneven, I have to say, Convergence: Justice League of America might be one of the best issues they've put out in this event. There's a lot of great pacing, some endearing characters, and a sense of lightness and excitement to go along with all the polish of modern-day execution. The Justice League Detroit might not have gotten a lot of respect the past few decades, but this is one event comic where they - and the creators behind them - have truly tapped their vast potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Justice League Of America #2

May 21, 2015

The best Convergence tie-ins were the ones that kept their art team intact for both issues, and I'm calling it now - Convergence: Justice League of America has to be the most fun out of all the tie-ins, namely because it doesn't come off as completely ridiculous in the concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence: Justice Society Of America #2

May 28, 2015

Longtime fans of the JSA will find something to like here, even if anyone else likely won't be convinced.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: New Teen Titans #1

Apr 23, 2015

Fans of old-school Teen Titans will have a lot to like about this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Nightwing / Oracle #2

May 6, 2015

Additionally, longtime fans of the soap opera between Dick and Babs are going to love the ending of this book, which gives a lot of closure to all those 'shippers who have been pining since the days before Flashpoint. And in a lot of ways, that's the sort of opportunities that Convergence offers - the setting is rarely coherent, which will turn off a lot of people (myself included), but once you accept the vague, universe-bending locale, there's plenty of room for fan service in this ever-shifting canon. At the end of the day, Dick Grayson and Barbara Gordon do get a happy ending - and that's more than we can say for more superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #1

Jul 5, 2018

As an idea man, Cates is almost unrivaled at the House of Ideas, and Cosmic Ghost Rider is the kind of book that reminds us of his staying power and ingenuity as a Marvel writer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Count Crowley: Reluctant Midnight Monster Hunter #1

Oct 24, 2019

A love letter to 1980s horror kitsch, Count Crowley: Reluctant Monster Hunter #1 is the Lois Lane/Jessica Jones mashup that you didn't know you needed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cow Boy - A Boy and His Horse #1

Jun 4, 2012

The fact that this book starts off strong and only gets better as it continues speaks to the strength of Cow Boy, both in concept and in execution. This is an all-ages book that will appeal to anybody, whether they be young or young-at-heart. For a fistful of dollars, you can join in on the fun with Cow Boy, one of the most fun Archaia books I've seen since Mouse Guard. Best of the west, indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Coyotes #1

Nov 8, 2017

As far as a first issue goes, this does exactly what Lewis and Yarsky should want " it's so gorgeous that it gives the creative team more time to unspool their storyline in future installments. While the final product may be a little diffuse for more literal-minded readers who want more concrete concepts in their comics, you shouldn't miss out on what could be a new sleeper hit for Image.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Crude #1

Apr 12, 2018

While the slow pacing drags this debut a bit, if Crude can commit to its central concept in future issues, though, Orlando and Brown's story might catch on beyond its tough guy tropes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cyber Force (2012) #1

Oct 16, 2012

The benefit for readers is, of course, that this comic is free. With Kickstarter having funded the campaign well over its goal, readers have little reason to avoid this book from a financial standpoint. While Cyber Force may be a tougher read than some, just based on the hardcore sci-fi concepts throughout the book, the brisk pace and distinct visuals make this worth a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cyborg #1

Jul 27, 2015

While it's not without its glitches, Cyborg #1 is a step in the right direction - I'd rather Walker focus on establishing Vic as a character, with friends and family and a perspective, rather than just drop him into combat with the next villain of the week. It's unclear whether or not Cyborg will necessarily tap into all that deep potential, but for now, this first issue could mark the beginning of something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cyborg #9

Mar 24, 2016

There's a smart idea at the heart of Cyborg #9, which asks the question of whether or not you can legislate someone who's just as much machine as he is a man " but ultimately, the execution of this Shazam!-errific issue winds up getting hobbled by too much exposition and not enough twist.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cyborg #10

May 2, 2016

But perhaps the highest compliment I can give Cyborg #10 is that while it doesn't always hit its mark dramatically, Wolfman has the old-school mentality that every issue is someone's first, and even though this is the conclusion of a bigger story, he's got all the information you would need if this was your first time reading the adventures of Victor Stone. And given that he's not one of DC's most mainstream characters " at least not in the popular consciousness, although that may change once his movie comes out " you need to be able to get invested in Vic's personal journey quickly. And in that regard, Wolfman and company have done a great job here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Cyclops (2014) #1

May 12, 2014

I was a skeptical as anyone about the premise of this comic, which I felt was just a little too weird or crazy to work. Shows what I know - Rucka and Dauterman defy expectations as easily as they do gravity with this charming, heartfelt comic. With wonderful art and a truly endearing cast, Cyclops #1 is far and away the week's best superhero comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Cyclops (2014) #3

Jul 30, 2014

There's a countdown at the end of this comic, and in a lot of ways, it made me think about the countdown this series has before it changes hands. Dauterman is continuing his ascent to the A-list with Thor, while Rucka takes a bow to get back to his novels. While John Layman is just as smart a writer as Rucka, I'll admit that this title won't feel the same without the talents of Dauterman to surprise and enthrall us. It's kind of like watching your child growing up - it's absolutely wonderful, but it doesn't last forever. So we better enjoy it while it lasts.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Cyclops (2014) #6

Oct 27, 2014

Believe it or not, I usually admire John Layman's work, and was incredibly impressed with Garron during his issue of Batman Eternal, which might make this issue feel even more disappointing. Cyclops was a book that lived and died based on the talents of its creative team, rather than any of the high-concept, event-driven stuff that can get so many compulsive fans' wallets out. And with a creative team as universally praised as Rucka and Dauterman, it's hard to dispel doubts and really nail that first issue. Given that Layman and Garron are capable of great things, I wouldn't write this series off yet, but even with all that talent and promise, Cyclops #6 has hit some rocky waters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Damage (2018) #1

Jan 17, 2018

With its last-second cameo featuring a big screen-worthy band of antiheroes, Damage may wind up being another casualty in a long line of new superhero characters - but as far as first impressions go, Damage packs a surprising wallop.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Damian: Son of Batman #1

Oct 31, 2013

I wish this had been a knockout, as I love Damian and I love Andy Kubert, but this book might be the biggest disappointment I've seen in awhile.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Danger Club #4

Oct 3, 2012

Danger Club is as good as it gets, and will only read better in a collected form. But let's be honest here: this is a comic that earns your attention, demands your respect, and is absolutely worth coming into, cold or not. The world's greatest superheroes might just be the ones you haven't even heard of yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #8

Jan 23, 2012

When I heard there was going to be a crossover between Amazing Spider-Man and Daredevil involving a love triangle with the Black Cat, I'll admit, I was skeptical to say the least. Mark Waid has officially made me do a 180, because this is one of the most fun crossovers I can remember in recent history. Great character dynamics, even greater art, and a continued example of superhero comics pushing themselves into new and interesting places. I feel sorry for you if you haven't picked this up, because only a blind man could fail to see how beautiful this book really is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #9

Feb 20, 2012

Still, even though the sheer inventiveness of Daredevil isn't at its highest in this issue, a "solid" outing by Waid and Rivera is what would be considered a high point for many other superhero titles. To be honest, when most titles falter on their strong suits, they don't have anything to back it up with, and if we're going to lose out a little on Daredevil the Sensualist, I think seeing Daredevil as Man Made Demon is still a pretty good consolation prize.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2011) #12

May 3, 2012

Yes, there are a couple of decent-sized plot holes with this subplot (like why someone would forge a paper just to accuse someone else of plagiarism), but what matters more is what's revealed for Matt as a character. There's little in the way of action in this book, but the story is downright compelling. This might be my favorite issue of Daredevil in months.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Daredevil (2011) #13

May 17, 2012

Aside from a decently abrupt cliffhanger and a nice internal monologue from Waid, this comic has lost much of its power without an A-list artist in tow.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #14

Jun 21, 2012

But Chris Samnee is what seals the deal. I am so happy he's going to stay on this book, you have no idea. Perfect composition, perfect choreography " I adore the strobe effect he gives Matt, for example, as he flips and tumbles down a building. He's got expressive characters, great page layouts, the whole she-bang. Now that Matt has lost his greatest gifts, we've got a great cliffhanger here, as Marvel's best series keeps its record intact.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #15

Jul 23, 2012

The tension to this book " the fact that it seems that finally Matt Murdock is in a no-win situation " is what really grabs me as a reader. Thanks to Samnee's clean, expressive linework, you see the fear and determination on Matt's scruffy face as he struggles to escape this shadowy, claustrophobic kingdom. Waid shows us what could cause even a Man Without Fear to give pause, ending everything on a cliffhanger that's sure to have repercussions. In an era of predictable, even sometimes formulaic superhero comics, I can't see where Daredevil is going next. But issues like this are letting me trust this blind man's bluff " you don't get super-books that read better than Waid and Samnee's Daredevil. Buy it now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2011) #18

Sep 20, 2012

This story has some potential " and keep in mind that Waid and Samnee inject a ton of humanity into this book, which makes it very easy to resonate with this book " but it's lacking the heat we've seen in this duo's earlier work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #19

Oct 22, 2012

The problem with this book just happens to be where the plot is going. We've seen the villainous Coyote before " at least, Waid makes us think we have " but the evolution for him getting to this point doesn't quite make a lot of sense. Furthermore, the bedeviling of Matt Murdock winds up raising more questions than it solves. There are a ton of opportunities for Matt to have been wiped out, no muss, no fuss, so Waid is going to have to work double-time to explain that one away. But if Waid can do it, he's going to have one excellent storyline on his hands... one that might give Daredevil a lasting addition to his already killer rogue's gallery.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2011) #25

Apr 18, 2013

Sometimes a fight comic is just a fight comic. But when you have Chris Samnee drawing it, well, you get a winner like Daredevil #25.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2011) #26

May 23, 2013

What's great about this issue is the pacing, as Matt moves from scared to emboldened to full-on badass within the span of 20 pages. Chris Samnee meanwhile lends a real humanity to Matt, particularly the sheer panic on his face as he begins to doubt even his own super-senses.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #34

Dec 19, 2013

Mark Waid and Javier Rodriguez write a taut thrilled with the latest issue of Daredevil, with their strong execution and dense plotting transcending a fairly shallow plot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #36

Feb 20, 2014

The best parts of this book are when Waid makes his own personal statement about Matt Murdock - namely, that he's a man of integrity, an integrity that is so strong it will both define him and kill him. And in so doing, Waid also take a bold step in undoing a step from none other than Brian Michael Bendis himself - outing himself to the world, and foresaking his lawsuit against the newspaper that published his secret identity in the first place.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2014) #3

May 22, 2014

Mark Waid makes the Owl the scariest he's ever been in the latest issue of Daredevil, as he and artist Chris Samnee continue to produce rock-solid work as Matt Murdock struggles to adjust to San Francisco.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2014) #5

Jul 9, 2014

Seriously, I needed a comic like this. Daredevil #5 straddles a great balance - it's uplifting without being totally unrealistic, and there's just the right mix of bitter and sweet to tell a story not just about continuity gymnastics, but about the all-too-human struggle a member of the Marvel Comics family is undertaking. It's gravy that there's a giant robot and superheroics in the mix. But seeing a story with writing this perfect and art this solid makes you stop and think. It helps put things in perspective. It reminds us why we opened up these funnybooks in the first place. And I think it's the kind of story I think this business could use a lot more of.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Daredevil (2014) #7

Aug 21, 2014

A great fight scene just can't overcome some wrongheaded plotting for Daredevil #7, which undoes this series' Original Sin tie-in almost as quickly as it began.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2014) #11

Dec 29, 2014

In the hands of two master craftsmen like Waid and Samnee, even a nobody like the Stunt-Master can get you revved up - or in this case, can leave a lump in your throat. The level of detail and sheer skill these two put into this book month and month again can make even the lamest-sounding high concept read like greased lightning. Daredevil #11 succeeds precisely because Waid and Samnee are able to direct this silly foe and make him resonate in a way that makes sense for Matt Murdock. If only every other creator in the industry had their knack at characterization.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2014) #14

Mar 25, 2015

There are a lot of new angles to the new Man Without Fear - so many that I feel it's more jarring than a simple change of address. And that's a bittersweet thing. There is a ton of room for Mark Waid to manuver with Daredevil's new status quo, but only a limited amount of issues left for him to do it. Will this open approach to superheroism continue post-Secret Wars? If so, I can only hope it's done with the same level and care that Waid and Samnee have done this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2014) #17

Jul 29, 2015

Regardless of the scare factor not quite being here, there's still a ton to love about Daredevil, especially because of the gorgeous artwork that, honestly, we superhero fans don't really deserve. Samnee is a beast, and seeing this kind of virtuoso work makes me hope he's got something incredible planned once he and Waid exit the Man Without Fear. With the end nearing, Waid and Samnee have Matt Murdock right where they want him, and with that in mind, this issue is still definitely worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #1

Dec 1, 2015

Having attracted such a deep bench of stellar artists over the years, Daredevil is a series that would be intimidating for many creators. But thanks to Ron Garney and Matt Milla's beautiful artwork, Charles Soule has the breathing room he needs to start a new chapter in Matt Murdock's life. Whether or not Matt's new chapter as a prosecutor and a mentor pans out, Garney and Milla continue Daredevil's long line of artistic excellence, making this book definitely worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #3

Feb 1, 2016

Still, Blindspot could grow on us - and complaining about him does feel exceptionally nitpicky when you have all this gorgeous artwork to look at. Ultimately, Charles Soule's biggest success is just how easy it is to slip into Matt Murdock's life - both in and out of costume. Buoyed by some superb artwork by Garney and Milla, and this creative team reminds comic books readers and Netflix fans alike that now is a great time to be a Daredevil fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #4

Feb 29, 2016

While the first few issues of Daredevil were largely setup, Soule, Garney, Sudzuka and Milla are now cooking with gas, showing that there's still plenty of punch to Matt Murdock's post-Waid and Samnee adventures. While that previous era of Daredevil was about opening Matt Murdock up to new emotions and new readers, this run is all about Matt Murdock making his inevitable return to the darkness - a characterization which almost feels like gravity at this point. When you fight for the angels but have a face like the Devil, perhaps that faltering is inevitable. So it's great that this creative team makes a fall from grace look this good.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2015) #5

Apr 4, 2016

That said, though, at the end of the day, if you're looking for just good Daredevil art, there's a huge back catalog of iconic stories featuring Frank Miller, David Mazzucchelli, John Romita, Jr., Joe Quesada, Alex Maleev, Chris Samnee and more, not to mention hundreds of commissions from just about every other artist you can think of. What's made Daredevil stand the test of time is that the series has consistently pushed the boundaries of both art and story, constantly pushing Matt Murdock to be the standard-bearer of what superhero comic books are able to achieve. Right now, Garney and Milla are doing great work establishing the right look for this series, but Soule still needs to figure out his own stamp on Daredevil besides his supporting cast.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #8

Jun 9, 2016

While the final sequence, featuring Matt engaging in psychic battle with a mind-reading card shark, feels perhaps a little too Claremont-ian old school, this is still a fun change of pace for the guardian of Hell's Kitchen.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2015) #11

Sep 8, 2016

It's tough to come up with a compelling high concept in today's superhero landscape, but Soule makes Daredevil #11 one of the best books of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Daredevil (2015) #612

Nov 29, 2018

With the final issue of the Death of Daredevil, Charles Soule wraps his run on Daredevil not with a bang, not with a whimper, but with a cheat " a cheat that, despite a handful of poignant moments, isn't enough to not retroactively sink his final arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #1

Feb 6, 2019

Those who are looking for an entry point to Daredevil's adventures will find a lot to love in this jam-packed debut, which goes a long way towards painting a picture of the complex figure Matt Murdock has become over the years. The jury's still out over whether or not the Man Without Fear's return will have the legs of this series' iconic previous runs, but the potential of this debut issue is undeniable.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2019) #3

Mar 27, 2019

Wrapping up with a deus ex machina that Zdarsky still somehow manages to earn, Daredevil #3 proves that this book is not stopping to catch a breather anytime soon. And to be honest, this book feels like a new bar being set by Zdarsky as a superhero writer, while Checchetto continues to deliver star-quality work even if he’s got one hand tied behind his back with the colors. Matt Murdock may be a Man Without Fear, but he’s going to discover that while the spirit is willing, the flesh is still weak — but watching Daredevil fall from grace has never been this exciting or tense.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2019) #21

Jul 25, 2020

If you haven't been reading this stylish and confidently told series, do yourself a favor and buy Daredevil today.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil: Dark Nights #3

Aug 12, 2013

If you haven't heard of Lee Weeks before this, you might want to keep your eyes peeled - if Daredevil: Dark Nights isn't a star-making turn for this artist-turned-writer, don't know what is. Soulful writing and moody artwork combined with a no-strings lack of continuity makes this series a worthwhile read for anyone interested in the Man Without Fear.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil: Dark Nights #6

Nov 7, 2013

A great fun romp that fans of the Mark Waid run of Daredevil will certainly enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil: End of Days #1

Sep 11, 2012

This may be the end of Daredevil, but Bendis, Mack, Janson and Sienkiewicz have delivered a new mystery that will leave you desperate for more. It's dirty, it's decedent, it's scary, it's sad. It's also well worth the wait. With perfect artwork and perfectly paced writing, End of Days #1 is a bleak, black epitaph that certainly gives this devil his due.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Daredevil: End of Days #3

Dec 10, 2012

Bendis himself says in this story that a book about "Avengers: Where Are They Now?" would be the most depressing book in history. But the reality is it isn't depressing as much as it is dull. Phil Urich is on the prowl for a mystery that doesn't have any clues, for witnesses that don't have anything to say. What's the point of Daredevil: End of Days, when it almost aggressively fails to produce any of the tropes needed to make this detective story work? It's one thing to take a new spin on the genre, to have new ideas " but as this book should teach all of us, an absence of alternative directions altogether isn't revolutionary. It's just a waste.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #1

Nov 23, 2015

While this book is far from the revolutionary effort of its predecessors, DKIII: The Master Race still proves to be a heroic first effort from three stellar sequential artists.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #2

Dec 21, 2015

Maybe it's the nostalgia talking. Or maybe it's the composition of the creative team, that adding in too many compounds can turn gold into lead. Either way, this second issue of DKIII: The Master Race feels unfocused and distended, rather than the purposeful, iconic work that we've always associated with Miller, even at his most reactionary. This isn't a bad book, but when you're looking at creators with this level of skill and expertise, it's definitely disappointing to see this work, which at best can be described as unambitious. Now that all the pieces are on the board, hopefully Miller, Azzarello and Kubert can finally push forward on this larger-than-life narrative, because right now, this effort doesn't do justice to these creators' storied careers.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #3

Feb 22, 2016

There's a quality hook to this project, with Batman and Superman putting aside their differences to stop a race of conquerors far worse than anything we've ever seen. But ultimately, you can't help but think that even at the end of the world, these cheap fireworks feels like nothing compared to the bad old days of the 1980s or the military-industrial complex of the early 2000s. Despite his controversies, Frank Miller should be considered a light of the industry, a roaring torch that led comics into a bold new era " and if DC Comics insists on evoking that legacy, they need to do more to live up to it, rather than cheapening it with a by-the-numbers rehash. But then again, maybe it's true. Maybe you can't recapture yesterday. Maybe the good things of the past need to remain just that " in the past. And maybe " just maybe " all fires must go out sometime. But if that's the case, it's a shame we all had to watch it happen.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #6

Oct 17, 2016

One of the biggest challenges of Dark Knight III: The Master Race is, unfortunately, justifying its own existence in the face of a superlative first installment and a flawed but at least auteur sequel. Simply multiplying the threat isn’t enough - you have to also magnify, twist and subvert the kinds of traits that made the original work such a classic to begin with. And that might be The Master Race’s biggest downfall at the moment - if it was part of the standard superhero churn, it’d be some semi-average work, a beat-‘em-up script elevated by Andy Kubert’s A-list artwork. But average isn’t good enough for The Dark Knight Returns, it’s not good enough for Frank Miller, who’s forgotten more about comic books than I’ll ever know. With three more issues to go, there’s a chance The Master Race might acquit itself, but right now, it’s only guilty of a lack of vision and ambition.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #7

Dec 28, 2016

Whatever you might think of his politics, Frank Miller has forgotten more about making comics than most of us will ever know - and while he might not quite have the explosive inventiveness of his '80s and '90s oeuvre, it feels like a misstep to dilute his voice with extraneous intermediaries, co-writers and co-artists. Because even in today's marketplace with today's market forces, it feels antithetical to the spirit of Frank Miller to have a book like Dark Knight III: The Master Race #7, a issue that not only delivers a bloated storyline, but that ultimately delivers a chapter that feels almost completely unnecessary. With only one issue left to go, it feels like the third time was not a charm for revisiting this iconic DC series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Nights: Death Metal #1

Jun 16, 2020

Even despite a few continuity bumps in the road, Dark Nights: Death Metal absolutely one-ups its predecessor in terms of intensity and tone, and will likely be a crowd-pleaser for anyone who's enjoyed Snyder and Capullo's work together over the last decade.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Day Men #1

Jul 16, 2013

Right now, Day Men has one advantage going for it " Brian Stelfreeze. Yet the ultimate question that this book poses " namely, is the vampire craze played out? " still doesn't have an answer yet. That said, there's only so much a creative team can pack into a first issue, and there's nothing dragging this opening chapter down " there's action, there's high-concept, and there's a ton of potential here. If Gagnon and Nelson can add their own bite to Stelfreeze's supernatural levels of talent, Day Men could be BOOM! Studios' next big hit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DC / Looney Tunes: Catwoman/Tweety and Sylvester #1

Aug 30, 2018

Like Lex Luthor/Porky Pig, I'm still not 100 percent convinced Looney Tunes characters needed to be in this story, but that doesn't keep Simone and Miranda from delivering a fun one-off superhero romp.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC / Looney Tunes: Lex Luthor/Porky Pig #1

Aug 29, 2018

Casting a wide net across his 30 pages, Russell and Walker take aim at everything from Twitter trolls to racist employers to open carry laws to corporate policies that pay lip service to basic human necessities. There's a lot going on, but given the craziness of the book's high concept, that actually gives Russell's gags some teeth " like our porcine protagonist, our guards are dropped just enough with Lex Luthor/Porky Pig that this creative team is able to get some choice skewering in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DC Nation (2018) #0

May 2, 2018

With a price tag that low, anyone interested in the DC Universe should really give DC Nation a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
DC Universe Presents #5

Jan 19, 2012

It's a shame, because it takes all the thoughtfulness out of this book, with all the ingredients for a smart ending being twisted into something shallow and inorganic. Perhaps that's why I have such a bad taste in my mouth " this was an interesting premise of redemption that becomes its own worst enemy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
DC Universe Presents #12

Aug 16, 2012

I didn't think I'd like this comic " boy, was I wrong. While occasionally Fabian Nicieza's script has some rough edges (including comments about "metrosexual pantywaists" that raised my eyebrows), there's a ton of enthusiasm behind this solo Kid Flash story, and it's infectious.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
DC Universe: Rebirth #1

May 20, 2016

After reading DC Rebirth Special, it only feels appropriate to paraphrase a line from The Dark Knight: Geoff Johns is the hero we need, but not the one we deserve right now. It's easy to be a booster for a winning team - but it's much harder to generate the kind of enthusiasm and thoughtfulness Johns has when you know something's not right. This book in many ways is almost a kind of authorial activism against the perceived wrongs of an entire industry - if Johns has given his oversight over the rest of Rebirth the same level of care that he's given this special, this might finally achieve the potential of DC Comics that even the New 52 failed to deliver. There's something missing in the DCU, but Johns and company have undertaken one Herculean Hail Mary to bring it back. "I can't give up. I have to get back..." his narrator tells us. "So I can deliver a message...it's not over." This isn't a comic - this is a call to arms. This isn't just a Rebirth - it's a much-needed redemption.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased #6

Nov 1, 2019

While this has been an imperfect story, given the deluge of zombie content that's arrived in its wake, DCeased retains its putrid crown with aplomb.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #1

Jul 7, 2020

I'll be honest " I had thought time was running out for DCeased, and that Tom Taylor had finally run out of things to say about this horrific new world. But I'm delighted to say that Taylor and Hairsine proved me wrong, delivering a sequel that will engage you, surprise you, and will ultimately turn everything we know about this series on its head.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #1

May 19, 2020

For those whose superhero-zombie itch hasn't been sufficiently scratched by Taylor's Unkillables series, DCeased: Hope at World's End #1 will likely be a good way to hold you over until DCeased: Dead Planet hits the scene. Taylor continues to find new angles to explore this bleak new world, and Nguyen proves to be one of the most interesting artists to tackle this fallen universe of rampaging titans. Clocking in at just a dollar, DCeased: Hope at World's End #1 feels like an Anti-Life Equation for success.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
DCeased: Hope At World's End #4

Jun 30, 2020

As someone who's been generally enjoying the previous installments of DCeased: Hope at World's End, it stands to reason that even a series as relentless as the Anti-Life Infected can't keep its winning streak going on forever. While there's still some heart beating underneath this not-quite-zombified flesh, thanks to some mismatched storylines and some surprisingly tame artwork, this fourth installment is a mixed bag.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #5

Jul 20, 2020

One of DC's best releases this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: The Unkillables #2

Mar 19, 2020

If the original series didn't scratch that Anti-Life-infected itch for you, you'll likely find a lot to like with DCeased: Unkillables

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dead Drop #2

Jun 2, 2015

To me, Dead Drop #2 isn't just a fun read because of the fast-paced chase involved or the evocative artwork - but instead, it reflects a growing anti-authority vibe that's starting to turn the Valiant Universe on its head. At first, Valiant trusted power, with super-spy Ninjak or the monarch X-O Manowar being seen as trusted, if flawed, authority figures. But now with books like Imperium or Divinity, Valiant has slowly begun to flip the script, showing that absolute power often does corrupt absolutely. What does the future hold for the direction of the Valiant Universe? Chances are, we'll start to see the moral cracks begin to widen not in the big events, but in small, street-level stories like Dead Drop.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dead Man Logan #3

Jan 30, 2019

While this book will certainly be an acquired taste for some thanks to its tone and its narrative contrivances, there's something altogether charming about Dead Man Logan #3 that makes it a surprisingly fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dead Rabbit #2

Nov 9, 2018

Killer character design notwithstanding, Gerry Duggan and John McCrea's Dead Rabbit can't help but feel like a derivative one-last-job kind of crime book " but to their credit, for a comic that would likely be DOA in any other hands winds up being a fun and exciting romp.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Deadly Class #8

Oct 14, 2014

On the face of it, Deadly Class #8 is an intimate story, but it opens up this series to so much more. It's easy to jump into, and it's gorgeously drawn, almost reading as a snapshot of unbelievable horror and rage. The rest of the backstory, featuring Marcus and his cadre of trainee assassins, doesn't even factor in here. Nor should it - this is a prime example of not letting the high concept get in your way, instead letting the execution speak for itself. If you're looking to find out what all the hubbub is about with Deadly Class, there's no better time than the present.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Deadpool (2012) #3

Dec 4, 2012

When your guest stars feel more at home with the plot than your main character (and is essentially giving your hero the actual tools they need to succeed), I'd argue something has gone wrong with your story. Deadpool could have been a wicked funny grindhouse sort of story, but instead it's a sort of tired Bugs Bunny-meets-zombies kick. The jokes don't make you laugh, the action doesn't make you gasp, the character doesn't make you care. This one might be too much for even the Regeneratin' Degenerate to come back from.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Deadpool (2012) #7

Apr 4, 2013

Think of an extended MAD Magazine gag targeted squarely at comics lore, and you've got this comic in a nutshell. Quite the surprising " and satisfying " read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Deadpool (2012) #13

Jul 21, 2013

But what can I say " this blast to the past is charming. It's silly. It's also dumb. But watching Deadpool crash the '70s heyday of Power Man and Iron Fist is the sort of self-referential nerd humor that you can't help but enjoy. Can you dig it? Because I certainly do.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Deadpool (2012) #14

Aug 15, 2013

While the last issue gleefully skewered the 1970s blaxploitation comics of Power Man & Iron Fist, this modern-day follow-up lacks that inside baseball charm. Iron Fist and Power Man really only make a cameo appearance, rather than actually lending some humor to the situation, and the jokes about the White Man wind up crossing the lines of good taste rather than being a guilty laugh.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2012) #45

Apr 8, 2015

Like its titular hero, you have to take the bad with the good when it comes to Deadpool #45. The good happens to be really good, and to me, that outweighs some of the dead weight that's upping this book's price and page count. Most books wouldn't get that benefit of the doubt - but there's something that feels quintessentially Wade Wilson of having to make your way through some annoyances before getting to the real meat and potatoes. While the extra content may feel largely self-indulgent, Brian Posehn and Gerry Duggan manage to get in two great stories featuring the Merc With a Mouth, and that makes this book worth the hefty price.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Deadpool (2015) #6

Jan 20, 2016

This isn't the first time that Deadpool has mined comic book history for some pointed gags, but every time this series does it, it always feels like a surprise. Dugan and Koblish have so much more to offer than the caffinated hijinks that will define Deadpool, particularly with his movie due to hit cineplexes soon. Issues like this, however, prove that Marvel's class clown has more depth than his jokes might let on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Deadpool (2015) #20

Oct 14, 2016

Coming out during the same week as World Mental Health Day, Deadpool #20 might be the sweetest and most endearing story featuring the Merc With a Mouth that I've ever seen.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2015) Annual #1

Sep 27, 2016

While I wouldn’t necessarily call this annual a must-read, there’s something goofy and fun about this admittedly disposable read. Gerry Duggan, Brian Posehn, and Scott Koblish are carving out a very funny niche in the Marvel Universe with these nods to comic book history, and while not every installment is going to be created equal, the premise alone will bring plenty of readers to this book’s gruesome conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deadpool (2018) #1

Jun 5, 2018

It can't be easy, launching a character with as much pressure and expectations as Deadpool - both because of the character's box office legs, as well as Gerry Duggan's record-setting five-year-run with the Regenerating Degenerate. So with that in mind, it's perhaps not surprising that Young and Klein are going to take some time finding their feet, let alone filling these massive shoes.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Deadpool (2019) #5

Jun 15, 2020

Not my favorite read this week, but it's a solid showing despite its flaws.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #1

Jul 6, 2017

Writer Cullen Bunn and artist Dalibor Talajic reunite as the Merc With a Mouth slaughters superheroes, but whereas their previous series had a hard metatextual bent as Deadpool rebelled against the sadism of his comic book makers, this arc feels a little too simple, as Wade is simply mind-controlled into thinking he's killing superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #1

Oct 19, 2017

Sometimes you don't need to reinvent the wheel to make something satisfying - sometimes it's enough to play to your audience using a couple of old standards.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Death of Love #1

Feb 13, 2018

Tackling romance, sex, entitlement and gender dynamics can be a thorny topic, particularly when taking a bleakly comedic and action-packed route - and indeed, there are bits of this story that do come across as a little awkward and inorganic, particularly in the character of Bob, whose dialogue sometimes comes off as overly didactic. But there's more to this concept than just hunting down Cupids - and now that the set-up is officially over, it remains to be seen if Death of Love and its problematic lead will find some way to warm themselves up to audiences, or if this antihero's repugnant attitude kills the romance once and for all.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Death of Love #2

Mar 22, 2018

All in all, this series is definitely building up steam, and the more Jordan and Delay are able to delve into their high concept, the more fun Death of Love will be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Death of Love #5

Jun 14, 2018

Winning points with the sheer uniqueness of its high concept, Death of Love is a book that punches surprisingly out of its weight class.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Death Of The Inhumans #1

Jul 3, 2018

I'm always a believer that any franchise that has lasted any significant length of time has potential, and I don't think the Inhumans are exempt - but as far as first issues go, Death of the Inhumans doesn't kick off with a bang, but with a feeling of underwhelming silence.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Death Of Wolverine #1

Sep 4, 2014

Charles Soule and Steve McNiven team up for a strong first outing of Death of Wolverine, which doesn't progress far in plot but looks absolutely gorgeous.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Death Of Wolverine #3

Oct 1, 2014

And I guess that's the real test of Wolverine's mettle - even when his story takes ludicrous turns, we still want to see more of him. There's conflicts, complexities and multitudes underneath all that adamantium, and Wolverine continues to test and challenge the creators who work on him. And sometimes, in the case of Steve McNiven, even bring the best out of them. It's no lie that Death of Wolverine might leave you as conflicted as its central character, but, like Logan himself, the good far outweighs the bad. We're with him to the end. And that might be as fitting a send-off as it gets.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Death Of Wolverine #4

Oct 16, 2014

And I think that's the real problem that Death of Wolverine faced all along - it didn't know what kind of story it wanted to be. Wolverine himself, for all his lost memories and wildly clashing histories, had one throughline in common - he was an animal trying to overcome his baser instincts and become a better man. This storyline, however, bounced from Wolverine accepting his fate, to welcoming death as a respite, to trying to keep others from sharing his own cursed existence. Any of those three themes would have made for a powerful sendoff, but the lack of commitment to any of them harmed the final product far more than a lack of a central villain ever did. Here's hoping that while this sendoff lacked Wolverine's trademark intensity, it'll give Marvel a chance to rest one of their most iconic heroes before he makes his inevitable return.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Death Of Wolverine: Deadpool & Captain America #1

Oct 29, 2014

Combine that with a shockingly deep finale, and Death of Wolverine: Deadpool & Captain America might be the best Marvel book out this week. It's a smart tie-in that doesn't just rest on its jokey laurels, instead elevating Deadpool and teaming him up with the most unlikely of allies. It's these sorts of pairings that make the Marvel Universe as rich and robust as it is, and Duggan, Kolins and Staples should be praised for putting together a comic as good as this. Even Wolverine himself would be proud.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Death of Wolverine: The Weapon X Program #1

Nov 6, 2014

Writer Charles Soule and artist Salvador Larocca team up to focus on the new experiments of the Weapon X project, but the characters all feel so disposable it's hard to get invested.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Death of X #4

Nov 23, 2016

And that’s the message we should get out of Death of X: That the world is big enough for both the X-Men and the Inhumans. They don’t have to fight - they can be their own thing, and they can succeed on their own merits, not at the expense of one another. And if Marvel can finally figure that out - if they can finally figure out how to save these two struggling franchises - then maybe Cyclops didn’t die in vain.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Death or Glory #2

Jun 7, 2018

While it's obviously Remender's prerogative to go as dark as he wants on his creator-owned book, the overreliance on these bits winds up costing Death or Glory, making it a potentially alienating read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Death Sentence: London #1

Jun 11, 2015

While people who haven't read the previous Death Sentence series might not get the full context behind the rise of Weasel as a London hero or what the deal is behind Verity's (super-cool) powers as Artgirl, this is an intriguing start for this sequel.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Deathlok (2014) #1

Oct 29, 2014

What's interesting about Deathlok #1 is that in many ways it does feel like a television show - or at least one third of a television show. And it would have been riveting. There's a ton of action here, and the set-up that Edmondson is putting together has a lot of promise. But with a crowded newsstand, you need to deliver on that promise from the beginning - particularly for a niche character like Deathlok. Here's hoping that a slow start doesn't terminate this new hero before he even gets to begin.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Deathstroke (2014) #5

Feb 26, 2015

You'd probably have guessed that Deathstroke is already the kind of comic that will self-select its action-junkie viewership, and this issue is no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Deathstroke (2016) #30

Apr 4, 2018

Executed in a way that feels like vintage Priest, Deathstroke #30 might be the best thing he's written since he signed up with DC.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deep State #1

Nov 12, 2014

Now, all I can say to describe Deep State at this point is that it's a strong start. Admittedly, it is a victim of decompression, albeit nothing that we haven't seen in a million other books on the stands. But with a deficit of strong characterization, a little bit further plot progression might have sealed the deal. For now, it's more on the razor's edge - the ideas are there, and the execution seems promising, so if the next issue makes more progress, Deep State could be a winner.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deep State #7

Jun 25, 2015

All in all, while this book likely won't linger in your minds for too long, this is an exciting and action-packed issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2011) #7

Jun 11, 2012

In a lot of ways, Defenders #7 brings back a Matt Fraction I haven't seen in awhile, not with the hustle of Fear Itself or AvX or Iron Man or Thor. With Felicia Hardy, Fraction seems to have gotten a second wind, delivering a dynamic character that might be what Defenders has been missing all along.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Defenders (2011) #12

Nov 7, 2012

Yet for someone who has had plenty of misgivings over this iteration of Defenders, I give Fraction some credit for at least trying to wrap up his messy, loose story with a nice bow on top, and I give credit to Marvel for trying to bring this book in for a soft landing with a nice artistic pinch-hitter. This team wasn't the best one Marvel's ever launched, and it wasn't necessarily the best fit for Fraction as a writer " but sometimes you have to play the cards you're dealt, and Fraction is cashing out with some serious skill.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2017) #1

Jun 14, 2017

Ultimately, Defenders isn’t a perfect read - it relies perhaps too much on Marvel’s Free Comic Book Day offerings, and it’s admittedly a little hard to justify an extended Black Cat scene when some of the title characters still aren’t fully developed - but it’s absolutely a book that does what it sets out to do, which is to get readers interested and invested in this ragtag band of street-level superheroes. Bendis’s plot moves briskly and thankfully doesn’t waste time in getting these heroes up to speed in their battle against Diamondback, and thanks to Marquez’s show-stopping artwork, is a treat to look at, as well. This team might not be A-listers like the Avengers, but that doesn’t mean that Defenders still don’t pack a heck of a punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Defenders (2017) #3

Jul 17, 2017

There's a lot of potential to this book, and it's clear that Bendis agrees - if he's able to actually tackle Marvel's diverse street-level heroes in an organic way, this book could really fill a role that Marvel hasn't seen in a long time. But right now, this book succeeds more on the strength of David Marquez and Justin Ponsor, working oftentimes in spite of their script just as much as because of it. If we can get the lead out and get some real meat to this story, Defenders could be a good thing for Marvel fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Defenders (2017) #7

Nov 16, 2017

Thank goodness for David Marquez. What could have been a fairly threadbare issue of Defenders is rescued by the fact that the artist executing the book is a freaking beast.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Demon Knights #5

Jan 16, 2012

The thing about Demon Knights that gets me the most is that this is a smart concept, but the execution feels less exciting and more run-of-the-mill. There are a few moments of greatness to this book " particularly when the roguish Al-Jabr gets the better out of one of the Horde's emissaries, or a nice-looking panel of Jason Blood muttering to himself in his tent " but there's a breakdown in core concept that's keeping this book from where is deserves to be. Make no mistake, this could be a good book... I want to like this book. But with too many characters being shoehorned in too early without a core tenet to bind them " not to mention artwork that compounds the cluttered nature of this story " it's hard to put a finger on what could be done to fix this book. Lesser demons, indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Demon Knights #16

Jan 22, 2013

With this series soon on its way out, it's kind of a shame to see Demon Knights make such a strong turnaround. Had this been the first arc, I have no doubts this series would have at least been better received, even though I know Paul Cornell's name brand status hits a little bit harder than Venditti's. But rather than dive into the self-indulgent, inaccessible magicks and battle scenes, this new-and-improved Demon Knights focuses on character and team dynamics with great success. Definitely a pleasant surprise to pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Demon Knights #18

Mar 18, 2013

While the series is flagging a bit after Venditti's curveball opener, he ultimately does hit the plot points he needs to set us up for a satisfying conclusion to his opening arc. Because Bernard Chang looks as compelling as he does, it's easier to forgive some of the excess dialogue in this book " Chang makes it visual enough for us to move with. They may be a niche market, but there's a lot of potential to Demon Knights that is palpable just by reading it, and I'm feeling pretty confident that upswing will continue to next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Descender #3

May 5, 2015

Ultimately, there may be some who are disappointed that this book doesn't progress too far - it's all a detour to the robot afterlife, which is gorgeously portrayed, but is still a little on the decompressed side. That said, it's nice to see two talented creators just shoot for beautiful imagery, and in that regard, Descender #3 scores.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Descender #4

Jun 11, 2015

There are a few beats where the story drags - ultimately, I'm still not quite sold on how spectacular Tim is, or the intrigue surrounding his dreams - but by and large, this is a beautifully drawn comic with some very fun characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Despicable Deadpool #289

Nov 13, 2017

Deadpool and Cable might bicker and banter, but their shared history over the years has made them one of comics' best buddy duos, and Duggan and Koblish are leveraging that dynamic nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Despicable Deadpool #291

Dec 28, 2017

While this issue certainly doesn't reinvent the wheel, there's a slyness to Duggan and Koblish's work on this series that makes Despicable Deadpool a not-so-guilty pleasure issue after issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011) #14

Nov 8, 2012

There are a few hiccups here " Layman hasn't quite gotten Damian's snotty voice yet, and his "cure" for Poison Ivy's charms doesn't quite wow you in its explanation " but in terms of structure and plot, Detective Comics is easily DC's most improved book in its lineup today.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2011) #15

Dec 5, 2012

It's funny how the guy who used to be a Wildstorm editor, who then became the guy behind that cartoon cannibal cop comic, has also become one of the guys driving the Dark Knight. But John Layman has earned this, and continues to earn his place with Detective Comics as each issue keeps unfolding. Yeah, there are plenty of good Batman stories elsewhere, but Layman and Fabok do a great job arguing for one more. Smart plotting, strong characterization and a couple striking moments in the script make this book well worth adding to your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2011) #16

Jan 9, 2013

More writers in the Big Two should be taking note at John Layman's work in Detective Comics, which consistently builds up villains and thrills its audience with accessible, done-in-one storytelling. Tie-in comics don't usually elicit high expectations, but that winds up rewarding bad behavior when the books sell just on concept. But if you're looking for a tie-in book that doesn't just stand on its own two feet but actually kicks the doors down, Detective Comics #16 is as good as it gets.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #18

Mar 6, 2013

They say any landing you can walk away from is a good landing, and when you consider the kinds of directions John Layman was being pulled, it's amazing this book reads as well as it does. Detective Comics remains one of the best-written books DC Comics publishes today, in spite of it being in the shadow of its more-publicized sister titles. While this book doesn't quite deliver on its promise, there's a lot to like about this solidly constructed comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #19

Apr 3, 2013

The other problem DC has to conquer with this book is the price " even at the top of their game, $7.99 is a lot to ask for for a 26-page main story. Ultimately, the backups are just optional, so it makes it harder to justify the overall purchase, especially when the ending of the main storyline is so abrupt. Still, there's a lot to like about Detective Comics, and with a creative team this consistent, it's nice to see a comic reach its golden years with such panache.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2011) #23

Aug 12, 2013

Add that with a heart-breaking story about Kirk and Francine Langstrom - aka Man-Bat and Lady Man-Bat - and you not only have a fantastic comic, but you have two amazing stories for the price of one. Pound-for-pound, Detective Comics has become DC's best comic in terms of consistency and quality, and even with a concept as overdone as an "anti-Batman," John Layman proves that execution is far more important than high concept. A great job by all involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2011) #27

Jan 9, 2014

If you can get past the $7.99 price point, this is an anniversary issue that does justice to one of DC's most enduring creations.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Detective Comics (2011) #39

Feb 9, 2015

On the one hand, Detective Comics is a beautifully drawn book, one that's probably within the top five best-looking books in the rest of the DCU. The problem? Most of the rest of those books are also Batman books, which makes the bar that much higher when you're going up against great art and writing like Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo's Batman or Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason's Batman and Robin. It's difficult to take the time to really tease out a mystery in comics form, and Manapul and Buccellato seem to be trying their damnedest to show Batman as a thinker as well as a brawler. The end result is imperfect, but their overall talent as artists keep this book from being a wash.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #47

Dec 14, 2015

There are a few things that keep "Robin War" from being more than just a light, entertaining read - ultimately, unlike a conflict-ridden story like Civil War, the ultimate outcome of "Robin War" is never really in question, particularly when we see Jim Gordon immediately be won over by Dick Grayson, even when Grayson is engaging in breaking and entering, not to mention attacking a police officer. (Gordon immediately recognizing Grayson is another continuity wrinkle, given the Spyral hypnos masking his identity in his own title, but I digress.) Ultimately, this issue isn't going to win any awards, but it's solid and entertaining, and like "Doomed" before it, ties together one of DC's franchises in one action-packed story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Detective Comics (2011) #48

Jan 11, 2016

And that's a huge benefit to this book, which is otherwise feeling a little toothless compared to its sister titles, which have far stronger premises and points of view. Detective Comics can be a double-edged sword in its current incarnation " it provides an easy, continuity-free entre for readers, but only if the high concept of the story is strong enough to support it. Right now, this is a surprising whiff of the ball by Tomasi, who typically has much moodier, much more chilling premises in his work. That said, it's understandable " Tomasi is basically running in place until the main Batman title makes a strong move, and even the most steadfast of team players can sometimes come up short. Hopefully this is just a hiccup, and Pasarin can work with Tomasi on another story that is more worth his time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2016) #935

Jun 27, 2016

There's a certain subsection of DC Comics fans that's likely been a little forlorn in recent years, with the spike in Damian Wayne's Q rating coming at the expense of Batman's other beloved sidekicks. And for those readers, Detective Comics #935 is like Christmas come early " it seems like a no-brainer to have Batman's various associates under one united team, and yet no one has been able to make it work until now. But not only is this title a new bright spot in the Bat-books, but already seems to be marking a career high for the creative team involved. For lapsed readers, now is the time to enroll, because Bat-class is officially in session " and this is some reading you're going to want to finish early.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #936

Jul 13, 2016

While it's still early in terms of DC's Rebirth, right now, it's hard to think of a series that's been as high-quality and as fun as Detective Comics. On paper, the idea of a super-team featuring Batman sidekicks sounds like a derivative premise, but Tynion and Martinez prove that any premise can be a great one, with the right execution. The next installment of Detective Comics can't come soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2016) #937

Jul 28, 2016

While this series has previously been defined by Tynion's masterful characterization of the members of the Bat-family, this issue focuses on the Dark Knight himself, establishing Batman as a scary and ruthlessly resourceful combatant, while also leveling up General Jake Kane as a formidable adversary with a clear sense of purpose.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #939

Aug 25, 2016

When you read as many comic books as I do, it's easy to point out which ones work and which ones don't - but it's also easy to see that plenty of comic books wind up toeing the line between "average" and merely forgettable. But seeing a team book with this much energy, characterization and skill is a rare feat in today's event-driven Big Two ecosystem, and so seeing a book as successful, engaging and fun as Detective Comics brings me a lot of hope for cape comics. If you buy only one book from the Big Two this week, you could do a lot worse than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #940

Sep 14, 2016

While this issue follows the same trajectory as last month’s in terms of Red Robin stealing the show from the rest of his Bat-family, I don’t think readers are going to find anything to complain about with Detective Comics #940. With the conclusion of this seven-part (!!) arc finally upon us, I think it’s extremely safe to say that Tynion, Barrows and company have delivered the single strongest book of DC’s Rebirth era, bringing together both exciting action and compelling characterization in a way that almost looks easy, if it wasn’t so damn smart about it. If you haven’t been reading this book, you’re missing out on a truly incredible run.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #943

Oct 31, 2016

The harmony of the three-man art team is quite fitting within this issue of Detective Comics, where Tynion manages to balance a massive ensemble cast, yet still give every character their own distinct moments to shine. It's the character development that continues to be the highlight of this series, where Tynion allows Batman to play second chair to the greater Bat-family at large. Still, the intrigue surrounding the Victim Syndicate is given a hefty shot of adrenaline in final page, which should result in some hard-hitting action in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #950

Feb 13, 2017

If you haven't been reading this run so far, it's obvious that James Tynion IV is a diehard Batman fan, and with Detective Comics #950, he's giving readers a fantastic gift to celebrate the Dark Knight's latest anniversary. Because given his ever-expanding cast of sidekicks and supporting characters, Batman truly is the gift that keeps on giving - he lends himself so well to spinoffs and new angles and endless amounts of stories. If you want to remind yourself why you keep reading superhero comic books, Detective Comics #950 is the book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Detective Comics (2016) #953

Mar 23, 2017

Detective has been one of the better books in the "Rebirth" era, but this arc is leaving a lot to be desired at this juncture.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #967

Oct 26, 2017

If you miss out on Detective Comics #967, you're missing out on the best Big Two book of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #975

Mar 5, 2018

If this anniversary issue is any indication, Detective Comics is in great hands as it makes its way to its 1,000th issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2016) #978

Apr 12, 2018

Still, while the road getting there might be bumpy, the conclusion feels weighty and fun, making Detective Comics a book that's still worth your while.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2016) #995

Jan 3, 2019

While plenty of fans will be turned off by the seeming darkness for darkness's sake of this story, Detective Comics is still a powerful and good-looking book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1012

Sep 30, 2019

It's easy to forget in today's event- and relaunch-driven marketplace, but sometimes you don't have to reinvent the wheel " sometimes telling an easy-to-follow story is exactly what readers need.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1021

Mar 27, 2020

While there are a few contrivances in Tomasi's script that feel a little convenience - like Two-Face being able to escape the Batmobile - this is a series that shouldn't be underestimated, particularly for Walker's art.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2016) #1022

Jun 8, 2020

If there's anything you can say about Detective Comics #1022, it's that penciler Brad Walker, inker Andrew Hennessey, and colorist Brad Anderson draw the absolute hell out of this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dial H #1

May 1, 2012

That said, Dial H won't be for everyone. Right now, yeah, we've seen this story of "schlub stumbles onto great power" a thousand times in comics, and Mieville isn't reinventing the wheel in that regard. Indeed, there are some moments that are a little too convenient, particularly how Nelson could dial a four-digit number on a rotary phone in the middle of a mugging... and still manage to come up with the same four-digit number the next day. This is not a book you buy for the message, or even for the characters involved, but to see what kind of weird, effed-up stuff is going to pop up on the page. The result is that Dial H might not linger in your mind, but the bizarro experience you get while reading it may develop a cult following in the months ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird #1

Jan 15, 2014

Melody's shirt may proudly proclaim "Keep It Weird," but ultimately Seekers of the Weird is anything but. It feels tired on the first read, with little to distinguish it from any other supernatural coming-of-age story. To make matters worse, the storytelling style winds up feeling hampered by the comics medium, with the stilted dialogue missing out on an actor's charisma to sell it. If you're looking to get your kids hooked on comics, pick another book - if you're a Disney diehard, you've got plenty of other options. If fun is what you seek, this is not the comic you are looking for.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Divergence (FCBD 2015) #1

Apr 28, 2015

Of course, when it comes to Free Comic Book Day offerings, it's easy to speculate - indeed, many of the books offered are teases towards a larger storyline. It remains to be seen if DC sticks the landing with any of these three storylines, but in terms of high concept and sheer marketability, DC has one of the better books this weekend. If you're interested in seeing what's next for DC's biggest heroes following Convergence, you'll likely want to check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Doom (2019) #1

Oct 10, 2019

Even with an expanded page count, Cantwell feels like he might be overstretching himself a bit " there's lots of good stuff here, from Doom fighting off international bounty hunters to a bleakly comic look at his pettiness towards the media, but adding in cameos from Kang or Doom fantasizing about another life that could have been feels a bit like throwing everything against the wall, even if there isn't enough room for everything to stick.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Doctor Fate (2015) #12

May 23, 2016

Ultimately, when buying a comic book, there has to be some sort of hook " a reason why you have to jump on it month after month. Oftentimes DC and Marvel will rely on continuity game-changers to goose their sales, but the most satisfying books in my mind are the ones that are so inventive with their execution, so engaging with their characterization, that you'd be willing to check in on them even without the artifice of a supervillain of the month. Unfortunately, Dr. Fate was a book that seemingly stumbled out of the gate by failing to get its readers to identify with its protagonist " and 12 issues later, Khalid Nassour may very well wind up relegated to a footnote in DC history. It's not an enviable fate " or a great note for Paul Levitz to end his legendary career at DC upon " but for all its talk about sorcery and mysticism, Dr. Fate was missing the kind of magic that would bring readers under its spell.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Fate (2015) #13

Jun 2, 2016

All in all, this is a surprisingly fun story that might prove to skeptics that this character still has plenty of unrealized potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2015) #2

Nov 9, 2015

There's a whimsicality to Jason Aaron's Doctor Strange that might be off-putting to those who like their superhero comicbooks played serious and down-to-earth, but those who like a chuckle to their entertainment might find a lot to enjoy here. Like Strange himself says, the Sanctum Sanctorum is "the last truly weird place in New York City," and Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo seem to be having a blast giving readers the grand tour of the estate.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange (2015) #4

Jan 6, 2016

While this series' first arc took a bit of getting used to, now that Jason Aaron has finally set up his new mythology, Doctor Strange is looking fantastic. This book not only establishes some stronger parameters for one of Marvel's most inconsistently-handled characters, but also sets up a potent threat that could affect a huge corner of the Marvel Universe. This book has some great artwork, some striking characterization, and sets up Stephen Strange for readers just in time before his big screen debut. It may have taken a bit to perfect this treatment, but if this issue is any indication, Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo are just what the doctor ordered.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Doctor Strange (2015) #7

Apr 27, 2016

Back when X2: X-Men United was first released, one of the most thrilling sequences in the movie was the assault on the X-Mansion, with even the indomitable Wolverine being overwhelmed by superior forces. Seeing heroes on the run increases the stakes and the tension, and makes the fight personal " and makes those same characters have to dig in deep and deviate from their typical status quo to save the day. Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo have delivered a similarly harrowing sort of story in Dr. Strange #7 " but now that Strange has gotten his second chance, it's going to be even more exciting to see how this sorcerer strikes back.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange (2015) #8

May 25, 2016

One of the problems that has faced Doctor Strange in the past is that as a character, he's often been seen as above it all, with his struggles and challenges sometimes being a bit too heady, a bit too high-concept for readers to fully connect or become invested in. But Aaron and Bachalo have made Strange's problems personal, with an overwhelming threat gunning for him and everyone he's ever known. With the action being this frenetic, this fantastic and this fun, knocking the Sorcerer Supreme down a peg might very well have been the best thing that ever happened to him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2015) #9

Jun 22, 2016

The Sorcerer Supreme has saved the world countless times, but maybe the cure has been just as bad as the disease " and if that's the case, the healing has to start at home. With that new twist in mind, Doctor Strange is proving to be some of the most exciting and complex superhero storytelling on the stands today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2015) #14

Nov 21, 2016

Ultimately, Doctor Strange is taking a bit of a breather after its dynamic opening issues, and that's okay " no comic should be expected to be pushing with that level of intensity month in and month out, because it'll burn out both the readers and the creative team. Aaron and Bachalo's latest arc is a screwy one, with the hell-diner setting being particularly kooky and weird, but that's been a goal of many of Aaron's previous superhero works " to push characters beyond their usual limitations and to take them into undiscovered territory. Given the talents of this creative team, Doctor Strange #14 proves to be yet another successful foray for the Sorcerer Supreme.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange (2015) #18

Mar 2, 2017

With these two vastly different characters in their shared natural habitat - namely, an operating room - Stephen Strange and Jane Foster are a fun team, thanks to writer Jason Aaron's deep familiarity with both heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2015) #383

Dec 26, 2017

While Cates has dug into some bonkers corners of the Marvel Universe, Doctor Strange #383 isn't as off-the-wall as you might expect - but it's still a solid entry in the latest trials and tribulations of the Sorcerer Supreme.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange (2015) #390

May 24, 2018

It's been a good week for the Big Two in general this week, but Doctor Strange #390 may be my favorite Marvel offering by a country mile.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Doctor Strange (2018) #10

Jan 29, 2019

Now 400 issues after his debut, you can sense how far Doctor Strange has come from his initial origins - and perhaps it's that anniversary that makes this issue in particular stand out in stark contrast. While the idea of bringing Stephen Strange to space has made sense given his role in the Avengers: Infinity War film, this series has leaned a bit too traditional for a character as iconoclastic as the Master of the Mystic Arts - and while Waid tries (perhaps a little too abruptly) to thrust Stephen back into the outre and the bizarre, Jesus Saiz's style as an artist means readers are unfortunately going to get hit with a case of narrative whiplash.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6

Mar 13, 2017

Ultimately, will Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6 redefine the character or the superhero landscape? No. But is it a fun and risky one-off that plays with the actual medium of comics, delivering a narrative unlike most on the stands? Absolutely - and that also allows a lot of leeway over some of its minor flaws. It's easy for comic books to be a passive pursuit - and even easier for creators to stick tried-and-true tropes. The fact that Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6 doesn't makes it well worth your time to seek out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Domino (2018) #1

Apr 11, 2018

If you don't know what this character is about, then you are in luck, because Domino is the kind of book that will likely buck the odds.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Domino (2018) #2

May 14, 2018

There's a wonderful streak of vulnerability at the core of Gail Simone and Dave Baldeon's sophomore issue of Domino, a sensibility that not only gives this adventure story some tension and weight, but also makes the title character feel incredibly well-realized and endearing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Doom Patrol (2016) #2

Oct 17, 2016

There are some who like their comics uncomplicated and action-packed, and for those people, the oblique and roundabout way this series has launched will make this book far from a good fit. But for those of us who like the performative aspect of our comics " seeing the different variations of style and execution beyond simple plot-setting " will find something unique and engaging about Doom Patrol #2. With the return of two characters that have long been missing in action, this is a book that's well worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2016) #11

Apr 26, 2018

While the timing of this book could have been better, later readings will prove this arc of Doom Patrol sticks the landing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Doomsday Clock #9

Mar 6, 2019

DC superheroes, by their very nature, expect you to take that core concept at face value. Johns' only solution to that problem is to take the outside stakes of Watchmen - the political hopelessness, the specter of war and terror - and graft them to the hyperreality that the Justice League already inhabits. For some, this might be seen as overly bleak or overly embracing of superheroes' action-heavy aesthetics. But whether or not you appreciate the face of the clock, it's hard not to appreciate the craftsmanship that has gone into finding out what makes Doomsday Clock tick, as Johns and Frank show a deliberateness that goes into every single piece of the machine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dr. Strange (2019) #2

Feb 3, 2020

While this probably won't be a run that will define the character, Doctor Strange: Surgeon Supreme is some good, old-fashioned meat-and-potatoes superhero comics, and done well to boot " and it's that level of quality that helps this magical doctor cut through the superhero doldrums.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dream Thief #1

May 15, 2013

While the first issue might not be the most ironclad opener on the stands, there's plenty of potential for Dream Thief " with a protagonist who charms us despite (or perhaps because) of his many, many flaws, with a premise that will leave readers questioning, and with an artist that truly makes this story punch above its weight class, you wouldn't lose any sleep spending your hard-earned dollars on this book. With the central premise laid out and with a bunch of bodies on the floor, if this book can continue escalating both its plot and its main character, this is really Nitz and Smallwood's book to lose.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Drive #1

Aug 31, 2015

Ultimately, I wouldn't count out Drive just yet - now that the world has been established, there's plenty of places for Benedetto and Fuso to go, and hopefully they'll put pedal to the metal and really ramp things up. But as far as this first issue goes, it's undeniably a slow start - and with so many other options on the stands, hopefully Drive's goodwill at the box office will keep its comic book counterpart from being left in the dust.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Drumhellar #1

Nov 5, 2013

The thing that saves Drumhellar, aside from the strong artwork, is the flickering of humanity that comes through all the cryptic talk. Rossmo and Link allude to Drum's relationships with women like diner hostess Wanda, "naturopath" Padma and his mysterious ex Lupe. You won't get any answers here, but Rossmo is banking on the art being strong enough to justify the mystery. Ultimately, if the psychedelic artwork can sell you, Drumhellar might be a series worth partaking.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Dying Is Easy #1

Dec 10, 2019

Walking up on a comedy club stage might be a terrifying concept for some, but I promise you, Dying Is Easy should be at the top of your pull list this week. Impeccably drawn and hilariously subversive, this is the sort of debut you’ll find yourself reading and rereading again. While some readers might be skeptical about the idea of a crime-fighting standup comedian, Dying Is Easy is a series that deserves to be laughing all the way to the bank.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Earth 2 #1

May 2, 2012

Perhaps James Robinson's greatest trick in Earth 2 is that he manages to engage readers even as he spends most of the issue playing with characters that we likely won't see again. Like DC's best epics " think Kingdom Come or JSA " Robinson and Scott's Earth 2 is about living up to legacies... but it isn't solely defined by them. There's a new pantheon being born on Earth 2, a new history, a new generation of hero. This may be the relaunch we were all waiting for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #2

Jun 6, 2012

That said, Robinson and Scott are creating a new universe, one that's already far more successful than the Tangent or Stan Lee relaunches of years past. There are some rough edges to this book, some that editors Pat McCallum and Sean Mackiewicz would have ironed out at the scripting stage, but it's a decent sophomore effort.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Earth 2 #20

Feb 10, 2014

There's a lot of potential that's going untapped with Earth 2, as Tom Taylor has a murderer's row of characters that aren't bound by continuity or crossover edicts to dictate their status quo. But his pacing still has a ways to go - he has so many good ideas and even more superheroes to choose from, and by trying to cram them all in he doesn't do justice to any of them. Earth 2 may be a diamond in the rough for DC Comics, but it can - and should - be one of its crown jewels.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Earth 2 #24

Jun 9, 2014

Judging by his output in books like this and Injustice, it feels like Tom Taylor is a writer better suited for binge-reading rather than month-to-month installments. As part of a larger whole, I think that Earth 2 might be a more palatable read, with the breaks between action and characterization feeling a little less pronounced. However, as a single issue, this comic feels a little bit directionless, with long speeches and battle sequences stopping and starting and petering out just before they begin.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2: Society #1

Jun 10, 2015

Ultimately, though, since this book doesn't progress tremendously far in its first issue, the real hook for Earth 2: Society #1 rests on the strength of its artist. This is a book that's really gorgeous, and best of all, it's apparent that Jimenez is only going to go up from here. This is a quirky new take on an alt-world Justice League, but thankfully, Wilson and Jimenez look damn good doing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2: Society #2

Jul 9, 2015

This book may not be as deep or as ambitious as some of the others on the stands, but with artwork this good, it's hard to think of a comic that's more fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2: Society #4

Sep 10, 2015

Admittedly, there's a few hiccups in the execution here, with Jimenez's artwork sometimes getting too sketchy, or the page-to-page pacing sometimes jerking forward, but still, this book is one of the most fun DC titles on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2: Society #8

Jan 14, 2016

Dan Abnett writes a short but surprisingly meaty story with Earth 2: Society #8, using low panel counts to let artist Jorge Jimenez go crazy with this alt-world JSA.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2: Society #10

Mar 10, 2016

It isn't An Inconvenient Truth, but as far as good-looking action books go, you could do worse than Earth 2: Society.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Earth 2: Society #12

May 12, 2016

With only one issue left in solicitations, it's doubtful Earth 2: Society will live up to its potential, but the sharp art and low-calorie action may prove enough for some readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Earth 2: World's End #1

Oct 8, 2014

But right now, that potential is only barely being tapped. It's hard to justify a story like this if you need to spend half an issue recapping another series - particularly if World's End is going to be a weekly expenditure. You only get one shot at making a first impression, and for 21 listless pages, this book is going to test a lot of people's patience. Combine that with no firm art team to at least sell this book in a cohesive fashion, and World's End is going to have to work hard to win back readers' goodwill.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Earth 2: World's End #26

Apr 2, 2015

The pacing of Daniel H. Wilson's story is all over the place, and the eight pencilers on board certainly makes for a scattered read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
East of West #1

Mar 26, 2013

Many people will dismiss East of West not knowing where it is headed, or even worse, calling it self-indulgent on Hickman's part. I do think this is a comic that relies on the voices of its creators, but I think that's ultimately a good thing " I don't see Hickman or Dragotta going for the deep themes or the movie deals, but instead are producing a platform for pure style. That's good for now, even if that can't last forever. With sharp art and strong dialogue, this first issue has a lot going for it " but first impressions aside, only time will tell if East of West will find its narrative true north.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
East of West #20

Aug 27, 2015

Consider this one a trust exercise. I've been leery of Jonathan Hickman's writing before, sometimes finding it cold or self-indulgent, but East of West #20 ends with a nice payoff, as Hickman tells a unique story of diplomacy between the White Tower and the Endless Nation.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Eclipse #2

Oct 7, 2016

While writer Zack Kaplan and artist Giovanni Timpano delivered a rousing sci-fi world in their first installment of Eclipse, their sophomore effort leans a bit too heavily into the realm of police procedural, rather than fleshing out their evocative high concept further.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Edgar Allan Poe (Ahoy): Snifter of Terror #1

Nov 5, 2018

While one more story might have truly sealed the deal, there really is a lot to like about Edgar Allan Poe's Snifter of Terror. Many comics hit the wall of establishing their own voice, but with an anthology, there's really more of a question of setting a coherent tone amongst your stories " and thus far, Snifter really hits that perfect cocktail of horror and humor in a way that really stands out among the pack.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Edge of Spider-Geddon #3

Sep 21, 2018

There's a lot of love and a lot of thought put into this comic, and it winds up being the kind of read that feels reinvigorating and exciting, even without universes collapsing or any big names biting the dust. Instead, we're given a story with honesty, with stakes, with perspectives, with conflict, and most importantly, with a sense of redemption.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) #3

Sep 24, 2014

While Dustin Weaver may have a few rough edges to smooth out in terms of his writing chops, it's obvious that his talent as an artist has opened the door for another chance. Edge of Spider-Verse continues to impress thanks to its murderer's row of stellar artists and intriguing concepts - it just so happens that this issue is more of the former and less of the latter. It's all good - it's just another sign that Spider-Man as a concept is fertile ground for different interpretations. If the worst I can say is that this issue doesn't tap all of its potential, that speaks volumes to Weaver's burgeoning talent not just as an artist, but as a writer in his own right.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) #5

Oct 16, 2014

Part of the thrill of Edge of Spider-Verse was to provide readers snapshot stories with unique spins on our favorite friendly neighborhood web-slinger. In that regard, Gerard Way and Jake Wyatt absolutely deliver. There's a ton of heart underneath all this energy, and it's got the kind of voice you won't find anywhere else on the stands. While it's unlikely Peni Parker could sustain an ongoing series - largely due to the immense debt it owes to its anime influences - this is an entertaining riff on a time-tested property.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #5

Aug 28, 2017

Artist James Stokoe elevates an otherwise by-the-numbers actioner in Edge of Venomverse #5, which gives the Venom symbiotic to the Regenerating Degenerate himself, Deadpool.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ei8ht #1

Feb 17, 2015

One of the biggest compliments I can give this book is that with Image and BOOM! Studios cornering the market on flashy, creator-owned books, Ei8ht is the kind of masterful debut that looks to be able to stand right alongside them. There's a clear deliberateness to every choice made in this comic, and every page seems to hold the potential of a new mystery, one that you can't wait to crack. That kind of a hook is rare in this day and age, particularly in a serialized medium that often feels like a numbers game.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Electric Warriors #2

Dec 17, 2018

With all the mountains of mythology that has become the bedrock of DC Comics, there's something wild and unrestrained about Steve Orlando and Travel Foreman's work Electric Warriors, a work that " beyond a few minor touchstones to DC continuity " feels not like it's from another company, but almost from an entirely different world of storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Electric Warriors #3

Jan 17, 2019

One of the strangest DC series on the stands, Electric Warriors continues to dive headlong into its ambitious worldbuilding, even if the pacing of this series' six-issue count is starting to feel a little more apparent.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Electric Warriors #6

Apr 19, 2019

Steve Orlando has flirted a bit with mainstream DCU continuity in Electric Warriors, but with his final issue, he dives in with both feet " a gambit that will either win over fans unsure of this series' place within the general publishing line, or will detract from the standalone characterization and worldbuilding Orlando and artist Travel Foreman had so iconoclastically established.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Elektra (2014) #1

Apr 25, 2014

Fresh off the visually arresting but narratively anemic Batwoman, W. Haden Blackman is... on another artistically astonishing book that needs to step up its story game if it wants to really be a hit.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Empyre: Fantastic Four #0

Jul 8, 2020

Because Slott has to spend so much time explaining the Kree/Skrull history, he doesn't have enough page real estate to tailor this conflict to his central characters " and the pages he is able to use feel a bit wasted on Franklin and Valeria. Here's hoping that once Empyre really takes off, the FF will find a more organic role in the coming conflict.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Empyre #3

Jul 29, 2020

But here's the thing — events are hard, and yet they're often considered necessary to a company's bottomline. With the spiraling catastrophes our world is caught in today, the idea of some good, old-fashioned Kree/Skrull politics can sound downright comforting, if not charming. But as a high concept meant to tie together everyone in the Marvel Universe, it can't help but feel a little bit clinical and distant — something I'd never say about Ewing or Slott's other work. Some of that might be the pressures of spinning all the various plates of a summer event, which is a whole different animal than other comics — but despite its strong art and ambitious aims, the insular high concept of Empyre makes it hard to fully engage with the work.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Empyre #4

Aug 5, 2020

We're two-thirds of the way through Empyre, and I'll be honest - I'm not sure how this event sticks the landing at this point. While I'm a huge fan of Hulkling and the Young Avengers, there's been a fundamental disconnect with this series from the jump, making the Avengers and the Fantastic Four feel a little superfluous, almost acting as punching bags rather than organically driving the narrative. Unfortunately, I have the feeling that there was hope that the two big developments this issue might get people invested in the series as a whole, but anyone with even passing familiarity with the characters' recent history will likely only see this as a blip on the radar. I can only hope Ewing and Slott make me eat my words in the next two issues, as both are superlative creators in their own right - but given how much narrative real estate has been burned, it will take a lot to make Empyre succeed this late in the game.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Empyre #5

Aug 12, 2020

But there's a lesson to be remembered with Empyre #5 " when characterization comes first, the overarching threat feels that much more tense as a result. That's the whole point of hero-worship, which feels like superhero comics in a nutshell " we love these characters, we want to root for them to succeed against all odds. And by reminding us of the heart underneath all the cosmic fireworks, even if the event itself doesn't echo through eternity, Empyre #5 should be considered a much-needed win.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Empyre: X-Men #1

Jul 22, 2020

As somebody who's read a lot of tie-in comics over the years, I honestly did not expect to enjoy Empyre: X-Men #1 nearly as much as I did. But it's proof there is no such thing as bad concepts, only bad execution. Armed with a rich sense of humor, gorgeous artwork, and a team of largely underutilized X-Men " not to mention a mash-up of some gloriously weird villains " and you've got a tie-in comic that honestly reads better than the main event itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ether #1

Nov 15, 2016

Magic is out there, and if Boone Dias has his way, he's going to find it, catalog it, and understand what makes it work. There's something inspiring and engaging about a hero like this, and it makes Ether the kind of comic book that stands out among the rest, even including the rest of Dark Horse's typically gorgeous lineup. Matt Kindt and David Rubin haven't just come up with a winning formula, but they will cast a spell on their readers - if you're looking for the best drawn comic of the week, look no further than Ether.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Euthanauts #1

Jul 17, 2018

There's a lot of places a book like this can go, and that sense of discovery and possibility makes Euthanauts an easy book to enjoy, even if the various moving parts of the series hasn't quite come together yet. That said, what's indisputable is how beautiful this book looks - with production values this high, it's easy to recommend sticking around, to see if Euthanauts can make this ambitious narrative journey unscathed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Eve Stranger #1

May 10, 2019

Equal parts Memento and The Jason Bourne Identity, writer David Barnett and artist Phillip Bond create a compelling heroine in Eve Stranger #1, even if this debut issue suffers from a bit of decompression on the whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Evil Empire #9

Dec 23, 2014

What's perhaps most fascinating about this book is the fact that you can't help but think - even with the dystopian fiction set aside - that at least a little bit of this comes from a place of truth. As a musician himself, it's eye-opening to see Diamonds struggle with the concept of reinvention, time and time again, trying to use his art to separate himself and to affect change - and then to have that same music put him in a box in the eyes of his fans, his critics, and his society. This story could have been a separate series on its own, if not for a handful of bloody scenes that ties it into the greater Evil Empire arc - and the final page is about as cheeky of a closer as I've seen since Mark Millar and J.G. Jones' Wanted.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Excellence #1

May 7, 2019

Action stories in comics can be a dime a dozen, and so it’s particularly refreshing to see how Thomas and Randolph are able to take time-tested tropes and make them feel exciting, new, and downright necessary. Excellence is working on a lot of levels, whether it’s the pressures of living up to your family’s legacy, or seeing ways that ancient tradition needs to be broken down for the sake of equity and justice. In other words, this is very heady stuff — but if this debut issue is anything to judge by, Thomas and Randolph are going to weave some truly compelling magic with Excellence.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Excellence #2

Jun 20, 2019

If you haven't been reading Excellence, you really owe it to yourself to catch up on one of the best adventure books on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Extermination (2018) #4

Oct 31, 2018

There's a lot that could have gone wrong with Extermination, the X-Men's latest status quo-changing event, but it speaks to writer Ed Brisson and artists Pepe Larraz, Ario Anindito, Dexter Vines, and Erick Arciniega that they're able to keep this unwieldy ship afloat, juggling dozens of characters with some smooth and effective artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Extraordinary X-Men #2

Nov 23, 2015

There's a lot going on in Extraordinary X-Men, and that's why it's too soon to say whether or not the Children of the Atom are on the mend once more. Lemire is trying to throw in a ton of different plot threads, and Ramos' artwork struggles to keep it all together. But there are some seeds of greatness with Lemire's new but all too familiar team - if his characterization can match his frenetic pacing, this could be one fantastic series.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Extraordinary X-Men #7

Feb 19, 2016

There's an alchemy that happens when you've got the right creators on the right property telling the right story - but unfortunately, all the components seem to blow up in our faces with Extraordinary X-Men #7.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Extraordinary X-Men #8

Mar 16, 2016

While the X-Men have long been known as the soapiest of Marvel's superheroes, I'd argue that kind of drama was always rooted in character - it's about Storm missing being a goddess in Africa, it's about Nightcrawler being self-conscious about his looks in public, it's about the love triangle between Scott, Logan and Jean. Extraordinary X-Men feels like the opposite of that - it's throwing concept after concept after concept at readers, not giving them a chance to absorb them or really even breathe. It's an exhausting way to consume an issue, and I can't imagine it being any easier to write a book like this. If Extraordinary X-Men doesn't pick a focus soon and stick with it, the Inhumans are going to be the least of their worries.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Extremity #3

May 4, 2017

Don't miss out on this tour-de-force of comics artistry.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Fairest #1

Mar 7, 2012

It may be a pretty book, but first impressions are more than skin deep " and in that regard, Fairest doesn't quite live up to its name.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Faithless #1

Apr 10, 2019

They say the devil is in the details, and admittedly, there are a few details in Brian Azzarello's script that makes Faithless feel a little shakier than one might hope - but given how virtuosic Maria Llovet's art is in portraying that script, the strengths of this debut issue far outshine any of its growing pains. This is a truly gorgeous, breathtaking book, and given the ambitiousness of its hybrid high concept, it should be considered a win for all involved. While it remains to be seen if this is true love or just a short-lived affair, diving into Faithless is an experience readers won't soon forget.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #1

Feb 28, 2020

If you dig Vicentini's angular linework, you might enjoy Falcon & Winter Soldier, but if you don't, this may be a tougher pill to swallow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #2

Mar 27, 2020

If you're digging the irreverent action Matt Rosenberg is putting out in Hawkeye: Freefall, you might want to double-dip with Falcon & Winter Soldier, as writer Derek Landy and artist Federico Vicentini operate in that same wheelhouse, only with added emphasis on their buddy-cop dynamic.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Falcon (2017) #1

Oct 11, 2017

This debut feels like a definite downgrade from the man who was once Captain America - hopefully The Falcon ups its game soon, because otherwise Sam Wilson is going to wind up right back on the B-list.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fallen Angels (2019) #1

Nov 12, 2019

The last of Marvel's X-Men relaunch debuts this week with Fallen Angels #1, a series that transcends a thin high concept and some inconsistent artwork thanks to a sterling protagonist and some strong execution from writer Bryan Edward Hill.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fantastic Four (1998) #602

Jan 25, 2012

Ultimately, even if their styles don't quite mesh well for this story, Fantastic Four #602 is two craftsmen coming up to the plate with some serious ambition and scale.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (1998) #605

Apr 12, 2012

This isn't just my favorite thing that Hickman has written " it might just also be his best.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Fantastic Four (1998) #606

May 29, 2012

If Fantastic Four #606 were a back-up story, it would be a great done-in-one entre to Marvel's first family of imaginauts. The problem is, this is $2.99, for something we've already seen before (and seen done better). It should never feel business as usual with the Fantastic Four, but this issue feels as routine as it gets.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (1998) #607

Jun 14, 2012

With a book that looks like this, Jonathan Hickman's story is almost a superfluous concern. His take on T'Challa has some nice gravitas, particularly when he makes it clear that he's head and shoulders above Reed Richards' vaunted intellect. The overall exposition does get muddled, however, against a gorgeous fight sequence. While that makes the stakes less than urgent, the artwork for Fantastic Four #607 make this a book to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fantastic Four (1998) #611

Oct 15, 2012

There's a reason why Ryan Stegman is being called up to take on Superior Spider-Man, and books like Fantastic Four #611 demonstrate why. Like a less over-the-top version of J. Scott Campbell, Stegman's characters are fluid, cartoony and ultimately expressive, with Reed Richards' extendable arms waving around in a hug, or the fear in Doom's eyes when he knows he's in over his head.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Fantastic Four (2012) #16

Jan 22, 2014

It's a shame that it's too little, way too late. Matt Fraction has been making a shift towards his creator-owned work lately, and Fantastic Four #16 makes a good case for that trend. Fraction's other work crackles with energy and humor and intelligence - this book, however, feels like a retread from page one. Maybe he needs to recharge his creative batteries - maybe he needs to find a project that suits his passions more. But it feels like Marvel has been trying for years to revitalize the Fantastic Four - but if you can't get a writer to imbue this series with enthusiasm and vitality, there's no chance a reader is going to follow suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #5

May 28, 2014

While the trial of the Fantastic Four might not be for everyone, I will say I'm liking the execution that Robinson has brought to this issue. And as someone who's given him his fair share of criticism, I'm not saying that lightly. This giant-sized issue is exactly the kind of thing a giant-sized issue should be - it's part glorious recap with a diverse crew of artistic talent, as well as a monumental issue that spins the FF into an entirely new direction. While the jury's still out on whether Robinson can turn his run into something for the ages, even the most skeptical of readers can admit that he acquits himself well with Fantastic Four #5.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2018) #1

Aug 7, 2018

It'll be a long 30 days, but if this first installment is any indication, Fantastic Four will be a story that's about faith rewarded.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (2018) #16

Nov 11, 2019

If you haven't been reading Fantastic Four, now's the time to get on board, because there's some serious magic happening in these pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fantastic Four (2018): Grimm Noir #1

Feb 28, 2020

Despite the potential of this creative team, Fantastic Four: Grimm Noir feels like there's some deeply missed potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Far Sector #2

Dec 13, 2019

There's a ton of ideas and loads of beautiful art in Far Sector, making this one of the best books DC has to offer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Far Sector #3

Jan 24, 2020

Three issues running, Far Sector isn't just Young Animal's best book " it might be the best book that DC as a whole is printing today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Far Sector #6

Jun 9, 2020

With the one-two punch of COVID-19 and the death of George Floyd, Far Sector #6 doesn't just have its finger on the pulse of what's going on today" it's downright prescient. And perhaps most importantly, it doesn't make moves to try to solve today's injustices in the span of 20 pages, but instead allows itself " and its readers " the space to absorb and digest what's going on. It'll take a lot more than just one Green Lantern to solve the problems that our real world faces today, but if Sojourner Mullein can shed even a little bit of light to yield some deeper understanding, then you'll see why this book is more than just another superhero beat-'em-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fear & Loathing In Las Vegas #1

May 26, 2016

Bringing Hunter S. Thompson's iconic series to comic books seems like a no-brainer, and while Troy Little works valiantly to adapt this one-of-a-kind work, IDW Publishing's Fear & Loathing in Las Vegas #1 never quite transcends its licensed spinoff status.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Feathers #1

Jan 6, 2015

While the introduction of this book may be just a hair too scary for some, this gothic Disney-style story will likely draw in plenty of young new readers. There's action, there's heart, there's just a little bit of humor and mythology, and all of that keeps this book aloft. If the worst thing about Feathers is that people will be impatient to find out what happens next, that's a very good thing for Corona and Archaia.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
FF #12

Nov 30, 2011

I wanted to like FF " I have really liked FF " but if this is going to be what having two Richards family titles looks like, maybe it would be better to stick with just one.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
FF #15

Mar 5, 2012

Jonathan Hickman is a writer who can tell powerful stories that bring human characters and human problems alongside superpowers so huge they might as well be divine. Unfortunately, all the various subplots and sprawling arcs have made his Fantastic Four run too complicated to navigate in a single book. And that's to this story's detriment " there are things to enjoy about FF and its sister title, but until they become one cohesive narrative, they'll always be less than the sum of their parts.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
FF #23

Oct 24, 2012

The universe might not be in danger anymore, but that doesn't stop Jonathan Hickman and Nick Dragotta from producing on of their best " if not the best " issue of FF ever. Ultimately, this is a comic about facing your doubts with imagination, not fear, and seeking bold new worlds with nothing but imagination and curiosity to power you. As far as individual issues go, Hickman and Dragotta have created something fantastic. And as far as the conclusion of FF is concerned? They've created something perfect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FF (2012) #3

Jan 24, 2013

Writer Matt Fraction throws out some witty concepts here, including Doom the Annihilating Conqueror or the Yancy Street Gang's rebirth as a bunch of IRL paparazzi/Internet trolls, but he shines the most with his character dynamics, particularly the chemistry between Scott and Darla. A light, fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
FF (2012) #6

Apr 25, 2013

Matt Fraction's absurdist family dramedy doesn't skip a beat with Mike Allred's absence, as Joe Quinones ably picks up his idiosyncratic artistic baton. From a Moloid's heartfelt (but also hilarious) confession to little quirks like Medusa's hair still twitching even when it's out of her head, this comic makes you genuinely laugh out loud.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
FF (2012) #7

May 16, 2013

Much of the appeal of this comic has been its weirdness, this bizarro family unit that occasionally fights strange bad guys, but usually just has to deal with their own drama " here, Fraction has to dig into a standard superhero trope and have a team of supervillains challenge Lang and company.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Fight Club 2 #3

Jul 23, 2015

Cameron Stewart's artwork may look as gorgeous as ever, but Chuck Palahniuk's monologues in Fight Club 2 are starting to wear a little thin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fight Club 2 #5

Sep 22, 2015

Fight Club 2 #5 feels surprisingly short, and I'm sure that's because it consists entirely of short sequences featuring its lead characters. The mystery of what happened to Sebastian's son feels almost like an afterthought, because that's not really the kind of story Palahniuk is putting together here. Instead, he's trying to liven up the over-serious recollections of his pitch-black franchise, trying to inject a little bit more of a punk humor into his now over-serious fanbase. It's going to be a painful job, and one that might not stick on the first try. But Palahniuk seems more than willing to hit us again and again until the lesson sticks.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Figment 2 #1

Sep 1, 2015

Yet there clearly has to be something to Figment 2, as Marvel and Disney likely wouldn't keep pursuing this property - or keep this writer attached - if it wasn't hitting some sort of expectation. There's a lot inherent to Figment as a concept that kids will likely enjoy - who doesn't like the idea of having their own flying machine, or a talking pet dragon sidekick to accompany you on your adventures? Unfortunately, this particular installment has a bit of a slow start - fans of the original Figment will likely have the strength to be patient, but readers who missed the original series might not get what the hubbub was all about.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Five Weapons #6

Jan 30, 2014

The School of the Five Weapons, in many ways, feels like a demented children's TV show, with all the imagination and energy to match. Jimmie Robinson - aided by some bright colorwork by Paul Little - gives this book a real visual bounce that makes some of the clunkier sections easier to get through.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) #3

Nov 29, 2011

While The Flash still is consistently better than most of its peers " at this point, only Batman is trumping this book as my must-read of the New 52 " it makes slips like this all the more noticeable to me. On the plus side, it means the explanations are done, and now we have an interesting cliffhanger to react to " but on the downside, it means that the momentum has taken a real hit. I'm confident that next month will see Barry Allen get back to speed with some real panache, but an issue full of just connective tissue doesn't leave much meat for a reader to sink their teeth into.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #8

Apr 30, 2012

Examining the Speed Force in this level of detail is for continuity enthusiasts only, and draws out the story so far that Barry doesn't really do enough. This detour looks good, and it's clever enough, but it's still a detour " I'm hoping that with the latest cliffhanger, Manapul and Buccellato will leave the explanations at the door and let Barry Allen hit the ground running.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) #17

Feb 28, 2013

Hopefully the new villain of this book will inspire this creative team, because right now The Flash is being caught flat-footed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) #26

Jan 2, 2014

With some surprisingly strong art for a fill-in, The Flash #26 isn't a bad book, just one that doesn't really add much to the mix. Longtime readers of the Fastest Man Alive have already seen him handle falling out of the sky, but new Flash fans will find this done-in-one comic to be an entertaining respite.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #35

Oct 27, 2014

Ultimately, Wally West fans are going to want to take a look at The Flash #35, which brings the character back in costume and back to the fold with aplomb. While his appearance is short, it's also very sweet, and Vendetti and Jensen manage to create a satisfying ending to this time-traveling arc. With some unique cliffhangers that promise some very interesting new adventures for both Barrys, this comic is worth the read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011) #44

Sep 24, 2015

What's good about this issue is that a lot happens here, from Wally West finally having his superheroic origin to a touching scene between Singh and Piper. Definitely an improvement.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) Annual #3

Apr 30, 2014

But rough edges aside, The Flash Annual #3 is definitely ramping up the stakes for the Scarlet Speedster, making this one of the best issues that Barry Allen has been in since his post-Crisis resurrection. It's not enough to find new wrinkles to the Speed Force, or put Barry Allen through his action paces. You need an emotional throughline, and that's where Wally West comes in. It might not be the most explosive reintroduction to the character, and given his age, he's not likely to follow in the hallowed footsteps of his pre-Flashpoint incarnation. But what he means to Barry - and what he can bring to this franchise - is more than enough to keep me interested in this time-traveling thriller.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Flash (2011) Annual #4

Jul 30, 2015

Van Jensen has a decent idea here with The Flash Annual #4, but it stumbled somewhere between conception to execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 24, 2014

The strong artwork and the character developments make this book slightly better than a mixed bag, although the flaws are still apparent reading The Flash: Futures End. Given the arc this series has been taking for the past few issues, it still feels like a bit of a missed opportunity not to really incorporate the "Five Years Later" mandate of Futures End. That said, the end result does mean there are more opportunities for Venditti, Jensen and Booth to take - just don't expect to see them here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #45

Apr 26, 2018

All in all, some very solid work that acts as a strong palate cleanser before "Flash War" begins.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #46

May 10, 2018

With so many winks and nods to the greater DC mythology, it's easy to find something to enjoy in The Flash #46.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #47

May 23, 2018

While it's easy to get distracted by some of DC's other headliners, The Flash is a series you should be checking out immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Flash (2016) #49

Jun 29, 2018

Joshua Williamson and Howard Porter are turning in some truly terrific stuff with The Flash #49, as Barry Allen and Wally West's fraying relationship reaches a breaking point " with the Justice League helpless to do anything about it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Flash (2016) #50

Jul 16, 2018

In many ways, a story like this represents the best that modern DC has to offer - it not only plays with larger-than-life cosmic forces, but leverages character dynamics and continuity in a way where these superheroic icons keep growing and changing in a way that feels satisfying and internally consistent. Combine that with some superb artwork, and you can't go wrong with The Flash #50.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #71

May 28, 2019

Balancing high concept and characterization well, this may very well be this creative team's best arc on The Flash yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Flash (2016) Annual #2

Jan 31, 2019

If The Flash Annual #2 isn't the most entertaining DC book on the stands this week, I don't know what is.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Flash: Fastest Man Alive (2020) #2

May 5, 2020

Barry Allen feels more likeable and energetic than we've seen outside of the Flash TV series on the CW, and Henry continues to build upon that bedrock of geeky Boy Scout characterization with a wildly kinetic style that adds a ton to the Fastest Man Alive's visual vocabulary. This series might be the best of DC's digital offerings, so don't miss out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Flavor #1

May 18, 2018

If the rest of the series continues this strongly, consider Flavor a recipe for sequential art success.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Forever Evil #2

Oct 2, 2013

Two issues in, and Geoff Johns has given us just enough new material to keep us interested in Forever Evil - but only just barely. The level of exposition here occasionally gets in the way with just telling the actual story, which is a shame, because the actual concept of Lex Luthor finally being the hero of more than just his own story is a premise that could really hook a lot of readers, and really lend some weight to the rest of DC's Villains Month fill-in issues. I want to see less discussion, and more demonstration of how bad these bad guys can get. Still, one could argue that Johns has done his due diligence in setting up this unorthodox event - now that we've established the bad guys, I want to see Forever Evil really cut loose.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Forever Evil #5

Feb 5, 2014

Forever Evil may also be forever ambivalent. For every good thing this book does, there's another misstep or flaw that takes it right back to where it started. The premise is not one without potential - the idea that evil is relative, even in the traditionally black-and-white morality of the DC Universe, is one that can be mined for drama. In fact, that's something that Marvel has been doing for more than 50 years, ever since Quicksilver and the Scarlet Witch left Magneto and became Avengers! But in order to really hit that mark, Johns needs to dig deeper, and to dig faster, as well - these are bad guys that I want to love, and I want to hate that I love them, too. But right now, it's hard to muster up much enthusiasm for DC's A-list bad guys.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #4

Dec 19, 2011

But alas, scripts alone don't make comics. They're a two-way street " heck, it's more like a six-way street if you think about penciling, inking, coloring, lettering and editing, not to mention all the other thankless work that goes into production, printing and selling the books. With a different art team on board, like a Doug Mahnke or a Patrick Gleason, Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. could be the next sleeper hit of the DC Universe. Right now, however, it's a book of good intentions that never quite reaches its full promise.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #16

Jan 22, 2013

DC had a smart idea with this comic, and I'm sure the brain drain for their bigger series with the New 52 didn't help Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. any. But with a character that had such a small track record, sometimes a complete tonal shift isn't the right move for a character like Frankenstein " this was a character that only had four issues and got a huge following, a following which would have grown with more of that proven formula. Unfortunately, the all-new, all-quirky Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. has proven itself an experiment that never reached its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #2

Jan 25, 2019

While this series is less explosive than most Spider-Man titles, Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man has a charm and stylishness that you shouldn't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Friendo #2

Nov 16, 2018

While the pacing of the book moves incredibly quickly compared to the last installment " and Jerry himself still feels like a bit of a wildcard " Friendo is a book that continues to live up to its intriguing premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Friendo #4

Feb 15, 2019

It's rare to find a book that reinvents itself the way that Friendo seems to on an issue-to-issue basis - and it's rare to find a book that actually gets away with it, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fury: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary #1

Sep 30, 2015

Comics are always a balancing act, and it's never easy to pack together action and an emotional throughline within the confines of 20 pages. However, the bigger your premise, the easier it gets to take a shallow approach " and unfortunately, that's exactly what happens with David Walker's Fury #1. There is a story with some deep, deep potential here, whether it's about a son learning what his father was really like back in the day (and maybe even teaching him a lesson along the way), or showing that racism in America has had so many important figures and events, any of which could have had lasting effects on our history. Instead, both topics feel short-changed in one capacity or another, making this comic a well-intentioned but groanworthy footnote in the histories of two of Marvel's greatest spies.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
G.I. Combat #1

May 1, 2012

Eric Trautmann and Brandon Jerwa's Shooters is a war comic that, with this kind of marketing presence, probably could show that there's a niche for war comics. But G.I. Combat is going to prove the exact wrong message: that readers don't like war comics. But considering the successes of movies like Saving Private Ryan or The Thin Red Line, I know that that's the wrong conclusion " they just need their war comics to be good.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
G.I. Joe (2019) #1

Sep 20, 2019

There's something shockingly subversive to writer Paul Allor and artist Chris Evenhuis's debut of G.I. Joe " perhaps because of how everything feels just one step removed from where our world is now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
G.I. Joe (2019) #2

Oct 24, 2019

If this is the level of quality Allor and Evenhuis are bringing with just their second issue, G.I. Joe is going to be in great hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
G.I. Joe (2019) #3

Dec 17, 2019

Just three issues in, this relaunch of G.I. Joe feels like the comic we need in today's society, and is rapidly becoming a series that is jumping to the top of my reading list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
G.I. Joe (2019) #5

Feb 14, 2020

A deeply underrated gem of a comic, G.I. Joe is a powerful take on war and loss that should not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gambit (2012) #1

Aug 7, 2012

There is a twist, of course, which makes the hook of this book seem readily apparent " it's obvious that Gambit's return to a life of crime isn't going to be short-lived, and maybe that's for the best. Asmus and Mann create a superhero comic that has its own reason for being besides people in tights beating the stuffing out of each other. Gambit is charming, suave, full of energy and excitement " all in all, the Ragin' Cajun has been dealt a winning hand.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Gamora #1

Dec 27, 2016

There is such a thing as playing it too cool, and that's where the Deadliest Woman in the Galaxy currently resides - with the other Guardians each received their own robust titles ahead of next May's sequel film, every book needs to have a solid hook in order to survive. There's some beautiful elegance to Marco Checchetto's linework, but if Gamora wants to truly be a cut above the rest, she's going to have to show us she's more than just a stone cold killer.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Generation X (2017) #1

May 18, 2017

Honestly, given the historical success and popularity of shows like Riverdale, Gossip Girl and The OC, it makes sense for Marvel to broach the "teen-life-but-everyone-is-hot" genre. But right now, this one only has potential on its side. Strain's narrative isn't even really there yet - it's just a snapshot.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Generations: Banner Hulk & The Totally Awesome Hulk #1

Aug 2, 2017

Ultimately, at the core of Generations: Hulk isn't so much a storytelling problem as it is a production problem - there are certain pairings of writers and artists that work out great, and other pairings that just don't play to each others' strengths. This book is, unfortunately, one of the latter examples, which isn't a great first impression for Marvel's latest event. There's something to be said for nostalgia, and giving readers a glimpse at beloved characters who might have been temporarily pushed off the stage, and to that end, Pak makes a solid attempt - but unless you're a diehard Hulk fan, this one-shot will likely prove a disappointment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Generations: Miles Morales Spider-Man & Peter Parker Spider-Man #1

Sep 28, 2017

That's not to say that this book is perfect, by any means. Miles kind of gets the short end of the story stick for this book - it's cute seeing young Miles meet young Ganke for the first time, but the scene outlasts its welcome, with Miles' own mother shooing off this teenager who is loitering around a bunch of small children way too long for his own good. Additionally, the decompression of Bendis's pacing is somewhat apparent - there isn't a ton of story that goes on here, but instead, this book feels more impressionistic, where Bendis uses every inch of page space to create mood rather than plot progression. But thankfully, he's teamed up with an artist who is so talented that he's able to turn this painterly script into a work of art, making Generations: Miles Morales and Peter Parker definitely a book to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Genius #2

Aug 13, 2014

What is they say about people who are self-described geniuses? Maybe that they're not nearly as hot stuff as they would think. After years in the making, perhaps it would be impossible for Genius to live up to the hype. But a sophomore slump is not the same as saying this book is down and out - one would hope that with three more issues to tease out this story, there will be some more twists, turns and insights into who is Destiny, and what is her plan. But as a standalone issue, Genius #2 proves to be a decidedly mixed bag.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Ghost Rider (2016) #1

Nov 30, 2016

Ghost Rider has been a character that Marvel has long been interested in revamping, but it's clear by the series' regular relaunches that something hasn't been clicking with Robbie Reyes, and unfortunately, this first issue feels like doubling down on the same mistakes that has made the character such a nonstarter to begin with. Robbie Reyes needs room to cut loose, and he needs a personality that is deeper than just being a nice guy to his little brother. There needs to be an exploration of powers, a deeper focus on what makes this Ghost Rider unique, and what makes Ghost Rider as a property so interesting. Until Smith and company radically reevaluate their priorities, this is just another example of a would-be superstar getting left in the dust.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ghostbusters: Answer The Call #3

Feb 9, 2018

After two superb issues, Ghostbusters: Answer the Call trips over its impressive momentum with its third installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Magneto #1

Jul 17, 2020

Despite the clear artistic talents on display, Giant-Size X-Men: Magneto doesn't quite live up to its name, making for a disappointing outing with the Master of Magnetism.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Glow (2019) #1

Mar 26, 2019

This comic's all-female team - which is an exceedingly important move from IDW on this book in particular - does a tremendous job channeling the spirit of the streaming series, with a debut that will certainly make diehard fans happy, even if it isn't necessarily the best introduction for those unfamiliar with the show.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
God Country #3

Mar 14, 2017

Like the Quinlons themselves, there's not a ton of flashiness to God Country #3 " instead, there's a solidness and relatability to this book (despite the space monsters) that gives the narrative some weight even despite the no-frills plotting. There's something special about God Country, and while it remains to be seen if this story can maintain its edge moving forward, for now this is a series you shouldn't ignore.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Goldie Vance #1

Apr 14, 2016

While there are a couple of bumps in the road " the introduction feels a little loose, and Goldie susses out the culprit behind a necklace theft a little too quickly " this book is definitely one to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Gotham Academy (2014) #4

Jan 27, 2015

For many, I can understand why Gotham Academy is a tough pill to swallow " the tie-in to Gotham is tentative at best, and without that, the hidden passages and old legends may seem old hat to people who have grown up with the wizardry of Hogwarts. But with this issue, I feel that Olive Silverlock is beginning to embrace her role as a member, however distant, of the Batman family. Combining that with some fun characterization and some sublime art, and this may be one of the best issues of this series yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gotham Academy (2014) #7

Jun 11, 2015

Some added focus and a new artist brings top marks to Gotham Academy, as Maps Mizoguchi teams up with Damian Wayne for a magical mystery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gotham By Midnight #6

Jun 25, 2015

While new readers may still find a learning curve in terms of figuring out the deal with the supporting cast, this book winds up being much more fun now that it's simplified its style.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Grafity's Wall #1

Apr 9, 2020

As much as I like Ram V, and as talented as he is, this is not a book you read for the writing " RK and company's artwork is so electrifying that you wouldn't need a narrative behind it to love it. The fact that there is such a poetic and thoughtful throughline to this book is just icing on the cake " if the worst thing I can say about Grafity's Wall is you'll be disappointed that it ended, it stands in great company. If you want to see an early work from a team of virtuosos, definitely don't miss out on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #1

Jul 15, 2014

Sometimes you need to do something completely different to get out of a rut. Grayson is a prime example. I don't think anything about Dick Grayson as a character screams "secret agent," but he does possess a certain malleability with his skill sets that makes him a fun protagonist to read no matter what his setting. Combine that with some strong supporting characters, a fun mystery driving the plot, and some superb artwork, and Grayson's first mission is a resounding success.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Grayson #2

Aug 6, 2014

While the most stringent of critics might feel that Grayson himself gets a little bit of short shrift in this second issue, there's no denying that the new playground he's in is way more fun than even Gotham City. The supporting cast, the crazy spy environments, and the superhero-enfused gizmos make Grayson way more entertaining than it has any right to be. With action, charisma and some superb-looking artwork, Spyral is definitely the hip new place for DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Grayson #5

Dec 4, 2014

Tom King shows readers what Dick Grayson's made out of, as he's lost in the desert with a baby in tow. The problem? That's all this book is - walking. Considering that comics are a visual medium, not to mention the spy-fi flavor that has made Grayson stand out so much, this feels like too much naval-gazing and not enough actual action

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #6

Jan 15, 2015

Tim Seeley, Tom King and Mikel Janin give Dick Grayson a nice one-on-one against his rival the Midnighter, and in so doing, provides a nice character piece for this superhero turned spy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #7

Feb 5, 2015

This is a great showing from all involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #8

Mar 4, 2015

With Convergence coming, it seems that there'll be a brief hiatus - think a mid-season break - before we see what happens to Spyral in the wake of this first season of Grayson. But what Seeley, King and company have figured out is that Dick Grayson's appeal is that he's fun. He's got the moves, he's got the toys, he's got the sex appeal, and when you combine that with the undercover spy games, you've got yourself a recipe for an exciting comic. Here's hoping they can keep this momentum up when Grayson returns.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Grayson #9

Jun 29, 2015

Despite this issue of decompression, Grayson #9 still skates by based on his good looks and his debonair attitude - at least for now. Because the creative team has such a singular voice, it's forgivable to have one issue not quite connect, but if it becomes a pattern, things might be going south for the former Nightwing. If Grayson can add a little more substance to its swagger, however, this spy gig might be the best job this ex-sidekick has ever had.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #11

Aug 27, 2015

With a killer assuming Dick's identity, Tom King shows he's one of DC's smartest writers, with a real vibrance and humor to Dick's dialogue as he guesses who his doppelganger might be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #17

Feb 25, 2016

All in all, a nice showing, even if it focuses more on fights than intrigue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Grayson #18

Mar 24, 2016

A fill-in issue does the Spy Wonder no favors, as writers Jackson Lanzing and Colin Kelly along with artists Roge Antonio and Geraldo Borges deliver a messy battle at the heart of Spyral.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grayson #20

May 26, 2016

While occasionally this book loses focus by having to also end the stories of Grayson's supporting cast, this is some very solid work from a pair of up-and-coming writers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2011) #7

Mar 8, 2012

Ultimately, the seams do show a bit too much for me to endorse this book, but I'd be lying if I didn't say this was a marked improvement from before. Now that Nocenti's finished warming up, I'm curious if her sophomore outing will make good on Green Arrow's untapped potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Green Arrow (2011) #8

May 3, 2012

The sad thing about Green Arrow is that I know Nocenti can tell some knockout stories " but this is just being bizarre for bizarreness's sake.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Arrow (2011) #17

Feb 6, 2013

I give DC a lot of credit " it's not like they didn't put the best talent available to bolster this book back into B-list status " but I think they were so focused with Ollie's new status quo that they didn't really focus on working with Lemire and Sorrentino to get the execution right. And that's a bad sign for a superhero who literally has a TV show dedicated towards spreading Green Arrow awareness. But anyone looking for a fresh, dynamic new take on Oliver Queen isn't going to be just sad, they're going to be green with disappointment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2011) #20

May 6, 2013

It could be worse - considering DC has been so focused on rebuilding their characters that many of their stables of villains have languished, it's nice to see a bad guy really give Green Arrow a run for his money. This issue also illustrates a triumph of style, as Lemire and Sorrentino are really starting to get in sync, with one not having to overwhelm the other. This won't be one of Oliver Queen's most memorable stories, but it's nice to see this comic start to solidify its new direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2011) #23

Aug 8, 2013

Jeff Lemire also has some high points with the action sequences featuring Green Arrow, Shado and Count Vertigo, and he even makes Henry and Naomi seem endearing with their sweet love triangle. That said, the pacing on this issue is a little off, with the action coming and going in fits and spurts, and with Ollie's secret history and the clans of weapon-themed Outsiders, I still feel like Lemire is in danger of putting the cart before the horse - it's putting continuity ahead of character development, with Ollie still coming off as a bit of a blank slate.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2011) #24

Oct 3, 2013

Granted, there is some clumsiness in the script that keeps this book from really hitting the bullseye - particularly the shoehorned cameo at the end - but the artwork in this book continues to step up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Arrow (2011) #26

Dec 5, 2013

The Outsiders War begins not with a bang, but with a whisper, as Green Arrow #26's great art is bogged down by poor pacing and a ton of exposition.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Green Arrow (2011) #27

Jan 8, 2014

The other great thing about Green Arrow #27 is that, while it sometimes skirts the lines of predictability, it ties into both Oliver's past and the greater DCU in a way that's more organic than much of the other books in the publisher's line. (Indeed, one of Ollie's compatriots over in the Justice League of America may make a very opportune appearance, if the idea of the Weapon Clans plays out to its logical conclusion.) This book has been troubled, make no mistake about it, and I'll be the first to say that Lemire and Sorrentino have had their growing pains while they hit their stride. But this issue really hits the potential that Green Arrow has had all along.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #28

Feb 10, 2014

If you can get past that caveat, however, Lemire and Sorrentino's latest arc of Green Arrow is a fun, ambitious story that tries to show off previously unknown depths to the Emerald Archer. Right now, Ollie himself hasn't show his hidden potential, but Lemire is relying on changing the world around him to make his point. If we can see Ollie himself step up to the plate, this might be one of the best stories to come out of the New 52.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #29

Mar 5, 2014

Ultimately, Green Arrow as a comic is somewhat of a work in progress, but that's not necessarily a bad thing - this is a comic that's constantly trying new things and constantly trying to improve itself, and that's something that should be praised, not panned. It doesn't hurt, of course, that the execution is generally solid at its worst, and some of DC's most exciting work at its best. This comic may lean on the old-school soap operatic tropes a bit more than usual, but who's to say that a time-tested balance of action and melodrama is a bad thing? If anything, despite some minor missteps, I'd say that Green Arrow #29 continues to be right on target.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #30

Apr 3, 2014

The Outsiders war is coming to a head, and Jeff Lemire and Andrea Sorrentino continue their upward trajectory for Green Arrow. There's a decent amount of exposition here, as Lemire has to explain the various weapon-based clans (not to mention Oliver Queen's increasingly complicated relationship with his thought-to-be dead father), but there's some emotional content being built up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #34

Aug 7, 2014

There are some hiccups, to be sure - pint-sized killer Emiko reminds me a little too much of Damian Wayne, and Dragon himself gets taken out pretty darn fast - but all things considered, this conclusion hits all the right beats.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Arrow (2011) #38

Jan 9, 2015

Awesome Bryan Hitch cover aside, the long-awaited team-up between Green Lantern and Green Arrow comes across as almost an afterthought.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Arrow (2011) Annual #1

Oct 8, 2015

All in all, this book isn't quite bad enough to be good, or crazy enough to be worth it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 4, 2014

Action, ideas, lasting impact - as far as tie-ins go, Green Arrow feels right on target.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2016) #2

Jul 7, 2016

It's hard to penalize this book too much, with Ollie's progression being a bit of a necessary evil - and with art this spectacular, you can't really say you're wasting your money. Count on Green Arrow ramping up in a big way with future installments.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011) #0

Sep 5, 2012

While this is definitely a new take on Green Lantern, I think he is already losing his tenuous appeal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #5

Jan 16, 2012

That said, while this isn't a flawless read, it's certainly one that gives me hope. As much as I liked Geoff Johns' imaginativeness with the multicolored Lantern corps, I think that sort of worldbuilding and mythmaking has made his true talent " characterization " become a bit of an afterthought. Green Lantern #5 seems to show the pendulum swinging back, with some bold action getting some more weight because we care about the characters underneath. While this story doesn't quite have the focus on Hal Jordan that it ultimately should, this is a strong read featuring an intriguing supporting character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #8

Apr 12, 2012

This book is definitely for those hankering for sci-fi-infused action, but is also sufficiently streamlined to not totally scare off new readers. I do think that Geoff Johns is still struggling with the truncated page counts for this book, but his learning curve has improved tremendously since the first issue. The real victory here, however, is artistic coordination and mythology that doesn't fall under its own weight. Green Lantern #7 may feel short, but it's definitely getting sweeter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #9

May 9, 2012

While the character balance still isn't quite there, Green Lantern is still improving by leaps and bounds every month, and might be my favorite DC book of the week. (Yep, even including Batman.) At the end of the day, Johns proves that he knows how to structure a universe with its own history and its own rules, and it's that sureness of mythology that makes Green Lantern #9 a treat to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #10

Jun 18, 2012

"The Secret of the Indigo Tribe" isn't an arc that will remake the DC Universe like Blackest Night " and to be honest, I'm thankful for that. Even an event-spinning juggernaut like Geoff Johns needs a recharge every once in awhile, and this arc brings him closer to his roots than I've seen in a long time. In brightest day, in blackest night, and even with some rough edges, it's always the men, not the rings, that make Green Lantern shine. Beware their power, indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #13

Oct 3, 2012

It's a slow burn, and it doesn't shoot for the moon " yet " but this is also a case of Geoff Johns doing his homework. He's set up just about everything he needs to launch Simon Baz on his troubled path of heroism... except a clear mission statement. By virtue of him being a Green Lantern, we know Simon is worthy, that he will become a force for good, but there's nothing driving him like Hal's theme of "conquer fear" or Kyle's "imagine anything." If Johns can create a strong metaphor for Baz, we'll be on to something amazing. But can even DC's designated hitter come up with that potent kind of magic twice?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #16

Jan 23, 2013

Ultimately, this comic does have its hiccups, particularly with the disconnect between the verbal and visual action, making it feel more like an illustrated stage play than a fully realized comic. But the ideas here are strong " Simon Baz is strong. He's a character that already anticipates that people will not like him, will brush him aside, will call him a usurper, and then acts on his own accord, regardless of who approves. That's Green Lantern material in my book. Now let's just see if Johns can keep the pace going.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Lantern (2011) #18

Mar 7, 2013

Considering the big meeting between Simon Baz and Hal Jordan takes place this issue, it's kind of a shame that Green Lantern #18 is shackled with mismatched fill-in art. Simon Kudranski's moody monochromatic art doesn't quite fit the daring sci-fi nature of this book, and it clashes pretty strongly with the loose cartooniness of Ardian Syaf. The script also lacks focus, with Geoff Johns burdened with the greater subplot of Volthoom and the Hal/Sinestro dynamic (which got awfully sinister, awfully fast).

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Green Lantern (2011) #20

May 22, 2013

Nine years ago, Geoff Johns brought back the greatest Green Lantern of all. Operating on DC's space opera superhero with the confidence of a surgeon, Johns delivered a theme that could resonate with any reader: "You have the ability to overcome great fear." Since that time, Green Lantern has been the premiere comic book success story of the past 10 years, acting as a beacon for DC Comics even when things seemed darkest. Even though this series has occasionally dragged under its own weight, Johns' mythology has borne fruit, as he brings everything back for this final chapter. With crazy action and a wonderful conclusion to all the characters we've known and loved, this is a conclusion that no Green Lantern fan should miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) #26

Dec 5, 2013

Not a terrible book by any means, but Green Lantern #26 isn't the bright spot in the DC lineup that it used to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #38

Jan 7, 2015

Admittedly, this trip isn't all you'd think it was cracked up to be - a little too much of it is spent delivering exposition for other series - but the intention is right, and the landing has been stuck correctly. Sometimes some time at home is what you need to clear your head, giving you a chance to breathe with some simpler pursuits. Green Lantern could use a break from some of its rampant mythmaking, to give readers a chance to get reacquainted with the man behind the mask.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) #43

Aug 10, 2015

Unfortunately, as it currently stands, even with Ethan Van Sciver back in the artistic saddle, this feels as too little, too late for Green Lantern. Coming off an inexplicable new status quo, Vendetti and company haven't really capitalized on the "outlaw" stage of Hal Jordan's career, just plunging this series deeper and deeper into inaccessible space opera. Even Star Trek had fully realized characters to guide us through all this interstellar mumbo-jumbo - Green Lantern, on the other hand, feels completely lost at sea.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Green Lantern (2011) #46

Nov 9, 2015

Given that Green Lantern has been one of DC's most successful franchises in decades - over the past 10 years, he's probably second only to Batman and maybe Justice League's track records - it's a shame to see it looking this rough now. Perhaps most surprising is that this issue doesn't fail because of any wrong-headed choices, but because of the fact that it barely seems to be making any choices at all. There is so much potential to a character like Green Lantern, but, much like Krona's power gauntlet, the limits to the character are only that of the wielder's imagination. Here's hoping that a new location will do this series some good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #50

Mar 3, 2016

I've been very critical of Green Lantern in the past, so it's no small surprise for me when I say that this feels like a whole different Robert Vendetti in charge.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #52

May 5, 2016

Given that Hal Jordan's status quo is about to change dramatically, this isn't a must-read, but it's a decent way to clip off this era of erratic Green Lantern stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #1

Sep 4, 2012

That said, with the book looking this good, you're more inclined to dig the character moments " in particular, the cliffhanger that seems to lead to the next Green Lantern, an Arab-American character named Baz " that you'll tolerate the more self-indulgent overarching story with the First Lantern and the Third Army. More pages means something for everyone, and that breathing room makes Green Lantern Annual #1 a solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern (2018) #1

Nov 7, 2018

The Green Lantern is one of those rare superhero comics that arrives seemingly fully formed, already imbued with its own striking personality and point of view. Gorgeously rendered and hauntingly portrayed, this isn't like any Hal Jordan story you've read before " The Green Lantern aims to shed new light on the strange new corners of the DC Universe, and I for one can't wait to dive back into the breach to see what this creative team can deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Green Lantern (2018): Season Two #3

May 6, 2020

On the one hand, it's always welcome to see creators try something different, and to try to flex new muscles - that's honestly been the name of Grant Morrison's game for much of his career - but the problem with taking risks is that sometimes they don't work out. Liam Sharp's new art style for The Green Lantern: Season Two is just one example - this is very much a guy who is superb at the pencilling and inking side of the comics production business, but he's still got a ways to go to catch up as a colorist. Unfortunately, some experiments don't turn out the way you'd hoped - but rarely do they result in being a dealbreaker as much as The Green Lantern: Season Two #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #5

Jan 23, 2012

Considering art is the most important part of a comic, I felt won over in spite of myself for the fifth issue of Green Lantern Corps " while the storyline sometimes choked on its own long tail, I felt like I was witnessing something special on the visuals. Peter Tomasi has a strong foundation of character, but it's Fernando Pasarin that's the real shining star of this book. When the Green Lanterns can look this epic, I'm willing to forgive some clunky storytelling " with a giant firefight promised in the next issue, here's hoping this book is about to play to its strengths.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #7

Mar 22, 2012

Green Lantern Corps #7 will likely be overlooked because of its low-key art, but the story hits home in a way that none of its sister titles have yet achieved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #9

May 17, 2012

Artist Fernando Pasarin, meanwhile, really strikes a great balance between looking iconic and being expressive " you really share in Guy Gardner's outrage as you see his face twist and contort. He reminds me a little bit, at this point, of Barry Kitson with some of that Ethan Van Sciver snarl. Put all that together, and while the outcome of this first issue is never actually in doubt, and you have a surprisingly excellent event opener on your hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #10

Jun 21, 2012

Thankfully, the book does pick up by the end, making excellent work of Fernando Pasarin's style. Pasarin has the composition of a Dave Gibbons, the expressiveness of a Kevin Maguire, and the clean figures of a Barry Kitson. Watching the Lanterns go to war against an ominous force has the widescreen appeal, but Pasarin also sells the quieter moments with aplomb. There are worse ways to score a win than by looks alone.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #13

Oct 15, 2012

"Ultimately, Green Lantern Corps does have a winning formula compared to some of the other books of the New 52, and in that regard I can understand trying to keep the chemistry and tone of this book intact. On the other hand, part of me feels like the book could use a kick in the pants to get more buzz, and Cafu is a criminally underrated artist in the DC stable as is. Put him on the right book " with the right inker " and he could become DC's version of Steve McNiven. Instead, Green Lantern Corps is keepin' on keepin' on, a "good enough" rather than an ambitious high roller.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #16

Jan 24, 2013

Artist Fernando Pasarin definitely makes this comic look expressive and human (that first splash of Guy sitting forlornly in jail is gorgeous), but Scott Hanna's inks do falter in the fight sequence. This tie-in could be worse, but could have been a lot better, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #17

Feb 21, 2013

Considering this book has been considered to be one of the more inaccessible books in the Green Lantern franchise, I have to say... this is a compelling read.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #18

Mar 18, 2013

The big weakness of this comic, of course, is not only has this been done in another comic " and will continue to be done in at least one other comic later this week " but that we've already seen this done better. There's nothing in Green Lantern Corps that compels us to care about John, that gives these parallel lives any meaning. It's a one-dimensional light show, a continuity exercise, a $2.99 class in self-indulgence. If you choose to witness the "Wrath of the First Lantern," just know you have no one to be wrathful at afterwards but yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #19

Apr 11, 2013

Bad dialogue, sloppy plotting, painful artwork " I try to find something good whenever I read a comic, but this is a book to avoid.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #21

Jun 13, 2013

Chang's artwork goes a long way towards selling this book, as his sleek designs and subtle expressions - like Fatality biting her lip as she helps save the day - make this a stylish read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #22

Jul 11, 2013

The strength of Green Lantern Corps has always been its supporting cast, and now that Van Jensen and Robert Venditti have gotten the exposition out of the way, this series is starting to pick up once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #28

Feb 13, 2014

All the soap opera and various alien species of Green Lantern Corps may be enough to dissuade casual readers, but those who like their sci-fi extra wonky will have a lot to enjoy with Van Jensen and Bernard Chang's book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #29

Mar 17, 2014

To say this book isn't for everyone might be putting it lightly - there's a section of the readership who will likely read Green Lantern Corps #29 and think it's in a foreign language. But those who want to see John Stewart in action - as well as to see the cost of the Durlans infiltrating the Corps - will find a lot of intrigue to dig into. At the very least, this book has some of the better art in the DC stable today, and that alone makes Green Lantern Corps #29 a noteworthy sci-fi read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #37

Dec 16, 2014

The thing that holds back Green Lantern Corps - and the Green Lantern franchise as a whole - is just the fact that it has to preach to the converted rather than serve up anything tremendously new about the DC universe. And for a lot of diehards, that's fine - it just doesn't make this book a "must-read" in the way that a Batgirl or a Ms. Marvel might be. It's a book that doesn't succeed purely on execution, but instead stacks the deck with previous continuity and tremendous scale. It's fun popcorn reading, and considering how long "Godhead" is lasting, that sort of fan service serves its purpose.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #39

Feb 12, 2015

Ultimately, what sells this book is that Chang and Maiolo make this book look energetic and expressive, and that's a good sign in a week that's otherwise weak of a lot of compelling comic book offerings.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern Corps: Edge of Oblivion #3

Mar 14, 2016

That context winds up dulling Green Lantern Corps: Edge of Oblivion in a big way - we either already know what Guy and Kilowog are going to be up to, but once you start adding in sentient planets, the alien protectors of Perduron, the politics of the Corps, and all the various alien members of the team, and it winds up being a little difficult for even longtime fans to follow. That's not to say there aren't plenty of strengths to Green Lantern Corps: Edge of Oblivion - but their light could use some needed focus.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern/New Gods: Godhead #1

Oct 1, 2014

With the New Gods wielding all seven Lantern rings, to mangle Yeezus again, it's clear no one man should have all that power - and it's going to be up to the Green Lanterns to fight back. Pitting DC's premier space cops against Jack Kirby's celebrated space warriors is a no-brainer, and the scale and stakes are high enough to pique reader interest. This sweeping introduction is big enough and bold enough to justify a look - that said, while this book hits all the right superheroic notes, the lack of a human touch to the New Gods and the Lanterns alike may result in Godhead preaching only to the converted.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: New Guardians #21

Jun 20, 2013

The only problem is that this script also doesn't feel particularly ambitious - a threat of "The Anomaly" doesn't really grab you or make you feel the stakes. Not a bad book, but not a distinguished start yet, either.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: New Guardians #35

Oct 16, 2014

There's something about DC's new "Godhead" arc that is just bringing out the best in the Green Lantern titles. New Guardians is no exception, as Justin Jordan and Brad Walker spin a tale of action and betrayal.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: New Guardians Annual #2

May 5, 2014

Still, the overall pacing of this book allows Justin Jordan and company the room to produce what is, essentially, a done-in-one comic that still has major repercussions to Kyle Rayner and the various Lantern Corps as a whole. The great thing about this book, and in particular, this villain, is it provides readers with the essential characteristics of Kyle Rayner, a character who has become more and more difficult to pin down as his power set has grown. There's definitely still room to improve, but Green Lantern: New Guardians Annual #2 is, at its heart, the story of a powerful man overcoming - and even accepting - his own flaws. It's the sort of human message more DC books could use these days.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lanterns #11

Nov 17, 2016

Evil ring-slingers are nothing new in the world of Green Lanterns, but thanks to some gorgeous artwork from Robson Rocha, this middle-of-the-road story still packs a nice punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lanterns #33

Oct 19, 2017

Brisk, fun and easily accessible, if you haven't been reading Green Lanterns, now's the time to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Grim Leaper #1

May 29, 2012

Even with a slow-burning start, the originality and potential behind Grim Leaper should not be ignored. There's a surprising tenderness underneath all the carnage that I think will make this book transcend expectations and really bring together some very disparate genres. Death might have lost its sting elsewhere in the comics industry, but Grim Leaper shows that there's still much to explore in the hereafter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Groot #1

Jun 2, 2015

Still, even if some of this issue might feel a little bit familiar, there's a lot to love about the execution behind Groot #1. In particular, editors Nick Lowe, Sana Amanat and Devin Lewis make a strong case for solid, all-ages-appropriate comics with Brian Kesinger's bouncy artwork, and Jeff Loveness delivers a lighthearted, funny script. While Groot #1 might surprise fans who were expecting darker fare, the only thing serious about this comic is just how seriously fun it is.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Groot #2

Jul 1, 2015

In my review of Groot last month, I docked this series because it felt like it had retread Skottie Young's Rocket Raccoon, by having one of these BFFs race through space to rescue the other. But having read this second issue of Groot, I have to take it all back - Loveness and Kesinger absolutely improve on Young's formula, not just relying on stylish art but pure characterization to propel the story. By the end of this issue, you know why Groot and Rocket are going to be inseparable - would you give up the one person who understood you? This epic bromance is as charming as it gets, and one that makes Groot a truly surprising success.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Guardians 3000 #1

Sep 29, 2014

Perhaps this is fitting - the original Guardians never achieved massive acclaim, and to be brutally honest, Guardians 3000 is mainly going to appeal to nostalgiaholics rather than new blood. There's tons of action and all the characters are introduced - thinly sketched, perhaps, but introduced nevertheless - and now that Abnett and Sandoval have delivered their frenetic first issue, they can potentially dive into their heroes and their unique high concept moving forward. That said, here's hoping that a rough first impression isn't going to tank this series before it gets the chance to grow.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Guardians of the Galaxy & X-Men: The Black Vortex: Alpha #1

Feb 4, 2015

And I think that ultimately sums up my issues with The Black Vortex as a whole - it's slapping on a shiny new redesign on Marvel's two B-teams, but lacking any substance underneath to make it to make it really shine. There's a hint of a debate about power and corruption in this issue, but the real appeal of this crossover - namely, watching two distinctive teams with two distinctive voices clash around one another - is nowhere to be found. Here's hoping this storyline will pick up the pace soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #1

Mar 25, 2013

And that's the big problem with Guardians of the Galaxy #1. It's got two huge names attached, and considering few people knew or cared about this super-group, that's a good hook to bring on new readers. But that's just the hook - after a number of chances to get acquainted with this group, I still don't know anything about Starlord and company that would make me want to read about their adventures. Decent pencils and a semi-smart twist will only take you so far - if this book doesn't develop some characterization stat, Marvel's next big franchise is going to be over before it's even begun.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #3

Jun 13, 2013

Great artwork from Steve McNiven isn't enough to justify Guardians of the Galaxy #3, which suffers from repetitiveness after only three issues

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #4

Jun 27, 2013

There's a lot to like about this book, but ultimately it feels so light on content that it's hard to justify the price point.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #5

Jul 31, 2013

Given the increased focus on the timestream throughout Marvel's catalog, this is a good spot to jump on board with Guardians of the Galaxy. While occasionally Bendis's team dynamics can wind up being abrasive, it's clear from this issue that the team has definitely justified their place in the Marvel Universe as a whole. With the boundaries of reality starting to collapse all around them, this all-too-human group of aliens has a ton of potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #7

Oct 16, 2013

Now that Angela has been introduced to the Guardians of the Galaxy, it remains to be seen if this two-issue diversion will actually bear fruit, or if it will just be a self-indulgent detour on Brian Michael Bendis's tour of the outskirts of the Marvel Universe. There's some great artwork here, however, and there's just enough potential with Angela's revised origin to maintain interest. Still, with the team getting a stunt guest star this early in the series, Bendis and company need to focus on their characters if they want this book to survive.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #8

Oct 31, 2013

This issue starts off slowly, but once the action kicks up, this winds up being one of Brian Michael Bendis's best issues of Guardians of the Galaxy yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #10

Jan 2, 2014

Oftentimes Brian Michael Bendis can be accused of stretching his stories beyond the point of cohesiveness, but when you have Kevin Maguire on art, well, much can be forgiven.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #16

Jun 26, 2014

While I'm not too fond of the too-easy way Bendis gets his characters out of their respective jams (nor the wasted pages replaying Drax challenging the Shi'ar Gladiator to combat), this is still a decent showing for an unorthodox arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #18

Aug 25, 2014

That said, it's hard to spoil a comic like this, because there's really not much to it. Bendis is only starting to tease the answers to Star-Lord's seeming resurrection, and even that feels like window dressing to the battle royale between Star-Lord, Nova, Drax and Thanos. It's a comic that looks great, but is also almost completely calorie-free in terms of its narrative. Thankfully, Ed McGuinness is a beast of an artist, and that's what saves Guardians of the Galaxy #18 - if it was a lesser artist working on this issue, this would have been a massive fizzle. As it stands, it's a fun diversion, even if it doesn't measure up to the hefty bar that their Hollywood counterparts have set.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #25

Mar 26, 2015

On the one hand, Brian Michael Bendis does add in a lot more action than he usually does - we've got the Guardians and the X-Men fighting the Slaughter Lords and the Kree homeworld itself, but the stakes aren't set up, making literally world-shaking events lack any weight at all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #15

Dec 19, 2016

Ultimately, Guardians of the Galaxy #15 might not necessarily be a great Guardians issue, but that doesn't stop Bendis, Schiti, and Isanove from producing a genuinely good comic in its own right. Ben Grimm is one of those timeless Marvel characters that comes with a solid, unmistakable voice and characterization, a character that can easily be the heart and soul of any team they're a member of. With this issue, it looks like Ben is saying a goodbye to the Guardians, but this creative team proves that you don't need to have space opera to feel like an alien on your own planet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #1

Jan 22, 2019

For what’s essentially a table-setting issue, Cates and Shaw do a great job at instilling a sense of stakes and dread in Guardians of the Galaxy #1, a story that not only resurrects the threat of Thanos, but brings a new life and sense of purpose to a team that has been fractured and manhandled frequently since their big screen homecoming. There’s a lot going on in this giant-sized debut, but if you’re a fan of the Marvel Cosmic Universe, Guardians of the Galaxy #1 is absolutely a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #1

Jan 21, 2020

There's a reason why Al Ewing headlines one of Marvel's highest-selling books, and it's because Immortal Hulk constantly succeeds based on both execution and high concept - the thoughtfulness that permeates that series constantly reveals new layers for Marvel's Unjolliest Green Giant. But for Guardians of the Galaxy, I'd argue that while the execution feels more than solid, the concepts grounding the series still feels a little underdeveloped - a deficiency which feels even more pronounced given the number of relaunches of the past few years.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #4

Jul 20, 2020

If Guardians of the Galaxy #4 isn't the most fun book from the Big Two this week, I don't know what is.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians Team-Up #4

Apr 2, 2015

Guardians Team-Up #4 is one of those great Marvel books that features a pairing that, in retrospect, seems like a total no-brainer - in this case, Gamora and She-Hulk.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Gutter Magic #1

Jan 12, 2016

That said, Gutter Magic is definitely the best-case scenario for Comics Experience, as this book definitely shows what a team of new creators can do with the right mentorship. This book moves fast and liberally cherry-picks from multiple genres to make this series feel at once familiar and brand-new. Cinder's quest for magic is as strong of a premise as any, and here's the kicker - this creative team has already found it.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Gwenpool Special #1

Dec 7, 2015

No one wants to be a Grinch this holiday season, but at the same time, there are plenty of opportunities for sequential good cheer that doesn't have to feel like a punch to your wallet. Gwenpool Special #1, sadly enough, doesn't fulfill the potential of its title character or its holiday spirit, making this feel like a halfhearted cash-grab rather than a solid Christmas special. Unless you are a completist for one of the creators involved, you won't be on the naughty list if you sit this one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #1

Jul 28, 2016

The one positive here is that Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps are now in a position to tell better stories, but it's given up a lot of ground to get to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #2

Aug 12, 2016

This comic right now remains undecided about its direction, but the familiarity, action and striking artwork make Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #2 infectiously fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #44

May 14, 2018

Definitely a fun issue that should not be overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hardcore (2018) #1

Dec 18, 2018

While some fans might demand a more iconoclastic spin on a book, Kirkman, Diggle and Vitti show us there’s nothing wrong with a good, old-fashioned blockbuster with Hardcore. If I have any reservations about this series — which otherwise seems destined for a feature film — it’s a nagging worry that the cliffhanger of this book might veer Kirkman and company away from their real hook, subbing out the potentials for body-hijacking with the more tried (and tired) Freaky Friday scenarios. But if this creative team can keep showing us different avenues for the fun technology they’ve cooked up, Hardcore could make a killing in more ways than one.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Harley Quinn (2013) #1

Dec 18, 2013

But flat might be the best word for me to describe Harley Quinn. Not bad enough to offend, not good enough to soar, the Joker's number-one girl feels more like a missed opportunity. What makes this character worth reading? Is she Looney Tunes with a side of live ammo? Is she a bad girl trying to make good? Is she a sidekick busting loose from her homicidal boss and trying to make it on her own? Conner and Palmiotti never zero in on any one direction with Harley Quinn #1, robbing this first issue of any laughs, scowls or cheers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2013) #7

Jun 23, 2014

Some people might cry foul at some of the twists in this book, particularly the way that Ivy saves the day more than Harley herself, or some of the abruptness in the scenes featuring Tony, Harley's Danzig-inspired tenant. But, to use the "New Girl" reference again, Harley Quinn has become somewhat of an ensemble piece now, where readers should be coming in for the whole family - Ivy, Tony, even Bernie the Taxidermied Beaver. Some people won't like them, and they'll leave. Others will like the whole package, and they'll stay. Even if it's an imperfect read, even the attempt at humor makes this comic a rare commodity in the otherwise ultra-serious New 52. It may be an acquired taste, but would you ever really expect Harley Quinn to fit anyone else's standards?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Harley Quinn (2013) Annual #1

Oct 29, 2014

At the end of the day, this book is about quantity - it's not about what it has to offer as much as how much. This might be crass and it might be a cash-grab, but there's something charming about just how many different, great things this annual throws into one stinky package.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2016) #60

Apr 9, 2019

For many readers, Harley Quinn has been an acquired taste as a book - and as a reader who was less enamored with previous volumes, it's nice to see Humphries bringing a tighter rein on his plotting and pacing for a character that has been known to meander. And partnered up with an art team as solid as Basri and Sinclair, there's a lot to like just by taking in the imagery at play. That all said, there's still plenty of room for improvement for this book - giving Harley a deeper personality might lend a little bit more weight behind all those zero-calorie one-liners.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Harley Quinn and the Suicide Squad: April Fool's Special #1

Apr 6, 2016

Combining all this with a shockingly well-thought twist that really sums up the new mission of the Suicide Squad, and you've got yourself a real winner with Harley Quinn and the Suicide Squad: April Fool's Special #1. It's clear from the trailers of the film that Harley Quinn is likely going to get the same public awareness boost as Wonder Woman did once the Suicide Squad movie kicks off, and I honestly think she's the easiest character to alienate people with, so the fact that Williams, Lee and Galloway did justice to her gives me high hopes for the rest of the team. DC Comics has put out a lot of big - and most importantly, high-quality - books out this week, but if I had to pick just one to buy, it would definitely be this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn: Black + White + Red (2020) #1

Jun 29, 2020

Stjepan eji is one of the Direct Market's strongest writer/artists, and in a vacuum, his story is the epitome of short but sweet " but reviewing this book as a whole, it feels like the opening act for a superstar concert that never winds up materializing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harvest #1

Aug 6, 2012

I'll be the first to admit that the Dexter/ER/100 Bullets elevator pitch isn't quite in full form for the first issue of Harvest, but that's not to say there isn't plenty of potential there. Tackling all the exposition head-on might have been a bit of an alienating tactic, but Lieberman is aided by some stellar artwork and a character who's self-destruction is both beautiful and all-consuming. This isn't a particularly clean entry into this surgical suite, but I have the feeling that Harvest's future operations will be anything but sterile.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye (2012) #1

Jul 31, 2012

Combine that with a fantastic presentation " Matt Hollingsworth's colors add that real-world dinginess to every page, and letterer Chris Eliopoulos might have made the most gorgeous credits list I've ever seen " and you have a book that's actually the opposite of fan service. This is a book that's a jam session, a reunion tour for two talents that made their bones together and want to see what music they can make next. This first issue isn't explosive, it's more of a warm-up " but if this is the opening shot, Hawkeye will be scoring bullseyes soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye (2012) #2

Sep 5, 2012

After his time in the salt mines of event comics, Matt Fraction has earned the right to have some latitude, and thankfully, Hawkeye is proving the right avenue for he and Aja to run wild.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye (2012) #5

Dec 5, 2012

As a card-carrying Avenger, Clint Barton may be one of Earth's Mightiest Heroes, but he's also one of its goofiest. And that's a good thing. Moving between scamp and scrapper with ease, Clint is like the high school dropout James Bond, the guy who's both tragically weird and magnetically cool, all at the same time. He's the superhero we all think we would be yet also desperately would aspire to become. This comic may be about an archer, but archery is just about the last thing that Hawkeye is all about. It's about a guy with perfect aim and a life with less-than-perfect trajectory. And that's what makes him the perfect protagonist.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye (2012) #6

Dec 18, 2012

Now, I know Hawkeye isn't for everyone. I know that plenty of superhero fans out there want cosmic action, broad visual storytelling, stakes that shake the universe and alter heroes forever. That's everything Hawkeye isn't. What Hawkeye is is a human story with spurts of superhuman potential. It's a character piece, a quiet assurance for a Christmas night. It's nothing you expected and everything you wanted. Hawkguy is the gift that keeps on giving.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hawkeye (2012) #9

Apr 11, 2013

Aja also draws the hell out of this book, giving everything a dingy tone that really encapsulates the bleakness that Hawkeye is feeling right now. Combined with a gut-punch of a conclusion, this is the best comic you'll read all week.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hawkeye (2012) #11

Jun 26, 2013

Man's Best Friend is also the star of the week's best comic, as Fraction and Aja truly up the ante on visual storytelling to tell the unique tale of Lucky the Pizza Dog. Innovative, experimental and ambitious, this comic isn't just a palate cleanser, but a meaty story in its own right. Way more fun than it has any right to be, Hawkeye #11 is a must-read not just for people who enjoy quirky, humorous comic book stories, but for anyone who wants to see the bar raised on sequential art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkeye (2012) #18

Mar 27, 2014

Another solid success for one of Marvel's most entertaining books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkeye (2012) #20

Sep 10, 2014

It was a simple job. Maybe. And admittedly, neither Kate Bishop nor Matt Fraction really accomplished it. Kate Bishop's jaunt to L.A. wound up taking over a year to wrap up, and all she has are some newly discovered daddy issues to show for it. That's life, sometimes. That's drama. And for a comic that's as goofy, self-effacing and naturalistic as Hawkeye, maybe that's fitting, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkman (2018) #23

May 6, 2020

Given that this issue started off as an epilogue to a fairly questionable DC event, Hawkman #23 really doesn't have the right to be as good as it is, especially as it sidesteps the panic of today's issues and delivers a surprisingly sobering message about resisting our inner demons even when times seem dire. Sold by Takara's evocative designs, Hawkman #23 is perhaps the best print comic DC has on the stands this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hellboy in Hell #7

Aug 27, 2015

There's a great poetry to this book, particularly when a demonic doctor stalks the neighborhood, delivering the "toil and trouble" speech from Macbeth. This book is less of a story and more of an experience " and it's an experience you owe it to yourself to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hellboy in Hell #10

Jun 1, 2016

Ultimately, Hellboy in Hell is the kind of work that breaks all the rules " or maybe transcends them. Mignola was one of the forerunners of the modern creator-owned comic book movement, and it's telling that even 22 years later, his style remains powerful and arresting enough to get readers to embrace it just on the sheer virtues of its execution. There are few creators in this business as tapped into their own inner muse as Mignola, and this title ends the same way as it began " as an artistically striking, yet somehow unapologetically personal work.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Heroes In Crisis #3

Nov 28, 2018

Admittedly, there's always the question of where to draw the line with a book like Heroes in Crisis - and even the most charitable reads would likely agree that King and company are pushing the envelope with how dark they can push the inherently optimistic heroes of the DC Universe, as opposed to a war epic like Omega Men or the existential breakdown at the heart of Mister Miracle. So the critics wouldn't be wrong here - however, I'd argue even with some off-putting, even bleak moments, there's a level of deliberateness and craftsmanship to both Tom King and Lee Weeks that makes me still feel invested, that still keeps me feeling curious, if not necessarily hopeful in the traditional sense of the word.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Heroes In Crisis #4

Jan 2, 2019

Execution is often what elevates a boilerplate plot, and watching the way that King and company leverage panel layouts and shots is what makes this book still feel special.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Heroes In Crisis #6

Feb 27, 2019

Heroes in Crisis #6Written by Tom KingArt by Clay Mann, Mitch Gerads and Tomeu MoreyLettering by Clayton CowlesPublished by DC ComicsReview by David Pepose‘Rama Rating: 7 out of 10

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Heroes In Crisis #7

Mar 28, 2019

I'll admit it " this issue of Heroes in Crisis left me cold. It's not to say that Clay Mann, Travis Moore and Jorge Fornes don't acquit themselves nicely with the art, but writer Tom King's script can't help but feel a little too scattered for my tastes, particularly since he's running out of time to stick the landing on his grisly murder mystery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hexed (2014) #1

Aug 13, 2014

Like I said before, there's a little bit of fine-tuning that could be done to the art that might make this book read a bit smoother, and admittedly, the lack of a real emotional journey for Luci might make this series feel more disposable than it should. It's not enough to just have adventure - what do the characters learn from this journey? Still, in terms of sheer ideas and imagination, this comic has more creative "oomph" than most trades, and it provides a great starting point for Luci and her friends to get into trouble. Definitely recommended.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Higher Earth #1

May 8, 2012

In certain ways, Higher Earth feels like Sam Humphries riffing on Cable meets Quantum Leap, with it's action thus far trumping the implications of illegal dimensional immigration. Like Our Love is Real before it, there's a germ of high concept that I hope dominates this series, giving it a strong voice and direction. This book definitely has the looks to be memorable, and now that the chase is on, I'll be curious to see how Sam Humphries builds up a universe on the run.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Hit-Girl (2018) #1

Feb 22, 2018

While the relaunched Kick-Ass has enough to draw your attention, Hit-Girl feels like it's for Millar devotees only.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
House Amok #1

Aug 28, 2018

Still, House Amok is not just another strong outing from Sebela, but also in a way feels like a settling of the Black Crown line as a whole. Whereas the imprint’s first books leaned heavily on spectacle and esoteric concepts, House Amok feels like the most human story of the production line, even if its general structure might be a little too ambiguous. There’s a lot to like about this most unorthodox of families, and it will be a real treat to see where the Sandifers’ delusions might take them moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
House Of M (2015) #1

Aug 13, 2015

House of M has the potential to be a great story, but not as it currently stands. It's missing a critical sense of direction, a goal to drive the story forward and make the audience care. Unfortunately, with so many other potentially universe-ending crises going on in the rest of Secret Wars - crises that have had several months' head-start ahead of this book - and this House might not stand for long.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
House of X #1

Jul 24, 2019

Whether the Children of the Atom prove to be angels or devils, there's something exciting and strange about trying to make sense of Jonathan Hickman's new scripture " it's a brave new world for the House of X, and it's one X-fans will absolutely love exploring.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
House of X #2

Aug 7, 2019

While Hickman's work relaunching the X-Men has been exceedingly deliberate and thoughtful for the past two issues, I've found myself reading and rereading House of X numerous times, finding new angles and new layers with every new visit. It's the kind of twist that we might describe as Grant Morrison-esque " but to be honest, if Hickman continues to pack so many ideas in such a dense series, we may be talking about a new benchmark for revolutionary X-Men stories soon enough. 'The Curious Case of Moira X' is unlike anything you might have read, and certainly not like anything you might expect. But thanks to her unique gifts, the mutants' universe has just grown exponentially " and to be honest, that's the kind of bold evolution the X-Men desperately needed.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
House of X #5

Sep 18, 2019

In a series punctuated by game-changers, House of X #5 stands nicely amongst the upper echelons of this already ambitious series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Howard The Duck (2016) #4

Feb 4, 2016

Sometimes you get a book that is so weird and so disorganized that you could only expect it to crash and burn. Howard the Duck #4, however, bucks the trend, with a story that varies from being funny to overstuffed to action-packed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Howard The Duck (2016) #8

Jun 13, 2016

But ultimately, it's not about twists or continuity that makes this issue of Howard the Duck great. It's taking a character who is typically known for his surface-level high concept and occasionally grating persona and digging deeper, showing that this duck may have a lot more in common with his readers than we might typically expect. By casting Howard through the lens of someone who, despite the distance and recriminations, has and always will love him, we wind up discovering there is a lot more to this wisecracking waterfowl than just his absurdities.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Howling Commandos Of S.H.I.E.L.D #1

Oct 27, 2015

Marvel has tried to revamp the Howling Commandos as its own personal in-house monster mash on several previous occasions, but these attempts have always been doomed to fail - and unfortunately, this iteration doesn't feel much different. While there's definitely a ton of potential for "Dum Dum" Dugan and Jasper Sitwell, the rest of this cast feels woefully underdeveloped, with this team just feeling like a threadbare retread of the wildly successful Avengers formula. Combine this with some very ill-fitting artwork, and you have a book that may be creaky and kooky, but not altogether spooky.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Huck #2

Dec 17, 2015

Huck is a book with some serious potential, but Millar needs to push harder for that good will.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulk (2008) #56

Aug 16, 2012

It's mostly setup, and once Parker explains who these Mayan "gods" are... the issue's mostly over! For long-time readers, that might be too slow for comfort, but for new readers, this is a great place to get hooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Hulk (2014) #1

Apr 16, 2014

There is some potential to Mark Waid's new run on Hulk, but the overall execution leaves me feeling cold. Beyond the cliffhanger and Bruce Banner's potential new status quo - which, let's be honest, is a fun stunt, but still a stunt - what's to separate this book from, say, Jason Aaron's run? Or even tales from the Peter David years? Despite all those tons of gamma-irradiated muscle, there's just not enough meat for the first issue of the Hulk's newly relaunched series.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Hulk (2014) #2

May 1, 2014

Considering how strong Waid's characterization has been since he last relaunched this series, this Hulk still feels pretty puny.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulk (2014) #8

Nov 10, 2014

I like to think the latter, and that makes this issue of Hulk a strong one, even with its sometimes sedate tone. Even with the occasional punch-out, this arc is actually a much more measured response to the gamma-enhanced threat - the Hulk used to only speak with violence. Now he has science, reasoning, and even negotiation to help prove his points. And after reading this issue, I think he was right all along - there's more to his "family" than just being spin-offs. It clearly took a cure for gamma radiation to remind readers of the true characters that have been stirring underneath.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2014) #9

Dec 4, 2014

Yes, there are some goofy moments, like Green sticking his head through a steel door a la The Shining (and shouting "Hello, Kitty!"), but ultimately the Hulk is on the right track.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Hulk (2014) #15

Apr 23, 2015

I've been enjoying the Hulk for awhile now, and I have the feeling that as a collection, this issue will probably fare a bit better as one chapter of a whole, rather than as a standalone comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulkverines #1

Feb 25, 2019

This is a simple book of simple tastes - you throw a Hulk at a Hulkverine, and you get to just enjoy the fireworks. But honestly, there's something to be said for something simple being done well - that Pak and Anindito don't eschew the fundamentals for something world-shaking or continuity-laden, but instead focus on delivering a solid piece of entertainment that avoids the sometimes over-lofty aspirations of its spandex-covered kin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hunt For Wolverine #1

Apr 25, 2018

Thanks to his high concepts and working with artists like Marquez and Siquiera, The Hunt for Wolverine will likely appeal to readers just on sheer execution, even if we're only clawing at the surface how far this concept could truly go.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #2

Jun 14, 2018

It's easy to overlook tie-in books like this (particularly since there are so many of them tied to the return of Wolverine), but Adamantium Agenda is legit fantastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #4

Aug 9, 2018

While the ending itself comes across as a little abrupt, The Adamantium Agenda should be carte blanche to let Taylor and Silva work on whatever the hell they feel like next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
I, Vampire #8

Apr 30, 2012

It's that foothold that gives me hope for I, Vampire, even if this chapter is as simple, brutal and bloodless as the undead. The crossover with Justice League Dark isn't putting a Band-Aid on a gunshot wound, but like treating cancer with a pair of crutches " inclusion into the superhero-centric DCU is not the problem this book is struggling with. Identity is. Here's hoping that this new kind of vampire will show us some new and exciting ways to operate.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
IDW 20/20: Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Jan 17, 2019

Writer Paul Allor and artist Nelson Daniel are given a dynamite high concept in TMNT 20/20 - namely, seeing the Turtles as adults, 20 years into a losing war with the planet Ultrom - but they never take a big enough swing to really connect.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ignited #1

Jun 4, 2019

I think this is a creative team that has all done quality work in the past, and is clearly capable of doing more of the same down the road. But Ignited isn't it. In certain ways, it feels like a book that's trying to blend together the adolescent authenticity of Ultimate Spider-Man with the real-world weight and stakes of The Ultimates, but winds up feeling immediately dated compared to two books that are already old enough to vote.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Illuminati (2015) #2

Dec 21, 2015

Despite these hiccups, there's a lot to like about Illuminati, which feels like a D-team version of Thunderbolts. Williamson's script doesn't drag when it comes to introducing his characters - always a plus - and the fact that he's able to bring his team into the larger Marvel universe (and give them a compelling threat to face next issue) is a victory. That said, this book's biggest hurdle is going to be the fact that this team and its members have no Q rating, and with Marvel relaunching so many of its other titles, books like this one might get lost in the shuffle.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Immortal Hulk #8

Nov 13, 2018

Al Ewing and Joe Bennett continue to impress with The Immortal Hulk #8, pushing the horror envelope for Bruce Banner's adventures in a way that will likely linger with you for a good long time. The sheer challenge of the Hulk's situation feels almost insurmountable, but it's Ewing and Bennett's real triumph that they're able to weave together such a satisfying story while largely sidelining their central character. Self-contained but feeling no less important, The Immortal Hulk might be the scariest comic you'll read all week.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Immortal Hulk #12

Jan 25, 2019

Easily one of the most consistent and ambitious books in the Marvel publishing lineup, Immortal Hulk continues to punch even outside its considerable weight class.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Immortal Hulk #14

Mar 12, 2019

Immortal Hulk continues to be one of Marvel's smartest and most deliberate comics on the stands, and this issue proves to be no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Immortal Hulk #15

Mar 26, 2019

While there does feel like there’s a little bit more fat than usual in this latest installment of The Immortal Hulk, there’s still a level of care and craftsmanship to this breather of an issue that not only brings back an important character from Bruce Banner’s history with care, but also gives us further insight into the Hulk’s state of mind. (And given how consistently Ewing has been swinging for the fences this series, it’s telling that even his base hits still bring precision and skill.) Serving as a solid palate cleanser after the intensity of previous issues, The Immortal Hulk’s momentum proves to be as unkillable as its namesake.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Imperium #1

Feb 3, 2015

I'll be honest - I'm not sure where Imperium is heading, particularly since Dysart took such a gamble by having such a long prologue to Harada's saga. But first issues aren't just a place to tell your premise, but also a place to show readers the strengths of the creative team, and I think Dysart, Braithwaite and company have absolutely accomplished that. There's a sense of mystery to Imperium that's admirable and gutsy, and they've earned at least one more issue to see if this gamble will pay off.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incursion #4

May 28, 2019

Even if you haven't been keeping up with this series, Incursion's finale is surprisingly accessible, with Paknadel keying into those core human elements that make the spectacle feel worthwhile.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Indestructible Hulk #2

Dec 19, 2012

I'll admit that I was surprised to see a crossover so quickly for this series, but that's probably a short-term stratagem for survival for an unproven new direction in an unpredictable comic book marketplace. But Mark Waid has sold it nicely " a done-in-one comic starring two of Marvel's biggest icons, taking a refreshingly direct twist on the tried-and-true superhero team-up formula? There's a lot of depth left for us to discover with Bruce Banner, and Waid and Yu have left me green with anticipation for the next installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #3

Jan 17, 2013

The action does seem a little formulaic already " Hulk meets big foe, Hulk gets even stronger to overcome it. But the characterization is enough for Indestructible Hulk to keep its gamma-charged momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Indestructible Hulk #4

Feb 21, 2013

Artist Leinil Francis Yu is the reason this all works, as not only are his quiet moments really wonderful to take in, but his Hulk battles are huge set pieces with giant submarines, Atlantean superweapons and creatures so grotesque they actually seem like a threat. The only downside? This issue breaks Waid's done-in-one streak. A small price to pay for good comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Indestructible Hulk #5

Mar 25, 2013

With Yu off the book next month for Walt Simonson, I can't help but feel a little bit of trepidation for Indestructible Hulk, a comic which has absolutely lived up to its name. Sharp artwork and even sharper writing have made Bruce Banner into a complex, three-dimensional character who is just as quirky and likeable as he was in the Avengers movie, and what's best about a character like that is that he fits into just about any setting. As long as we can relate to other people setting off our emotions, we'll always appreciate Bruce Banner getting mean and green in social situations, making Indestructible Hulk the 500-pound gamma gorilla of the Marvel NOW! lineup.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #6

Apr 8, 2013

There are a lot of ways that Mark Waid and Marvel could have screwed up the momentum they've been building on Indestructible Hulk, which is why it's so heartening to see that they've banked into Simonson's talent and history so shrewdly. They're not just playing to his strengths, they're playing to his greatest hits, and they're tapping into that crossover-friendly zeitgeist that the Avengers movie cultivated in today's fandom. Combined with a cliffhanger that's as intriguing as it is pure fan-baiting, it's nice to see that even with a new artist on board, Indestructible Hulk is still coming out swinging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #10

Jul 11, 2013

Daredevil fans will enjoy this issue, as Mark Waid winds up leaning more on the Man Without Fear than the Hulk himself. Thankfully, Daredevil winds up being a likeable protagonist, so watching him try to contain a blinded Hulk still is entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #14

Oct 24, 2013

Throwing the Hulk and Bruce Banner into the time stream might be the smartest thing Mark Waid has done with Indestructible Hulk. Instead of being a taut, deliberately paced epic, Waid instead revels in randomness, with this story being a bit of a comic book jazz riff, as the Hulk bounces from era to era and battles enemies ranging from Sandman to pirates to Fing Fang Foom.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Indestructible Hulk #15

Nov 25, 2013

On the one hand, you have to give Waid and company credit for trying - throwing Bruce Banner into the timestream is just one more way of showing how Indestructible Hulk lives up to his name. And ultimately, I can't even blame Waid for this conclusion stumbling at the finish line - it's a mismatch of writer and artist in this case, nothing more. Still, it's a shame that an action story of this scale couldn't have packed a bigger punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Indestructible Hulk: Special #1

Oct 17, 2013

The exposition may give this issue a slight drop from the first chapter, Indestructible Hulk Special #1 is still a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Infidel #1

Feb 6, 2018

This is a strong debut from this creative team, and one that should not be ignored.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Infinity #2

Sep 4, 2013

There's a lot of spectacle in Infinity, but what this book is sadly lacking is focus " Hickman jumps from faction to faction without really giving us a whole lot of room to really gravitate to any particular characters. In that way, Infinity reads a lot like a Roland Emmerich disaster flick, where the destruction is ultimately the main feature rather than any one character or development. For Marvel's long-term strategies, that's not necessarily a terrible idea, as Guardians of the Galaxy and Inhumans show that Marvel's next frontier lies in the stars. But for a standalone reading experience, Infinity feels like it is trying to pack in everything it can into one book" except for one definitive narrative throughline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Infinity #3

Sep 17, 2013

On the one hand, Infinity is certainly headed in the right direction, as the Avengers and the Inhumans both get some nice turns that bring the spotlight back to where it should be. On the other hand, there's still an awful lot of filler and slow pacing to this event, and now that we're three issues in, this might make or break the patience of many readers. Thankfully the artwork and fist-pumping moments are enough to keep interest piqued, and if Hickman can keep the focus on the fan-favorite characters rather than the obscure alien friends and foes, Infinity may stick the landing yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Infinity #4

Oct 9, 2013

Sometimes less is more. While Jonathan Hickman should be applauded for his sense of scale in Infinity, there's been a disconnect the past few issues that has come with all the space opera. So by focusing only on a few subplots, Hickman has really made this event story more accessible and more exciting, giving Infinity #4 a momentum that lets it skate past its shakier moments. While this issue isn't perfect by a long shot, this series is definitely on an upswing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Infinity #5

Oct 30, 2013

Ultimately, Infinity #5 isn't a bad book, just an unfocused one - with so many villains and subplots going on, it's been a somewhat unsatisfying read waiting for all these plot points to come together. That said, even this fleeting spotlight on the Avengers themselves gives this book a slight shot in the arm, and with the final showdown with Thanos on the horizon, there's a chance that Infinity might conclude with a bang.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Infinity Wars (2018) #6

Dec 19, 2018

If you're looking for a companion piece to the Infinity War film, you'd be better served reading other stories than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Infinity Wars: Soldier Supreme #1

Sep 18, 2018

What it is is a frenzied, insane bit of narrative stunting, a reconfiguration of beloved concepts simply because of the sake that they are so beloved. As a result, Infinity Wars: Soldier Supreme falls into that tricky area, being both for diehards who get the references but also for readers who don't take these concepts seriously enough to mind watching them get hacked into pieces. But for those of a certain age and era, this is the kind of stunt that " even if it's not crazy enough to work " it may just be crazy enough to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Infinity Wars: Weapon Hex #1

Oct 17, 2018

If Weapon Hex is any indication, this is going to be an event that will be quickly forgotten.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Inhuman #1

Apr 1, 2014

Right now, the only thing going for Inhuman is style - namely, if you're a fan of Joe Madureira, or are a diehard Inhuman enthusiast. But that's the great tragedy of this book - this was meant to bring in new readers, not to preach to the converted. Right now, we don't even have the great concepts of the glory days of Stan and Jack - beyond Medusa, all these new characters are but shadows of the glory of Inhumanity. Without strong concepts or characterization, Inhuman needs some heart, fast, or this rapidly growing species is in danger of publishing extinction.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Inhuman #4

Aug 25, 2014

Inhuman is a book with a lot of potential, if nothing else for the off-kilter powers and unforgettable visuals these characters possess. A queen with living hair? A super-strong behemoth with hooves? Even characters like Lineage and the Reader, while their powers are vast and ill-defined, have a cool visual style. However, even with Ryan Stegman on board, there needs to be more than just the art to hold us over. Soule needs to give us a reason to root for these characters, a reason to empathize with them, if we're going to join Medusa's army. This may be the way things are done in New Attilan, but now that the Inhumans are in the spotlight with their own series, they're going to need to launch a charm offensive with readers fast.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Inhuman #5

Sep 12, 2014

I've slagged on Inhuman before, but credit where credit's due - this series is starting to pick up! Writer Charles Soule finally hits his groove by balancing the stories of his NuHumans Jason and Dante as well as focusing on the precarious rule of Queen Medusa.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Inhuman: Special #1

Apr 23, 2015

There's a lot of potential with both these characters and these creators, but Inhuman Special feels like a swing and a miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Inhumanity #1

Dec 4, 2013

Are the Inhumans necessarily a replacement for the X-Men? Not quite. But that's not the real goal here - Marvel is aiming to diversify with Inhumanity, and this first issue knocks it out of the park. With lyrical dialogue, intense characters, and a mystery that threatens an entire burgeoning species, this is a perfect introduction to the refugees of Attilan.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Inhumans: Attilan Rising #4

Aug 17, 2015

With all this good potential, why not a higher score for this book? Right now, it's still only a start - while Soule has gone a long way towards rehabbing Black Bolt as a viable leader for readers to latch onto, the supporting characters still feel a little shallow, and the overall direction of this book still is up in the air. This is where the whole Secret Wars setting does Soule no favors, as he has to bounce the younger Inhumans to the different Battleworld realms and include an obligatory mention to Emperor Doom, which ultimately distracts from any deeper story at hand. But after watching the Inhumans struggle to find their footing after a hefty Marvel push, you can't help but feel heartened with Soule and company's latest effort. Maybe Attilan's best times are still ahead

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Interceptor #2

Feb 9, 2016

Perhaps the reason why is that Interceptor is not the kind of book that is meant to make heady judgment calls about the efficacy of war. This is the kind of book that grabs you sheerly on the strength of its high concept and its visual execution - it's the sort of visceral pleasure and deliberate design that made movies like Mad Max: Fury Road such a box office smash. If this creative team can keep the pedal to the metal and keep giving us more vampires, more combat, more sci-fi, Interceptor is going to make for a strong forerunner for Heavy Metal comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
International Iron Man #1

Mar 16, 2016

But when it comes to down to the hard math of comic book storytelling, you wind up realizing that creators like Maleev are known quantities - their style is consistent and expected, and when you know the artist isn't green enough to be making unforced errors, you recognize that their talent is a given. They're going to produce quality artwork, even if the story underneath isn't quality at all. But the formula for iconic work is simple: a great script plus great artwork equals a fantastic issue. But when the script is as inconsistent, underdeveloped and just plain out-of-left-field as Invincible Iron Man #1, it's going to be very difficult for all but the most diehard Bendis super-fans to justify sticking around.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
International Iron Man #6

Aug 24, 2016

Don't make the same mistake I did, and spend your cash on a book that at least makes an attempt at going through the motions - because at the end of the day, Bendis and Maleev are creators who are capable of great things, but International Iron Man #6 is absolutely not it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #144

Feb 14, 2018

After celebrating 15 years of stories, Invincible takes its final bow this week, and as far as finales go, writer Robert Kirkman and artists Ryan Ottley and Cory Walker send off this series with an ending that's both heartfelt and iconoclastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man (2015) #1

Oct 6, 2015

Ultimately, for all of Tony Stark's brilliance, Invincible Iron Man #1's saving grace has to be its spectacular looks, as David Marquez reminds us once more why he's the best Marvel artist you've probably never heard of. This series goes back to basics, casting aside any needless Secret Wars complications, and it's absolutely to this title's benefit. Tony Stark doesn't need the multiverse to make him interesting - he's already got the wit and the weapons to do that for him. As Bendis continues to unwind his story, Invincible Iron Man looks like a promising new take on one of Marvel's most important characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Invincible Iron Man (2015) #12

Aug 3, 2016

Invincible Iron Man #12 might be leading Marvel to some interesting places, but it's certainly a slog getting there.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Invisible Kingdom #1

Mar 21, 2019

Despite its title, Invisible Kingdom's pedigree is immediately apparent from just first glance, and is a debut you do not want to miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Invisible Woman (2019) #1

Jul 9, 2019

If future installments can really show readers why Sue is a uniquely special character even amongst her teammates " to give readers a reason to read her solo adventures rather than as a team book " Invisible Woman might stick the landing, but as it stands, this slow-moving debut might prove to be way too easy to overlook.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Iron Fist (2017) #1

Mar 23, 2017

Hot on the heels of his pilloried Netflix series, Iron Fist #1 is a story about an aimless and depressed warrior - and unfortunately, that feeling infects the entire narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #2

May 8, 2014

If you dig Andrews' crazy art, you're set, but I'll admit that I expected Iron Fist: The Living Weapon to pack a little bit more narrative punch.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #4

Jul 1, 2014

It goes without saying that Iron Fist: The Living Weapon isn't for everyone. It's certainly the most "adult" of all of Marvel's books right now, but at the same time, there's also a juvenile sense of glee to all the bones breaking and boots knocking. Yet this book really feels more like it's an exercise for the artist rather than an outlet for the reader - this is a performance piece, it's Andrews flexing his muscles as he sees fit, and if you like it, great, and if not, the hell with you. Maybe that's the true message of kung fu. Maybe it's not just the artistry, but going your own path with it - even if it may be too strange or too much for others to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #5

Aug 7, 2014

I've been a defender of Iron Fist: The Living Weapon since its first issue, but man - there's a line between being an auteur and being self-indulgent, and I think this book has long crossed that line.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Man (2012) #1

Nov 6, 2012

Kieron Gillen is in a precarious position at the moment, leading one of Marvel's marquee characters after a billion-dollar movie and the departure of one of the House of Ideas' most popular writers from the book. To his credit, there are no flaws in Iron Man's armor, no gaping missteps in character or dialogue that would make me turn away from this book. That said, the main hook I've heard about this book " the Q-style gadgets for any situation " don't really appear here, and even if they did, wouldn't be enough to carry the book as it is. What is Tony Stark's future? Where does the road lead for this visionary, this billionaire genius playboy philanthropist? I hope Gillen tells us soon, because all the toys in the world won't come close to matching what I know lies in Iron Man's repulsor-powered heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Man (2012) #2

Nov 26, 2012

Additionally, this comic starts off strong, but does stumble at the end, with Gillen essentially ending the jousting match via cheat code, pulling the plug arbitrarily rather than organically. (The science behind this spectacle does feel a little light still, making the solution feel groan-worthy.) Still, the concept alone is a strong one, as Tony Stark struts his stuff with style. Marvel's modern-day knight may have his flaws, but he's still undeniably entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Iron Man (2012) #9

May 3, 2013

Kieron Gillen gets a couple of decent lines out of Tony ("Hush, P.E.P.P.E.R. Making my own mistakes now," as well as a line about robot racism), but there's so much focus on Tony's determination to bring in genocidal robot 451 that Gillen doesn't actually sell us on why it's so personal.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Man (2012) #17

Oct 24, 2013

It took 10 issues to get to the big twist, and this issue isn't much more than that single beat. Still, there's a lot of potential here - here's hoping Gillen can mine it moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Iron Man (2012) #18

Nov 6, 2013

If you had asked me 17 issues ago if I thought Iron Man would be this good, I probably would have been skeptical. This comic has made some weird detours since its relaunch, and whether it's Thor trapped in Siege or Tony stuck in space in Guardians of the Galaxy, Kieron Gillen, good soldier that he is, has often been put in the position of having to write marquee characters under very strict editorial constraints. Here - finally - Gillen is free, and it's clear that his potential has been largely untapped.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Man (2012) #20

Jan 14, 2014

While admittedly the idea isn't the most original in the world after Geoff Johns' immensely successful, ring-centric Green Lantern run, Kieron Gillen's de-facto Mandarin Corps is a smart spin on one of Iron Man's most enduring foes. Now that Tony Stark is facing a villain that has some real personality - and armaments - to match, Kieron Gillen's run on Iron Man has gotten a long-overdue shot in the arm.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Iron Man (2012) Annual #1

Feb 24, 2014

Ultimately, Kieron Gillen front-loads this annual well enough to take it off the ground, even though a print annual is a curious place to be addressing the aftermath of a digital series that few people have read. Perhaps Gillen has some future plot developments in this book that we aren't aware of - that said, this book doesn't really add too much to the fun Mandarin story going on in the monthly book, but instead is a more sedate check-in with Tony Stark and company. Completists and Gillen fans will dig it - otherwise, not the end of the world if you skip this.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Iron Patriot #1

Mar 25, 2014

That's not to say that Iron Patriot #1 is a bad book by any means. It's very human, and has a lot of potential for some real growth for James Rhodes as a father, a son, and as an armored crusader. But that's just it - a new #1 shouldn't just be the promise of potential. That's what solicits are for. You need to deliver on that promise, with a confident, unmistakable direction. And it's that lack of direction that is what's holding Iron Patriot back.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ironheart #2

Feb 15, 2019

Ironheart is some solid superhero storytelling, and one that looks to be getting better with each new installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Isola #1

Apr 3, 2018

So far, Isola feels less like a narrative journey and more of an art exhibition for Kerschl's prodigious skills - and while that'll hook in diehards like me just based on the sheer skill of his artistry, you can bet there will be plenty more who won't take the bait.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ivar, Timewalker #10

Oct 22, 2015

This isn't the deepest book you'll ever read - although the final page cliffhanger will likely make you laugh out loud - but it sure is the most memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
IvX #4

Feb 8, 2017

Ultimately, Inhumans vs. X-Men is at a distinct disadvantage because it comes on the heels of both Civil War II and Death of X - but at any rate, you can say Marvel has been improving upon the formula with each new installment. This book may struggle with making the best use out of its giant cast list, but there's clearly potential here in both the art and the more pared-down character moments. Inhumans vs. X-Men #4 might not be the most consistent bout in the world, but you can say this is a particularly solid round.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
IXth Generation #4

Jul 23, 2015

There's definitely a steep learning curve to Top Cow's IX Generation series, which puts an almost Legion of Superheroes spin on their sprawling Cyberforce and Artifacts mythologies. That said, diehard Cow fans will love the action and intrigue, as Hades begins her assault on the rest of the IX units.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
James Bond 007 (2018) #1

Nov 6, 2018

While the beginning of the issue starts off at a slow burn, Pak and Laming are pushing some unexpected boundaries with James Bond 007 #1 " and whether it's intentional or not, the end result of Bond and Oddjob's bromance is something that doesn't feel like any other 007 adventure we've seen so far. With thrilling action, wonderful artwork, and a mainstay villain being revamped for the 21st century, this is a book you should not miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
James Bond: The Body #1

Jan 18, 2018

While the story may not be anything to write home about just yet, the fantastic art team does James Bond: The Body good.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Jean Grey #10

Dec 14, 2017

While Hopeless does some solid work as he wraps up young Jean's fight against the Phoenix, his narrative can't help but buckle a bit with so many guest characters, as he's forced to burn page after necessary page accounting for characters that don't add much to this particular issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Jem and the Holograms #3

May 21, 2015

Occasionally, it might be a little too bright and poppy with M. Victoria Robado's colors, but on the whole, this interlude before the Holograms' big charity performance is a fun way to get to know the band. If you've been wondering what the hubbub is about this book, this is the place to jump in.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Jesusfreak #1

Mar 21, 2019

Fans of Casey or Marra will likely dig this book, but it never gets the controversial momentum its title promises to really get its shine.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jimmy's Bastards #1

Jun 16, 2017

As far as guilty laughs go, Jimmy's Bastards #1 completes its mission successfully, but only time will tell if this comic earns its license to thrill.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Joker: Killer Smile: The Smile Killer #1

Jun 24, 2020

Limits of suspension of disbelief aside, Sorrentino's swinging for the fences in Batman: The Smile Killer, and the results are breathtaking. Even if Lemire is bringing us through some well-trod territory with the actual storyline, he delivers some strongly unsettling work here, and Sorrentino's take on the Dark Knight is just so striking that it's impossible to dismiss. If you pick up one Big Two book this week, make sure it's this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Jonesy #5

Aug 4, 2016

While you can probably see the twist coming from a mile away - which might be this book's only flaw - there's an element of truth to Humphries' story of being blinded by adoration. Either way, if you haven't been checking out Jonesy, this could be love at first sight.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #632

Dec 19, 2011

While I don't think the art is everything it could be, I'd be lying if I didn't say that Breitweisers weren't a huge improvement over some of the previous issues of Journey Into Mystery. And as it stands, Kieron Gillen reminds us of his cleverness with a script so fun that you'd be hard-pressed to match it. With humor, with heart, and even a little bit of sadness, Journey Into Mystery is one excellent read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #643

Sep 13, 2012

Way too much reliance on past issues' minutiae, and way too much text in an already hard-to-read Asgardian font by letterer Clayton Cowles.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #646

Nov 20, 2012

For those hoping that Journey Into Mystery would transcend its sleeper status, well, you'll probably have to think again " and to be honest, Immonen and Schiti probably have an even more uphill battle to climb than Kieron Gillen did with Loki, given that Sif doesn't have the mischievousness, the cuteness or the billion-dollar movie behind her that the God of Mischief did. But there's a nice gung-ho girl-power spirit here, following in the footsteps of Kelly Sue DeConnick and Captain Marvel, and with some truly effective art, there's no telling to what heights this Journey Into Mystery might take us.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #648

Jan 31, 2013

One thing that is for sure, though: artist Valerio Schiti is superb, with a weighty yet cartoony style that makes every punch and sword swing look superb. Looks alone keep this book swinging, and next month's guest star is a cash grab that, while crass, I'm pretty excited to see hit the page.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Joyride #1

Apr 19, 2016

While there's still some tics to the writing that could be ironed out further, there's a lot to like about Joyride, and I sense that there's going to be a lot more as this series progresses. There's a real hook to the high concept of translating teenage restlessness into the context of space opera adventure, but it remains to be seen if these protagonists possess the right stuff to keep viewers intrigued.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #1

May 31, 2018

There's a lot of potential for this series " particularly with the art " and I'm already excited to see what's next for Judge Dredd: Under Siege.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Jughead (2015) #2

Nov 17, 2015

While Jughead's cleverness might rub some people the wrong way - the name "Smughead" might be such a sick burn because it's more than a little accurate - but ultimately, it's a matter of whether you buy into Jughead's new status quo as the precocious savant of Riverdale or not. For me personally, I think this twist gives this book a world of depth to plumb. There's more to Jughead than just hamburgers, and ironically enough, that gives him way more meat as a character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jughead (2015) #3

Dec 29, 2015

In many ways, Jughead's biggest challenge may just be matching the quality and innovation of its first issues. In terms of sheer craft, this series stands well above many of its peers - it's funny, it's well-drawn, and perhaps most importantly, it has a real sense of intelligence underneath all those one-liners. But with Jughead in limbo at Riverdale, it can't help but slow down this book. That said, I'm confident this series will pick up steam upon Jughead's well-deserved return.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Jughead (2015) #7

Jun 14, 2016

With high-publicity launches like Archie and Jughead (or to use another company as an example, Marvel and Star Wars), it's not enough to come up with a solid first arc, but you need to have a contingency plan in place to keep the book sustainable. For Archie, Veronica Fish proved to be a great, edgy successor to Fiona Staples' linework, but this first issue of Jughead seems to be a swing and a miss for both Zdarsky and his new artistic collaborator. This isn't a bad book, per se, and there is plenty of potential to this solid crew, but if the entire arc reads like this, it isn't going to just be Jughead without his crown " it's going to be an emperor without his clothes.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Jughead: The Hunger (2017) #1

Oct 24, 2017

With a premise this delicious, one can hope this series ups its game in future installments " but the steep decline in quality may end this beast faster than Betty Cooper ever could.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jughead: The Hunger (2017) #3

Jan 26, 2018

While still trailing behind some of Archie Horror's more standout offerings, there's been enough of an upswing since Issue #1 that I would definitely consider getting another helping of Jughead: The Hunger.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Jughead: The Hunger (2017) #1

Mar 7, 2017

In certain ways, it feels like a shrewd move on Archie's part to keep Jughead: The Hunger as a one-shot, just to keep this fun premise from overstaying its welcome - and to be fair, if it keeps production values this high, it's an approach some other comic books might wish to emulate. Without the constraints or expectations surrounding an ongoing or even a miniseries, Tieri and Walsh are able to cut to the chase with this deliciously subversive concept, making Jughead: The Hunger a truly satisfying read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jupiter's Legacy: Vol. 2 #1

Jun 28, 2016

If you're looking for something deeper than superhero fisticuffs, admittedly Jupiter's Legacy 2 might not be the series for you - but it's to Millar and Quietly's credit that they care less about the sanctity of superhero concepts and instead uses their physical iconography to deliver a fun action blockbuster. Like many of Millar's other works, this is a book that's defined by its production values more than its sense of resonance - although the idea of all-powerful families bickering and squabbling and betraying one another has gone back as far as, well, the Roman gods this book is named after - but if you've kept up with the first volume of this series and are willing to be patient as this second installment unfolds, you'll find a lot to like about Jupiter's Legacy 2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #0

Sep 19, 2012

Combined with a nice teaser by Johns and Ethan Van Sciver reintroducing the Question " as well as teasing the upcoming "Trinity War," which will pit the strongest and the darkest hearts of the DCU against each other " and you have an effective entree point for new readers looking to get into DC's latest event. If Johns and company can take new spins on the tried-and-true DC icons, we're in for a real treat.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #5

Jan 25, 2012

Here's hoping Johns and Lee can dig a little deeper into the League's heads next go-round.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League (2011) #6

Feb 29, 2012

Yet striking artwork aside, I can't help but feel a bit disappointed with the execution of this book. I had no problem with the relaunch of the DC Universe, as I felt the opportunities for new directions and new insights would help reinvigorate the Justice League for a new generation. But that's the problem with having all style and little substance " with the action-heavy approach, these characters feel more like strangers than ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League (2011) #8

Apr 19, 2012

The players are present, but they need to be more than just there " if Johns and company can't get people to root for this team soon, the Justice League's greatest enemy may become reader apathy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #9

May 21, 2012

That said, this comic's successes are far more memorable than its flaws. From a process perspective, I think we're seeing yet another reinvention of Geoff Johns, and after some initial fitful starts, he might be finding his balance between spectacle and substance. But ultimately, Johns and Lee are delivering what we wanted all along " we want to see our favorite characters in the same place, playing off one another and showing us how they compare and contrast. In other words, the flagship title of the New 52 is finally starting to live up to the name.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #11

Jul 18, 2012

That all said, I can't say enough how pleasantly surprised I've been by Justice League lately, as the creative team has been engaged in anything but a sophomore slump. The art is on-track, now that Lee and Johns are more accustomed to his densely-paneled scripts, and Johns' focus on the heated team dynamics is a fresh alternative to the rank-and-file pantheon of Grant Morrison's run 15 years ago. Gorgeously drawn with only one mission " show DC's major icons together in action " and you've got yourself a knockout of a book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #13

Oct 17, 2012

That said, while this series is slowly but surely improving, this comic isn't a slam dunk just yet. The pacing still is a problem, with the internal politics surrounding Steve Trevor dragging in particular. The final sequence of the book also feels a little like writer fiat, with the Cheetah getting the jump on not just Diana, but a cadre of DC's most powerful beings. But the big problem with this book is that no matter how many neat insights Geoff Johns brings to these characters, those changes will be ignored in the character's own book. Despite its diverse cast plucked from across the DCU, Justice League feels hermetically sealed, and that hampers the tone of the New 52 as a whole. Still, it's upwards and onwards for DC's premiere superteam " it's too bad the rest of the DCU won't follow suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #14

Nov 21, 2012

I'll admit that as far as conclusions go, Justice League #14 doesn't quite have the explosive ending that I was hoping for, but that's not to say there isn't plenty of good here, as well. This feels like the victim of scheduling rather than the flaws of craftsmanship " it honestly feels like there needed to be one more issue to adequately wrap this saga up, so Johns had to rapidly tie up all of his complications rather than let them play out. While the main objective " the showdown with Cheetah " might feel a little underwhelming (at least for now), Johns and company still sell their secondary goal " the dynamics within the team " with aplomb. There are plenty of sparks flying between the members of the Justice League, and I think that will only continue to increase, making this comic a title to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #15

Dec 28, 2012

No matter who the foe, the Justice League will always find a way to win, which makes winning jaded readers over with just action a hard sell " but Geoff Johns's strength isn't just concept, but character. Just reading this issue, even with the undersea adventures, it's clear to me that seeing just what makes these newly rebooted characters tick is where DC's future truly lies.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #16

Jan 24, 2013

Geoff Johns has a lot of balls to keep in the air with his "Throne of Atlantis" crossover, and so seeing everything he's got going in Justice League #16 shows he's got plenty of ambition.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #21

Jun 26, 2012

Ultimately, if you're looking for a high-octane action thriller featuring Shazam, it's hard to go wrong with Justice League #21. An oversized issue with oversized characters, oversized fights and oversized stakes, this is a comic that doesn't get too fancy, but instead delivers the thrills that readers want. As far as first arcs go, this is a strong conclusion for Billy Batson - and now that he stands poised to join the Justice League, this momentum is really Geoff Johns's to lose.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #22

Jul 15, 2013

As far as comic book popcorn blockbusters go, The Trinity War definitely will hit all the fan buttons, as hero battles hero a fight for the ages. While occasionally this issue trips over its own dialogue, the execution of the high concept still has enough of a visceral thrill that you can't fault it. With some surprising casualties already mounting, my curiosity is definitely piqued.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #23.2

Sep 11, 2013

But as I've said before, this comic also is missing something. An essential spark, a new direction in the storytelling that shows readers there's a plan for this character. Part of that problem comes from this being a one-shot, and not only that, but it's a one-shot that might not even be tied to the greater Justice League story - if this issue is any indication, Lobo's story could really go into any Earth-bound DC title. Is this a story about a space biker? Is this going to be an entree into a more esoteric space opera? Why do we care about Lobo? In that regard, Bennett and company don't succeed, and that's what keeps this comic as more of a surface-level victory rather than a grand slam. Justice League #23.2: Lobo doesn't crash and burn, but it doesn't shoot for the stars, either.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League (2011) #23.4

Sep 30, 2013

Time will tell if Justice League #23.4: Secret Society truly has an impact on Forever Evil, or if it's just a red herring. If the former, then in retrospect, this issue might wind up reading a lot better as part of a collection. But as far as single issues go, unless you're a diehard or a completist, you can probably skip this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #27

Jan 22, 2014

For those who have been exasperated at the slow pacing of Forever Evil, well, you probably won't be too thrilled here -- this issue is certainly a detour, although it's one that might mean a lot for a truly underutilized hero (or several). That said, if comics like these are what we need to introduce even more of DC's properties back into the public eye, it's not a tremendous cost -- there's some humanity underneath all that event machinery, and it's nice to see Justice League #27 try to find that beating heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #29

Apr 17, 2014

While there are a couple of pacing issues near the beginning and end of the book, this is one of the best issues of Justice League in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #31

Jun 25, 2014

For a team comprised of the best characters of the DC Universe, it felt for far too long that the Justice League was ignoring its premium asset, instead using these properties as window dressing to justify B-list villains or indulgent subplots. That's not to say that Johns doesn't still have some ways to go before he gets to that kind of perfect character balance he had writing Avengers or Justice Society of America - after all, characters like Superman and Wonder Woman get short shrift, and Flash and Aquaman are completely MIA in favor of an abrupt cliffhanger - but all the same, this is a very different writer than the one we've seen lately. It's a writer who doesn't just care about his characters, but demonstrates why we should, too. Here's hoping this Geoff Johns sticks around for the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #32

Aug 4, 2014

That said, if there's anything that holds this book back, it's that it still isn't quite a Justice League story. Johns has experience juggling tons of characters - Justice Society is one that springs to mind - so it's a little disappointing that five members of the Justice League are just window dressing to the rest of the story. I get that there needs to be some set-up for Superwoman and for the Doom Patrol, but ultimately, the League needs to come first. High concepts are great and all, but the whole reason people buy this book is so they can watch their favorite superheroes team up. And in that regard - despite the interesting additions and distractions - this book doesn't really deliver. That said, there is plenty of superheroic soapiness to this book that keeps it from being a bore - I just wish that Johns would give a little bit more focus to his marquee characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #33

Sep 3, 2014

Yes, some of the problems inherent in Justice League still remain - the world's greatest heroes still feel like window dressing in their own team book, likely because their own solo titles still feel like they're in flux. The main draw of Justice League - watching DC's best and brightest interact - isn't really here yet. But as a rotating entree of different characters, Johns definitely has a handle on what makes them tick.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #36

Nov 19, 2014

Regardless of decompression, however, it looks like for Justice League, the disease might be the same as a cure. The past two issues have shown a newfound focus and panache that this series has desperately needed since the Trinity War and Forever Evil arcs. The formula to making Justice League work isn't hard - you put DC's best and brightest superheroes in the same room and have them team up against a bigger threat. By putting the spotlight back on the team - where it belongs - Johns and Fabok are quickly making this book the A-list comic it deserves to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #38

Jan 21, 2015

In many ways, "The Amazo Virus" is a return to form for Johns, acting as some of his best straightforward superhero work since, well, his run on Avengers. This arc is similar to "The Red Zone" not just for its epidemic-inspired premise, but for its tight focus on our heroes, giving Johns and Fabok the opportunity to really show it what it's like to have the world's greatest superheroes together in one adventure. It's a shot in the arm for a series that's quickly regaining its momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #39

Feb 23, 2015

While the pacing occasionally stumbles, "The Amazo Virus" is bar-none the best arc Justice League has had since its relaunch nearly 40 issues ago. The reason why is because ultimately, the villains of the Justice League are never going to be as interesting as the heroes involved - that's just what happens when you have 70+ years of history for each member of your supporting cast. And if there was one major sin Justice League had been defined by in the past, it was favoring the event over the characters involved. I am very pleased to say that that's no longer the case. If event fatigue caused you to drop Justice League, then consider "The Amazo Virus" the cure to what ails you.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #41

Jun 3, 2015

Minor speed bumps aside, however, Justice League has been on an upswing since "The Amazo Virus" arc, and "The Darkseid War" looks to continue this series' dominance. With tons of extra pages to let Johns and Fabok work their magic, this absolutely raises the bar for much of the rest of the DC catalog. If you've been a lapsed reader, now is the time to get back on board.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #43

Aug 25, 2015

Admittedly, some readers might cry foul at the continued set-up, particularly since characters like the Flash, Cyborg and Power Ring get so little face time, and others might still find the pages following Darkseid's forces to be a bit impenetrable - and they're not wrong. But ultimately, that's not what the pull of a book like Justice League is about. This is a book that's supposed to showcase DC's best and brightest, teaming up with over-the-top adventures too big for any one of them to face alone. Justice League is a book about the heroes, first and foremost, and it's such a welcome sight to see Johns and company really digging into these powerful, potent archetypes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #44

Sep 30, 2015

But these are minor hiccups - and when you're dealing with an honest-to-goodness event, minor hiccups are more than forgivable. Johns and Fabok have proven that you don't need to sacrifice quality just for the sake of high concept. This is the kind of summer blockbuster that fans wait years to see, and it's so fantastic that we get to check in month after month. Things may look bad for the Justice League, but for this reader, this series has begun to feel like a new Golden Age for DC's finest characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #45

Oct 21, 2015

If there's one concern I might have, having followed Johns' work over the years, it's that sometimes he can get lost in his own sprawling mythologies, as evidenced towards the end of his run on Green Lantern. Yet the nature of a book like Justice League is its sheer impermanence - that these characters can't just be permanently changed - might provide the perfect stopgap towards Johns reaching for plot twists rather than solid characterization. As far as Justice League is concerned, however, Johns is currently hitting that perfect sweet spot, one that results in big moments stemming from an innate knowledge of the DCU and all of its characters. There's a new pantheon in town - and that's the kind of Justice League story we've all been praying for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #47

Dec 30, 2015

Assembling DC Comics' best and brightest is a daunting task, but if there's any creator who has proven himself time and time again that he is worthy of the task, it's Geoff Johns. Justice League continues to have the perfect mix of heady mythology, pitch-perfect character moments, and big twists and turns. While this issue might push the brakes a bit, just think of it as a necessary evil - that is, until the real bad guys show up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League (2011) #48

Feb 24, 2016

The Darkseid War, and Justice League #48 in particular, is the best-case scenario for all things DC, and hopefully a great sign of things to come under Johns' stewardship of the "Rebirth" era. This issue has high stakes, awesome action, a great balance of characters, spectacular art and all-round perfect execution - this is the kind of comic that excites people, the kind of comic you hope to find when you go to your comic shop every Wednesday. This is Johns and Fabok and ultimately DC at some of its best. They say war is hell, but whoever said that has never read Justice League.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #51

Jun 21, 2016

If DC's other writers can perform as steadily as this one, count on "Rebirth" being a watershed moment for not just one publisher, but for superhero comics as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2016) #2

Aug 8, 2016

Still, while these two experienced creators are still feeling each other out, there's a sense of urgency and panache that characterizes Justice League, making this a worthwhile team book in the aftermath of Geoff Johns' flagship run. But unlike Johns' series, there's no expectation to make Justice League a trendsetting book for the rest of the DC Universe, allowing a larger-than-life, anything-goes kind of storytelling that I think can pay big dividends down the road. While this second installment of Justice League has some flaws in pacing and scale, the good moments of this book far outweigh any missteps, showing that DC's greatest superheroes remain in good hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2018) #30

Aug 28, 2019

That said, Justice League #30 isn't always the easiest read to connect with " this is a big blockbuster through and through, and it's one designed to appeal to fans' sense of continuity and a larger shared universe, even if the broader core themes of justice versus doom might feel a little unwieldy upon close examination.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2018) #40

Feb 6, 2020

The result is a Justice League story that is certainly solid and decently entertaining, but also one that will likely be disposable and forgettable against the rest of DC's week-to-week output.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League (2018) #45

May 26, 2020

Justice League #45 feels like the epitome of a mixed bag, with its insights into the League’s characters clashing with numerous discordant elements across the storyline. That’s not to say this is a bad comic, but it for sure doesn’t do justice to either Robert Venditti or Eddy Barrows’ skills - if you’re looking for some by-the-numbers superhero action, you could do worse than this book, but this isn’t a highlight for anyone involved, either.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Justice League (2018) #49

Jul 20, 2020

It's uncertain who approved a storyline of the Justice League being clueless interstellar colonizers, but writer Si Spurrier and artist Aaron Lopresti's Justice League #49 leaves a distinctly bad taste.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Justice League 3000 #1

Dec 11, 2013

And that's what I don't get. It makes plenty of sense for DC to try to leverage its strong Justice League brand further, even if it comes at the cost of a longtime but unprofitable book like Legion of Superheroes. But Brainiac 5 and the rest would be spinning in their graves if they knew what kind of book replaced the Legion - the Justice League 3000 might have a future if they turn themselves around immediately, but if this bad first impression is any indication, this might be one of DC's most disappointing starts yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Justice League 3000 #2

Jan 16, 2014

The League's one-note characterizations and constant in-fighting continue to grate, and there's an additional problem with pacing here - Giffen and DeMatteis spend 13 pages delivering exposition, cutting away the moment there's about to be anything visual taking place.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League 3000 #9

Aug 11, 2014

Still, credit where credit is due - I was really disappointed with Justice League 3000 when it first hit the stands, so the fact that this series is starting to warm up even a naysayer like me is a victory. Part of the problem with this series when it first began was that it was trying too hard to be the Justice League, but in the future - now that Giffen and DeMatteis are starting to add in their own spin on these characters, like a female scientist Flash or a pocket-sized Green Lantern, this series might be able to stand on its own two feet. That said, the team needs to hurry and find its own identity, fast - because nine issues to find itself is a luxury most series can't afford.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League 3000 #14

Feb 12, 2015

Guest artist Andy Kuhn delivers a scratchier set of lines than you might expect from Justice League 3000, but given the medieval setting by writers Keith Giffen and J.M. DeMatteis, the switch-up in styles actually seems to make sense.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League 3001 #4

Sep 24, 2015

Definitely a high point for this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League 3001 #5

Oct 29, 2015

While Keith Giffen, J.M Dematteis and Howard Porter's JLI of the Future hasn't really gelled with me as a reader, there are a lot of ideas in the latest issue of Justice League 3001 that are really appealing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League 3001 #8

Jan 28, 2016

While I was no fan of this book at the outset, Justice League 3001 has slowly evolved into a very, very fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #22

Jul 29, 2013

The other issue that seems to be holding "The Trinity War" back is it can't quite seem to decide what kind of story it wants to be. Is it the Secret Society launching its big assault on the heroes of the DC Universe? It is the Justice League of America finally getting their big break against the original League? Is it Pandora, the Phantom Stranger and the Question finally shedding some light on the secrets of the New 52? Right now, the answers are slim, and it winds up making this arc feel like a crossover for crossover's sake, more of a collection of action figures rather than something that truly requires three Justice Leagues. Without that kind of set direction, Justice League Dark just feels out of place, even in its own series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League Dark (2018) #7

Jan 16, 2019

Given how naturally the mainstream Justice League and Justice League Odyssey books seem to dovetail, given their shared interest in sci-fi and space, it'd be easy to overlook Justice League Dark - but if this issue is any indication, that would be a big mistake. Tynion seems to be gearing up for a monster sophomore arc, and is expanding his cast to match, making this story feel inherently weightier and full of potential. What other denizens of the dark can Tynion conjure up? And what other atrocities can the Otherkind commit in order to make their bones as frightening villains? It only feels like Justice League Dark is warming up - which might be a bad place for our heroes, but is a superb place for their readership.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League Dark (2018) #8

Feb 15, 2019

With lots of big moments with an ever-expanding cast of characters, Justice League Dark is an exciting team book that shouldn't be overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark (2018) #19

Jan 31, 2020

There's a lot of crazy ideas being tossed around, but Tynion tells them with enough confidence and propulsion that you don't need to have been reading previous issues to catch the gist - it also helps that artist Alvaro Martinez Bueno is such a gifted, generous artist that he's able to fit together so many panels so beautifully without skimping on any of the storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark (2018) #24

Jul 22, 2020

Still, the level of craftsmanship that V and Nahuelpan bring to Justice League Dark is pretty impressive, especially when working with a scattered cast of characters that (on paper) would be a tough fit to make work as a cohesive unit. But V is able to really channel the magic and malevolence that makes Justice League Dark feel like its own separate corner of the DC Universe, apart from the various sci-fi oriented super-teams. With stellar artwork, deft characterization, and a true flourish for dialogue, this is one of DC's best books this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League International (2011) Annual #1

Sep 4, 2012

Those looking for a decent slugfest could do worse than Justice League International Annual #1; that said, those looking for an enthusiastic take on this team will probably still be upset. It's one thing for teams to bicker, be dysfunctional, to take their licks and come back for a win " but after months of self-abuse, it feels like the JLI never even stood a chance.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2013) #1

Feb 20, 2013

Now, this book isn't perfect, even if it is a fairly streamlined launching point. Particularly with Waller and Trevor, Johns gets a little dialogue-heavy, which drags the scenes down, and sometimes the speculative "matchups" Johns envisions don't quite make sense yet (could Catwoman really take out Batman?). That said, the pacing for this comic is pretty spot-on, even if the art occasionally stumbles, and it's nice to see a team with a clear purpose from the get-go. To be honest, that's my biggest question with Justice League of America: Is this a book for the long haul, or will it simply live in the shadow of its more iconic sister?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2013) #2

Mar 20, 2013

That said, two issues in, Justice League of America continues to roll on based on the strengths of its ingredients: this is a good team with some nice potential for sparks to fly (Green Arrow and Martian Manhunter being a good example, as are Vibe and Hawkman and Catwoman), the artwork looks great and the stakes remain high. There is some fat to cut from this book, however, since the two people at the top of the chain of command wind up taking away precious space from the characters we really came here to see. Combined with a superb, sinister backup by Matt Kindt and Scott Clark showcasing the Martian Manhunter, this book still shows it's got some muscles to flex.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2013) #6

Jul 21, 2013

With the stakes increasing and Superman behind bars, there's a lot to like with Justice League of America #6, even if the titular team doesn't really make much of an appearance in their own book. This crossover is very much a shared platform for all three Justice Leagues, even if you can't help but feel a little disappointed that the fight between the Justice League and the Justice League of America " indeed, the fight that the JLA has been preparing for since their first issue " winds up falling a little short. Still, it could be much worse, and with this many titans coming together, the Trinity War still could heat up even further.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2013) #9

Nov 14, 2013

Haven't we seen this before? Last month we saw the Martian Manhunter navigate the various psychological prisons that have trapped the Justice League of America... and this month, we see more of the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League of America (2013) #13

Mar 13, 2014

But the problem with this book is that it could have been good, it could have been special, if only the greater Forever Evil story would allow it.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2013) #14

May 26, 2014

On the one hand, Justice League of America #14 does feel like a needed bridge to get to Justice League United, which now feels like it jumped the gun coming out so much earlier than this and Forever Evil #7. But the weird publishing schedule aside, it feels like this iteration of the team never really got a chance to come into its own; we saw them take their time to assemble, then they were thrust into crossover after crossover, never really getting to interact or even distinguish themselves almond all the other teams in the DCU. It makes this epilogue - or maybe we should call it a eulogy - feel a little light overall.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League of America (2015) #2

Jul 8, 2015

While there are a few things that might set off some critics - namely, the slower pacing, and the fact that the Flash, Green Lantern and Wonder Woman get little if any play two issues in - there's so much more that this book does right, that it's hard to argue. There's a lot of setup in Justice League of America #2, but it's hard to cry decompression when you're examining the work of a creator whose work was so influential that it almost single-handedly launched the trend of decompression across the industry. In rare cases, a slow story doesn't mean it's a bad one - and Hitch is happy to be one of those exceptions. If you've been hesitant to pick up this book because of Hitch's untested skills as a writer, jump in - you won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League of America (2015) #4

Oct 14, 2015

Like I said earlier, there are a few things that might rile up some readers - in this issue, really the only people who get any screen time are Superman, Batman, Green Lantern and Cyborg, with Aquaman getting exactly one panel (and Wonder Woman not even making an appearance, despite being on the cover). Pacing-wise, there is plenty of grounds for complaints, as we're four issues in and have barely scratched the surface of what dangers Rao is capable of, let alone including many of the absent Leaguers into the battle. But ultimately, Hitch seems to get the characters and their personalities, with his dialogue coming off as surprisingly polished for someone who's made the transition from artist to writer. Between this series and Geoff Johns and Jason Fabok's Justice League, you couldn't have picked a better time to be a fan of DC's greatest heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2015) #6

Dec 23, 2015

Geoff Johns may be doing some great continuity work over in the main Justice League title, but Bryan Hitch is certainly giving him a run for his money with this epic telling of DC's mightiest heroes. Hitch has long been known as a bombastic artist, but it's been especially great to see him growing into his own as a writer, as well. This take on the League rings as true as it does powerful, and that surefootedness leads to one spectacular comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2015) #7

Jan 27, 2016

Ultimately, it might take a read or two before you realize that very little actually takes place in this issue, other than the Leaguers preparing for battle or learning the secrets to Rao's immortality. But the fact that the plot progression is so minimal doesn't detract from Hitch's execution, which is head and shoulders above many of his Big Two cohorts. If this is a "slow" issue of Justice League of America, that can only mean great things are ahead for readers when this arc finally reaches its finale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League of America (2015) #8

Mar 30, 2016

While there's the occasional hiccup in this issue - namely, the cliffhanger doesn't really have any teeth, while a splash page featuring Wonder Woman looks a little wonky in the detailing - ultimately, this is the kind of comic that DC purists and fight comic aficionados should absolutely pay attention to. This is bigger than big and larger than life, and does a great job showcasing the different styles of DC's most important icons. If you haven't been reading Justice League of America, now is the time to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League of America (2017) #24

Feb 16, 2018

Given how controversial it was to bring Alan Moore and J.H. Williams III's Promethea to the DC Universe, you can't help but be disappointed in how inconsequential the character's appearance is in Justice League of America #24.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2017) #29

Apr 30, 2018

But in a lot of ways, that feels emblematic for Justice League of America, for a franchise that has seen major names try to launch a spinoff series and failing to really catch fire. For Orlando and company, it particularly didn’t help to have this series kneecapped with Batman’s absence during Dark Nights: Metal, robbing this team of a solid figurehead or even a striking modus operandi in the realm of the Legends of Tomorrow or the Outsiders. What is the Justice League of America supposed to be about? That’s the question this finale only barely gets to scratch, capping off this series with a surprisingly quiet end.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2017): Vixen Rebirth #1

Jan 12, 2017

Mari McCabe has plenty of superpowers to call upon, but her greatest might be the artwork of Jamal Campbell in Justice League of America Rebirth: Vixen #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League United #11

Jul 8, 2015

What's frustrating about a book like Justice League United is that from the get-go, you understand the potential behind this book - this is the perfect opportunity to showcase some lesser-known characters and make them shine. Indeed, the rotating cast lends plenty of room for tension as well as character-defining moments, not dissimilar to Jon Ostrander's run on Suicide Squad. But ultimately, you have to look at the book that's in front of you - this is hardly a defining Justice League, and this is hardly a good first impression for this team. Parker and Foreman are both talented creators, but Justice League United does not feel like a good fit for them.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League vs. Suicide Squad #2

Dec 28, 2016

Unlike Civil War II, which spent so much time plumbing the shallow philosophies of “precognitive justice,” Justice League vs. Suicide Squad plays on a much simpler theme - these are two teams with diametrically opposed goals, and just enough history that they won’t pull their punches. Of course, with a cast this large, every page matters, and a few early missteps are enough that Williamson and Daniel have to work overtime later to establish the characterization and exciting action sequences they need to justify this book’s existence. Thankfully, this creative team pulls through with this beat-‘em-up of an issue, making Justice League vs. Suicide Squad a victorious sophomore installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League vs. Suicide Squad #3

Jan 4, 2017

It's perhaps not surprising that a third issue of a six-issue miniseries might show signs of bloat, but here's hoping that with this exposition out of the way, Justice League vs. Suicide Squad can pick up a bigger head of steam moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League: Darkseid War: Superman #1

Nov 4, 2015

Ultimately, only completists should be checking out Justice League: The Darkseid War - Superman #1, which feels like a clunky tie-in to an otherwise outstanding arc. Manapul may be going for a more human angle for the Man of Steel, but his execution doesn't stick the landing, resulting in a book that might be memorable for all the wrong reasons.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League: Darkseid War: Green Lantern #1

Nov 11, 2015

Given how the other Darkseid War tie-ins have been inconsistent at best, it's absolutely shocking how air-tight Justice League: The Darkseid War - Green Lantern #1 is. And in many ways, I think this is the signal of a new comic book superstar in the making - beyond the strong work he's done on Grayson with Tim Seeley, we're now seeing that Tom King has the skill with characterization and high concepts that could put him on the same level as a Scott Snyder or even a Geoff Johns. By tackling the craziness of the New Gods and the Justice League and turning the story of Green Lantern into a heartfelt and truly wonderful look at something deeper, this comic doesn't just upend our expectations of what a tie-in looks like, but ultimately challenges the rest of its Big Two counterparts to step up. And that's the kind of book that might just be the answer to all our prayers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League: Darkseid War: The Flash #1

Nov 5, 2015

Rob Williams' script might have some potential, but even his premise can't outrun some clunky artwork in Justice League: Darkseid War - The Flash #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Darkseid War: Shazam #1

Nov 12, 2015

Steve Orlando has been one of DC's sharpest up-and-coming writers with his take on Midnighter, but he and artist Scott Kolins bite off a little bit more than they can chew with Justice League: The Darkseid War - Shazam #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: No Justice #2

May 16, 2018

Justice League: No Justice is the kind of series that will pique your interest because the central concept is such a strong one - in many ways, it's the kind of thinking that created the Justice League of America as a franchise in the first place.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League: Odyssey #1

Sep 26, 2018

With its own unique cast and reason for being, Justice League Odyssey #1 is a really effective debut issue that pulls double-duty in not just building up the general DC universe, but adding some much-needed characterization for some its second-tier heroes as well. Williamson’s sense of characterization lets this series start off on the right foot, and Sejic’s artwork really ratchets the production values to the next level. While this particular team line-up might not feel as instantly intuitive as the flagship series, this combination of spacefaring heroes is a truly engaging experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Rebirth #1

Jul 7, 2016

This book feels fairly short, but a great indicator of the fun to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kennel Block Blues #1

Feb 4, 2016

Ultimately, this debut issue is less about progressing any story, and more just setting up the weird world of Kennel Block Blues - and while this series' main hook is simply its off-the-wall aesthetics, there might be something deeper to this book's pedigree.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kick-Ass (2018) #1

Feb 16, 2018

Still, while it remains to be seen where Patience's foray into identity theft will take her, as far as debuts go, Kick-Ass #1 is a great relaunch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kick-Ass 3 #1

Jun 4, 2013

In certain ways, Mark Millar is actually producing an extremely user-friendly introduction to Kick-Ass, as you only need a passing familiarity with the central concept " nerd dresses up as superhero, fails miserably when confronting actual crime " to know what you're getting into. That said, you can also argue " shockingly " that this issue doesn't quite go as balls-to-the-wall as Millar's previous installments, which had little girls disemboweling scumbags and Dave getting sexted by his vengeful high school crush.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Kick-Ass 3 #4

Oct 29, 2013

In a lot of ways, Kick-Ass is the comic book version of "Girls" - people love this book, even though the characters in this book are all completely unlikable and completely distasteful. (Indeed, there are many people who miss the joke entirely, and enjoy this book as if Millar were playing it straight.) This is less of a good-natured joke and more of a single-finger salute to mindless Big Two zombies, but if Millar and Romita would push the concept further, it would be worth it. Right now, going halfway on this gag is the most insulting gesture of all.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Kid Lobotomy #1

Oct 18, 2017

If you're looking for the next Vertigo, right now, this isn't it - Kid Lobotomy is something a bit more impressionistic, a lot more avant garde, perhaps even a bit more self-indulgent. Only time will tell if this comic will settle into something a little more traditional, or if it will carry its out-there sensibilities, Direct Market trends be damned.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kill Or Be Killed #1

Aug 2, 2016

Given Brubaker's previous works, it's not surprising to see the writer playing the long game here - when you're this solid as a creator and working with this strong of a creative team, you don't need to play it flashy. Yet there are plenty of great moments for Kill or Be Killed, and if Brubaker and company can keep adding new twists to make it different from comic books' other mopey protagonists, this could be a book that could blow you away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Kill Or Be Killed #20

Jun 26, 2018

I guess it's to this creative team's credit that it's not a total swing and a miss, that the actual execution and style of Kill or Be Killed's finale doesn't make this last issue dead on arrival. And in that regard, that sort of victory of technique over hard-and-fast rules might just be this team's greatest victory, and a clear showcase of why Brubaker, Phillips and Breitweiser are one of the comic book industry's leading teams to beat.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
King: Mandrake the Magician #1

Feb 19, 2015

There's some potential behind Dynamite's new Mandrake comic, although it's still got some kinks to work out of its act first.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King: The Phantom #1

Jan 29, 2015

Dynamite starts its new King event off with a bang, as writer Brian Clevinger creates a likable, driven new iteration of the Phantom.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kingsman: The Red Diamond #1

Sep 7, 2017

All in all, it doesn't quite hit as hard as a Kingsman should, but with the movie soon in theaters, this is a decent tie-in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lady Killer #1

Jan 6, 2015

Judging by the over-the-top final page, however, I'm hoping that the second issue of Lady Killer will have a little bit more insane spectacle to go along with all that traditional exposition. The visuals are there for this book, no question - but you have to point these visual big guns in the right direction to get the most impact. Still, on a conceptual and visual basis, Lady Killer is a strong debut from Dark Horse, one that can only get better from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Larfleeze #1

Jun 27, 2013

The humor here is definitely an acquired taste, and if you're not buying the Orange Lantern concept, this book might not be what convinces you. Still, the change in tone makes all the difference, adding a little bit of light to the gloomy Green Lantern mythos.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Last Stop on the Red Line #1

May 14, 2019

There are elements to Last Stop on the Red Line that I think could set this story apart, but one can't help but feel like this creative team's eyes might have been too big for their stomachs " there's a hodge-podge of different concepts and ideas all fighting for the spotlight in this debut issue, and as a result, this launch winds up being less accessible than its high concept would lead you to believe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lazarus #2

Jul 23, 2013

After a solid opening issue, Lazarus does slow down a bit in its sophomore installment, focusing less on its high concept and more just leaning on the prodigious talents of its creative team. There are worse ways to go about making a comic, however - Rucka develops his characters swiftly and imbues them with sickness and menace, while Lark shows these family grudges with all the seediness he can muster. Now that the backstory has been fleshed out some more, here's hoping that Rucka and Lark can bring a little bit spotlight back to their title character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legend #1

May 4, 2016

If there are any hiccups to this release, it's elements that will assuredly be ironed out as the series continues. For example, occasionally Koehler's dogs can look a little similar, a rare drawback to his otherwise beautiful monochromatic coloring, and there are a few moments " such as a cremation using scavenged "cat technology" " that may pull readers out of an otherwise beautiful moment as they wonder what's going on. And like I said before, the actual apocalypse of this story feels almost understated " if you aren't paying much attention, this could be very well be going on in the present day, which part of me almost believes might have made for an even more powerful story. Regardless of these quibbles, however, Legend is a strong showing from a pair of creators who definitely deserve to be on your radar. With art this good, these dogs are already having their day.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Legendary Star-Lord #1

Jun 30, 2014

While I wouldn't go so far as to say this book is as "legendary" as Peter Quill might describe himself, there's nothing inherently wrong with Legendary Star-Lord. This isn't a "must-have" book like the main Guardians book, and it isn't an auteur's spin on the property like Skottie Young's Rocket Raccoon. But as far as introductions go, Sam Humphries and Paco Medina do create a fast-moving, action-packed romp that quickly establishes all the different angles one could go with Star-Lord. While the cliffhanger does seem a little cliche, Humphries and Medina have every opportunity to make this book as unpredictable and charming as its protagonist.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legendary Star-Lord #6

Dec 8, 2014

I wasn't a tremendous fan of the first issue of Legendary Star-Lord, enough that I largely overlooked the book from then on. Thank goodness Marvel was short on content last week, forcing me to give this book another look. It's funny, it's sweet, it's action-packed, and it's probably one of the most fun comics I read last week. It might have been the date from hell for Peter Quill, but this issue shows me that this creative team is a match made in heaven.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Legendary Star-Lord #9

Feb 19, 2015

There's nothing new under the sun, especially when it comes to creative endeavors, but it's a little disappointing how similar "The Black Vortex" crossover is to another recent Marvel event - Avengers vs. X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Legion of Super-Heroes (2019) #3

Jan 21, 2020

Plot misdirects are part and parcel of the comic book reading experience, but it's hard not to view Legion of Super-Heroes #3 as anything other than a massive disappointment.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Legion of Super-Heroes (2019) #5

Mar 27, 2020

There are a lot of kernels of good ideas in Legion of Super-Heroes #5, but writer Brian Michael Bendis never spends long enough time to expand upon them, let alone give artists Ryan Sook and Scott Godlewski enough elbow room to really strut their stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Legion of Super-Heroes (2019) #6

Jun 10, 2020

If you're willing to forgive the bait-and-switch of the cover, this is a beautifully illustrated book, despite its pacing leaving a bit to be desired.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Leviathan #1

Jul 31, 2018

This book isn't one that's for everyone, but for those looking for beautifully realized spectacle, Leviathan might be a big new book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Life With Archie #36

Jul 15, 2014

For those who have grown up with Archie and followed him into the parallel universes of married life, Life with Archie #36 will be a sad chapter in the Riverdale saga. And if you've grown up with him, how could you not feel for him? How could you not savor in the life that he's put together, seeing the all-too-uncertain futures of Archie and the gang as they've all grown up? But I would argue that the death of a cultural icon like Archie isn't just about his friends " it's also about the people who never got a chance to meet him. It's about distilling everything that made Archie Andrews great, and giving him a sendoff that feels both jarring, fitting and earned. This bleak finale unfortunately has none of that. Life with Archie #36 may grab headlines, but it won't pluck your heartstrings.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Livewire (2018) #1

Dec 20, 2018

Shrewdly spinning off of Secret Weapons, Livewire #1 marks a solid launch for what could be a very compelling series featuring a character of untapped potential. Ayala has laced this first issue with a sense of uncertainty - not in terms of the book's execution, but in the belief of her main character. Has Livewire really done the right thing? Or can she not see the forest for the trees when it comes to making the world safe for psiots everywhere? Regardless of how these questions are answered, seeing Allen and Martin playing in this sandbox again is a welcome treat, and one that should afford Livewire enough goodwill to see where this series is headed next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lobo (2014) #10

Sep 3, 2015

While Bunn and Barbiere haven't quite cracked what would make Lobo a must-read character, you can't deny that this series has improved dramatically this month.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lobo (2014) Annual #1

Jul 30, 2015

This won't redefine Lobo as a character, but it's nice to see him have something worthwhile to do.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lockjaw (2018) #1

Mar 2, 2018

While D-Man might outshine his canine compatriot, consider me sold on Lockjaw #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Loki: Agent of Asgard #12

Mar 19, 2015

Even though much of this issue of Loki is recap, there's a certain deliberateness to Al Ewing's script that makes this comic one of Marvel's more underrated gems.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Loki: Agent of Asgard #17

Aug 20, 2015

Combining a smart premise with perfect characterization, writer Al Ewing may be Marvel's best-kept secret, as he gives the God of Mischief a fantastic send-off in Loki: Agent of Asgard #17.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lords Of Empyre: Emperor Hulkling #1

Jul 28, 2020

Zdarsky, Oliveira, and Garcia went into Lords of Empyre: Hulkling with a lot of goodwill involving their titular character, and for the most part, they're able to pull out a win despite some missteps. Unfortunately, a book like Lords of Empyre: Hulkling feels like an exoneration of a fan-favorite character like Hulkling just as much as an indictment of a continuity-heavy storyline like Empyre " the actual factions at war here don't evoke a lot of emotional connection for readers, and even longstanding affection for characters like Hulkling might not make it out of this event unscathed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Low (2014) #2

Aug 28, 2014

The atmosphere and emotions conveyed by Remender supplant the world-building, which might not make this best place to start - that said, the artwork alone makes this a good selling point to check out the last issue as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mad Max: Fury Road - Nux & Immortan Joe #1

May 20, 2015

What will really make or break this comic in the eyes of many is, ultimately, just how much of a fan you are of Mad Max as a whole. If you haven't seen the new movie, for example, this is going to sail right over your head - and for plenty of others, the movie is a standalone work that doesn't need this kind of tangential tie-in. But if George Miller and Brendan McCarthy's insane action and designwork has stoked the fires of obsession in you and you just have to know more about what forces built Fury Road, however, then chances are you'll find something to enjoy in this bit of apocrypha.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Magneto (2014) #2

Apr 7, 2014

What I think is most impressive about Magneto is that it's not tied up into any larger narrative, but instead is confident enough to rely on the complexity of the character and the skills of its creative team. It's a quiet read, one that will only thrive based on word of mouth, but it doesn't reinvent the wheel or rely on any bad behavior that the comic book industry has fallen into to goose sales. It's just good storytelling. Even if it stays in the shadows.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #14

Jan 22, 2015

Gabriel Hernandez Walta is one of Marvel's best-kept secrets, as he conjures up a bleak, haunting issue of Magneto, as the Master of Magnetism stages a bloody last stand in the ruins of Genosha.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #15

Feb 19, 2015

Magneto is a Marvel book that is consistently overlooked, which is a shame because it's one of the best books Cullen Bunn is writing these days.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Magneto (2014) #17

Apr 16, 2015

While some of the plot points feel a little well-worn, the execution makes for a very satisfying issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Magnus #1

Jun 6, 2017

There will be some who feel that Higgins' story might end a bit abruptly - that we spend so much time building up Magnus' character that we don't actually get to see her in action. But at the same time, one can't say that he uses his page count unwisely - there's never a wasted page, every scene either builds up Magnus or her world magnificently - and it doesn't hurt that Fornes is clearly swinging for the fences with every panel. With this many relaunches, it'd be easy to discount Magnus, but this reboot is exactly what the doctor ordered.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Man-Eaters #1

Sep 25, 2018

Man-Eaters is an imperfect read to be sure, but that's not to say it lacks for ambition. Chelsea Cain, Kate Niemczyk and company are tackling big ideas with over-the-top imagery, and the fact that they're able to do so with a sense of whimsy (rather than the stark bleakness of today's news and social media feeds) is all the more surprising.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Manifest Destiny #1

Nov 13, 2013

Salvation lies west, and Manifest Destiny is proof - taking a smart spin on otherwise barren narrative territory, Chriss Dingess, Matthew Roberts and Owen Gieni have produced an opening issue that will pique your interest and get you invested in our heroes. This is the kind of trailblazing you won't want to miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Manifest Destiny #4

Feb 13, 2014

What's perhaps most interesting about Manifest Destiny is that despite the bright and bouncy artwork by Matthew Roberts and Owen Gieni, this comic is still very much a scary story at its core.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Manifest Destiny #6

Apr 8, 2014

Manifest Destiny is a series that has a lot of legs for future storytelling, as there's a big wide swath of country to explore. Hopefully the creators will continue to keep publishing such a wonderful book, which has only begun to scratch the surface of its off-kilter high concept and its compelling characters. If you haven't been reading this book already, it's never too late to start searching for the unknown with Manifest Destiny.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marauders (2019) #1

Oct 22, 2019

By the time you finish reading Marauders #1, this book's high concept will click into place, and you'll understand the idea of Kitty Pryde and her "mutant pirates" in a way that makes more sense than, say, a throwback to Nightcrawler's 1990s era hoop earring and buccaneer boots. Admittedly, Duggan doesn't necessarily capitalize on his page count in terms of introducing the rest of his characters, but his take on Kitty is a winning one, and hopefully as this series picks up steam, Marauders will shore up some extra goodwill for its high seas high concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #4

Sep 17, 2015

This book can be a bit alienating (no pun intended) for new readers, but there's still a ton of potential here. Hopefully Williams can get to the point quickly, before DC has to pull the plug on him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Martian Manhunter (2018) #1

Dec 5, 2018

It's clear that J'onn J'onzz has a heroic arc to explore as this series unfolds, and this debut issue proves to be a stellar launchpad for this Justice League stalwart's solo adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Martian Manhunter (2018) #5

May 28, 2019

There's a lot of personality and perspective to Martian Manhunter, and it's a series that should be getting more attention as it continues to unfold.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Marvel 2099 (2019): Fantastic Four #1

Nov 25, 2019

If you're a fan of the recently relaunched Fantastic Four series, you will likely be disappointed that Fantastic Four 2099 shares very little in common with their classic predecessors. This is a scattered, meandering read that does so little to establish its titular concept that even diehard fans will likely feel swindled - and given Marvel's other 2099 one-shots being offered in the coming days, this is one family gathering you can easily avoid.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Marvel 2099 (2019): Ghost Rider #1

Dec 3, 2019

If anything, one can only hope this series can inspire some readers to go through their dollar bins to find the truly incredible storytelling on display from Kaminski and Bachalo, because unfortunately they won't find it in the new modern take on Ghost Rider 2099.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvel 2099 (2019): Alpha #1

Nov 22, 2019

Given that Alpha issues are often for completists only, Spencer and Bogdonavic deliver some superb work for 2099 Alpha #1, in part because they're able to flesh out this futuristic world just as much as the characters that reside in it. Spencer has ably constructed a strong launchpad for the five upcoming 2099 one-shots, and thanks to some sterling production values from Bodgonavic and Gracia, you'll enjoy this narrative that connects them all. Despite the dangers that lurk within, the future remains a joy to behold in 2099 Alpha #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Marvel 2099 (2019): Conan #1

Nov 26, 2019

Given that some of these 2099 one-shots have been somewhat hit or miss, it's nice to see that Conan 2099 has stood so strongly apart. While you might be forgiven if you think the Cimmerian is on his way to Wolverine levels of oversaturation, Duggan and Antonio deliver a well-crafted and super-fun story of this far-flung future, and honestly, they stick the landing on this stunt far more than one might expect. If you buy one 2099 one-shot, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Comics (2019) #1000

Aug 27, 2019

The creators are ultimately the main draw for Marvel Comics #1000, but this book is far more retrospective than concrete story, which means for many readers, your mileage will vary.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #1

Jan 15, 2019

There are flashes of genius in this book - Pak and Coker's Sub-Mariner story proves that definitively - but this anthology will never get to that point without more risk.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Marvel Knights Spider-Man (2013) #1

Oct 2, 2013

Yet for my money, Marvel Knights: Spider-Man #1 is a bombastic opener, and a great showcase for two talents who are just shy of cracking the big time. Matt Kindt shows that he can cram a lot into a script and still bring plenty of smart ideas to the table, while Marco Rudy proves once and for all that he's nothing less than superstar status. Sometimes a punch is just a punch - sometimes a superhero street fight is just a street fight. Marvel Knights: Spider-Man #1, however, is a brash symphony of violence - and it's one that provides a superior relaunch to one of Marvel's great imprints.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Marvel Knights Spider-Man (2013) #2

Nov 6, 2013

And that's really what Marvel Knights Spider-Man is about here - we've seen Spider-Man fight people before. We've seen him overcome impossible odds. But what we haven't seen is him looking so damn good while doing it. This is a more daring, more artsy, more experimental take on the Webslinger than we've seen in quite some time, and Matt Kindt and Marco Rudy pull their story off magnificently. Spider-Man may have 99 problems, but his creative team sure ain't one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvel NOW! Point One #1

Oct 22, 2012

Along with a perfectly readable, if not particularly memorable, framing sequence with SHIELD agents Nick Fury, Maria Hill and Phil Coulson, and you've got yourself a really strong launchpad for a number of new series from across the Marvel Universe. But that's maybe the big downside to Marvel NOW! Point One " if you wanted to really establish a no-risk environment, it would have been better to issue this book for free, rather than selling this 48-pager for a whopping $6. With that price point, many readers may simply just buy what piques their interests off the stands. And that's a shame, as this book otherwise does a great job in showing what's new in the Marvel U.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #1

Oct 30, 2019

While its timing and its artwork don't necessarily do the book any favors, there's lots of potential to this series, particularly thanks to its stalwart writer " and given that the rising body counts often act as a force multiplier for series like these, chances are Marvel Zombies will shake off some of its rigor mortis in its relentless shamble to your local comic book shop.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #4

May 21, 2020

While some of the interstitial montage featuring Silver Sable and Hammerhead's escalating war across the city can't help but drag a bit, Hallum's character work and Maresca's effective artwork make this video game comic strike way out of its weight class.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Fantastic Four #1

Mar 27, 2020

While some readers might cry foul that three out of the Fantastic Four only get a little bit of lip service in this one-shot, Marvels Snapshots: Fantastic Four #1 is a wonderful read that should not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Material #1

May 28, 2015

Love him or hate him, if there's one quality you should respect from Ales Kot, it's his willingness to push his own boundaries and to really reach for new storytelling angles.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Memetic #1

Oct 21, 2014

I was as skeptical - perhaps more skeptical - than most when I heard about Memetic, dismissing it as a ham-handed, instantly dated grab at relevance. And perhaps people have done the same about Tynion, who's enjoyed a blossoming career on Batman Eternal along with his mentor, Scott Snyder. But this is the book that's going to take Tynion out from under Snyder's shadow, and establish him as a striking talent in his own right. Memetic is smart, terrifying, timely and surprisingly full of heart. It's the kind of horror story that taps directly into today's fears, whether it be technology turning on us or virulent plagues wiping us all out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Men of Wrath #1

Sep 30, 2014

There's always a question of commercialism versus "art," and which will be more popular. Do you give the people what they want, and play to expectations? Or do you test the boundaries and create an arguably richer experience, but at the cost of a smaller audience? Jason Aaron is one of those rare writers who gets to do both, channeling his complicated feelings for the South in a number of different stories, dating all the way back even to Scalped. Faster and less complicated than its Image Comics counterpart, Men of Wrath is just the latest on Aaron's musings about his heritage, and it's streamlined and potent thanks to Ron Garney's art. For me, I might argue that Men of Wrath's major weakness is that it doesn't go far enough, and thus feels just a little bit light. Still, while it's not a definitive work about the area - it's not even Aaron's definitive work about the area - there's plenty of potential here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mera: Tidebreaker #1

Apr 2, 2019

While not every component of the book works equally, Danielle Paige and Stephen Byrne prove to be more than up to the task of spearheading the new DC Ink imprint with Mera: Tidebreaker. As a longtime comic book reader, it's hard not to appreciate the deliberate creative choices made with this book, but it's also fluid enough to draw in new readers hot on the heels of Aquaman's overwhelming cinematic success.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Micronauts #1

Apr 26, 2016

Ultimately, if you look at a book like Micronauts and only service a nostalgia market, you're short-changing your licensed property tremendously. You cannot simply preach to the converted, especially when you can't tie into any of the major characters or mythology that the classic Marvel series created. If you tried to give Micronauts #1 to someone unversed in the lore of the original toys or comics, they would likely not be able to make heads or tails of this without some serious online sleuthing " not a good sign for a book that should be the ground floor for anyone even remotely curious about this franchise. What makes the Micronauts such a beloved property? That's the question that Bunn, Baldeon and IDW need to answer if this series is ever going to make it off the ground.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Midnighter (2015) #1

Jun 8, 2015

There aren't many books out there that I'd call perfect, but when you can see 10 steps ahead, it's perhaps not surprising that The Midnighter earns that praise. This book looks great, reads great, and is easily one of the best debuts from DC since the soft relaunch of Batgirl. If you've been skeptical about this character - and believe me, I was one of them - get ready for a spectacular change of heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Midnighter (2015) #3

Aug 5, 2015

Yet even where Midnighter stumbles, it's still plenty of steps ahead of just about any other book from the DC lineup. There's an enthusiasm and drive to experiment from all the creators in this book, and that leads to a freshness that you'd be hard-pressed to find in most cape and cowl comics these days. It's very clear that Orlando, ACO and company are having a blast telling the Midnighter's stories, and it's difficult for that feeling not to become contagious.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Midnighter (2015) #6

Nov 4, 2015

Midnighter #6 isn't just the best book DC has put out this week - it's one of the best books of the week, period.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Midnighter (2015) #8

Jan 7, 2016

Ultimately, even DC's strongest book has to have some down moments, and if the worst thing this book does is slam together a corrupt sportsman with a mosquito, I think Midnighter is going to be just fine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Midnighter (2015) #9

Feb 3, 2016

While the plot structure may feel a little jerky, that's a small price to pay for Steve Orlando, ACO and Hugo Petreus essentially giving us two stories for the price of one. Orlando truly has been enjoying an embarrassment of riches with his art team, and I can't help but feel like he must be inspired to keep upping his game every time he sees pages come in. And honestly? That's how comic books should be. It feels like there is more craft, care and consideration in one issue of Midnighter than there is in half a dozen bigger name titles at DC and Marvel, and it continues to be a pleasure to watch this scrappy title succeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Midnighter (2015) #10

Mar 3, 2016

Steve Orlando, ACO and Hugo Petrus do probably the best Suicide Squad since Ales Kot and Patrick Zircher with Midnighter #10, which gives the leather-clad fight machine a brawl worthy of his time as he tackles Amanda Waller's gang of name-brand super-baddies.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Midnighter And Apollo #5

Feb 1, 2017

If there's one critique I might level against this series, it's that Midnighter's headstart against his boyfriend in the characterization department has only continued to increase since the first issue - for a title called Midnighter and Apollo, the latter character still doesn't feel as wonderfully defined as his dark, brooding and witty counterpart. But if having too much Midnighter is the worst complaint I can give, I think this book is still in the running for one of the best superhero titles of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Mighty Avengers (2013) #1

Aug 19, 2013

Right now, with so many other Avengers titles on the stands, Mighty Avengers still has a ways to go before it can truly stand apart from its sister titles. While Jonathan Hickman is reaching the ends of the universe with his deliberately plotted Infinity, Mighty Avengers still feels a little too slap-dash, a little too convenient to really measure up. Unless you're a die-hard Luke Cage fan, this series is missing a key ingredient to really make it succeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers (2013) #4.INH

Dec 11, 2013

But I have to give Al Ewing and company a lot of credit - that despite that lack of action, this book winds up still remaining eminently readable, and even fun. Not exactly the kind of reaction you expected to get when Marvel announced their latest Avengers cash-grab tie-in, right? In certain ways, Al Ewing winds up perfecting that old Brian Michael Bendis chestnut - this is a book about the Avengers doing little more than talking, but thanks to Ewing shedding more light on the team's dynamic and characterization, it's not a bad way to pass the time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers (2013) #5.INH

Jan 22, 2014

Isn't this industry saturated with Avengers books, all with A-list names? Yet Mighty Avengers doesn't need famous names or even ultra-famous characters to get reader loyalty. It takes another approach, one that isn't done enough in today's Big Two marketplace: It earns our respect. And that might make Mighty Avengers one of the best teams Marvel has to offer.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Avengers (2013) #6

Feb 6, 2014

Schiti's artwork, meanwhile, is exactly what this book deserves - it's smooth, gorgeous, endearing with its expressions, particularly the way that Iron Fist puts a baby to sleep using a chi-powered laser light show. All that, and a little bit of action? Sign me up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mighty Avengers (2013) #7

Feb 27, 2014

Have you been reading Mighty Avengers lately? You really need to be reading Mighty Avengers. It's character-driven, easy to get into, as Al Ewing delivers his barely-needed exposition fast and then lets the White Tiger have her day

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Avengers (2013) #10

May 29, 2014

Marvel's sleeper hit team book continues to impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers (2013) #13

Aug 21, 2014

Even if the art isn't quite as normal levels, the writing keeps this book running smoothly.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Dec 3, 2019

‘90s-era comics fans are in for a treat this week, as Mighty Morphin Power Rangers/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1 will meet every expectation and then some. Parrott and di Meo don’t waste any time in pitting these two super-teams against one another, and the sparks that fly as a result are truly satisfying. With a plot that doesn’t stop and some truly breathtaking artwork, this is a slam-dunk of a crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3

Feb 7, 2020

Combined with an all-time banger of a cliffhanger, '90s kids of every stripe should not miss Mighty Morphin Power Rangers/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) Annual: 2018

Apr 26, 2018

Ultimately, this is a great entree to Higgins' Shattered Grid event, and shouldn't be missed by Power Rangers fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016): Shattered Grid #1

Aug 30, 2018

With Shattered Grid, Kyle Higgins wraps up the latest Power Rangers event by channeling a lot of the reality-shifting sagas of classic Marvel and DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #2

Jan 9, 2019

The lack of history - and subsequent baggage - that Miles has actually works in his favor this time, allowing Ahmed to give Miles a partner that feels unexpected but organic. The resulting sparks are well worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mister Miracle (2017) #7

Mar 14, 2018

Call it Anti-Life, call it PTSD, call it existential rudderlessness - either way, Mister Miracle continues to be a thoughtful, provoking read that you owe it to yourself to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mister Miracle (2017) #12

Nov 14, 2018

Scott Free and Big Barda are taking their final bows, but Tom King, Mitch Gerads, and Clayton Cowles are the ones that truly deserve your applause.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mockingbird #1

Mar 8, 2016

When I first sat down to read this book, I had initially planned to give Mockingbird #1 a lower score - but as I read and reread this issue, I realized that very few superhero books result in this kind of brain-teaser of a read. If there's a word I would use to describe this debut, it would be deliberate - I don't think any of the choices in this book were made out of haste or desperation, but instead this book feels like very dedicated attempt to get inside our heads. It might not be the spy thriller you'd expect out of Mockingbird, but I'd still call this first issue a serious mission accomplished.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mockingbird: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary #1

Sep 3, 2015

The artwork alone makes this S.H.I.E.L.D. one-shot a must-read, as Jones and colorist Rachelle Rosenberg make every page of this book look stunning.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Monsters Unleashed #3

Feb 16, 2017

It might be asking too much out of a book titled Monsters Unleashed, but the best monsters still had a heart beating underneath their fur, wings or scales. This comic instead tries to rest entirely on spectacle while delivering almost nothing in substance " it winds up making this latest Marvel event feel disposable and meaningless. With the wrong art team attached and with the actual Marvel superheroes being reduced to bystanders in this latest issue, only diehards will find much to like about Marvel's latest monster mash-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Monstress #1

Nov 3, 2015

The problem being, that ultimately all these visuals and bits of magic are the garnish, rather than the true meat of a story. Monstress may look beautiful, but even at 66 pages, I still feel like there's something missing here - ultimately, that this lead character isn't quite as compelling as the sprawling magical world around her. There is a ton of potential to Liu's story, particularly as she draws in more and more real-world examples of the hellishness of war and the traumas that come in its aftermath. But until we have a strong point of view character to guide us, all the spells in the world won't make this book truly fly.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Monstro Mechanica #1

Dec 12, 2017

It's likely that this is the kind of book that might fall under readers' radars, but if you're interested in dipping your toe in the Aftershock pool, there's few places that are better to start than with Monstro Mechanica.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #1

Nov 24, 2015

With its winning protagonist, Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur could become a slam dunk, but only after some major work is done to the other elements of this series. Given Lunella's prodigious intelligence, she could easily wind up on any adventure she so chooses - but with a giant red dinosaur in tow, the rest of the story is struggling to keep up. Yet if Montclare, Reeder and Bustos can make Devil Dinosaur as interesting as his new partner, this comic could be a breakout success.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #2

Dec 22, 2015

It's only once we get to the final few pages of this story that this book starts to show some of its earlier promise again. Once Montclare and Reeder get past having Devil Dinosaur throw a tantrum, Bustos really shines, showing how expressive this dinosaur can be as he looks around for Lunella, staring sadly at the moon. It's these moments that show how deep Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur can be - and it's these moments that this book desperate needs to capitalize upon. We've already seen plenty of child geniuses in the Marvel Universe, and plenty of brainiacs trying to cure themselves before its too late. It's up to Montclare and Reeder to really figure out what makes this book tick - and they're quickly running out of time to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2014) #1

Mar 3, 2014

Who is Moon Knight? At this point, it's a question that's best left unsaid. Let's meet the man before we dig inside his head, is what Ellis and company seem to say. And it's a smart move. With so many twists and turns in Marc Spector's history, it can be a little too easy to overthink things - and to alienate prospective new readers, to boot. Moon Knight #1 isn't a gamechanger, or even a brilliant new take on the Crescent Crusader, but it is an eminently fun, solid comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Moon Knight (2014) #2

Apr 3, 2014

This book has it all - except for a fully realized lead character. Declan Shalvey and Jordie Bellaire continue to make a great name for themselves drawing Moon Knight, even if the story he's in could feature any one of the hundreds of heroes in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2014) #3

May 7, 2014

The only double-edged sword for this comic is, at least for now, the done-in-one nature of these stories makes this comic feel just a little light on narrative, particularly the way that Ellis spends the second half of the comic letting Spector go to town on his adversaries. But I have the feeling that's not going to last forever. We still have one more aspect of the Moon Knight - the Watcher of Overnight Travelers - and I have the feeling that once these four aspects are out in the cold moon light, there's going to be bigger and better things in store for Moon Knight.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2014) #5

Jul 2, 2014

I was very into Ellis's take on Moon Knight, so you can imagine my disappointment upon the news that he would be leaving, taking away a needed vision to get Marc Spector back on track. Ellis's done-in-one stories were decent reads, but ultimately a bit lightweight if there wasn't a larger narrative for it to fit within. And then Declan Shalvey delivers a comic where Marc Spector just beats the holy hell out of a building full of thugs. And I love it. Dammit, Declan.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Moon Knight (2014) #12

Feb 23, 2015

One of the things that I think set this iteration of Moon Knight apart was its speed - Warren Ellis only had 20 pages to tell a story, and so he made it move fast and furious, eschewing unnecessary exposition or explanation, instead cutting to the chase with the bloody action. Brian Wood has tried a more traditional method, stretching out his story and putting on a more real-world political spin to it. The latter effort is commendable, but the pacing has really robbed this arc of its potency. The strong artwork is still no match for some serious flaws in the narration.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Moon Knight (2014) #16

Jun 18, 2015

When this series was relaunched, it was by two creators with two potent, singular voices - unfortunately, since their departure, this book has been the equivalent of a cover band, as Cullen Bunn and German Peralta are forced to emulate someone else's style rather than put their own mark on the book. The result is something that feels hollow, as the majority of this book is about Moon Knight and his drone-fu, as he fights against a group of flying mercenaries.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moon Knight (2016) #1

Apr 12, 2016

Marvel has been doubling down on Moon Knight for years now, perhaps in part because of the popularity of its other street-level characters in multimedia " but even when they've put A-list writers like Brian Michael Bendis on the title, something's kept Marc Spector from really catching on fire. (Even Warren Ellis's acclaimed run only lasted six issues!) And so the question of Jeff Lemire and Greg Smallwood's new take on Moon Knight isn't so much panache or execution as much as it is staying power " especially since they've seemed to burn through most of their marketing hook by the end of the first issue. At this point, whether or not Moon Knight has more legs beyond the obvious elevator pitch remains to be seen.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moon Knight (2016) #6

Sep 8, 2016

While there's not a ton of plot progression here, Moon Knight #6 isn't just about the mystery, but enjoying the journey with a cadre of creative talents.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moonstruck #2

Aug 28, 2017

There's plenty of potential in the world of Moonstruck, even if its ultra-saccharine tone might be too much for even the sweetest of sweet teeth.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Morning Glories #50

Jul 14, 2016

Nick Spencer and Joe Eisma wrap up their second season of Morning Glories with a bang, even while sustaining the mysteries that have fueled this series for five years.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mosaic #1

Oct 11, 2016

When Marvel first announced Mosaic would be getting a standalone series, I think a healthy dose of skepticism was warranted - without the clear-cut personality of a Squirrel Girl, Wolverine, or Deadpool, it’s tough to carry your own solo series in today’s team book world, especially when the reception to the Inhumans franchise has been fairly tepid, despite Marvel’s herculean efforts to the contrary. And I will say that I’m not sure if this book has quite earned a pass from that yet - while the art on this book looks sensational, Mosaic as a character doesn’t quite come together yet, never quite coalescing as a solid concept. Morris Sackett might be a wizard on the basketball court, but he’s got a lot of ground to cover before he can save the day as Marvel’s next would-be superstar.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ms. Marvel (2014) #1

Feb 5, 2014

Kamala Khan is the superhero you wish you knew - and know, with Ms. Marvel, G. willow Wilson and Adrian Alphona have finally introduced her to the world. Do yourself a favor and meet Ms. Marvel early.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ms. Marvel (2014) #8

Sep 12, 2014

G. Willow Wilson takes a prime logistical concern for Kamala Khan's burgeoning superhero career and transforms it into yet another reason why Ms. Marvel is the most likable heroine in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ms. Marvel (2014) #11

Feb 5, 2015

An imperfect landing, but it's still one of Marvel's most consistent books.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ms. Marvel (2014) #12

Feb 19, 2015

Kamala's team-up books are always a treat, but it's ultimately because Wilson has made her such an endearing character to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ms. Marvel (2014) #14

Apr 20, 2015

If love were easy, everybody would be doing it. And yet, everybody does. Much of Ms. Marvel has been the story of one girl's coming of age as a new breed of superhero - but now G. Willow Wilson is expanding her purview, and turning this comic into the story of a girl who simply is growing up as a person. It's a very human approach to a story filled with inhumans, and it's that kind of relatability that has made Ms. Marvel such a great gateway comic. While this isn't a traditional kicksplodey kind of action comic, it's exactly the kind of issue this series needed.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ms. Marvel (2014) #16

Jun 18, 2015

The major appeal to Ms. Marvel has always been her relatability, showing that even a teenage superhero has a family, romantic troubles and geeky hobbies just like the rest of us. Unfortunately, the end of the world is not quite as relatable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ms. Marvel (2015) #3

Jan 25, 2016

While it's been wonderful watching Kamala Khan grow into her own as a teenager and as a superhero, her post-Secret Wars relaunch feels like a step backward rather than a step forward. The challenge with superhero stories - especially stories as new as Kamala's - is that there needs to be some degree of escalation to maintain momentum. This arc, unfortunately, feels a little anemic now that it's gone back to its street-level roots. While this book continues to be a decent read, that feels like too low of a bar for a title - and a creative team - this good. Here's hoping that Wilson and company can reignite the fun and excitement and innovation that made Ms. Marvel such a welcome title in the first place.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ms. Marvel (2015) #7

May 26, 2016

This might be one of the most fun books I've read this week, and given the heavy hitters on the stands, that's saying something.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ms. Marvel (2015) #8

Jun 23, 2016

Both with superheroes and with life, you learn to take the good with the bad, but thankfully Ms. Marvel has a lot more of the former than the latter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ms. Marvel (2015) #13

Dec 1, 2016

Taking the divisiveness of the election and boiling it down to Jersey City politics, Kamala Khan's can-do spirit and grass roots activism might feel like a balm for some readers, although I for one wish we could have seen artist Mirka Andolfo's beautiful splash page of Kamala holding an American flag a month ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Murder Falcon #1

Oct 10, 2018

But that’s the power of art in comics — in the hands of a talent like Daniel Warren Johnson, you can take what would be a ridiculous, random concept like Murder Falcon and make it into something that will stand above plenty of more deliberately plotted narratives on the shelves. One can easily describe this book as a tonal palate cleanser from Johnson’s heavier work on Extremity, and they wouldn’t be wrong — but that lightness in tone and content can’t help but make this debut feel just a tiny bit hollow. That said, if someone says that Murder Falcon doesn’t look sensational, they’re lying to you — but at the same time, it remains to be seen if Johnson can bring the same sort of solid narrative to his incredible artwork, or if this bird will have to fly on the fickle winds of off-the-wall spectacle.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Murder Falcon #2

Nov 16, 2018

Lighthearted but increasingly possessed of its own sophisticated mythology, make sure you fly to your comics shop to rock out with Murder Falcon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Murder Falcon #3

Dec 14, 2018

Daniel Warren Johnson delivers a drum solo in Murder Falcon #3, even if this third installment already feels a little repetitive to what's come before.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Murder Falcon #8

May 10, 2019

For those who have been enamored with Daniel Warren Johnson's metalhead epic Murder Falcon, you'll probably love this finale issue - it's bombastic and larger than life, with battleships armed with giant amplifiers and enormous hammers falling out of the sky to smash gigantic anvils.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nailbiter #1

Apr 15, 2014

With books like Hack/Slash or Revival or Echoes, it's forgiveable to think that all serial killers look alike. But it's the killers that distort and defile a normal action - whether it's biting your nails or jumping onto the nearest trend - that really stand apart. There's a lot of places that this trip to Buckaroo could take us, and while some purists may say it doesn't cut deep enough, I'd say that Nailbiter has just enough for readers to chew on. Prepare your cuticles for this masterful bit of horror.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nailbiter #2

Jun 3, 2014

One issue is an occurrence. Two is a coincidence. A third might just mean a patter. Nailbiter is well on its way to becoming a serially entertaining bit of serial entertainment. The writing is on point, the art is expressive and a new flavor from much on the stands today, and - most importantly - the conclusion of this book's second issue makes me truly excited for what comes next. There's no other way to say it - this creative team nails it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nailbiter #4

Aug 5, 2014

Regardless, this creepy mystery has already gone far beyond its title character - and that's what makes Nailbiter so good. The town of Buckaroo has its own mysteries, mysteries that Williamson is slowly starting to uncover. It feels like there's one big twist coming around the corner, and that's what any good thriller should bring to the table.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nailbiter #6

Oct 2, 2014

Not only is Williamson's concept smart, but his conclusion is great, too. This is an example of a one-off comic done right.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nailbiter #11

Mar 31, 2015

Nailbiter #11 is, well, a nailbiter of a comic, and you'd only be doing a disservice to yourself to miss out on one of Image's best series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nailbiter #12

May 5, 2015

There are going to be people who want to get to the point fast, to have economical storytelling like the days of yore - a more episodic kind of storytelling, one that sacrifices mood and pacing for sheer speed and completion. But Williamson and company are actually doing something a little bit different here - they continue to showcase a new "freak of the week" with almost every issue, but they're window dressing towards a larger story that creeps along month after agonizing month. It's the cruelest kind of torture, but they soften the blow by making the stops and starts feel engaging and smart. There is a method to the madness here, and it's that kind of thinking - crazy or not - that'll keep readers coming back to Buckaroo.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nailbiter Returns #1

Jun 8, 2020

Definitely a return to form for one of Image's best horror series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nameless #2

Mar 5, 2015

There's some interesting potential, having the weirdness of black magic cast against the cold nothingness of space, but right now, this comic feels more like mood than anything else.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nancy Drew & The Hardy Boys: The Death of Nancy Drew #1

Jun 5, 2020

While plenty of people were gnashing their teeth at The Death of Nancy Drew, I can promise that those frustrations and concerns are undeserved " if anything, this book's sins are mainly that it feels more run-of-the-mill than taking any sort of big, controversial swings. But Del Col and Eisma each demonstrate plenty of potential with this first issue, and I think they've definitely done a solid enough job that readers should give their sophomore issue a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Naomi #4

Apr 19, 2019

While the last page twist certainly might raise some eyebrows, it's unclear if Naomi can muster up the momentum to really get going, or if its languid pacing might kill this mystery dead in its tracks.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
National Comics: Eternity #1

Jul 30, 2012

That all said, this story is solid enough, getting its point across and getting some really nice artwork in the process. It would have been nice for Kid Eternity to have been a little more ambitious, but setting up a stable foundation isn't always a bad decision. Here's hoping that as Lemire finds his feet, this comic will take its hero's human ties and use them to the fullest.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nebula (2020) #1

Feb 12, 2020

Nebula #1 isn't necessarily the upgrade that the credits page promises, but it does look like a promising first step.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
New Avengers (2010) #34

Nov 29, 2012

Brian Michael Bendis says sayonara to the franchise that made him a superstar, but it ends not with a bang, but with a whimper.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
New Avengers (2013) #1

Dec 31, 2012

I get the necessary evil behind this first issue " why would Black Panther join a team he was so vehemently opposed to just a few years ago? " but the big problem New Avengers suffers is that there are plenty of big ideas that wind up getting in the way of just getting the job done. This book isn't supposed to be just a Black Panther spotlight, but a team book " without the actual payoff of seeing the team in action, I can't help but feel seriously disappointed in this missed opportunity to make good on a fantastic premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
New Avengers (2013) #10

Sep 19, 2013

The first real casualty of Infinity is here - and it's Jonathan Hickman's best book, New Avengers

View Issue       View Full Review
2
New Avengers (2013) #13.INH

Jan 2, 2014

Unless you're fully committed to the Hickman hype machine, skip this book - there needs to be more tension and more characterization than this to earn your dollars.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
New Avengers (2013) #14

Feb 6, 2014

This isn't a bad comic, but New Avengers is hampered down by two things - not only is the main story moving at a glacial pace, but we've seen much of this particular issue before.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2013) #23

Aug 20, 2014

As far as interludes go, this as actually one of the strongest issues of New Avengers in quite some time. This series got derailed in a big way during the Infinity crossover, but now that we're getting back to the crux of the high concept - namely, how far heroes might go to save us, and what it does to them afterwards - as we delve really deeply into each man's psyche as the end of the world draws near. It may be curtains for planet Earth, but this issue marks a creative rebirth for Jonathan Hickman's epic saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
New Avengers (2013) #30

Feb 26, 2015

The end is nigh, and to be honest... I don't really mind. Jonathan Hickman delves deep into minutae in his latest issue of New Avengers, and the result is pretty underwhelming.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
New Avengers (2013) #33

Apr 30, 2015

Jonathan Hickman begins to explain the secrets behind his Avengers run, and while die-hard fans will enjoy picking apart the hints and clues to this issue, plenty of others will be frustrated by the lack of clarity here.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
New Avengers (2015) #1

Oct 15, 2015

While Ewing has the voice down for characters like Squirrel Girl or POD, these moments can't save what is a big misfire for the Avengers lineup.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
New Avengers: Ultron Forever #1

Apr 30, 2015

If you're a fan of the pre-Bendis Avengers days, this is definitely the book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Challengers (2018) #1

May 18, 2018

While some readers might be impatient for more clues, New Challengers is a promising debut executed with some supreme talent.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
New Suicide Squad #6

Jan 15, 2015

I hate punching down on a comic, but not only should this serve as a warning for readers, but a plea for this creative team to right the ship before it's too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
New Suicide Squad #17

Feb 11, 2016

With a big movie on the horizon, New Suicide Squad has suddenly become a very hot property over at DC Comics, but unfortunately, relaunch fatigue might kill this book faster than any supervillain.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Suicide Squad #18

Mar 10, 2016

While there's plenty of rough edges to this book, you can't deny it's made some big improvements.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Suicide Squad #19

Apr 7, 2016

I've got to give credit where it's due, and after a pretty shaky introduction, Tim Seeley and Juan Ferreyra are two for two with a consistently decent issue of New Suicide Squad.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
New Suicide Squad #21

Jun 16, 2016

With only one issue left in this lackluster run, Rob Williams and Jim Lee can't take over this book soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #9

May 15, 2012

While the Talon might have a point about Nightwing remaining in the shadow of Batman, the ultimate aim of the Night of the Owls crossover is bringing slightly different angles to the same successful formula: Bat-family versus immortal badasses. Fight. Rinse. Repeat. Nightwing #9 provides more backstory than emotional fallout " although I don't doubt Dick will be wrestling with his newfound heritage soon enough " but this done-in-one fight book will still thrill fans of Dick Grayson, rough edges and all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #10

Jun 21, 2012

Eddy Barrows and Geraldo Borges also pull some solid work in this issue. The speed and wildness that I think Nightwing deserves isn't quite there, but their composition is pretty stellar. There's one panel in particular, where Dick leaps at an impossible angle to get the jump on some gun-toting thugs that really popped off the page, and watching Dick leap through a glass window while on the phone looks great. All in all, this is a great effort for this creative team, one that'll definitely bring me back next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #15

Dec 19, 2012

It could be worse, I suppose " many tie-in books feel meaningless or without consequence, and Higgins certainly delivers on that score. Perhaps more sobering, however, is the realization that, as distasteful as it might be, this issue sticks with you longer because of the body count, not in spite of it " a sign that some deeper introspection on the character might be needed. Nightwing eventually will need a shot in the arm either with a stronger direction in the art or a stronger direction in the characterization " but for now, the Joker has done his job right, and at least as far as this issue goes, made this series more compelling in his wake.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #18

Mar 21, 2013

Juan Jose Ryp's artwork occasionally gets a little into caricature-land with Dick's stubble and slouch, but his layouts and fight choreography are clean. A good show, and one of the better DC "Requiem" books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #19

Apr 17, 2013

Sometimes it's a matter of putting the right team on the right project. Nightwing and Brett Booth is just an example of that. With a streamlined protagonist and a supercharged artistic team, it's looking like Dick Grayson might finally find his own identity outside of his mentor's bestselling exploits. Of course it would be Chicago were Nightwing would pick up his second wind.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #20

May 20, 2013

There are likely those who might criticize Nightwing for being less than ambitious, and I can definitely see how people might accuse this book of playing it safe " however, there's something to be said for a solid comic that blends action and melodrama without getting bogged down in this need to reinvent the wheel. There's nothing wrong with Dick Grayson, and he's such an easygoing character that it's not hard to pick up a comic with him in it and immediately feel some sort of investment. Given the manic atmosphere of much of today's superhero comics, a little bit of normalcy might not be such a bad thing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #23

Aug 15, 2013

If nothing else, Nightwing is a book that's really showing off the strengths of its creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2011) #28

Feb 13, 2014

While the pacing of this story leaves a little to be desired, Nightwing #28 stands out because of the wonderful artwork by Russel Dauterman.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Nightwing (2016) #1

Jul 28, 2016

While this installment has its missteps, there is plenty of potential to the art and premise " here's hoping Nightwing's creative team can dig deep and find it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #19

Apr 24, 2017

Overall, Nightwing #19 is a fun, fast-paced issue, with equal parts action, humor, and heart. Given his history on Grayson, everything about Seeley's depiction of Dick feels true to the character's core principles, particularly his affection for Damian, which is the driving force of the story. The entire art team is in perfect sync with Seeley's script, and although the current arc has been hit-or-miss at times, things are definitely firing on all cylinders now for Bludhaven's favorite costumed crime-fighter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #38

Feb 9, 2018

There's some seriously solid superhero storytelling in Nightwing right now, so don't miss it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #42

Apr 5, 2018

The plotting on this issue may feel a little scattershot, but the combination of snappy action, Bruce Lee one-liners, and insane bits of spectacle make Nightwing #42 easily the most fun cape comic of the week. Don't sleep on this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ninja-K (2017) #1

Nov 14, 2017

With its extra-sized page count, you definitely will be getting your money's worth with Ninja-K #1, a story that brings a sense of history and weight to the Ninjak mythos without feeling particularly self-conscious or silly. Perhaps this is due to the creative team taking this story so seriously, both in the narrative and in its gorgeous artwork. While there are a handful of rough edges and pacing issues in this first installment, Gage gets Colin King exactly where he needs him for what will likely be a no-holds-barred thriller.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ninja-K (2017) #2

Dec 26, 2017

While it's easy to overlook Valiant's superhero offerings in the face of long-established capes like Marvel and DC, Ninja-K is a truly compelling alternative.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
No. 1 With A Bullet #1

Oct 31, 2017

While the storyline remains to be seen, the artwork for No. 1 With a Bullet cannot be denied, and it’s these kinds of off-kilter visuals that make me excited to see where this series heads next. Given the potential of sci-fi and horror as genres, it’s surprising to not see more of this in comic books, which allows Semahn and Corona ample room to play around with some particularly heady themes (and deliver readers some off-the-wall scares). It’s too early to say if this title lives up to its name just yet, but consider me on-board for more No. 1 With a Bullet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2013) #1

Feb 19, 2013

With some uncomplicated storytelling and some gorgeous artwork, I imagine Nova will find a pretty large audience, especially on the heels of Sam's appearances on Ultimate Spider-Man. There is plenty of room for this series to grow, but I think much of this might have to do with the target audience " while the subtext of alcoholism might prove a bit dark for the Saturday morning cartoons crowd and the cichs might prove too much for diehard fans (particularly of Richard Rider, may he rest in peace), fresh readers will probably be overjoyed to follow Sam to the stars.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2013) #3

Apr 22, 2013

Yet that first scene still sticks with me, and it's something that I think Loeb needs more to make Nova fly. Loeb is channeling a lot of personality as a creator to his fictional "son," but we aren't privy to all those quirks and wonderful moments that make this character so resonant to his writer. And in a lot of ways, a father will love his son differently than that boy's friends and siblings " so who does Nova want to impress? Kids? Adults? Both? It's clear that Jeph Loeb and Ed McGuinness think the world of this kid, but they need to find an emotional and tonal throughline that will get the rest of us to fly with him.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Nova (2013) #4

May 16, 2013

While the story is far from sophisticated, McGuinness fans will likely still be on-board " that all said, a bit more complexity would do Nova a world of good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #6

Jul 17, 2013

Armed with a new creative team, it's difficult to think of a book that's had more improvement over the past month than Nova. Focusing less on the flashy trappings of the Marvel cosmic universe, Wells and Medina wisely bring Sam Alexander down to earth, making him a much more likable, endearing and three-dimensional character in the process. With this sort of emotional resonance, it will be much easier for readers to get excited about the high-octane space fisticuffs as this series barrels ahead. If Wells and Medina can keep getting us to root for Sam and his family like they have this issue, the sky is the limit for Marvel's Human Rocket.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nova (2015) #1

Nov 9, 2015

Ultimately, it's too soon to say whether or not this iteration of Nova is going to achieve the liftoff that its previous volumes could not. Reminding me a bit of the "New 52"'s take on Firestorm: The Nuclear Men, there's a lot of narrative potential between two men with the same power set but two radically different perspectives on how to use it. But in order to make that premise work, Ryan is going to have to work overtime to make Sam a fully-realized and likeable character. If he can give Sam and Jesse some flaws, some edge, and a stronger perspective gained from their time apart, this could go from an average series to a great one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2015) #3

Jan 7, 2016

I've knocked Sean Ryan's writing on New Suicide Squad in the past, but I have to give credit where it's due - he seems to really be nailing his voice when it comes to Nova.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Nova (2015) #11

Sep 27, 2016

But at the end of the day, it’s unclear who Nova #11 is trying to target with this story. It’s too insular and slow-moving to draw in any latecomers. It’s too shallow and unquestioning for long-time fans. It hardly even feels like a bookend for an entire run - it feels less like a triumphant last hurrah with Sam Alexander, and more of just sedately washing hands of the character. I’m sure that we’ll see a more dynamic and effective use of Sam Alexander in the upcoming Champions series, but it's a shame that he couldn't be treated with the same enthusiasm and skill in his own book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nova (2016) #1

Dec 7, 2016

For longtime readers of our reviews, you’ll know I wasn’t typically a big fan of the previous run on Nova, but I have to say that this first issue has already earned the property another look. Loveless and Perez do a great job at setting up this soon-to-be odd couple by first establishing them as relatable and endearing individuals. There’s a certain sense of joy that comes from the idea of flight, and perhaps Nova’s greatest success as that we clearly see this in both Richard Ryder and Sam Alexander’s faces. When they’re having this much fun, it’s hard for it not to be contagious.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nova (2016) #2

Jan 9, 2017

It's funny that after years of wanting to like Nova but failing, it would take this creative team just two issues to make me a believer. It goes to show you that there is no such thing as bad characters, only bad execution, because Loveness and Perez deliver such a likable pairing with Sam and Richard, weaving together characterization and the weirdness of comics with such naturalism. Marvel's teen books are already an embarrassment of riches, and Nova is a quality read that aims for the stars - and almost always reaches its mark.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nowhere Men #4

Mar 14, 2013

Nowhere Men is one of those books that are actually two stories in one. The backstory, featuring the Beatles of super-science known as World Corp., is the real draw, the potent mix of charisma and character, and writer (and Image publisher) Eric Stephenson deserves heaps of praise for them. But the problem is, the Fab Four have to fight for their own book, as the present-day side story deals with their big mistake: a group of researchers stricken with a virus that has given them superpowers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nowhere Men #7

Jan 21, 2016

Ultimately, you're going to want to re-read previous issues of this series as a refresher, but it's nice to see this thoughtful comic back on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Oberon #1

Feb 8, 2019

With the conclusion of this issue marking a dramatic change of setting, things are only looking up for Oberon, even if this debut issue isn't quite as spellbinding as one might hope.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Occupy Avengers #2

Dec 22, 2016

While plenty of superhero fans might turn up their noses at the comparatively small stakes of Occupy Avengers, if you sleep on this book, you're going to be missing out on a surprisingly fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
October Faction #1

Oct 7, 2014

Niles has a great tagline for this book, saying that "Sometimes crazy is the glue that binds a family together." I'm not sure if "crazy" is the right word for The October Faction, as much as downright spooky or twisted. There's a lot of flavor to this comic, thanks to Niles' characters and Worm's evocative artwork - that said, this comic doesn't quite hit a home run, instead hoping you'll stick around next month to watch the story unfold. It's a gambit, one that I think will likely be rewarded. Like the old saying goes, you can't pick your family - but you can pick up this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Old Guard #2

Mar 30, 2017

Equal parts Highlander and G.I. Joe, writer Greg Rucka and artist Leandro Fernandez deliver a killer second installment of Old Guard.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Old Man Logan #1

May 27, 2015

Old Man Logan was one of Marvel's most iconic stories featuring the Ol' Canucklehead in recent years, and you'd be forgiven if you thought no one could top it. But this Secret Wars tie-in shows that Brian Michael Bendis and Andrea Sorrentino are the exact kind of dream team to follow up on Millar and McNiven, showing that sometimes, comic book lighting can strike twice. If you pick up any Marvel book this week, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Old Man Logan #2

Jun 17, 2015

Old Man Logan is a character whose world has enthralled plenty of comic book readers over the years - Mark Millar's take on a superheroic world living on far past its expiration date hit a lot of fanboy buttons, particularly now that we live in a post-Mad Max cinemascape. Which is what makes Old Man Logan #2 such a disappointment - Bendis had the opportunity to continue exploring this insane new world, and gave up on it the first chance he got. Without that strong sense of place, Marvel's mightiest mutant has just gotten himself de-clawed.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Old Man Logan #3

Jul 27, 2015

Comics like Old Man Logan #3 make me really upset, not because of any particular axes to grind - because as I've said, this team has done some amazing stuff - but out of a desire to see better comics. Comics shouldn't have to be disposable or pandering to the lowest common denominator. We should be ahead of the curve in terms of production values and storytelling technique. But instead, this is a comic that doesn't just fail to live up to the original, but it feels like it's not even trying to. Unfortunately, the saying is true - people vote with their wallets, and make no mistake, Old Man Logan will sell, regardless of quality or content, just based on the names of the creators and characters involved. Maybe that's the future we should be fearing - it's not just about the deaths of the superheroes. It's that we're the ones who are helping doing them in.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Old Man Logan #4

Aug 27, 2015

There's so much potential to this book, but Bendis is barely even scratching the surface " and for a writer of his caliber and experience, it's hard to justify that with an excuse.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Logan (2016) #6

May 19, 2016

Ultimately, there's not a lot of heavy thinking to do with this comic, but it absolutely scratches the action hero itch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Logan (2016) #12

Oct 14, 2016

While I might argue that the emotional content is a little underdeveloped " Lemire's flashbacks to Logan aren't quite enough to hook in new readers or remind returning readers why this character is on a noble quest " the visuals are so stellar that the artwork alone is worth the price of admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Logan (2016) #14

Dec 1, 2016

While this story feels a little decompressed " perhaps because it's missing its trademark flashback sequences " Old Man Logan #14 is still some solid entertainment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Omega Men #3

Aug 6, 2015

Combine a strong new character with a great twist, and this is the best issue of Omega Men yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Omega Men #4

Sep 2, 2015

Like I said earlier, however, Omega Men #4 might not be for everyone - Cypress' art is certainly not in the superhero norm, and while I really appreciate the change of pace, others might find his work to be too loose for their tastes. Additionally, some may find the retelling of Kalista's story in the book's second half to be a little redundant, considering how well King defined her in the last issue. But I would argue that these are quibbles, considering how striking and altogether unique a book like Omega Men #4 is. I definitely recommend giving this one a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Omega Men #5

Oct 8, 2015

Tom King continues to impress with his highly underrated Omega Men. This series has been ambitious before, but now King takes aim at interstellar religion and the hypocrisy hidden under many churches

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Omega Men #9

Mar 7, 2016

When the stakes are high enough, there are no rules - and there are no heroes, either. That's the ultimate moral of Omega Men, a counterintuitive comic that winds up becoming so much deeper thanks to its ongoing conflict about the ethics of war and rebellion. Having lifelong do-gooder Kyle Rayner front and center in this book has wound up being a truly shrewd decision - not only is this not the kind of fight he typically engages himself in, but this also not the kind of book that DC Comics typically publishes. It's rough-edged, scarred and cynical, but with a world of complexity to dig into. It's not easily digested, or even easily liked. But at the end of the day - perhaps like the Omega Men themselves - it's the kind of book we desperately need.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Omega Men #10

Mar 31, 2016

Fans of this series will love the way King characterizes his antiheroes, but this issue probably won't win any new converts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Original Sin #0

Apr 23, 2014

If anything, I can only hope that Jason Aaron uses Mark Waid as an example for the rest of Original Sin. Rather than try to blow up the biggest target possible, Waid zeroes in on a much more vulnerable spot - our hearts. Yes, this may be a whimper rather than a bang - but it's much more readable than some of the Big Two's more action-oriented blockbusters. If this event winds up being the one that focuses on the humanity behind the Marvel superheroes, Original Sin could be the best event comic in years.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Original Sin #3

Jun 3, 2014

We're three issues into Original Sin, and it still feels like this book is lacking a crucial hook. More than most events, nothing really happens here - we get the bare bones needed to push the rest of Marvel's titles into strange new directions, but in terms of this specific issue, it's just mechanical plot progression. The team-ups aren't thrilling. The villains feel self-indulgent. The twists and turns are few and far between - and don't quite feel believable when they do hit. Things happen... sort of. This comic feels obsessed with the act of revealing secrets, without actually showing any of those secrets or what they mean. We all want to know what the next big secret is. But you won't find out what it is in Original Sin.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Original Sin #6

Jul 16, 2014

The last page, featuring a bad man in a robot suit, maybe explains it all. It looks like an action figure, and that's really what this series is about. It's putting together the action figures in a way that looks new, and then hoping a story comes out of it. To Aaron and company's credit, this series has triggered a few new developments in each of these characters' own books, like Thor's new sister, Luke Cage's father's secret superteam or Spider-Man's new counterpart. But this book is so concerned with setting up other people's stories that it never really bothered to set up one of its own. Maybe that's Marvel's true Original Sin.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Original Sins #5

Aug 21, 2014

Original Sins concludes as it began - as a distinctly, split-down-the-middle mixed bag.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #1

Jun 25, 2014

Of course, it remains to be seen where Outcast will go - if this winds up being a series like Skybound's Thief of Thieves, Outcast may still wind up in an early grave, if Kirkman takes his star power and his vision to another title prematurely. Being a one-man franchise can do that - people demand new franchises, but you can only stretch yourself so thin, and why should you stay on a book beyond your interest level? Life's too short. Right now, Kirkman's vision for Outcast is only embryonic, with strong pacing and great art from Azaceta keeping you intrigued. If Kirkman can assert the direction of this series more fully as time goes on, you may still hold this Outcast close to your heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Outer Darkness #3

Jan 14, 2019

There's a deep well of storytelling potential to Outer Darkness, as Layman and Chan are able to play the tropes of science fiction and horror against one another to create some unexpected new storytelling avenues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Paknadel & Trakhanov's Turncoat #1

Mar 15, 2016

Drawing from two robust wells of narrative possibilities, Turncoat delivers a striking debut to fans of both detective fiction and post-apocalyptic sci-fi. Paknadel and Trakhanov are definitely the team to beat here, giving what could be a by-the-numbers series a world of depth and uniqueness. Definitely make sure to give this book a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Paper Girls #30

Aug 5, 2019

Paper Girls #30's biggest strength is how Vaughan and Chiang wraps the four girls' stories so seamlessly. Erin isn't afraid to make friends, KJ and Mac both accept their sexuality, and Tiffany finally puts the video game controller down. Even though Paper Girls is over, this is a book I will go back to time and time again, because there will always be new aspects to uncover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Paradiso #1

Dec 5, 2017

Paradiso might not be a widespread tourist destination yet, but it's certainly a book that's piqued my interest.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Paradiso #2

Jan 12, 2018

Nobody said getting to paradise would be easy - and to be honest, no one said reading Paradiso would be easy, either. There's a singular, idiosyncratic voice that informs writer Ram V and artist Devmalya Pramanik's work, and for those who enjoy the weird post-apocalyptic sci-fi vibe this series is putting out, it'll be off to the races.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Past Aways #1

Mar 30, 2015

Since the days of the Fantastic Four, the idea of a team of quirky science-themed adventurers has been something that's resonated in comic books, whether you're talking about Iron Man or Think Tank or Imaginauts or Challengers of the Unknown or Nowhere Men. The list goes on and on, but what sets each of these books apart is that they each have taken a different angle or tone and ran with it, resulting in rich reads that can go as far as their heroes' imagination can take them. Past Aways, however, reads like recycled superhero stories, and what's worse, it doesn't have to be that way. Beyond Kolins' artwork, this book has a good hook to work with - it's got a great time travel high concept - which is why it's so disappointing that it refuses to use it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat! #1

Dec 22, 2015

But the thing is, there's little about this first issue of Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat that isn't done better - or more inventively - but Unbeatable Squirrel Girl, a series that's already gotten two #1s this year. There is clearly something different about this one-time model/investigator/superhero/romance star, but right now, the low-level stakes and quirky sense of humor has been done already. And as a result, Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat is a surprisingly disappointing debut from a pair of otherwise promising talents.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #4

Jan 5, 2012

It's a comic I wish more people paid attention to, because these are the sorts of comics that create what DC is really looking for: timeless stories. I couldn't recommend another book from the publisher more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #5

Feb 9, 2012

This team has pulled off a major coup with this series, which has to be some of the best DC has published in quite a while.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #4

Apr 16, 2019

For a title about a semi-forgotten superhero, there's something scarily intelligent with what this creative team has done in Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt. Gillen has proven that this series isn't just a one-trick pony sending up Watchmen, but instead is able to cross the boundaries across the history of comics. Teaming up with Caspar Wijngaard and company, one can only wonder how this comic can possibly top itself from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #302

Mar 28, 2018

If you haven't been reading Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man, this is definitely the time to do it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) Annual #1

Jun 25, 2018

There's no sense in competing with world-shaking, bombastic events and status quo changes, given that Amazing Spider-Man will always be the flagship book, but Zdarsky's focus on character and the soap operatics of Spider-Man's life (as well as those of his supporting cast) gives this book its own flavor that he seems perfectly suited to deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #4

Jan 26, 2018

All in all, Phoenix Resurrection continues to be off-kilter for an event book, but I'm eager to see if that untraditional approach winds up paying off.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #5

Jan 31, 2018

Ultimately, Phoenix Resurrection is a tough book to crack, and one that would likely have some flaws no matter what the creative team, simply due to the overall state of the X-Men line.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Planet Hulk #5

Sep 10, 2015

Planet Hulk #5 is unfortunate in that it had no real ending it was building towards - and unfortunately, that's a quality that it shares with the last issues of several other Secret Wars tie-ins.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Postal #1

Feb 5, 2015

All in all, this is an intriguing first issue that bears further watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Postal #13

Jul 28, 2016

If you haven't been reading Postal, this is the perfect time to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #1

Feb 16, 2016

In an era where you almost have to be flashy in order to get some attention, it's refreshing to see Walker and Greene go against the grain this much with Power Man and Iron Fist #1. But when you have characters this likable, why go out of your way to try to "fix" them? While Danny Rand and Luke Cage were born out of genre filmmaking, it's surprising to see Walker go so broad with these characters, to make them appeal to potentially their widest audience yet. Ultimately, it remains to be seen if this series can survive without a hook outside of the characters themselves, but for those brave fans who decide to give this book a shot, I think they're going to be pleasantly surprised.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #5

Jun 23, 2016

David Walker plays with a super-fun premise as he taps into his inner Kurosawa with this Rashomon-inspired issue of Power Man and Iron Fist.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #7

Aug 22, 2016

While there are some highlights to the art, it's a shame to see Power Man and Iron Fist swing and miss like this. Given the clearly defined personalities and philosophies of Luke Cage and Danny Rand, you'd think there would be a lot of grist for the mill when it comes to Civil War II, but that winds up being largely window-dressing here, as Walker takes way too long to get to the real meat of his storyline. Flaviano's artwork alone should draw some eyes here, but that doesn't feel like a sufficient hook for this well-intentioned but ultimately flawed book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Powerpuff Girls #1

Sep 24, 2013

This conundrum keeps this comic from really punching outside its weight class, but that won't stop younger readers or diehard Powerpuff Girls fans from enjoying this comic. There's a good sense of humor and brisk pacing to this first issue, and while IDW's first issue of Powerpuff Girls can come off a bit uneven, Troy Little's talents will still be enough to pique reader interest.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Powers of X #1

Jul 30, 2019

In the X-Men's world of unchecked evolution, is there even such a thing as justice or a happy ending? That's the mind-bending mystery at the heart of Powers of X " but if the answers he delivers are even half as satisfying as his questions he's posing, Jonathan Hickman and company stand to usher in a bold new era of X-Men storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Powers of X #2

Aug 14, 2019

Given the justified hype the series has earned for itself, it's both inevitable and a little disappointing that this series has to come down to earth sometime " that's not to denigrate Powers of X #2 in the slightest, it's just that after changing the X-Men's status quo so completely for three issues, now we're at the stage where Hickman needs to start bridging the rest of his storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Powers of X #5

Sep 25, 2019

With only two more issues of this maxiseries to go, Hickman and company can use all the storytelling real estate they can get - while Powers of X has been paying House of X's tab for a few issues now, I'm betting Hickman has something special saved for this series' last hurrah.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Prez #2

Jul 22, 2015

With their second issue of Prez, Mark Russell and Ben Caldwell have further perfected their out-of-control world, as high schooler Beth Ross unwittingly ascends to the highest office in the land. Packed with cynical backroom dealing and outlandish takes on journalism, medicine and technology, Prez succeeds not just because of its skewering of American politics, but because it's also one of the funniest books on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Prodigy #1

Dec 4, 2018

With all this untapped potential clearly bubbling beneath the surface, Prodigy is proof that a mind like his can be a terrible thing to waste - so here's hoping the virtuosic talent behind this book can find their voices and find the intellectual substance beneath its bold spectacle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Prophet (2012) #30

Oct 29, 2012

This opening issue isn't an easy read, but it is gorgeous to look at and definitely seems to possess that same frenetic, hang-on-by-your-fingernails scrappiness that this series has possessed since its relaunch. It's almost Impressionistic in structure, a comic that's more spectacle than story. Prophet is not for everybody, but as far as opening salvos go, I'm on-board with wherever this space warrior goes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Protector #1

Jan 31, 2020

A solid debut, but it's one that will live and die based on whether people are here for the art.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Psi-Lords #1

Jun 18, 2019

It's always a shame when a new #1 issue fumbles the ball, but Psi-Lords #1 feels like a troubled project just from the mismatched creative team behind the wheel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2011) #7

Jan 9, 2012

In a lot of ways, it's been an odd choice of Rucka's, to spend so much time looking at Frank Castle from the outside rather than from within. This issue, however, shows that he has some serious brass ones that he's not afraid to clank up and down the street. Who needs the Punisher when you can set up the chase? Even though our hero is largely absent " and almost completely a mystery " Rucka's still giving us plenty of reasons to root for him.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punisher (2011) #10

Apr 23, 2012

In certain regards, Punisher #10 does do a lot right " the characters work well together, there's some action involved, a nice cliffhanger, some beautiful art. But as far as showing the Punisher's point of view, well, it doesn't exactly do Frank any favors. You can't always bat a thousand, and this comic still stands higher than much of its competition... but that still doesn't make this less of a sophomore slump.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #15

Sep 6, 2012

With smooth visual continuity and smart composition, I haven't dug the Punisher this much since Jerome Opea drew it. Hardcore action, hardcore fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2014) #1

Feb 3, 2014

While Marvel has been promoting this new run of Punisher to be Frank's move to the West, Edmondson and Gerads are far more self-assured of their own abilities - and they deserve to be. This is a Punisher team who are comfortable in their own skins, ready to rest on the strength of the character and his job rather than any auteur-baiting high concepts. And I use the word "job" deliberately - perhaps the refreshing thing about this iteration of the Punisher is that while he's driven, this is a job, rather than a cold, alienating, all-consuming mission. It's a job that we could tune into on a regular basis, whether it would be month-to-month on the comic stands or week-to-week on our TV screens.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Punisher (2014) #2

Feb 20, 2014

After a strong first issue, Nathan Edmondson gets stuck in place with his sophomore issue of Punisher. For the most part, this issue is half-mystery, half-explanation of Frank Castle's new status quo on the West Coast, but it never gets deep enough into both for it to matter

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2016) #1

Jul 16, 2018

If you haven't checked in on Matthew Rosenberg's run on Punisher, you're definitely missing out. The book has evolved from its initial "Punisher plus War Machine armor" pitch by placing Frank Castle in the crosshairs of the Marvel Universe as he seeks some sort of reconciliation for his role in Secret Empire.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punisher (2016) #221

Feb 16, 2018

While the art will keep this series from reaching its fullest potential, the over-the-top craziness of how the Punisher operates still makes this issue a fun one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2018) #7

Jan 31, 2019

A book that continues to surprise, Punisher #7 is a gem that shouldn't be overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #3

Jan 14, 2013

The fact that this comic is essentially done-in-one doesn't hurt, either. The only downside of Punisher: War Journal is that the heart of this book " Frank himself " is more of an absence, more of a plot device for all this otherwise excellent character work and explosions from Thor's side. Still, if you're an Avenger fan, this is a great concept, pitting Marvel's strongest against its scrappiest. Great writing and great artwork make this book a sleeper hit you should not miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #5

Mar 4, 2013

And the big problem this book has ultimately is Frank still is an absence of a character rather an a compelling lead " he may get his shots in, but this book has been all about the guest stars. Still, this series in general has been way better than it had any right to be, and I'd gladly read an Avengers reunion with this creative team any day of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punk Mambo #1

Apr 23, 2019

While Bunn does effective work in getting in the prerequisite superhero fisticuffs out of the way quickly, for a new first issue, one can't help but feel a bit of a missed opportunity to really introduce new readers to Punk Mambo as a character and as a concept " and to be honest, without the easy comparison to John Constantine, I'm not sure how many newcomers would be able to glean much of any context to this debut adventure. But credit where it's due " Gorham and Villarrubia really elevate this issue with a stylishness that befits this iconoclastic antiheroine. It's unclear if Punk Mambo will stick the landing in future installments, but the artwork is strong enough to justify a second look.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punk Rock Jesus #1

Jul 10, 2012

The fearlessness of Punk Rock Jesus is what grabs me the most, the sheer lack of disregard for what's "commercial" that Murphy and company exude in exchange for an earnest attempt at grabbing your attention, to strut its own stuff... but in the secret hope that you're still watching. Well, you win this round, Punk Rock Jesus, just on style points alone. You've got yourself a disciple.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punks Not Dead #1

Feb 21, 2018

With its boy-meets-ghost story, Punks Not Dead already feels like the strongest of the Black Crown line-up, perhaps because it is also the most accessible.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Quantum and Woody #1

Jul 9, 2013

While this is not a perfect debut, there are more hits than misses to this first issue of the reborn Quantum and Woody. Particularly with Asmus's smart redefinition of the duo's relationship, there is a lot of potential for this partnership, as they explore family, heroism, and doing the right thing (or at least trying and failing miserably). With their new origin story out of the way, Asmus and Fowler have earned my interest for their next installment " once superpowers fall into the mix, there's no telling where Quantum and Woody might end up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Quantum and Woody (2017) #1

Dec 19, 2017

Zigging where you might expect it to zag, there's tons of potential to Quantum and Woody " it remains to be seen if this book's chaotic spirit can keep readers invested, or if the world's worst superheroes wind up being at the receiving end of their own punchline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rapture #1

May 23, 2017

Trying to compete with the same kind of spectacle as Marvel and DC is a sucker's game. But if Kindt can continue to showcase these superheroes as unique and vibrant characters, Rapture may turn out to be a religious experience for those tired of the same old cape comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Rat Queens #9

Mar 5, 2015

Kurtis J. Wiebe and Stjepan ejic elevate a typical magical fracas into a superb character piece with this week's installment of Rat Queens, a book that's as endearing and beautifully illustrated as it is action-packed and occasionally crass.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rat Queens #11

Aug 20, 2015

This issue shows just how enduring these characters can be - hopefully this series' schedule will bring the love back on track.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Reborn #1

Oct 14, 2016

Fans may be disappointed in this debut issue's decompression, which only gives us a taste of the real action, but the potential behind Reborn seems undeniable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Hood And The Outlaws #6

Feb 16, 2012

Make no mistake, this story is plenty convenient, and there are some plot holes you could drive a truck through, but I'd be remiss if I didn't say it wasn't going in a direction that I liked. If this sort of character-based set-up had taken place in the first issue as opposed to the sixth, I wonder how differently people would feel about Red Hood and the Outlaws today.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Red Hood And The Outlaws #10

Jun 25, 2012

I'm not sure what keeps drawing me back to Red Hood and the Outlaws, but I keep finding myself asking, "what did you expect here?" I thought that the premise of Starfire as starship commander was a powerful image, a niche that DC has yet to fill in its New 52. Unfortunately, it's looking like the stars were against Lobdell and Rocafort, because they never seem to overcome their clashing styles and truncated page lengths. If you're itching to give this book a shot, you might want to wait until next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Hood And The Outlaws #33

Jul 21, 2014

Even if the book stalls by the end, Red Hood and the Outlaws is definitely a step in the right direction. Starfire in particular is the one character who is so much better defined than Red Hood or Arsenal, a couple of jerks with fighting skills and varying degrees of angst. Those two are fads - Starfire is a classic, with a history, personality and power set that will keep her going for years to come. I'm glad that Lobdell and Silva have given their star character some deserved care and spotlight.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Hood And The Outlaws: Futures End #1

Sep 18, 2014

While the whole "weird future" element of Futures End barely plays a factor here, you've got to give some credit to Scott Kolins for making this business-as-usual story of the Red Hood look fantastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Hood and the Outlaws (2016) #2

Sep 15, 2016

While the dialogue can occasionally get a little bit wordy " and let's face it, Jason and Artemis mend fences a little conveniently " Red Hood and the Outlaws #2 still brings some fun popcorn action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Hood and the Outlaws (2016) #5

Dec 19, 2016

It's not about creating heady premises or redefining the comics sphere, but instead just delivering some good, old-fashioned fisticuffs, about having men and women with superpowers beat the tar out of each other, and look fantastic while doing it. While Red Hood might be thought of as too "low brow" for some superhero snobs, the artwork alone makes this a fun diversion for action fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Hood and the Outlaws (2016) #26

Sep 12, 2018

There are plenty of people who might see Jason Todd's new costume as a cash-grab - and real talk, given how sales attrition works in comic books, sometimes you need to goose sales from time to time - but Lobdell and Woods do an incredible job justifying it with some top-notch artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Hood and the Outlaws (2016) #27

Oct 11, 2018

This series isn't usually one for me, but as long as the creative team keeps swinging for the fences, this is an era of Red Hood you shouldn't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Red Lanterns #39

Feb 26, 2015

Easily the most bonkers single issue to come out of DC Comics in months, Red Lanterns #39 is a comic book entirely centered around Guy Gardner getting into a fight with a baby.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Lanterns Annual #1

Jul 31, 2014

Adopting Guy Gardner as its new lead and teaming up with Supergirl has made Red Lanterns one of the sleeper successes of DC's publishing lineup these days, and Red Lantern Annual #1 is an extra-sized battle royale between Guy Gardner and his evil predecessor Atrocitus.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Skull: Incarnate #5

Dec 5, 2011

It's not always easy to follow, but the long trail down the slippery slope rarely is. Is every villain the hero of his own story? Somehow, I doubt that Johann Schmidt sees himself that way. He's ice-cold, power-driven, and he's not afraid to spill blood to get there. Red Skull: Incarnate isn't a loud book, but it is a scary one. Perhaps that's even more telling: you'll never see it coming.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Redneck #2

May 25, 2017

Donny Cates and Lissando Estherren's Kentucky-fried vampire tale is an interesting beast, in part because it feels more akin to a crime story than anything innately supernatural.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Regression #1

May 9, 2017

Ultimately, Regression might not be a grand slam for the prolific Bunn, but there's still a decent amount to like here, thanks in part to the quick descent into violence and viscera portrayed by Luckert. There's some potential to this hypnotism-themed horror, and one only hopes that Bunn uses his unique ties to the practice to build up his characters after this debut. As it stands as a debut, the beautifully rendered Regression might not lure you under its spell completely, but it certainly has enough pull to draw you in for another session.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Renato Jones: Season 2 #5

Nov 30, 2017

While the surprisingly opulent tone of the final scene feels like a misstep given the anti-capitalist leanings of the rest of the series, the story of Renato Jones might be an uneven one, but like all good assassins, the real money shot comes in the execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Renato Jones: The One % #2

Jun 13, 2016

The kind of dissonance brought by Renato Jones #2 is in part because Andrews is not just an incredibly talented artist in his own right, but because there's clearly something to his high concept here. Evil billionaires " and I'm sure people can readily come up with at least one example " do exist, and they even thrive because they have ensconced themselves in the arms of the law. Having a vigilante take down these avatars of greed is powerful wish fulfillment, and Andrews tries to have his cake and eat it too by having his hero churn through the most heinous of villains. But at the same time, having a work that's this based in political affairs automatically invites deeper thought " and right now, Renato Jones: The One% is undeniably rich in style, but might find itself in philosophical foreclosure if it doesn't build upon its violent, black-and-white foundations.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Resurrection Man (2011) #9

May 9, 2012

I was hoping for some fireworks with this Resurrection Man tie-in, but aside from some decent-looking fights, there really isn't a set tone or direction for readers to sink their teeth into. This could have been a case of two smaller titles finding some clarity while clashing against each other. Instead, we wound up with a crossover that felt dead on arrival.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Return of Wolverine #1

Sep 18, 2018

You can't fault Soule for attempting a holistic take on an X-Man with this many different angles, but he winds up getting stranded in a limbo between homage and total recap " for a book that should be heralding a brand new era for the Ol' Canucklehead, Return of Wolverine is a book that looks backwards, often to its own detriment.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Return of Wolverine #5

Feb 20, 2019

Whether it's a failure of planning or a failure of imagination, Return of Wolverine feels like the most artificial method possible to get the desired result, and as a result feels like one of the more disappointing events Marvel has released in some time. The Ol' Canucklehead might be back in fighting form, but he sure has killed plenty of readers' wallets to get there.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Revenge #1

Feb 26, 2014

The idea of having your face ripped off is an intrinsically gruesome one, one that'll make you flinch just thinking about. It's a trope that's been done before, whether it's Face/Off, Silence of the Lambs, or even in comics like Death of the Family and Crossed, but the execution in Revenge is for the most childlike of reasons - it's the kind of gory scary story that kids would tell to try to gross each other out and seem "older" than their scaredy-cat peers. Despite its "Mature Readers" tag, not only does Revenge pander to the least mature segment of the comics-sphere, but it's so derivative that it doesn't even break new ground doing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #5

Jun 8, 2020

Given the character and creators involved, there's a better story somewhere in the bones of Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider, but this finale doesn't quite do any of them justice.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Riverdale #1

Apr 5, 2017

Ultimately, Archie Comics has found new relevance in recent years thanks to subverting and manipulating its wholesome brand, both positively and negatively. Unfortunately, the comic tie-in for Riverdale only scratches the surface of what makes the controversial TV show so guiltily engaging - for a #1 issue based on a primetime series, this comic book feels too low-key to really goose reader interest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Road of Bones #1

May 28, 2019

Road of Bones is a strong debut whose historical settings take an excellent twist on tried-and-true horror tropes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Robin Rises: Omega #1

Jul 16, 2014

In a lot of ways, Robin Rises: Omega is almost a critic-proof comic. There's no use imagining any new twists and turns, because there seriously aren't any. This is a fight comic. The only escalation is more people causing more punching, leading (theoretically) to the next set of punching in Batman and Robin #33. After all the needless twists and turns following Bruce Wayne's death, maybe a little bit of straightforwardness is needed. Or maybe, given the long, twisting road towards the resurrection of Damian, this is where Peter Tomasi's universe-spanning saga finally jumps the shark.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Robin War #1

Dec 2, 2015

The Batman office has long been DC's bread and butter, and with Batman selling like hotcakes, it's no surprise that DC would put out spinoff after spinoff after spinoff - with the current crop actually being pretty high-quality across the board. But there comes a point of oversaturation even with the Dark Knight Detective, and I think we're seeing that play out with Robin War, a series that struggles to fit in its expansive cast even with 36 pages of story. Some of this isn't Tom King's fault - like I said, DC's been tapping this particular well for months already - but at the same time, there isn't enough depth to Robin War to really ruffle anyone's feathers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Robin War #2

Jan 14, 2016

While there's a fun twist at the end of this book, this story never quite figured out who its primary focus was, and that kept Robin War from really igniting fully.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin: Son of Batman #4

Sep 21, 2015

While the storytelling of this book might not be revolutionary, Patrick Gleason doesn't seem to mind - he's having the time of his life, right where he is, and that enthusiasm makes Robin, Son of Batman such a unique book. There might be random weirdness like a giant red monster bat or Damian's oddball training at the hands of the League of Assassins - but thanks to Gleason's beautiful artwork, these details feel like extra color rather than distracting eccentricities. Gleason is a creator who not only is talented, but knows it - and revels in it. It's a sense of confidence that he continues to earn with each issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Robin: Son of Batman #9

Feb 19, 2016

Bringing Damian Wayne back to Gotham proves to be a shrewd move by Patrick Gleason, who delivers the most fun issue of Robin: Son of Batman yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin: Son of Batman #10

Mar 17, 2016

Ultimately, Ray Fawkes' story feels a little undercooked, with Damian racing to Al Ghul Island to discover someone has stolen items from the Year of Blood vault - that said, he's setting up some nice beats through the women in Damian's life, including his mother Talia and his former partner NoBody.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Roche Limit #1

Sep 23, 2014

Like the Roche Limit colony itself, this comic isn't about flashiness, it's about utility. There are no wasted pages here, no off-the-wall action sequences to distract from the mood. This comic is all about mood, the claustrophobic nature of the colony and the criminality that has eroded its very soul. While it's unclear where the general plot of this comic might go, the world itself is a dangerous place - and Moreci has put his heroes on a path that will only be harder from here. There might be a lot of comics in space these days, but this one has just struck the motherlode.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Roche Limit: Clandestiny #1

May 7, 2015

Like the first volume of Roche Limit, this is a challenging book, but it's well worth jumping in.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #1

Jul 7, 2014

Skottie Young has been an auteur with a far smaller audience than he has deserved, as he's toiled away happily with his Oz books. I think that's all about to change, as a new wave of fans are going to be introduced to Young's exaggerated, funky cartooning. There's more personality and energy on one page of Rocket Raccoon than in six months of some other series, and it's that sort of charm offensive that makes this series already the Guardians book to beat.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #3

Sep 4, 2014

The artwork for this series is absolutely dazzling, and the dialogue is laugh-out-loud funny - even with a thin plot, Skottie Young still manages to impress with Rocket Raccoon, one of the most technically proficient books Marvel is printing today.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #5

Nov 6, 2014

Telling a story from Groot's perspective, Skottie Young takes a risk with this story - and unfortunately, it winds up coming off more grating than anything else.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rocko's Modern Afterlife #1

Apr 5, 2019

There is a lot going on in Rocko's Modern Afterlife #1, but it's to writer Anthony Burch and artist Mattia Di Meo's credit that this series actually winds up living up to the modernity in its title as well as the afterlife.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rom (2016) #1

Jul 26, 2016

What's great about Rom #1 is that while it might initially start off looking like traditional fare, Ryall and Messina add in plenty of twists and turns to reward fans who are willing to take the leap. Given that the character of Rom looks pretty surface-level on paper, it's a testament to this creative team that they're able to give this character nuance on top of all the exciting action. Here's hoping that this book can continue to impress after this successful launch.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Romulus #1

Oct 4, 2016

“What we are cannot be built. Or owned. Or sold.” There’s a spirit of tenacity and strength of Romulus, and while its influences seem easy to spot, you’d be hard-pressed to argue that this creative team didn’t at least pick fantastic talents to emulate. Where this book stumbles a bit is when it’s stepping into uncharted territory, of solidifying its particular modus operandi and mythology, of imbuing the Order of Romulus with that certain spark that will galvanize the whole enterprise. Thankfully, Hill, Nelson and Peteri have only delivered their first issue, and they have plenty of time to fully flesh out the whys and wherefores behind Ashlar’s crusade. But as far as debuts go, Romulus provides a slick and stylish introduction that’s sure to have readers coming back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rumble #1

Dec 16, 2014

Maybe Rumble is more like its titular scarecrow - speak softly and carry a big-ass sword. We might not get a lot of information on the characters or the overarching story yet, but Arcudi bets - and I'd argue, bets correctly - that the sheer power of James Harren will keep us coming back for more. Rumble is likely one of the best-looking books Image has put out in quite some time - only time will tell if the story behind the pretty pictures will prove to be as engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rumble #2

Jan 20, 2015

Granted, this comic's biggest strength is also its greatest weakness - namely, its aversion to anything related to a high concept, instead cribbing off the Mignola school of weirdness told well. Or at the very least, told beautifully. There will be plenty who don't appreciate the scattershot pacing of Rumble, with its inexplicable mutant demons or its massive, sword-swinging protagonist. But the artwork absolutely merits the price for admission, and if the slowly evolving narrative is any indication, Rumble may be a bet that will pay off for readers in the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Runaways (2017) #2

Oct 11, 2017

While Runaways #2 is undeniably a step down from the electrifying first issue, I wouldn't count Rowell and Anka out just yet - I would imagine that this was a calculated step back, to give us all the necessary exposition before dropping us into the thick of things moving forward. And if that does wind up being the case, I think this sophomore installment is a forgivable stumble, almost a loss leader as far as narrative forward thrust is concerned. But regardless of plot, Runaways is a book that looks truly beautiful, and definitely deserves your continued consideration.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Runaways (2017) #4

Dec 13, 2017

Ultimately, Rowell's history as a novelist has served her very well in her jump to comics, as she realizes that characterization will trump plot progression any day of the week " and honestly, a carefree afternoon with the Runaways is a lot more fun than most galaxy-destroying space wars that most other comics can provide. Combined with the incredible production values from Anka and Wilson, and Runaways is certainly the best Marvel comic of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Runaways (2017) #7

Mar 22, 2018

Runaways #7 is easily one of the best books of the week, so don't miss out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Runaways (2017) #10

Jun 21, 2018

Writer Rainbow Rowell and artist Kris Anka play up teenage angst with superhero action magnificently here - while the balance between the team is a little pushed in favor of Molly and Karolina, there's so many great beats to this issue that it's hard to fault the creative team

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Runaways (2017) #22

Jun 28, 2019

The fact that this series hasn't skipped a beat without Anka on interiors is nothing short of amazing, but the fact that Rowell and Genolet are able to deliver such a strong entry point for new or lapsed readers makes Runaways #22 a perfect read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #1

Jan 5, 2015

On the whole, S.H.I.E.L.D. is a comic that's packed with characters and is hardly offensive - it's not a bad comic, but it also hasn't cracked the code to make it a particularly good or memorable one yet, either. Part of that is because it's inherent to the book's concept that the agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. aren't even Z-listers - they're outside the fold, just assembling the real heroes to get the real work done. It's hard not to feel at least a little dismissive at this team on the outset, with their lackluster jumpsuits and their nondescript action. They're everything superheroes aren't - and right now, that's not doing S.H.I.E.L.D. any favors.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #3

Feb 26, 2015

I absolutely love the high concept of "Die Hard in the Sanctum Sanctorum" on paper, but something doesn't quite click in this third issue of SHIELD - and his name is Phil Coulson.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #5

Apr 30, 2015

Credit where credit is due - I wasn't a huge fan of S.H.I.E.L.D. the last time I reviewed it, but with Mike Choi on art and the Scarlet Witch as a guest star, this series clearly has a few more tricks up its sleeve.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #10

Oct 1, 2015

This is a wonderfully drawn palate cleanser that absolutely deserves your attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Saban's Power Rangers OGN: Aftershock OGN

Mar 28, 2017

What makes a child leave Power Rangers behind as they grow up? Maybe the stories just become too predictable or formulaic? Maybe there imaginations are just aren't inspired as much as they used to be when the heroes and mosters are on screen? If this is the case, then Saban's Power Rangers: Aftershock commits the sin of taking the fun and excitement of Power Rangers. The OGN doesn't subplant the establishment for a all-too serious vibe or graphic modernism. No, instead, the charm of both the original Mighty Morphin Power Rangers and the new movie are just absent.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Saga #11

Mar 19, 2013

At its heart, Saga isn't a particularly revolutionary story " indeed, all the sci-fi trappings are just that, trappings. This is really a story about any couple who have come together despite race, religion or political camps " they're the ultimate underdogs, but they're so good together than you immediately root for them to win. Because who needs lasers and magic spells when you've got the power of love?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Saga #18

Jan 29, 2014

Believe me - I didn't want to do this. I asked myself, "Does Saga really deserve another accolade, when it has so many other places so eager, so desperate to trip over themselves to praise this book?" But begrudgingly, in spite of myself, I got hooked all over again. Saga #18 brings the goods - indeed, it's so damn good it makes me mad. This is the kind of issue that justifies the series as a whole, and provides a perfect launchpad to the dangerous, unorthodox, and oh-so-sweet upbringing of baby Hazel. Like the song says, what the world needs now is love, sweet love - and books like Saga are just that magical, because underneath the violence and the tension, it adds just a little bit of love to its readers' lives.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Saucer Country #1

Mar 13, 2012

While this book starts a little too quickly, Saucer Country rewards the astute reader with a story that far exceeds its low-brow high concept. Ryan Kelly just has to keep doing what he's doing to keep the tone of this book going " ultimately, what will make or break this book is how Paul Cornell will maintain the balance between politics and the paranormal. But at a time where readers are flooded with new series, this is a strong debut with a ton of potential. I believe in Arcadia Almorado. I believe in Saucer Country. And you should, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Savage Sword of Conan (2019) #1

Feb 12, 2019

Savage Sword of Conan feels like the kind of book that would not only appeal to diehard fans of the Cimmerian, but new readers looking for a jumping-on point for this legendary staple of pulp sword-and-sorcery. Duggan and Garney seem to really relish this storyline, and are delivering some of their best work in recent memory trying to do Conan justice. If this first issue is any indication, the Savage Sword of Conan is sharp as a tack, and a fitting addition to any comics fan's literary arsenal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Wolverine #4

Apr 18, 2013

Who'd have thunk the auteur book of Marvel NOW! would be Savage Wolverine? Idiosyncratic yet stylish, this book is unapologetically all Frank Cho, and if you don't enjoy his cheesecake beauties, his brief bursts of violence and his increasingly random supporting characters, well, this is definitely not the book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Savage Wolverine #6

Jun 11, 2013

In its second arc, Savage Wolverine lives up to its reputation as the "artistic" Wolverine book, acting as a strong visual platform for one of comics' biggest names. Does that mean that the story is perfunctory? Perhaps. But Wells deserves credit for introducing all of his players quickly, all while giving Joe Madureira enough material to strut his stuff. Now that the setup is over, I anticipate Savage Wolverine will claw its way back to the top.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Savage Wolverine #8

Sep 19, 2013

Ultimately, if you're in this for the visuals, you won't be disappointed, but what you see is pretty much all you get.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Scarlet Spider #2

Feb 9, 2012

This comic isn't particularly deep, but it doesn't have to be " it's breezy action with just a dash of wry humor to balance out the brooding of the main character. I won't lie, I enjoyed this much more than the first issue, and the added benefit is, you don't really need it to get into this one. Sophomore slump, prepare to get clobbered by the Scarlet Spider.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Scarlet Spider #3

Mar 15, 2012

It's taken me three issues to figure it out, but here goes " Scarlet Spider is a '90s comic that has been printed years after its time.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Scarlet Spider #5

May 9, 2012

Scarlet Spider continues its track as a fast-paced action romp, but the thing about these kinds of books is that it needs slick visuals to succeed. Neil Edwards is a more understated kind of artist, and while he's clearly shooting for the moon with his action sequences, his sense of character design doesn't feel like a great fit for this book. Combined with a fairly cliched plot, and Scarlet Spider #5 will leave readers feeling black-and-blue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Scarlet Spiders #1

Nov 26, 2014

But with so many other Spider-books out there, just relying on readers' goodwill is not going to pass muster. Scarlet Spiders is lacking a narrative throughline, something to make us care about these characters (especially considering Kaine and Jessica weren't doing so hot in their original, low-selling titles, either). There's certainly a lot of pretty artwork to this book, and that might seal the deal for rabid Spider-fans, but for everyone else, Scarlet Spiders is far from a red-letter kind of book.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Scarlet Witch #1

Dec 7, 2015

That's not to say that Scarlet Witch can't improve, particularly with the rotating cast of artists who will be working on this book. But debut issues are important in today's crowded marketplace, and it's a little disappointing that Robinson can't dig a little deeper into Marvel's most misunderstood heroine. Right now, we've seen this sort of storyline time and time again - in fact we just saw it a month ago. Wanda Maximoff is going to have to pull some serious rabbits out of her hat if Scarlet Witch is going to get the traction it needs.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Scooby Apocalypse #2

Jun 16, 2016

Given the success of titles like Afterlife with Archie, there's a lot of potential in taking a post-apocalyptic twist on all-ages properties " but unlike the undead-infested Riverdale, Scooby Apocalypse hasn't decided what kind of book it wants to be, leading to a scattered reading experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Avengers #20

Jan 3, 2012

While that flaw keeps the book from perfection, I have to say that Secret Avengers is still one fantastic read. In an era where the stakes feel flimsy because of retcon resurrections, this story really benefits from the ultra-compression of 20 pages. The question isn't so much will Natasha pull off this impossible mission, but how, and you never know what direction she'll take in the short window she has. With the eclectic team membership with the likes of Steve Rogers, War Machine and Moon Knight, I can understand why more people haven't been checking out Secret Avengers. That's a mistake. This is a high-concept spy-fi thriller that doesn't just demand your attention " it earns it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Avengers (2014) #1

Mar 11, 2014

Both in terms of tone and aesthetics, it's easy to see the similarities between Secret Avengers and Matt Fraction and David Aja's Hawkeye. Take larger-than-life superheroics and put all-too-flawed humans in the mix? That's the new Marvel method, and Ales Kot has used that formula to great effect to make this S.H.I.E.L.D.-sponsored team relatable. Gone are the high-concept tricks and mind-wiping stunts that have failed to distinguish this series in the past. Instead, Secret Avengers goes for a simpler solution - laughter. Not bwahaha, Justice League International laughs, but the quips fire faster than the Black Widow's handguns here, with cutesy bits and in-jokes (including a knowing wink at Hawkeye's "this looks bad" mantra) that reward new and old fans alike.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Avengers (2014) #2

Apr 14, 2014

Still, it's hard to crack down too hard on this book, because it does so much else right. Ideas are flying like bullets, characters are crashing into each other and leaving sparks in their wake. There's humor, intrigue, high concepts and smart moments throughout Secret Avengers, quickly making this comic one of Marvel's most improved since the latest wave of Marvel NOW! relaunches. A creative team this good deserves to work out of the shadows.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Avengers (2014) #5

Jul 17, 2014

Even at its darkest point yet, Secret Avengers remains a fun, exciting read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Avengers (2014) #6

Aug 4, 2014

There's something to be said for loyalty - that when it's earned, it's hard to shake. Of course, there are a lot of bad comics out there that also have survived based on this presumption. But in the case of Ales Kot and Secret Avengers, the past five issues have been great - this sixth issue has merely been good. I'm not sure where this series is going, and oftentimes I think that's a good thing. But here, the twist is so out of left field that it's unclear what kind of book you're going to get into next month. For me, I think Kot has earned enough goodwill to take the plunge - but for those who have been skeptical, this strong issue might not be strong enough to challenge their convictions.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Avengers (2014) #9

Oct 23, 2014

All of Ales Kot's plot threads start to come back together in Secret Avengers #9, and while there isn't a tremendous amount of progression in this issue, everything feels like it's ready to spring into action.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Secret Avengers (2014) #12

Jan 29, 2015

While there are a couple of gags that still hit the mark, on the whole this is a misstep for a usually rock-solid sleeper hit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Avengers (2014) #14

Mar 26, 2015

Secret Avengers may be a confounding book for mainstream purists, but Ales Kot injects a loopy and occasionally wise sensibility to this superhero spy book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Empire #0

Apr 18, 2017

While the jury's still out based on this first issue, the first installment of Secret Empire is solid enough to bear further watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Secret Six (2014) #1

Dec 3, 2014

For a cult classic like Secret Six, that mistake might mean the kiss of death. The reason why this book clawed onto life for as long as it did was because it was a good comic book that just didn't happen to have a broad market like a Batman or a Justice League. But this comic feels only like the original Secret Six in name, and while one could easily argue that that makes sense in a post-New 52 landscape, it was Simone's secret recipe that kept this series going. With a bad first impression on the artwork and no chemistry between the characters, Secret Six might already be dead on arrival.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Six (2014) #3

Jun 22, 2015

Combine all that with a great double-twist at the end of the book, and my biggest complaint about Secret Six #3 is that we likely won't be staying in suburbia for too long. It's a shame, too, because it's a wonderfully goofy concept that lets Gail Simone flex her sense of humor without retreading old ground from her other iterations of this series. Still, this is a huge improvement from the previous two issues, and this is a status quo I hope continues for the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Six (2014) #6

Sep 17, 2015

Ultimately, this low-key book won't redefine comics, but Gail Simone's voice makes this stand above the rank and file.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Warps: Weapon Hex Annual #1

Jul 11, 2019

This is a super-silly read, but definitely a fun diversion for fans of Marvel's weirdest experiment in recent history.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Wars (2015) #1

May 6, 2015

That all said, even with the end of the world upon us, I come into Secret Wars with a surprising sense of hope. I've been more than critical of Jonathan Hickman's plodding, even self-indulgent pacing with his twin Avengers books, but here he steers away from the navel-gazing and gives Marvel fans what they want " every superhero they can think of, united against a common threat. Still, I can't help but be reminded of other Marvel event books that had a decent first issue, and fizzled out a chapter or two later. But if this issue is any indication, this might be the most fun superhero book I've seen Hickman do yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Wars (2015) #2

May 13, 2015

If there's anything that seems amiss when reading this book, it might just be the sense of whiplash you get after the abrupt termination of the Marvel Universe, now replaced by this patchwork realm from different crossovers. And with his penchant for lengthy, convoluted plotting, Hickman, out of all of Marvel's creators, can sometimes focus on the exterior threat rather than serving the real hook of these crossover stories, which is putting everyone in the Marvel Universe together and seeing what sparks fly. Right now, though, this feels like a sweeping, epic remix of some of the biggest, craziest and best stories from across Marvel's history. No shots have been fired during this sophomore issue of Secret Wars, but as both a celebration and a memorial of the Marvel Universe, this is some solid work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Wars (2015) #3

Jun 4, 2015

Three issues in, and Secret Wars is currently the best event book Marvel has done in years.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Wars (2015) #4

Jul 1, 2015

The biggest critique that people have with superhero event books is that despite all that portentiousness, nothing really happens. All the heroes are united, but there's no coherent action to justify all that set-up. But with Secret Wars #4, Hickman and company really go for broke, showing the kind of firepower that the creator of Battleworld possesses. While there's still the whole second half of this series left, Hickman has made Secret Wars one of the most satisfying Marvel events since the days of Civil War. Doctor Doom may be a bad guy, but I'll say this for him - Battleworld sure seems to be yielding some fun stories. Praise Doom, indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Secret Wars (2015) #6

Oct 7, 2015

They say war is hell, and I'm sure writing an event comic book is no picnic, either. Secret Wars is not only in danger of losing its momentum due to its uneven publishing schedule, but Hickman's ultra-dense plotting isn't winning him any converts, either. For a book that's supposed to be about bringing together the best eras of Marvel's storied publishing line, there is so much focus on dour characters, robbing this series of its energy and its promise. One would hope that Hickman could score a victory with his final two issues, but with much of Marvel's publishing line already beginning their post-event relaunches, Secret Wars might turn into yesterday's news.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Wars (2015) #9

Jan 13, 2016

Sometimes even the greatest writers can be too ambitious for their own good " and given its lengthy delays and divisive reactions, it's clear that Secret Wars never reached its lofty potential as the end-all, be-all story for the Marvel Universe. But as far as the end of a long and fruitful career at Marvel, this might be a fitting " if audaciously small-scale " finale for Jonathan Hickman, and his run with Reed Richards and the rest of his Illuminati crew. It's ironic and yet trademark Hickman to break down the battle for all worlds in the way that he did, and it certainly isn't for everyone. But at the end of the day, Secret Wars aimed for dazzling heights few other crossovers strive for, and that ambition, if not the final execution, is something the House of Ideas should continue to emulate.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Weapons #0

Jan 4, 2018

Honestly, a prequel one-shot like this shouldn't be this good, and yet Secret Weapons #0 comes out flawlessly. Bravo.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Weapons #3

Aug 15, 2017

Ultimately, Secret Weapons’ greatest strength is that Heisserer’s characters feel so three-dimensional, so fully realized, that it feels like we’ve been following them for years, not three measly months. And in that regard, it’s a little sad to recognize that the series is almost over - I feel like there’s so much room to dig into Harada’s rejects, and so little space to do it. Either way, this book has been a tremendous highlight for Valiant, and should not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Seven to Eternity #1

Sep 21, 2016

But Rick Remender isn’t a writer who has necessarily been interested in making things easy for readers, instead maintaining his artistic integrity no matter what the sales figures say. Remender has a unique and electric voice, and Seven to Eternity might hit a little close to home in terms of the writer’s refusal to co-opt his own beliefs at the altar of consumerism. That sort of resolute mentality might also be why Remender has consistently worked with some of the most talented artists in the business, with Jerome Opena making a strong case as to why he might just be at the top of that particularly lofty heap. There might be some who might not get Seven to Eternity, or who might be turned off at the lack of a straight-and-steady throughline to get them through the story. But I’m just glad that Rick Remender isn’t going to listen to them.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sex Criminals #3

Nov 21, 2013

Call it juvenile, low-brow, self-indulgent -- all these words would be correct in describing Sex Criminals. But the word I'd use to describe it? Endearing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sex Criminals #10

Jan 29, 2015

Sex Criminals continues to provide a humorous yet touching take on sex, love and depression, as Jon and Suzie bring a third person into their web of crime and self-exploration.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sex Criminals #11

Aug 3, 2015

For people who have been hearing about the Sex Criminals hype, unfortunately, this might not be the issue for you to try it out. Indeed, fans who have been waiting for months might still be a little disappointed in this book's not-so-triumphant return. But like all things with sex, this book is a far better experience if you come into it without inflated expectations - there's a charm and intelligence to Sex Criminals underneath all the gags, and hopefully we'll see more of it soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sex Criminals #12

Sep 17, 2015

This issue is definitely the jolt in the arm this book needed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sex Criminals #14

Feb 19, 2016

Sex Criminals is the type of book that keeps stretching and growing - artistically speaking - and that makes it one of the most forward-thinking books on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Sex Criminals #15

Apr 28, 2016

People talk about characters having lives of their own, but Matt Fraction and Chip Zdarsky give us a great example of this in Sex Criminals #15, showing that titular characters Jon and Suzie can still change, and even transcend the premise of their entire book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Sex Criminals #21

Jan 26, 2018

So maybe things aren't fine - but Sex Criminals continues to be a delight. Buy this book - you'll be grumped if you don't.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Shadowman (2012) #1

Oct 27, 2012

Right now, there isn't too much that's different about Shadowman, in terms of actual plot. What does make this book different, however, is that Valiant is bringing A-list artistic talent to a character that otherwise wouldn't be viable in this already supersaturated superhero market. Zircher's artwork is epic enough to pique my interest, but Jack Boniface needs to stand on his own two feet if Shadowman is going to be able to withstand the light of day.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Shanghai Red #1

Jun 19, 2018

There's nothing out there like Shanghai Red, and this storyline proves to be a terrific debut for this up-and-coming creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Shanghai Red #3

Aug 23, 2018

If you're looking for some seriously great comic booking, you should not pass up Shanghai Red.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
She-Hulk (2014) #3

Apr 2, 2014

The only issue I'd have with She-Hulk #3 is just how the comic abruptly comes to a halt - even one more page would have been plenty to control the ending and set up the continued... "negotiations" between Jennifer Walters and Victor Von Doom. But that small hiccup aside, this is Charles Soule and Javier Pulido at their finest. Mixing superpowers and super-lawyering, She-Hulk #3 sets a precedent that'll be hard to top.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
She-Hulk (2014) #4

May 8, 2014

You don't need a jury to deliberate this one - She-Hulk is the best Marvel book out that you're not reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
She-Hulk (2014) #6

Jul 17, 2014

Ultimately, the story doesn't quite hit as hard as the spectacle, but this may be the most energy this series has had yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
She-Hulk (2014) #7

Aug 7, 2014

Charles Soule really gets to the heart of this story, which is the friendship between She-Hulk and Hellcat, and the sparks that can fly between their respective dysfunctions.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
She-Hulk (2014) #8

Sep 3, 2014

It may be DC's loss now that Soule has been taken off the market, but comics like this prove that Marvel has made the right move. Soule has a sense of character, of pacing, of humor, and it all comes together so well in She-Hulk. Now that Soule's workload might go down to just four monthlies, I think this might be the beginning of the career of the next big Marvel writer.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
She-Hulk (2014) #9

Oct 23, 2014

It feels like a conclusion is coming up next month, but as far as middle issues go, Soule has given us enough lawyer flair to make this worth a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
She-Hulk (2014) #10

Nov 13, 2014

What's great about this issue is that while it's very dialogue-driven, artist Javier Pulido makes this book a true art book, making each of his pages look cinematic and immaculately designed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sherlock Frankenstein & The Legion of Evil #1

Oct 17, 2017

For an eye-grabbing title like Sherlock Frankenstein and the Legion of Evil, writer Jeff Lemire upends expectations with this quiet debut issue, thanks to some magnificent artwork from David Rubin. For those who are looking for more of the unique sensibilities of Lemire's work on Black Hammer, you've definitely come to the right place, as this book balances show-stopping, beautiful visuals with quiet character moments, making this spinoff a book that's definitely worth your time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Shirtless Bear Fighter #1

Jun 22, 2017

The real question, of course, is whether or not this creative team can sustain this pastiche of '80s action tropes without beating a dead horse (or in this case, bear). But as far as debuts go, Shirtless Bear Fighter winds up being worth its weight in maple syrup and flapjacks.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Shutter #5

Aug 14, 2014

Del Duca's artwork is expressive and energetic, aided by some striking colorwork by Owen Gieni.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silk #1

Feb 18, 2015

But even without a rock-solid high concept, Silk does have a strong hook - the art. Stacey Lee is a great find for Marvel, and they'd be foolish to let her go. With her cartoony characters that show so much emotion, Lee elevates Thompson's script, making his bursts of characterization really crackle with energy. That alone makes Silk a book worth keeping an eye on - she may be finding her feet in the superhero world, but I have the feeling she'll be swinging with the A-listers soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silk #2

Mar 18, 2015

Out of all of Silk's accomplishments, the one I'd say might be the most impressive is the fact that while she's a direct spin-off of Amazing Spider-Man, we really don't need him at all to make Cindy Moon a fun, iminently readable protagonist. (Indeed, Spidey's only in one expository panel.) Not bad for someone who has to share comic book real estate with other spider-heroines Black Widow, Spider-Woman and Spider-Gwen. Silk might not be as flashy as some of her counterparts, but between the solid characterization and the spectacular artwork, she holds her own just fine.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Silk (2015) #1

Nov 24, 2015

Ultimately, Silk isn't a bad book, but it is playing in a very competitive field. With the Spider-Office already producing some top-notch work from Spider-Gwen and Spider-Woman - not to mention the flagship Amazing Spider-Man series dominating every month - the bar has been set very high for Silk. Right now, Robbie Thompson has a great character and a great artistic partner to work with, but we need a deeper story than that if Silk is going to truly stand on her own two feet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Silver Surfer (2014) #6

Oct 2, 2014

The great strength of Dan Slott and Michael Allred's Silver Surfer is that it's easy to jump into, and that gives this quirky jaunt some real power.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Silver Surfer (2014) #11

Apr 28, 2015

That said, with so many endless variations of the same stories in comics, it's pretty amazing to see a set of creators be this ambitious with the actual form. The sheer audacity here - combined with a storytelling conceit that really makes this comic feel truly oversized - makes Silver Surfer #11 a book you should check out. But if you do, a warning - just be careful you can find your way out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Silver Surfer (2016) #1

Jan 19, 2016

Readers who have enjoyed Slott and Allred's run on Silver Surfer will likely still be on board, while critics and naysayers will likely only warm up to Slott's central conceit a little before moving along elsewhere. But with this run, that also feels a bit like Slott and Allred's prerogative - to belabor a point, Amazing Spider-Man might be for the fans, but Silver Surfer feels like a labor of love for the creators themselves. Only time - and sales - will tell if readers will join the festivities.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silver Surfer (2016) #13

Aug 17, 2017

Writer Dan Slott pulls on the heartstrings hard this week, and artist Mike Allred is along for the ride, as this series goes deeper than it ever has before for the star-crossed romance that is Norrin Radd and Dawn Greenwood.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Silver Surfer (2016) #14

Oct 25, 2017

There was a deeper soul to this series, underneath the wild artwork and the clever twists. And while this finale might be imperfect in that regard, we all get to mourn Dawn Greenwood, as the Silver Surfer makes his last flight with a truly wonderful creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silver Surfer: Black #1

Jun 11, 2019

While I'm not sure I'm ready to join the breathless praise I've seen of this book elsewhere, Silver Surfer: Black is a strong follow-up to Cates' work on Guardians of the Galaxy, and deserves a place on your bookshelf simply to see a modern-day master like Moore chase the galaxy untethered.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Silver Surfer: Black #4

Sep 11, 2019

To say that this is a creative team born to tell the story of the Silver Surfer is perhaps both hyperbolic and putting it mildly " if you pick one Marvel book this week, make sure to bet on Silver Surfer: Black.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sinestro #1

Apr 21, 2014

Is there a case to be made for the similarities between this book and Bunn's Magneto? Assuredly - but whereas Magneto is more of a gritty, streetwise comic (indeed, one that sometimes skirts the line of scary), Sinestro is a bold, dark sci-fi antihero. You know blood is going to be spilled, you know bad things are going to be done for good reasons. Right now, Sinestro doesn't have as compelling or as built-in of a backstory as the Master of Magnetism, but that's not necessarily a bad thing - this is Bunn's chance to focus on a handful of failings to the renegade Green Lantern, and to get us rooting for one of the universe's most bloodthirsty villains.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sinestro #3

Jun 26, 2014

Every series can get a slow issue every once in a while, and when it comes to Sinestro, at least the slow issues look pretty.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sinestro #11

Mar 26, 2015

The artist absolutely dominates in this issue of Sinestro, as Walker teams up with writer Cullen Bunn to deliver one gorgeous, cinematic comic filled to the brim with space action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sinestro #16

Oct 29, 2015

Cullen Bunn has a nice little team-up in the latest issue of Sinestro, as the malevolent ringslinger has a fitting new BFF in the form of Black Adam.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sinestro Annual #1

Apr 2, 2015

This annual actually provides a superb starting point for anyone wondering what the deal is with this yellow ring-wielding horde.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Skybourne #1

Sep 6, 2016

Frank Cho gets things started off with a bang - or more accurately, more than a few senses-shattering punches - with his first installment of Skybourne, and whatever you might think of his online persona, this is the kind of work that shows he's got the talent to back up his off-color commentary. Skybound looks great, hits hard, and at the end of the day, is every bit the kind of well-produced popcorn thriller that fantasy and action fans are clamoring for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Skyward (2018) #2

May 22, 2018

Lee Garbett should be feeling very good about himself right now, because this is some career-making work - he hasn't just leveled up from his previous work, he's launched it into the stratosphere.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Slapstick #1

Oct 18, 2016

That’s not to say that Slapstick is for everyone - there are going to be more serious-minded readers who don’t appreciate the jokes, as well as the stubborn few who won’t be able to accept a series that doesn’t have a known quantity as a headliner. (And to be clear, even I can’t vouch for how long this series’ shelf life might be, especially when you have Deadpool, Harley Quinn and Squirrel Girl all vying for the same audience.) But as far as debuts go, Slapstick proves to be some really entertaining fare, showing that there’s no such thing as small characters when you’ve got great execution behind them.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Slash & Burn #1

Nov 12, 2015

This issue doesn't do a ton beyond just introducing the main character - there's little in the way of a greater mystery here - but now that that's been established, hopefully this series will start to heat up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sleepy Hollow #1

Oct 14, 2014

Just like the television series itself, I expect Sleepy Hollow to continue to grow as Bennett and Coelho find their footing. That said, for a pilot, this is a pretty strong showing, one with likable characters and fearsome antagonists that's sure to please veteran Sleepyheads and newcomers to Sleepy Hollow alike. If the creative team keeps up this pace with this high-potential licensed property, BOOM! Studios has another big hit on its hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Snowfall #1

Feb 19, 2016

Joe Harris and Martin Morazzo bring an ecological twist on the "freedom fighter or terrorist" mythology of V for Vendetta in Snowfall, an intriguing debut that will bear more watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Solar: Man of the Atom #1

Apr 15, 2014

Aside from a few flashy moments, there's still a long way to go before Solar: Man of the Atom winds up becomign a successful property. Given the cachet the character has had over the course of several publishers, you would think it wouldn't be hard to take that back story and find a new, character-driven angle for readers to latch onto. This comic, however, is very little sizzle, and even less steak.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Solar: Man of the Atom #2

May 21, 2014

Solar: Man of the Atom isn't a slam-dunk comic just yet - and that's been this character's problem with each subsequent relaunch. There has to be something good about him that we can pick up on immediately, and so Frank Barbiere's slower pacing doesn't quite do this book any favors. But if you're patient, you might find something worth latching onto - namely, a spunky protagonist who is just as foreign to this world of physics equations and derring-do as we are. We can already see Solar changing for the better from even its first issue - maybe by the third installment, Barbiere and Bennett will crack the formula and make this comic a must-read series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Sonic The Hedgehog (2018) #1

Apr 3, 2018

As a tie-in, keeping a similarity in tone and substance would make sense on paper, particularly for young or casual readers - but it feels like a myopic way to bring in diehard comics readers, particularly those whose connection to the Sonic Universe didn't necessarily stem from the games. Combine that with the counterintuitive decision to relaunch this series with the previous creative team, and Sonic the Hedgehog feels like it's already stumbling out of the gate.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #10

Jul 30, 2015

If there's a more visceral and unsettling comic book out this week, I don't wanna know what it is.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #13

Jan 26, 2016

Football may rule the bars and pubs on Sunday, but in Aaron and Latour's hands, the gridiron takes on a level of sadness and desperation that feels more appropriate for a Greek tragedy. The deliberateness and artistry brought to Southern Bastards continually makes this series one of the best - if not the best - currently on the stands, and watching this Craw County icon try to ward off defeat makes for a striking read. Coach Boss's future might be in trouble, but Aaron and Latour are making all the right plays here.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #14

May 12, 2016

This issue is a great jumping-on point, as Roberta Tubb may just be the hero that Craw County needs right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #17

Aug 17, 2017

Southern Bastards continues to be a fascinating animal, as writer Jason Aaron and artist Jason Latour not only continue to show the rest of the industry where the high bar truly rests, but they do so without giving us a single likable character in the bunch.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #18

Sep 28, 2017

Easily the best comic of the week, hands-down.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Southern Bastards #19

Jan 23, 2018

With its sterling characterization and its down-and-dirty artwork, Southern Bastards is a must-read series - and of that must-read series, this issue might be one of the strongest yet. There's such a wonderful sense of pressure and tension to this series at this point, even as Aaron and Latour have veered from the lone antihero story of Earl Tubb and moved into murkier waters thanks to their brilliant Coach Boss arc. If you pick out one book this week, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Geddon #1

Oct 10, 2018

Spider-Geddon is a book that isn't afraid or ashamed of what it is " instead, it reaches to be the best popcorn adventure story it can possibly be, and if this debut is any indication, it might very well succeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Gwen #1

Feb 25, 2015

While occasionally some of the subplots can be a little weak - right now, the Mary Janes aren't quite ready for primetime, as an example - there's just enough of a balance between the familiar and the new to make Spider-Gwen a spectacular debut. By switching the mythos and having Peter as dead victim in their dynamic, Marvel has given themselves a backdoor to continue capitalizing on the best parts of the Amazing Spider-Man, even if that movie universe is now effectively dead in its grave. There is so much likability associated with Gwen Stacy - and so much uncharted narrative territory for her to grow and develop as a character - that, in retrospect, this idea seems long overdue. That's how you know that Latour, Rodriguez and company are on the right track. So do yourself a favor, and don't miss out on the best new Spider-book on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Gwen #2

Mar 16, 2015

Usually a second issue like this would mean curtains for any other book, but most other books don't have the creative team of Spider-Gwen. There's a real humanity to the story that heightens the soap opera, and the artwork is just so singular and unique that you'd be hard-pressed not to miss it. This book should be a star-making turn for Latour, Rodriguez and Renzi, and if there's any justice in this world, Spider-Gwen will enjoy a long, fruitful career as Marvel's newest friendly neighborhood webslinger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen #3

Apr 6, 2015

All in all, Spider-Gwen is a strong showing that seems to have an effortless, singular creative voice, thanks to the edgy artwork of Rodriguez and Renzi and the truly insightful scripting by Latour. Gwen Stacy is a teenage hero for the overclocked, overconnected, overthinking and overfeeling demographic of the 21st century, and she embodies all the qualities that a teen today might. Showcasing an impressive amount of range for both the character and the creative team, the third time definitely proves to be the charm for Spider-Gwen.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Gwen #5

Jun 10, 2015

Spider-Gwen is the kind of comic that's been so fun for new and veteran readers alike because it captures that alchemy that made Spider-Man so interesting, and gives it a brand-new spin to keep it fresh. And with the all-new Black Cat, this is about as fresh as it gets - this is definitely the best guest star in this series, and that's coming from someone who was going crazy over Spider-Ham's appearance in #2. So don't hesitate to pick up this virtuoso effort, because despite Felicia's felonious actions, to miss this book would be downright criminal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man & The X-Men #1

Dec 10, 2014

There are plenty of people who will ask whether or not we need another Spider-Man book or X-Men spinoff, and the obvious answer is that while we have plenty of spinoffs in their respective franchises, Marvel is giving us something a little bit different by smashing two of its franchises together. The rest is a small-scale story told well. With a thoughtful analysis of both Spider-Man and the X-Men's various worlds, Kalan and Failla have delivered an opening issue that reads surprisingly well, even if it's sometimes a little rough around the edges. But would you really expect anything else from Professor Spider-Man and his Special Class?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man (2016) #1

Feb 3, 2016

In some ways, this version of Spider-Man feels like a promise unfulfilled, especially with a creative team that we know is capable of so much more. Right now, this feels like decent work, and is as good an entree as any for people who are unfamiliar with Miles Morales as a character or a concept. It's not offensive - it's not even bad. But for anyone who has more than a passing familiarity with Bendis's work, you're going to see a lot of similarities to a lot of older comic books. Miles Morales has gotten a big promotion since the end of Secret Wars, and here's hoping this creative team soon takes the steps to earn it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Man (2016) #4

May 19, 2016

Bendis made his career off how realistic his teens sounded in Ultimate Spider-Man, and it's so great to see that sort of naturalism make its triumphant return here, with Pichelli's artwork making these kids seem young and endearing. Honestly, this is definitely a highlight of the series so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man (2016) #8

Sep 15, 2016

While this book does seize and jerk a bit in pacing when Bendis has to swerve into the greater Civil War II, the character work and the art make Spider-Man #8 worth a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man (2019) #1

Sep 17, 2019

This might not be the story that revolutionizes Spidey stories forever, but it's solid enough that it'll certainly keep new readers invested - and that might be victory enough for a series as high-profile as this.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Spider-Man (2019) #2

Oct 17, 2019

The idea of motivation behind superheroism has defined the genre since the days of, well, "with great power must also come great responsibility" - why these heroes put on their masks and tights matters just as much (if not more so) than their actual superheroic exploits. But that's where Spider-Man stumbles - there aren't actors' performances to liven up or elevate Ben Parker's actions or dialogue, and thus his shift into his father's clothing feels shallow. It can't help but feel like dress-up, because there's no real reason behind it. With two issues already down, Spider-Man is going to have to work double-time in future issues if it wants to stick the landing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man / Deadpool #1

Jan 4, 2016

Ultimately, Spider-Man/Deadpool is a strong showing from two talented creators, and there will likely be a ton of self-selection just as this book is released. People who find Wade Wilson annoying or one-note will not be converted here, while readers who can't get enough of the Merc with a Mouth will have one more title to enjoy his presence. Seeing Ed McGuinness artwork is enough of a treat for this reviewer to give this book a chance - here's hoping that Joe Kelly will dig even deeper into this not-so-odd couple in future installments.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man / Deadpool #5

May 26, 2016

Not even death can stop this unlikely bromance, as Joe Kelly and Ed McGuinness deliver a surprisingly touching issue of Spider-Man/Deadpool

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Man / Deadpool #14

Feb 24, 2017

Definitely a must-buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man: Life Story #1

Mar 19, 2019

Which is what makes the book's final two pages " which I'm not going to spoil here " feel all that much more jarring. For now, Spider-Man: Life Story feels a lot like the story we've already read and known and loved before " if anything, it's two other Marvel icons who wind up getting a much more exciting shakeup. That said, some books pay off their slow burn in time, a sort of calculated risk to get readers invested in the characters before the high concept " and there's no denying that Zdarsky and Bagley know how to get readers invested in the Webhead's adventures. Here's hoping that this book continues to distinguish itself further with time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man: Life Story #2

Apr 22, 2019

While it's an easy marketing hook to show Spider-Man: Life Story exploring the wallcrawler's life crossing from the 1960s to the 1970s, Chip Zdarsky and Mark Bagley are actually taking a different approach for this limited series " one that might have more in common with Grant Morrison's comprehensive take on Batman from a decade ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Men #1

Jun 5, 2012

Considering how many comics are out there on the stands today, that's a hurdle that may be difficult for Spider-fans to overcome. I have no doubt that Spider-Men will read great as a collection, but as an individual issue " or even as an opening hook to draw in readers " I feel that the character focus for this issue was a bit of a misstep. If the art didn't look great, and the voice didn't ring true, Spider-Men would be squashed already. But even now, it's a little disappointing that the crossover to shake two worlds still feels a little bit business-as-usual.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Men #2

Jun 28, 2012

After a slow opener, we finally get the Spider-Man showdown we've all been waiting for " and it is sweet.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Spider-Men #4

Aug 8, 2012

This issue is an interlude, through and through, but with the series already moving so slowly, you can't help but feel like this is filler. Bendis is often praised for his talky character work, but this is literally the moment to tie up some serious emotional loose ends, and the end result is minimal at best. What's the point of Spider-Men, if not to show how each character can affect each others' worlds? I love both Peter Parker and Miles Morales, but this comic is the very definition of a missed opportunity.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Spider-Woman (2014) #1

Nov 19, 2014

For all the hubbub online that Spider-Woman got regarding its Milo Manara cover, at least that cover is a static image largely divorced from the contents of the story. Turns out, the story is even worse. This is about as obvious a tie-in cash-grab as it gets, and when even your lead character checks out of her mission to go elsewhere, you know you've got a waste of an issue. If you're morbidly curious about whether or not the contents of Spider-Woman match its decommissioned cover, then by all means, have at it. But don't say I didn't warn you. For everyone else, you might want to steer clear of this disappointment of a comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Woman (2014) #4

Feb 12, 2015

Ultimately, the first half of this book is as forced as the previous three issues, but the final half gives me hope that now that Hopeless actually has the reins of his own book, he'll be able to put a real stamp on Spider-Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2014) #5

Mar 4, 2015

Spider-Woman #5, in a lot of ways, is the best and truest indictment of editorial interference in the development of a title - if Hopeless and Rodriguez had produced a comic like this four issues ago, Jessica Drew would be talked about in the same excited tones as Batgirl, She-Hulk, Spider-Gwen and Squirrel Girl. But with this massive turnaround in quality, Spider-Woman has proven to be fashionably late to the party. You'd be forgiven if you were turned off by this book's first arc - but it'd be downright criminal not to give Jessica Drew a second chance.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2014) #7

May 6, 2015

There are some who want the illusion of everpresent change in their comics, and that's part of the reason why big-name event books like Secret Wars and Convergence are such a big deal - if the stakes are big enough, people are convinced things will change, and they want to get in on the ground level. But there's something a bit more subversive and revolutionary about Spider-Woman, in that this is about as low-level a book as you can get, but it's absolutely a huge change to how this one-time Avenger does business. Leave it to Hopeless and Rodriguez to turn the small scale into the big time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2014) #8

Jun 4, 2015

I can't stress enough how much of an improvement this comic has been the past few issues - get it now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Woman (2015) #5

Mar 17, 2016

If you pick up one book from the Big Two this week, make sure it's this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Woman (2015) #15

Jan 27, 2017

It's hard to describe Spider-Woman #15 without too many spoilers, but if you thought the death of the Porcupine had a lump in your throat, seeing the tender interlude at the end of this book is well worth the price of admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Woman (2020) #1

Mar 17, 2020

Jessica Drew is sporting some brand-new togs in Spider-Woman #1, but despite her stylistic overhaul, the storytelling in this new series feels surprisingly business as usual.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spidey (2015) #1

Dec 2, 2015

If there's anything that might hold back Spidey, it's that there's nothing really new being added to the mythos here - it's absolutely a retread of the same old settings with only minor reconfigurations. For longtime readers, this may get pretty stale, pretty quick, even with Nick Bradshaw's artwork looking this good. But I would absolutely recommend this book for anyone looking to introduce their young reader to Ol' Webhead, because this trip down Nostalgia Lane is always better as a group trip.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spidey (2015) #4

Apr 13, 2016

Yet Thompson isn't just content with action and humor, but he also leavens this book with some sharp character moments, whether it's Peter having a cute heart-to-heart with one of his younger fans, or Thompson recognizing that somewhere deep down, there's actually a lot of similarities between this brilliant teenage outcast and this brilliant not-so-teenage dictator. While you can't help but wonder what an artist like Bradshaw might have done on a script this good, it's not to say that Araujo slouches one bit on this book. If this is a case of pilot syndrome at work, I'd say that Thompson has finally figured out exactly what he wants to be - and if that's the case, Spidey readers have just hit the jackpot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spidey: School's Out #3

Jul 9, 2018

Barber, Nauck and Rosenberg are firing on all cylinders with this book, and while it doesn't reinvent the wheel in terms of high concept, the execution is so good that they really don't have to.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Squadron Sinister #1

Jun 16, 2015

Part of Squadron Sinister's issues is that sometimes its too little, too late - Guggenheim serves up two interesting twists by the end of the book, but without the requisite set-up, it's hard to get invested. And with so many other quality reinventions doing on during Secret Wars, it's getting harder to justify giving a second chance to a non-starter. Here's hoping that now that they've established their characters, Guggenheim and Pacheco can give their bad guys more of a twist.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Squadron Supreme (2015) #11

Sep 12, 2016

Ultimately, while Squadron Supreme #11 might not wind up being the most memorable comic book that's ever hit the stands, it's certainly a solid one, and the inclusion of Spider-Man as a guest star will likely give this struggling title a bit of a sales bump as Peter Parker fans invariably check in to see what the hubbub is about. And those readers will likely find more than a little fun in this 20-page diversion, as Robinson, Kirk and company deliver an entertaining three-sided battle royale. Sometimes comics don't have to be events, and sometimes they don't have to be particularly complicated or even particularly innovative - sometimes they just have to speak to the simpler pleasures. Consider Squadron Supreme to be one of them.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Star (2020) #1

Jan 7, 2020

One would think that given how quickly Ripley's character was transformed into a villain in the main Captain Marvel series, this would be a welcome chance to fill in the gaps and build her from the ground up. Unfortunately, there's no such luck with Star #1, making this a tough sell to recommend to even the more diehard of Captain Marvel fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #1

May 16, 2017

Ultimately, Broken Mirror will appeal to Star Trek diehards who are eager to explore this strange (and startling) new world, but those who aren't as well-versed in that lore might find this new #1 to be a little less hard-hitting than expected. That's not to say that this series might not ramp up - particularly based on the issue #2 cover included in the book - but as a reader, it might have been more exciting to drop readers into the deep end of the action, rather than spend so much time putting the pieces together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #1

Jul 9, 2015

Tapping into the reptilian, fan-fiction-loving side of your geek brain, Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #1 is the kind of crossover you never knew you needed, but will almost assuredly love once you get into it.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Star Trek: Khan #1

Oct 15, 2013

Unless you're a completist, Star Trek: Khan #1 is definitely a book you can skip. Even though this series is set in the J.J. Abrams universe, the central theme of fate and altered realities isn't even mentioned here, and that robs this story of the charm of the rebooted Trek-verse. Poor artwork and a forgettable story make this book its own worst enemy.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Star Trek: Starfleet Academy #1

Dec 17, 2015

Star Trek: Starfleet Academy is a series that does everything right - except how to tell its own story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars (2014) #1

Jan 12, 2015

There's something to be said about first impressions, and Star Wars #1 is a master class in how to make a good one. With an expanded page count that allows this creative team to truly breathe, this first issue feels like a reunion with some long-absent friends. This book has action, it has great characterization, and just from a structural perspective, this is some rock-solid execution. Aaron, Cassaday and company should be proud of the work they've done here, and I can't wait to see where they take Star Wars next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Star Wars (2014) #2

Feb 4, 2015

I think the other reason why Star Wars works as well as it does is because of the photorealistic style of John Cassaday. Admittedly, some will find some of the facial expressions a little inconsistent (or in the case of Luke and Han's brow lines, maybe too consistent), but if you're looking to tap into the youthful nostalgia of this franchise, you want the characters to look the way we remember them. Where Cassaday truly excels, of course, is in the action sequences, particularly the way that he stages a volley of blaster fire, or the way a speeder zips across the page. Colorist Laura Martin especially sells the brightness of the lasers or short-circuiting machinery, really making these moments pop.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars (2014) #4

Apr 22, 2015

While some may say this issue has a little less impact than the previous ones, I'd argue that that's exactly the point of an interlude like this - it gives the characters as well as the readers a chance to breathe before the action rises once again. But given the character development Aaron is giving the cast of Star Wars - not to mention some beautiful artwork by Cassaday and Martin - and this will be one pit stop that you'll be happy to make.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars (2014) #6

Jun 8, 2015

While the B-plot may be a bit lacking, there is a lot to love about Star Wars, even as this issue is bittersweet when you realize that John Cassaday is riding off into the binary sunset. In many ways, the future of this title is at stake, as it relied so much not just on Jason Aaron's voice, but Cassaday's skill at realizing it. But for six glorious issues, a real dream team has brought Star Wars back to life, and they deserve plenty of accolades for not just accepting this high-wire act, but for totally sticking the landing. May the Force be with any artist who has to follow up on this virtuoso effort.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars (2014) #9

Sep 16, 2015

In many ways, it's easy to be disappointed in comics - ultimately, what a reader will consider "classic" is typically what they read as a child, and with growing expectations and sensibilities, even old favorites can sometimes lose their luster. But when you approach iconic books like Star Wars, it's easy to remember what made them so great in the first place. What rarely happens, however, is successfully recalling those qualities and revisiting them through such talented creators. Thankfully, Jason Aaron and Stuart Immonen are no ordinary pair, bringing back all the excitement you might have felt when you saw the original films. They're working on the book of a lifetime, and thankfully for us, they've delivered.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars (2014) #21

Jul 20, 2016

People have joked about the Galactic Empire's inherently stable infrastructure compared to a chaotic Rebel revolution, but it's to Aaron and Molina's credit that they're able to take this Band of Brothers approach to the typical Imperial cannon fodder and execute it so well. Even though these characters are new " indeed, we don't even know what they look like " Aaron sketches them out with wonderful detail, and Molina really outdoes himself with this action-heavy installment. They say Stormtroopers can't shoot straight, but Star Wars #21 seems to hit right at the bullseye.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Star Wars (2014): Vader Down #1

Nov 17, 2015

Considering how difficult it is to make event books truly soar, let alone a tightly controlled licensed property like Star Wars, it's difficult to call Star Wars: Vader Down anything other than an unqualified success. Aaron gives us a quickly paced, action-packed introduction to this Skywalker vs. Skywalker rematch, and the sheer scale and stakes of this audacious book make it one that feels instantly compelling. Darth Vader may be a force of nature in his own right, but can even he stand before the rage of the Rebel Alliance? Perhaps that's Aaron, Gillen and Deodato's finest success - no matter who loses, we win.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars Adventures #1

Sep 7, 2017

If you're looking for more adult Star Wars fare, there's a whole line of 'em over at Marvel " and when it comes to young readers, Star Wars Adventures may be more their speed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader #1

Feb 9, 2015

While the second half of this book does stumble a bit, the hiccups in execution don't seem to detract from the potential that Darth Vader brings. Indeed, all the cultural cache that this uber-villain has amassed over the past four decades continues to pay off, as part of the magic of this book is getting to see the Dark Lord of the Sith back in action. Combine that with some great cameos from some other Star Wars ne'er-do-wells, and you've got yourself a book that may tempt even the most virtuous reader to bow before the Dark Side of the Force.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader #3

Mar 25, 2015

Ultimately, I'm not sure Darth Vader #3 is the silver bullet to the challenges behind writing for this villain - but I'd be absolutely lying if I didn't say this was a fun, rollicking read. The new characters in this comic may wind up stealing the show from the Dark Lord of the Sith - but I'd be more upset by it if they weren't so damn engaging. While perhaps this isn't a textbook victory for Darth Vader personally, it does happen to be far and away the most entertaining issue of the run so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Darth Vader #4

Apr 8, 2015

Not all chapters of a story are created equal, and I think that applies very much to Darth Vader #4. And considering that this series has done pretty well for itself the past three issues, Kieron Gillen is allowed to have a comic whose biggest sin is that it isn't as exciting or over-the-top as the previous installments. If the ending of the issue is any indication, it looks like Vader will soon have some challenging rivals to conquer, and if Gillen can make Vader's supporting cast this interesting, here's hoping that in future issues, the foes will be just as engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #1

Jun 7, 2017

What may be the main sticking point for Darth Vader, at this point, is just whether or not you buy into its core premise - if you want action, you’re gonna get it in spades, but if you an ambitious, character-driven Vader version of "Batman: Year One," this isn’t the book for you (at least, not yet). But ultimately, part of Darth Vader’s long-lasting appeal has been his transgressiveness, his lack of restraint as he Force-chokes a subordinate or cuts through a horde of Rebels with his blood-red lightsaber. He’s a man with literally nothing to live for, fueled by only misery and shame - and his prodigiousness at sharing that pain with others. If it’s a fight you’re looking for, it’s a fight you’re going to get with this new iteration of Darth Vader.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #4

Aug 3, 2017

Writer Charles Soule and artist Giuseppe Camuncoli deliver a strong outing for the Dark Lord of the Sith in Darth Vader #4.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #7

Nov 2, 2017

It's too early to say if this chapter is a strong one, but if you like great comics artwork, stick around for more Darth Vader.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #18

Jul 16, 2018

If you're looking for the most badass Vader book you've ever seen, pick this book up pronto.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #1

May 11, 2020

There's potential to this concept, but only diehards are going to want to stick around long enough to see if Star Wars: Doctor Aphra hits paydirt.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Han Solo #1

Jun 15, 2016

While we're not quite on must-read status yet, Han Solo does have plenty of potential in both of its creators, and now that the necessary exposition has been laid out, they really have an entire universe to explore. It's hard not to feel optimistic when you see how well Liu has captured her lead's voice, and there are plenty of people who will (and rightly so) just buy this book just to see more of Mark Brooks' artwork. Like his ship, Han Solo might not look like much to the untrained eye, but this series has got it where it counts.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Lando #1

Jul 13, 2015

While Lando might not be without its sins, you can't help but admit that this book does more good than anything else. In terms of tone and sheer vibe, this is very different than anything else Marvel is doing in its Star Wars offerings, and the idea of an interstellar heist comic should be a draw for readers just based on the premise alone. This comic could very well succeed or crash and burn, but it's that risky spirit that proves to be such a winning fit for Cloud City's legendary gambler.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Star Wars: Lando - Double Or Nothing #1

May 31, 2018

Solo diehards looking for a Lando fix will likely be right at home here, but anyone else might need some more convincing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #1

Apr 5, 2016

Ultimately, though, Soule and Noto have big enough followings " and it's not like Star Wars: The Force Awakens is some small indie film, either " that many people will likely forgive them for any sins they might find in Star Wars: Poe Dameron #1. This is the franchise that won't quit, and it's a shrewd move on Marvel's part to hook people in with the least-developed character of the new film, where there are the least amount of expectations for people to get hung up on. That said, this particular critic does feel like there's a little bit of a disconnect between the artist and the subject matter, not to mention that a deeper angle could have been found to really make this not just a must-read book, but a want-to-read book, instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #3

Jun 8, 2016

Comics are ultimately a business about figuring out a creator's strengths, and then leveraging them to them to the best of your abilities. When it comes to critical acclaim, I can understand the appeal of putting Charles Soule and Phil Noto together on a book " but this isn't the book for them. Phil Noto's typically beautiful art winds up coming across as a misfire here, but that ultimately wouldn't matter given the fact that the story here is a derivative, out-of-left-field swerve that feels in need of a total rewrite. "You haven't won. You've simply lost in a somewhat creative fashion," Terex tells Dameron. But after reading this issue, I'd say he's only about half right.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #1

Sep 9, 2015

Out of all the Star Wars books on the stands, Journey to Star Wars - The Force Awakens: Shattered Empire #1 is definitely one of the prettiest. It's also one of the most decompressed. Greg Rucka has a lot of expectations on his shoulders with this series, as readers are looking for something that feels exciting and adds to the Star Wars universe ahead. With two new characters introduced, here's hoping that the next issue will put the pedal to the metal, and show us what this franchise can really do.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star-Lord And Kitty Pryde #1

Jul 22, 2015

Between the striking artwork and some smart moves from Humphries - including a great bit about luck-infused knifes made from the bones of Longshot - Star-Lord and Kitty Pryde is a surprisingly effective book. While it's unclear if the murky setting of Battleworld might undermine this book's plot, there's something here, something about this unlikely couple finding their way back to each other once more, that gives this book its potential. Here's hoping it reaches it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star-Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie #1

Jul 23, 2014

One issue this comic has is endemic to the industry as a whole - it ends just as its getting started, spending so much time introducing the characters and their dynamics that they don't really get a chance to start their investigation until the last few pages. The other challenge - I don't say it's a bad thing - this comic will have is marketing. Despite the marketing copy, it's not Walking Dead or Sgt. Rock, it's NCIS meets True Detective, starring a zombie who occasionally goes off the reservation. There are worse high concepts to work with. But while that unpredictability may result in lower sales, it also results in a more surprising, more entertaining read. It's rough and it's crude and it's occasionally quite bloody, but that helps make Star Spangled War Stories a brand-new kind of animal from DC Comics. Count me in for Issue #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Starfire #2

Jul 8, 2015

While there may be some that are turned off by the either the writing or the art, I think there's going to be far more people who latch on to one or the other - in a lot of ways, I think Starfire may be appealing to more audiences than one by this mismatched approach. It's unclear if Starfire's move to Miami will ultimately be the best for her as a character, but as far as sophomore issues go, this is a strong, simple plot with some truly gorgeous artwork. In other words, not even a hurricane can rain on this girl's parade.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Starfire #4

Sep 14, 2015

While Harley Quinn might be their big book, I feel like Starfire is the best example of Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti's evolution as writers in their own right. In the past, Palmiotti's been attached to some darker titles, ranging from the angst-ridden Power Girl to the consistently struggling Jonah Hex. But the moment they started to loosen up with their scripting and just introduce bright locales and happy protagonists, their sales figures started skyrocketing. For sure, it makes Starfire a fun, if not particularly deep read. There's no message, there's no angle, there's no continuity - it's just simple entertainment. It may be a recipe for success that DC might continue to try to duplicate.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Starve #3

Aug 13, 2015

After the bleak tone of the first two issues, this is a great palate cleanser, and one that shows there's more to Gavin Cruikshank than meets the eye.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Static Shock #8

Apr 5, 2012

The landing is fairly messy, but that's to be expected when you get the plug pulled. Still, when you have a character that can be summed up as positively as Bernardin did Static Shock, you can't help but wonder what could have been.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Stealth #1

Mar 13, 2020

Despite that overlap, Stealth is a strong debut from these creators, and I'll definitely be checking out the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Stormwatch (2011) #5

Jan 9, 2012

Considering its pedigree, you'd think Stormwatch would be one of those books that would push the envelope. Instead, it seems that this book doesn't know what it wants to be, and comes off as a B-list Justice League instead. Five issues in, "rough" is not the word you want to use to describe a book like this. Here's hoping this book picks a new direction and sticks with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Stormwatch (2011) #8

Apr 9, 2012

If I can't properly absorb this book, what does that say about the rest of the reading population? I feel like I did my duty, trying to expand my horizons and try something new, but it's no use " there's no silver lining to Stormwatch's cloudy storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange Adventures (2020) #2

Jun 16, 2020

Gerads' grounded storytelling is well juxtaposed against the jaunty stylings of Shaner " both have collaborated with King previously, and that existing bond is likely what causes the book's formal gambit to succeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Strange Adventures (2020) #3

Jul 15, 2020

As a full story, perhaps this chapter will make more sense, feel more satisfying, give more answers "but asking readers to be patient when we're only three issues into the storyline feels like a bug rather than a feature, making Strange Adventures feel more like an acquired taste despite the singular track records of all the creators involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Strange Nation #4

Jan 16, 2014

This book definitely lives up to its name. Sasquatches, aliens, and a podunk town caught in the middle? Writer Paul Allor actually explains a surprising amount with this issue, making it prime territory for anyone looking to jump in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Street Fighter X G.I. JOE #1

Feb 23, 2016

While some readers will snub this book because of its lack of sophistication and others will simply shrug and wonder what the hubbub is, there may be plenty more readers who consider Street Fighter X G.I. Joe a real knockout.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Suicide Squad (2011) #20

May 8, 2013

Considering this book's meandering path, putting two creators with little name recognition didn't seem like a bad idea " it seemed like suicide. Yet it's always the quiet ones that wind up making the most noise, and Suicide Squad definitely is coming back with a bang. With new characters, a revised status quo and striking execution from both the writer and the artistic team, this wayward book just shot to the top of my DC reading list.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Suicide Squad (2011) #21

Jun 12, 2013

Suicide Squad. An unlikely contender for one of DC Comics' best books. But that's the secret of their success, isn't it? People underestimating them. And I think Ales Kot and Patrick Zircher might know a little bit of what that feels like. As they say, the first time is happenstance, the second time is coincident, but a third time is a pattern - and if Kot and Zircher can keep their winning streak going next month, I have the feeling Suicide Squad is going to blow up in a big, big way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Suicide Squad (2011) #22

Jul 10, 2013

I'm not privy to the politics of DC Comics, but when you read comics like Suicide Squad #22, you can't help but feel it's a wasted opportunity, knowing that a team this good only has one issue left in the can. There is so much more going on " and Kot actually ups the ante on his last page " and you just know there's no way he can possibly wrap it all up with just 20 more pages. There's resurrection, romance, some new depth on characters we're only just starting to get to know " why would DC throw all that away? So if you're into quality crime comics, well, enjoy this while it lasts " while this run on Suicide Squad might be short-lived, it's making the most of what little time is has left.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Suicide Squad (2011) #23

Aug 14, 2013

Talk about a disappointment. I'm not sure what their reasons were, but DC Comics has definitely fumbled the ball with their handling of Suicide Squad. What was once a black action comedy of surprising quality has choked at the finish line, as Ales Kot has been yanked off the book before he could really strut his stuff. There were so many plot threads that will likely remain untouched after his departures, as Matt Kindt becomes the latest writer to take on this increasingly hopeless title. Perhaps it's fitting that a book called Suicide Squad is the book that winds up shooting itself in the foot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Suicide Squad (2016) #6

Nov 21, 2016

Ultimately, if there's any one weakness to Suicide Squad, it's that the series has to be truncated to accommodate for Jim Lee's drawing schedule " but at the same time, looking at Lee's pages, you might see that DC has a compelling point for the strategy. Suicide Squad #6 is the definition of "short but sweet," with Williams and Lee bringing lots of action and violence to DC's favorite crew of ne'er-do-wells, and proves to be one of the publisher's most fun books of the week.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Suicide Squad (2016) #42

May 24, 2018

It's not to say that Williams and Luis don't do some decent work with Batman and Deadshot, but it's fairly middle-of-the-road fare.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Suicide Squad Most Wanted: El Diablo #1

Aug 12, 2016

Bringing together a team of overlooked talents to explore two overlooked characters, Suicide Squad Most Wanted: El Diablo and Boomerang #1 is definitely a title that bears watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Suicide Squad: Rebirth #1

Aug 3, 2016

That all said, Tan's style has enough of that Jim Lee-style energy that many readers will likely go along with the book, especially when it's anchored by the solid colors of Alex Sinclair, who adds depth and weight to each page. And in many ways, that's Suicide Squad: Rebirth #1 in a nutshell - it doesn't revolutionize the team or superhero comic books in general, but has plenty of solid elements to make up for its bouts of inconsistency and ease new readers into the villain-centric status quo. And while this team has been known for its body count, with a movie in theaters this week, it might just make sense for Suicide Squad to play it safe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superboy (2011) #16

Jan 17, 2013

Goosing Superboy's numbers with a Justice League cameo, this comic actually will appeal to younger readers far more than diehard Kon-El fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superboy (2011) #19

Apr 15, 2013

Despite the bombshell on the cover, Lobdell actually winds up negating the impact of Superboy's true parentage by explaining (or over-explaining) the motives of his savior and his greatest enemy. Ultimately, however, this series might have needed that kick in the pants to set itself straight " we know who and what Harvest is, we know his motivations, and we now know his connection to Superboy. But with all this twisting and turning going on for the plot, it remains to be seen whether even this new issue remains inviolate for too long.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Superboy (2011) #32

Jun 13, 2014

Oof. You can't win 'em all. The nondescript title "Happenings" is pretty apropos for Superboy #32 - stuff happens in this book, but hell if they make any sense or have any narrative weight.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superboy (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 1, 2014

Ultimately, it's hard to say too much about Superboy: Futures End, because it rests so much on style rather than substance. This isn't going to be the main Gen13 team moving forward, so the link between this new run and the previous run feels somewhat tenuous, and some of the ideas aren't quite fully fleshed out enough to make them really settle in. But a new artist is always a good thing, particularly for under-served books like Superboy - and in that regard, Kon-El's future looks surprisingly bright.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2011) #20

May 15, 2013

Focusing on personality rather than powers, Michael Alan Nelson takes Supergirl to new heights, making this comic easily the most improved DC book of the week. While there are occasional moments that drag with a little too much dialogue, it's no mean feat to synthesize an erratic 19-issue run and create a coherent " even sympathetic " character as a result, and combine that with introducing a fun new villain, and you have proof positive that it's never too late to make a good impression.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2011) #21

Jun 20, 2013

Lots of action, lots of fast pacing here - the only downside is the mastermind behind all this feels a bit like a curveball, and there's a scene with a Supergirl supporting character that feels more awkward than endearing. Still, this book is on a welcome upswing.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Supergirl (2011) #28

Feb 20, 2014

Based on this issue, Supergirl's new gig feels like anything but a promotion.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2011) #33

Jul 17, 2014

Tony Bedard wraps his underrated "Red Daughter of Krypton" arc with Supergirl #33, which does a masterful job of setting up action and tension, even if it doesn't quite solve the problem that's been bugging Kara Zor-El since her reintroduction: a lack of clear direction in terms of her characterization.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Supergirl: Being Super #2

Feb 27, 2017

There are plenty of good comic books out there; in fact, plenty of great ones. But with the monthly hustle of superhero comic books, I think it's easy to fill your shelves with content that doesn't withstand the test of time. But I think Supergirl: Being Super might be one of those rare storylines, the kind of story that helps define a character in a way that stays evergreen for a long time. With beautifully realized characterization and designs, Supergirl: Being Super is a tremendous treat to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl: Rebirth #1

Aug 22, 2016

For those who don't know anything about Kara's previous adventures, this is the perfect entree, and for those who have followed some of Supergirl's more hit-or-miss runs, this much-improved effort is a breath of fresh air. Coming from Midnighter and Starfire, respectively, Steve Orlando and Emanuela Lupacchino are both DC creators on the rise, and this proves to be the next big platform to showcase their talents. If you're champing at the bit before Supergirl makes her debut on the CW later this year, Supergirl: Rebirth #1 is a great place to get your fix.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #2

Aug 8, 2013

Superior Foes of Spider-Man is, in many ways, Nick Spencer's Justice League International. With a quintet of hapless supervillains, there's plenty of bwa-ha-ha to go with these bad guys.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #3

Sep 5, 2013

This comic is way more funny than it deserves to be, and is definitely one of Marvel's quirkiest and best books.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #4

Oct 3, 2013

Full of dark comedy and surprising heart, Superior Foes of Spider-Man is bar-none the best Spidey book on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #5

Nov 14, 2013

Not quite as laugh-out-loud funny as usual, but still a well-crafted book that's worth reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #7

Jan 2, 2014

What's perhaps most surprising about this comic is that while Spencer completely short-circuits the momentum for his ongoing story, you can't be mad " this interlude is purely character-driven, and winds up creating one of the more compelling new characters I've seen in a Big Two comic in quite some time. Superior Foes of Spider-Man has it all " it's funny, it's smart, it's got a heart of gold underneath all that screwed-up supervillain bluster. If you haven't been reading this book, this is the perfect time to jump on board " the origin of the Beetle is one story you don't want to bug out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #14

Aug 11, 2014

It's always darkest before the dawn. There's always silence before a big bang. That's sort of where I feel we're at with Superior Foes of Spider-Man #14, which continues to demonstrate this creative team's potential, even if it doesn't always seem to tap it as deeply as it could. This comic is amusing, and is a chuckleworthy detour from the overarching plot - and judging by the cliffhanger, I think we're going to see Spencer get to the meat of the story soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #17

Dec 1, 2014

While some of the usual caveats may apply - it's still super-late, and there's no making up for the momentum Spencer and company have lost with all these delays - and some might see this conclusion as too cheeky for its own good, I think that this conclusion really distills the charm of Superior Foes of Spider-Man. It's funny, it's all over the place, and it's not afraid to admit its own rough edges. If only more books could be similiarly flawed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Iron Man #7

Apr 16, 2015

Ultimately, this isn't a bad book, but it doesn't go far enough to make it a particularly good one, either.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superior Iron Man #9

Jun 4, 2015

After nine issues of trying to justify the corruption of Tony Stark, Tom Taylor and Yildiray Cinar's Superior Iron Man goes out not with a bang, but with a whisper.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #1

Jan 8, 2012

Those railing against the new status quo will likely find something or another to be happy about with this all-new era of Spider-Man, as Otto struts his stuff on his official first day of the job. This self-contained opener does require preexisting faith to really get into, as this new Spider-Man is as smug and abrasive as it gets " but seeing the challenges he has ahead of him give me some hope. The Superior Spider-Man still has plenty of room to grow before he reaches his predecessor's boots, but Slott and Stegman have nicely set up the stage for this bad guy to have his own hero's journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #5

Mar 6, 2013

That said, where this book fails is the dismount. This is likely a stylistic choice on Slott's part, to not show exactly what Otto's choice was. We've already seen Peter stay Otto's hand once, but Slott actually robs us of some of the catharsis by making us wait. Considering the story as a whole, that might pay some nice dividends, but as far as a single issue goes, it definitely knocks the wind out of an otherwise Superior comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #6AU

Mar 28, 2013

Christos Gage takes a smart angle on Spider-Ock's relationships with technology in general and Ultron in particular, giving our hero some pretty superior moments before inevitably pulling the rug from underneath him (although I'd argue the moral at the end of the story was kind of tacked-on).

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #7

Apr 4, 2013

Still, Dan Slott gets points for seamlessly reintroducing Cardiac back into the fold as a sort of Robin Hood-meets-medical-magnate, and his cliffhanger promises for an amazing next issue. Scratch that " it sounds superior.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #8

Apr 18, 2013

Big ideas rather than big execution win the day here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #13

Jul 15, 2013

It's that strong art that keeps Superior Spider-Man going, as aside from the standard fisticuffs, there's really only one minor plot point that Slott and Gage hit that is needed to progress to the next arc. Granted, it's becoming increasingly clear that Otto is going to evolve into his own kind of Spider-Man, and that's something that will be worth watching - but as for the here-and-now, well, this isn't quite the most superior arc we've seen in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #14

Jul 25, 2013

Besides the fight (and the obligatory reference to its Goblin-based subplot), it feels like this issue is missing a twist, a reason for being besides a punch in the face. Still, with a new suit and a new way of doing things, Superior Spider-Man #14 remains a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #16

Aug 21, 2013

Karma has always been a part of the Spider-Man mythos, and given just how badly Otto Octavius has dealt with Phil Urich, I wouldn't be surprised if the Superior Spider-Man's sins aren't about to catch up with him. Still, this issue falls victim to too much going on at once, with the plot superseding the characterization - something that could have really made this comic memorable, especially considering that Peter Parker and Phil Urich were two sides of the same coin. Still, it takes a lot to juggle that many subplots, as Dan Slott succeeds where many more writers would have totally failed. Ultimately, Superior Spider-Man #16 isn't a bad book, even if it also isn't one of the unfriendly neighborhood web-slinger's strongest outings.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #17

Sep 4, 2013

Even with this busy plot, Superior Spider-Man #17 will provide tons of fun for most readers, particularly the ones who have a 2099-sized nostalgia button for Marvel to push. There's definitely a lot of potential for these two wallcrawlers in terms of comparing and contrasting, and if Slott can use this opportunity to further define both his protagonists, this is going to be one of the best Spider-Man arcs in months. Here's hoping that substance will win out over style.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #19

Oct 22, 2013

Dan Slott has been telling people that Superior Spider-Man #19 would be a game-changer, and he wasn't joking - there are so many plot points that he's seeded in just this one issue that he may very well have revitalized this series with one shot. With tons of progression for the entire Spider-Man cast, this issue is one you definitely shouldn't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #21

Nov 14, 2013

This done-in-one romp has some great art and ties into an oft-forgotten part of Otto Octavius's past, but you can't help but think that things wrap up a little too conveniently with Superior Spider-Man #21.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #24

Dec 23, 2013

With so much going on, from the symbiote to Aunt May to the Green Goblin and the Hobgoblin, there's more plot than substance to Superior Spider-Man #24 - it's a shame, because I know there's more to Otto Octavius than simple fan-service.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #25

Jan 15, 2014

25 issues in, Superior Spider-Man has done good things for Marvel's friendly neighborhood webslinger, but all things must come to an end. There is still a lot of room for Dan Slott and company to compare and contrast Otto Octavius and Peter Parker, but right now the high concept seems to trump the characterization. And that's a shame - while its a necessary evil to pave the way for Peter Parker's return, I can't help but feel that Superior Spider-Man is getting the short shrift in his own series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #29

Mar 13, 2014

Not a bad showing, especially with a Spidey 2099 appearance, but Superior Spider-Man is starting to wear out his welcome.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #30

Nov 30, -0001

If Superior Spider-Man has had a flaw, it might have been hubris - or at the very least, biting off more than it could chew. Dan Slott and company have put Otto Octavius through so much in so little of a time that it winds up leaving the reader feeling numb. But now that this creative team is tying it all back together, you can't help but warm up a little .Trading in characterization for high concept set pieces has always been a danger in comics, but with the return of Peter Parker, this series could be in for a resurrection in more ways than one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #32

Aug 6, 2014

Combine that with an eight-page Spider-Verse backup drawn by Adam Kubert, and there's a lot of bang for your $4.99 in Superior Spider-Man #32. The thing that holds this book back is an extremely slow start. That said, once Slott and Gage start getting warmed up, you feel more potential in this comic than we've seen in probably a dozen issues of Spider-Man. And that's a good thing. I can't grade this comic based solely on what might be in the future - which, as a 30-page book, contains probably 10 pages of filler - but I can say the future is looking hopeful for the Superior Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #33

Sep 17, 2014

It's a simple concept, but simplicity sometimes is the formula to success - put a bunch of Spider-Men in a room together, and watch them beat the holy heck out of a bad guy. Or as the ol' Parker luck might have it, have their collective web-slinging cans handed to them. That's fine - Spider-Man's unique abilities and fighting style makes him an intrinsically compelling character when it comes to action, and Gage and Camuncoli don't let up with this issue. Clearly more Spider-Men can equal more fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #1

Jul 24, 2013

While some people might see the end coming from a mile away, there's a lot to like about this first issue of Superior Spider-Man Team-Up, particularly the scale and stakes involved - this isn't just some one-off team-up, but a smorgasbord of cameos and guest appearances from across the Marvel Universe. Ending on an intriguing cliffhanger, this first issue nicely reflects the more sinister angle Superior Spider-Man has taken lately - given Otto Octavius's less-than-heroic tendencies, I'm excited to see what kind of team-ups he has in store.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #2

Aug 15, 2013

Even though the book is named Superior Spider-Man Team-Up, this crossover is really all about Scarlet Spider - much to this book's detriment. Chris Yost plays up the shared past between Kaine and Otto Octavius, but ultimately that dynamic doesn't really spark much interest, especially not when the clone-master known as the Jackal shows up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #3

Sep 26, 2013

Definitely a book to keep on your radar, if only for the superior artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up: Special #1

Nov 4, 2013

While you probably won't learn anything new about Spider-Man, the X-Men or the Hulk in "The Arms of the Octopus," I have to give Mike Costa a lot of credit for creating an entertaining story featuring this unlikeliest of team-ups. The greatest strength of the Marvel Universe is the personalities of its characters, and "The Arms of the Octopus" is proof that personality trumps concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2011) #13

Oct 24, 2012

Today's norm for comics is this ultra-deliberate, super-planned style, and it's going to be very interesting to see Superman fly in the face of that. Because this is an opening issue, the sheer newness of this creative team is enough to pique reader interest, especially considering how listless this title had been alongside Action Comics and Justice League. There isn't so much a deeper theme or striking insight into Superman as a character here, just broad conflicts and big action. It's new, and it's different " only time will tell if this run turns out to be good.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman (2011) #14

Nov 28, 2012

Lobdell clearly has chops, but they're being forced in the wrong direction. Scott Lobdell can make us care about the Man of Steel, even if his dialogue occasionally can be ham-fisted and over the top. But we need human stakes and smoother, more linear storytelling to get us to that point. Superman has survived street fight after street fight, and unfortunately, people haven't cared any more about him. But if you give us a glimpse into the heart and soul behind those otherworldly eyes " I'm looking at you, Lois " and you'll find that the Man of Steel and his extended family have plenty of fans left. But right now, without something for readers to resonate with, H'el on Earth doesn't feel like a knockout " it just feels like a dud.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman (2011) #16

Jan 31, 2013

This book still isn't great, but it is getting a little bit better.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Superman (2011) #17

Mar 11, 2013

Combining all this with a surprisingly complicated sci-fi plot (all of it is just geek-speak for "H'el's going to blow up the world!"), and this is definitely a tough book to make sense of, let alone a book that makes you root for Clark Kent as a hero. To be honest, even with his name on the cover, this doesn't even really feel like Superman's story. What once started as a new Bizarro story has taken on its own new identity, but Superman has become so convoluted and scatterbrained that only diehard fans of Lobdell or Rocafort's work need apply. And believe me"that's a lose-lose for everybody.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman (2011) #19

Apr 25, 2013

For some, Scott Lobdell's writing might be jarring as he jumps from a super-powered intro to a soap operatic middle and end, but I found it to be actually kind of fun, albeit with some awkward dialogue to buoy the lighter tone. Not a bad book, but also not nearly as satisfying as that cover would imply.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2011) #20

May 23, 2013

Aaron Kuder scores a major win for the Man of Steel as he draws one hell of a fight between Superman and the New God Orion. Kuder's style is almost a mix between Frank Quitely and Pete Woods, with clean lines and expressive faces - his fight choreography is superb as well, particularly a moment when Orion pulls a battleship out of the sea to attack Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2011) #23.1

Sep 4, 2013

I'll be the first to admit I was skeptical about DC's line of Forever Evil tie-ins, as I thought they would be frivolous fill-in books. Yet the standalone nature of these tie-ins also lends the opportunity to showcase some lesser-known talents, and Superman #23.1 is a prime example of this. Sholly Fisch and Jeff Johnson deserve some major kudos for this book, and I hope to see them take on some more big-name books in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2011) #23.4

Sep 26, 2013

What I enjoy so much about this story is that it wouldn't have taken too much to have made Joshua Michael Allen a hero rather than a villain - indeed, this unlucky loser gets his powers in a semi-heroic fashion, as he leaps into the fray when an alien creature attacks Metropolis.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman (2011) #28

Feb 26, 2014

Yet when this comic connects, it connects well - mostly due to Brett Booth nailing the artwork, but also because of Scott Lobdell's increasingly infectious enthusiasm for the characters themselves. This comic certainly isn't for everyone - there's plenty of people who want their storytelling more deliberate, more straightforward - but if you're just itching for some soap opera fun and some pretty pictures, you could do a whole lot worse than Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2011) #32

Jun 30, 2014

Regardless of some issues with high concept, Superman has suddenly become the comic to beat over in the DC Comics wheelhouse. It has a collection of DC's best talent working without crossovers or tie-ins to hold them back - this is just us getting to watch Superman go through his paces, and after so much retinkering and fruitless twisting, it's nice to have some normalcy. It's great to see John Romita take his inimitable style to characters we've never seen him portray, and it's even nicer to have Geoff Johns come back and show us how this character should be done. Back in the overwrought, ultraviolent Man of Steel film of last summer, Henry Cavill told us that "this symbol stands for hope." In the hands of Johns, Romita and company, I'm finally starting to believe it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman (2011) #36

Nov 26, 2014

That's not to say that Superman #36 is a bad book, or even one that won't feel like a decent chapter in the context of the story as a whole. But as far as singular installments, it does feel like an uneven experience. Ulysses is a character with a lot of potential, and on paper, Geoff Johns' high concept is actually one that could fuel not just one story, but several. But the placement of this chapter feels strange, and the lengthy exposition leaves readers feeling unprepared for the striking fight sequence that comes after. All in all, this does feel like a bit of a missed opportunity to say more about Superman, Ulysses, and humanity as a whole - things that make all the rainy debates and energy-laden fight scenes in the world feel secondary.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2011) #39

Mar 18, 2015

As far as interludes go, Superman #39 is a pretty good one. We've got lasting changes to the lead character, a neat new dynamic for writers to play upon, and most importantly, you inject some much-needed humanity to an invincible alien powerhouse with an Arctic bachelor pad who happens to be hooking up with the beautiful demi-goddess of war. Sometimes you need to walk among human beings to remind yourself of what you have in common with them. And in this instance, a day of being grounded might not be such a bad thing for Superman after all.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman (2011) #41

Jun 24, 2015

It's disappointing for me to write a review like this, because I believe in Superman as a concept, and I'm even pretty excited for his new status quo as a motorcycle-riding vagabond. Unfortunately, issues like this are exactly what people point to when they consider Superman as passe or uninteresting. The thing is, we've already seen way too many issues of Superman being boring or unexciting - and DC has already long since laid out a bold plan for turning that around. With that in mind, it's a huge shame that Yang isn't able to pull the trigger and start Superman anew.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superman (2011) #49

Feb 25, 2016

Gene Luen Yang prepares Superman for his last stand against Vandal Savage, and while not everybody makes it out of this issue alive, the issue as a whole ultimately feels a little cheap.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superman (2011) #50

Mar 17, 2016

There's a great beat in Superman #50 where Gene Luen Yang cuts to the heart of what could make for a great Superman story - namely that choices have consequences, and gifts have responsibilities, and only a man as great as Superman would take his powers and use them for something other than violence. Unfortunately, it's bogged down in a flurry of action as well as an inexplicably Christmas Carol-esque series of visions, as as Yang is joined by a quartet of artists who don't quite mesh together.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2011) #51

Apr 7, 2016

Peter Tomasi and Mikel Janin show some great characterization in the pages of Superman #51, but the big downside to this new creative team is that the Man of Steel hasn't had a second to breathe before his status quo has been overturned yet again.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) #2

Jul 7, 2016

If you haven't been reading this series, you should correct that sooner rather than later, because while Superman might be an iconic superhero, he seems to be an even more compelling dad.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superman (2016) #5

Aug 17, 2016

Typically with fight-heavy comic books like this, it's easy to get bored, but Tomasi, Gleason and Mahnke do some exceptional work to not just change up the locale, but to also make a real effort to make this comic a true family affair. Superman #5 is a highlight in what's already been a real highlight for the DC publishing line as a whole - while I don't know if Tomasi, Gleason and Mahnke can maintain this standard of juggling for all three main characters, they've set the bar very high for future installments.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) #9

Oct 20, 2016

While this issue doesn't quite meet the surprise twist of the last one, Tomasi, Gleason and Mahnke balance nicely between heartfelt family dynamics (watching Jon quietly freak out that he might never see his mom again is just too cute) and over-the-top spectacle (like Captain Cloud having his own pterodactyl that he can call on command).

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2016) #16

Feb 2, 2017

"Multiplicity" was an interesting experiment for this creative team, but here's hoping they get back to doing some of the more grounded work that defined the early part of their run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016) #20

Apr 6, 2017

This is really feeling like an essential Superman run, even though it's only 20 issues old.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016) #30

Sep 7, 2017

This issue does fantastic work, and it is the highest compliment I can give to say that this doesn't feel like a fill-in arc, but a story that works seamlessly within the rest of Superman's run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2016) #39

Jan 18, 2018

This issue is a feel-good detour that may be a little low in storytelling calories, but it's the kind of one-off I'm glad exists.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) #42

Mar 12, 2018

If family is Superman's greatest power, then it is absolutely Bizarro's Kryptonite - and watching him struggle proves to be a potent and subversive experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superman (2016) #45

Apr 24, 2018

While one might argue that this finale could be a little dialogue-heavy at times, one might respond that it is because Gleason and Tomasi have something to say in their final issue of Superman - a flagship series that they did a tremendous job revitalizing, after many, many creators before them had tried and failed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) Annual #1

Dec 1, 2016

What's great is that Tomasi and Gleason probably could have just rested with this book being a blockbuster brawl, but they score extra points for sticking the landing by examining Superman's place not just in greater DC continuity, but how he feels about living in this brave new world. A very strong showing from one of DC's strongest creative teams.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016): Special #1

May 18, 2018

While the two backup stories seem to clash in terms of their stories and art, everybody here puts in great work, making Superman Special #1 a wonderful book to pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2018) #2

Aug 9, 2018

Brian Michael Bendis delivers one of the more hopeful takes on the Man of Steel in his second issue of Superman, channeling that Christopher Reeve wholesomeness even as the world threatens to shake itself apart in the Phantom Zone.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2018) #16

Oct 15, 2019

Comic books like this are a reminder that you don't need big events or crazy high concepts to make quality, engaging stories - sometimes all you need are two friends having a night on the town.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman (2018) #18

Dec 11, 2019

Even with Ivan Reis' solid artwork, there's little to get readers excited about Superman #18, as Clark Kent's biggest decision winds up feeling more anticlimactic than you could imagine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #2

Nov 13, 2013

But Superman/Wonder Woman #2 does succeed in one big way - namely, it's a surprisingly nuanced take on a romantic pairing that initially made a lot of people skeptical. Yet two issues in, while I still don't see the Man of Steel and the Amazing Amazon living happily ever after, I can at least buy their budding relationship, and find myself excited to see where they go next. If Soule and Daniel can continue adding superheroic trappings to the always relatable pitfalls of dating, Superman/Wonder Woman will stand as one of DC's most surprising hits.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #4

Jan 15, 2014

On the one hand, this comic may be seen as a bit of a cop-out, as Superman/Wonder Woman rarely has the two characters on the same page. But that said, it's clear that Charles Soule knows what makes these characters tick - and more importantly, what makes them likeable. Combined with some striking action sequences and the occasional surprise guest star, this is easily the best take on either character in the New 52. Talk about a match made in heaven.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #6

Mar 13, 2014

Lots of great moments, and while sometimes the action beats can stumble a bit, Superman/Wonder Woman always comes back better and stronger than before. This bears all the makings of a beautiful relationship.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #7

Apr 9, 2014

It could be worse. Relationships have lived on that principle - but they've also died on it, and rightfully so. No couple should ever expect to be perfect, and no one should ever expect for them to be. Sometimes the fireworks don't go off. Sometimes the momentum cuts out. The important thing is to recognize it, and to compensate moving forward. Will Superman/Wonder Woman find a way to regain the emotional intensity of a month ago, or will this just be a winter fling? Only time will tell, but I'd like to have faith that this super-power couple will find a way to bring their spark back.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #8

May 15, 2014

"Doomed" is a surprisingly strong crossover among the Superman books, primarily because each issue hits this concept at a new angle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #9

Jun 11, 2014

While I do think this issue stumbles a little bit from its predecessors, "Doomed" still continues its hot streak with Superman/Wonder Woman #9. While the story has a lot of tension already inherent in its premise, Soule taps into a little bit of that human spark by showing things from someone other than Superman's perspective. While I think the excess of guest stars hurts this issue slightly, it's clear that the (super)power of love keeps this team-up book alive.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #11

Aug 14, 2014

This is all flash, no substance, sadly, and a sign that maybe this Doomsday arc has finally run its course.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #20

Aug 19, 2015

Between a weird extended cameo and the fact that the title characters feel oddly separated, Superman/Wonder Woman #20 still proves that Clark Kent's new status quo is one that is rife with storytelling potential. Seeing Clark and his supporting cast in such a raw, emotional position gives us a lot to relate to, and while his execution is occasionally flawed, it's nice to see Tomasi giving some thought to the global ramifications behind Superman's unmasking. As far as interludes go, this one's a strong one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #21

Sep 16, 2015

Given the gold mine of storytelling possibilities that Tomasi has with Superman/Wonder Woman - especially given Clark Kent's new status quo - it's weird that this book feels like it's spinning its wheels a bit. It looks spectacular, but I have to believe there's more to Clark and Diana's romantic dynamic than what their conflict of the month might be. But couples change and grow and evolve, and sometimes it takes one party a little longer to catch up - so even if the conflict in Superman/Wonder Woman might feel less than organic, it doesn't mean it's impossible. Here's hoping that with time, this book can grow and mature along with them.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #22

Oct 26, 2015

Breaking up is hard to do, but I wouldn't be surprised if this isn't actually the end of the road for Superman/Wonder Woman - because if it is, this would be a particularly anticlimactic way for it to happen. (Still, if someone pulls the plug on this status quo, it won't be Tomasi's fault if he has to wrap it up immediately.) But at the same time, while Tomasi is going into some fairly subversive territory by watching this superhero romance turn sour, there are some consistency issues with the art and a real lack of emotional response that keeps this issue from being everything it could be. Right now, this is just a decent series - hopefully next month it will go back to being great.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #28

Apr 28, 2016

There's a good concept at the heart of Superman/Wonder Woman #28, but this "Final Days of Superman" tie-in stumbles in the execution, particularly in the artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #29

May 19, 2016

All in all, this penultimate chapter is about as skippable as it gets.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: American Alien #3

Jan 13, 2016

Ultimately, though, Superman purists will likely want to steer clear of Superman: American Alien, and that might be what Landis and DC are looking for, given the nature of the marketing behind this series. The overall goal that Landis is pursuing - trying to lend a certain amount of humanity and resonance to Clark Kent before the capes and tights and invincible superheroics render him too "safe" to really enjoy - is right on the money, even if his execution winds up feeling like he's tossing out the baby with the bathwater. The stellar artwork behind Superman: American Alien #3 wins Landis a lot of points, but this Spring Break vacation might be a little too adventurous for its readership.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: American Alien #4

Feb 17, 2016

But despite this detour into the greater DC Universe, I do feel like Landis is onto something with this issue of Superman: American Alien, as he's buoyed by the spectacular artwork of Jae Lee and June Chung. Whether you love Landis or hate him, it's clear that he's brought a ton of thinking about the structure of DC's superheroic pantheon, how they fit and interact with one another, with clearly defined points of view and methods of operation. That's the kind of deliberation that often gets ignored in today's event- and reboot-centric superhero marketplace. But ultimately, for a series that is ostensibly rooted in reinventing the Man of Steel, this issue instead finds fertile ground in DC's other heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Doomed #1

May 15, 2014

Even with a ton of writers on board, Superman: Doomed has a simple enough concept and a strong enough coherence in terms of characterization that this knock-down, drag-out fight between Superman and Doomsday still packs a wallop.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Lois and Clark #1

Oct 19, 2015

While the book does stumble a bit towards the end, Superman: Lois and Clark is a surprisingly effective debut issue, one that takes fanboy nostalgia and repackages it in style. For Dan Jurgens, this is a return to form, as he takes on a character that he knows like the back of his hand; for Lee Weeks, this is a long overdue display of recognition, giving the original comic book superhero an artist worthy of all that history. And ultimately, history is what gives Lois and Clark its strength - while they might now be in a world that's unfamiliar to them, that's a feeling that many DC Comics readers can relate to these days. A little bit of familiarity and a little bit of conviction will go a long way towards getting people to believe in the Man of Steel again. Maybe this is the team to do it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: Lois and Clark #6

Mar 24, 2016

Dan Jurgens puts together some nice soap operatics in Lois and Clark #6, but ultimately, the heroes of this book continues to be Lee Weeks and Scott Hanna, who provide one of the more striking artistic tag teams of the entire DC catalog.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #1

Apr 21, 2020

Clocking in at just 99 cents, Superman: The Man of Tomorrow #1 is exactly the kind of book DC needs to be producing - and promoting - regularly, if they want to build up their foothold in the digital marketplace. While it isn't necessarily the flashiest book in their catalog, it has a consistency that's not to be overlooked - Venditti's script has just enough of what a character like Superman needs, and Pelletier really delivers, making this book read far smoother than it would in the hands of just about any other artist. A strong and surprising debut, Superman: The Man of Tomorrow is the perfect launchpad for DC's digital efforts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #2

Apr 27, 2020

It's the kind of story that isn't the flashiest - and as such, perhaps anathema to a Direct Market that hinges itself on events - but it's the sort of self-sustaining and heartwarming story that makes you remember why you loved superheroes in the first place.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: Year One #1

May 16, 2019

Miller and Romita's work brings plenty of charm, but that's not to say there isn't also some shakiness from this usually rock-solid team, with some of Miller's less savory signature tics seeping into an otherwise promising alternate history.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman: Year One #3

Oct 18, 2019

I'd say Superman: Year One is for completists only, but given the looseness and weirdness of much of its storyline, I'm not sure I can even make that endorsement.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superwoman #1

Aug 15, 2016

Admittedly, Superwoman isn't without some minor flaws " Jimenez has to go out of his way to introduce the newly-powered Lex Luthor as the source of much of the trouble (before having to conveniently sideline him so he doesn't horn in on Lois and Lana's turf), and while it's a cool set piece, the idea of a giant warship named the Gestalt feels a little weird, especially in a town crawling with superheroes like Metropolis. Additionally, sometimes Jimenez leaves a little bit of fat on his scripts that could be trimmed, like a brief beat about Lana taking anxiety medication " but beyond these minor hiccups, he's hit the writer/artist track running, producing a potent debut for Superwoman that is certainly a must-read for Super-fans everywhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Surface Tension #1

May 26, 2015

Ultimately, there are going to be people who are impressed with Gunn's environmental messages, as well as the sheer chutzpah he has welding them to the horror tropes of The Walking Dead. Even I'm impressed, on a conceptual level. But the execution of Surface Tension still leaves a little to be desired - which may be the kiss of death for this environmental comic, many of which often fall under the radar. Jay Gunn deserves plenty of praise for putting so much of himself into Surface Tension - here's hoping he can streamline his narrative in future issues, to really decide what kind of story he wants to tell his readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Surgeon X #1

Sep 29, 2016

Coming in at an extra-long length, if Surgeon X can give us a reason to root for its protagonist rather than its medical dystopia, this could be just what the doctor ordered.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #5

Jan 5, 2012

Underneath all the gloom and misery, there's a powerful love story underneath the green of Swamp Thing, and with the visuals being this hot, this is a book you shouldn't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #9

May 3, 2012

It's a fairly quick read, as the story is essentially resist-blast-repeat (with a weird victory involving spiking someone's peaches?), but despite that simplicity, Swamp Thing continues to be one of DC's best-looking books.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Swamp Thing (2011) #12

Aug 6, 2012

While the end twist to this issue does ramp up the stakes in a tense manner, it ultimately isn't enough to justify 15 pages of characters reciting histories and passing the time with lackluster fights. While Snyder and Lemire deserve credit for trying to be accessible, what this story really needs is a message, a heart, a reason for us to care. Even with Buddy Baker's family and Alec Holland's girlfriend in peril, there isn't enough room to really feel scared for them, with all this talk about the Rot. Maybe it's Swamp Thing's greatest foe for a reason.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Swamp Thing (2011) #16

Jan 10, 2013

This book is OK, but unless you're a diehard, you can probably let this one go.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Swamp Thing (2011) #21

Jun 6, 2013

Soule's story here is subdued but also quietly ambitious, as he delves into the previous champions of the Green, similar to Fraction and Brubaker's Immortal Iron Fist. Sometimes Swamp Thing's dialogue comes off a little bit too much as an everyman (why would a sentient plant use the word "curveball," for example?), but this is a decent showing.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Swamp Thing (2011) #27

Jan 14, 2014

Decent looks and a minor status quo adjustment aside, Swamp Thing #27 isn't a book that feels particularly striking - a shame considering this was the end of an arc with some potential. Right now, Swamp Thing feels almost like it's about everything but Swamp Thing - we have the Parliament, we have pretenders to the throne, but we never really dig deep into Alec Holland as a person, or even what the potential of his powers truly are. What makes Swamp Thing a character of interest? Without that answer, this series will continue to be moldy at best.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Swamp Thing (2011) #31

May 8, 2014

There's nothing wrong with Swamp Thing per se, but given the solid talent aboard this comic, you can't help but feel like this series is underperforming a bit

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #32

Jun 5, 2014

Soule's characterization of Swamp Thing still feels a little loose and informal, but his take on Aquaman is nice, showing how rigid Arthur is when he has to give cold orders to his Atlantean soldiers.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Swamp Thing (2011) #33

Jul 7, 2014

There's something very unorthodox about Charles Soule's approach to Swamp Thing #33, almost as though he's trying to cram an entire arc into one issue - but instead of the tension being brought about by thrills, spills and near-misses, this issue winds up looking more like a Swamp Thing trailer than an actual narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Swamp Thing (2011) #38

Jan 12, 2015

Ultimately, it feels like there's one too many avatars in the Swamp Thing ecosystem, and the entire title is starting to suffer as a result. We've seen this before with Green Lantern - a deeper mythology can supercharge sales - but I would also argue that with its quintet of viable lead characters, there's a bit more humanity to connect readers to the Lantern Corps. Alec Holland, however, is as alien as any Green Lantern at this point, with powers that serve only to distance him from friends and readers alike. With Soule already on his way out, even this new attention to world-building makes it feel like Swamp Thing's salad days are already behind him.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing: New Roots (2020) #4

May 18, 2020

Taking a detour from his usually talk-heavy storytelling style, Mark Russell delivers his most exciting issue of Swamp Thing: New Roots yet. Watching a hero get pushed to his absolute limits makes for a compelling narrative, and Marco Santucci’s artwork gives every shot, dismemberment and explosion just the right amount of impact. If you haven’t checked out this series before, this is definitely a great place to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Switch #1

Oct 13, 2015

Granted, Switch might not be for everyone - there will be those who require a bit more depth to their storytelling, and who won't be as impressed with Sejic's artwork to let his rough scripting slide. But for those who have enjoyed Brian Michael Bendis' Ultimate Spider-Man or G. Willow Wilson's Ms. Marvel, I'd strongly recommend checking out Top Cow's Switch. It takes a complicated mythology and simplifies it in a great way, opening up the Witchblade saga to any reader who might have overlooked it for its T&A beginnings or its overcomplicated end. Either way, if this first issue of Switch is any indication, the crown jewel of Top Cow is back, and looking better than ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Sword Daughter #1

Jun 7, 2018

Given how overemphasized writers are compared to artists in today's comic book discourse, Sword Daughter #1 proves to be an anomaly " while artist Mack Chater and colorist Jose Villarrubia excel in creating moody spaces for this Viking-era father-daughter revenge tale, Brian Wood's actual story still feels terminally underdeveloped.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Swords of Sorrow #1

May 7, 2015

Basically, if you're in this book for the premise alone, chances are the clunkiness with the pacing isn't going to throw you - but for those who aren't sure about Sword of Sorrows, this might be a case of information overload.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents #1

Aug 14, 2013

Given the multimedia arms race for established properties, perhaps it's no surprise that IDW jumped on THUNDER Agents after DC called it quits. But just because DC didn't know what a gem it had with Nick Spencer's run doesn't mean the rest of the reading community will so easily forget - a property as obscure as THUNDER Agents needs to build up goodwill for readers, rather than just assume we know the backstory and stakes. As we saw not too long ago, THUNDER Agents is a concept that is rife with dramatic potential - but a by-the-numbers superhero romp is not the way to go.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents Vol. 2 #4

Mar 1, 2012

Still, execution alone makes this a book worth reading, and the brief lightning strikes of grace and humanity make T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents Vol. 2 #5

Mar 26, 2012

It's all too neat, too clean for this series " in a lot of ways, by even briefly opting into the revolving door of comic book deaths, T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents has lost that spark that made it so unique.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents Vol. 2 #6

Apr 23, 2012

Farewell, T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents " you were too bold to live, too strong to die. You were a damn good comic book. And you will be remembered.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tales From The Dark Multiverse: Infinite Crisis #1

Nov 27, 2019

Out of all the Dark Multiverse one-shots, I'd say that Tales of the Dark Multiverse: Infinite Crisis #1 is the storyline that feels like is most true to the spirit of the original storyline, rather than a dark riff using the original event as a launching point. Tynion and Lopresti take readers down memory lane in a way that might take you off-guard with its level of scale and ambitiousness, even as most of the narrative math seems to check out in the end. If you're unfamiliar with the original Infinite Crisis, this book might not be for you, but if you read the event as it was first coming out, you'll likely enjoy the empire of Ted Kord these creators have built.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tales From The Dark Multiverse: Batman: Knightfall #1

Oct 16, 2019

As a longtime fan of the Elseworlds stories, Tales from the Dark Multiverse is a worthy successor to the throne. Utilizing an expanded page count, Snyder, Higgins and Fernandez start these one-shots off with a bang, delivering an action-packed story that will satisfy many 1990s Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Talon #3

Jan 2, 2013

I say that knowing plenty of people won't be. There are plenty of people who have higher standards for their comics, people who will cultivate a more rarified pull-list who require greater stakes than what Snyder and Tynion have to offer. They're not wrong. But in a lot of ways, Talon takes us back to the visceral charm of old-school superhero books, that kind of cool stuff for cool stuff's sake that's made palatable because it looks so cool on the page. Sometimes a comic doesn't have to be all-enduring, sometimes a series doesn't have to revolutionize the genre. Sometimes 20 pages of stylish, unapologetic fun are all you need. And if that's what you're looking for, Talon definitely delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Talon #7

Apr 25, 2013

James Tynion IV isn't redefining the industry with any big new ideas, but his pacing works fine as he throws in a number of antagonists for Talon to face.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Team 7 #1

Oct 15, 2012

This is pretty much a master class in how to not introduce a team. Writer Justin Jordan introduces this gun-heavy, ultra-extreme team in medias res, but this team spends more time talking than actually doing awesome stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Dog #1

Sep 9, 2014

And that's ultimately what Teen Dog is about. It's not trying too hard, but instead just cruising away on its low-key, quirky charms, hoping the rest of the world will chillax with it, too. There are worse literary crimes. If you're looking for a goofy, optimistic take on high school without all the stress and hassle, Teen Dog could be a reader's best friend.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Teen Titans (2011) #17

Feb 28, 2013

If you're a die-hard fan of Trigon's daughter, I guess you could pick up this comic... but I can't really imagine who else might want to.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Teen Titans (2011) Annual #3

May 8, 2014

Scott Lobdell and Kenneth Rocafort end their era of the Teen Titans in this annual, and while this comic's extra-large page count gives you more bang for your buck, you can't help but notice the rambling nature of this narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2014) #2

Aug 21, 2014

I have to give Will Pfiefer credit - he has absolutely stepped up his game for the second issue of Teen Titans. The very first page, featuring a viral clip of Bunker lashing out as a homophobe he just rescued, sums up this thoughts on teen superheroes: "Underneath our masks, we are very, very dangerous."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teen Titans (2014) #5

Dec 18, 2014

Scott Hepburn takes the wheel with Teen Titans #5, and honestly, this book hasn't looked this good since the days of Mike McKone and Tony Daniel.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2016) #6

Mar 23, 2017

All in all, I think Titans fans will generally be pleased that the team feels like a bunch of teenagers hanging out rather than the bad characterizations that plagued the "New 52."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2016) #26

Jan 25, 2019

This is a solid and exciting outing for this creative team, and one that could yield dividends down the road.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2016): Special #1

Jun 27, 2018

I understand the impulse to go back to meat-and-potatoes superheroing, and Glass and Rocha do that well with Teen Titans Special #1 " but I'm not sure if caped comfort food is necessarily what will bring this superteam back to its former glory.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Teen Titans Go! #11

Aug 20, 2015

If the mustachioed cover didn't give it away, Teen Titans Go! #11 is easily the best and funniest book DC Comics has put out this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #11

Jun 26, 2012

While a bit repetitive, the tense Splinter sequences rescue this issue of Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles from an even worse fate. This is half of a decent book, with the other half " the important half " being more recitation and forward movement than anything engrossing or character-driven. Even licensed properties need to do more than preach to the choir " they need to justify their characters month after month. It's a lesson that Splinter teaches masterfully this month. It's a shame his students can't follow suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #17

Dec 12, 2012

Sometimes, reinventing the wheel isn't all it's cracked up to be. In the case of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, there is already a rich cast of characters to play with, so why waste time trying to put a new spin when you can dig into what we all love and enjoy? Kevin Eastman and Tom Waltz spin a lot of plates here, and they deliver a solid reintroduction to the Fearsome Foursome. With Ben Bates giving this series a strong visual foundation, now is definitely the time to give the Turtles a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #101

Jan 9, 2020

If you're looking for an easy jumping-on point for the adventures of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, you're in luck, because Sophie Campbell absolutely crushes it with this new arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series #4

Apr 17, 2012

With this installment of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro Series, Lynch and Campbell take steps towards defining the Turtle's typically staid and sober leader. That said, they don't quite go far enough " whether it's the writer not quite settling on a set direction, or the art not quite clicking, the end product doesn't quite add up to this creative team's pedigree. It's a decent book, but like Leonardo himself, you can't help but think this could have been better.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series #6

Jul 24, 2012

I never thought I'd ever type the words "the perfect Casey Jones comic," but I'm happy to be so surprised. To be honest, IDW has struck gold with this team, and of they're smart they'll bring them back together in a hurry. If every issue of the main Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles series was as this pitch-perfect as this done-in-one micro-series, I would be happy as shell.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Deviations (One Shot) #1

Mar 29, 2016

But that all said, seeing Zach Howard take on the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles is absolutely worth the price of admission, and when you add a cool high concept to the mix, you'll find that this might be the most striking and exciting of IDW's Deviations lineup. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles has attracted some of the best artists to IDW since they picked up the title, but this one-shot might be a new high for the series as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Macroseries #2

Oct 25, 2018

Still, the $8 price tag on this book might raise some eyebrows, but if you're a Turtle fan with some cash to burn, you can't go wrong here.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #1

Dec 3, 2013

Sometimes all you need is a killer robot. Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #1 proves that point - there's so much going on in this first issue besides what we actually came to see that it becomes a frustrating exercise to read this book. There is so much untapped potential for the Terminator franchise, as we can see by the numerous sequels that have hit the movie screens, but diverging too much from the central premise can rob this book of its appeal. Here's hoping this first issue was just a temporary glitch.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thanos (2016) #13

Nov 22, 2017

Honestly, the simple fact of the matter is, I'm not exactly the target demo for Thanos. I'll be even more honest and say I haven't clicked with any of the Mad Titan's previous series. But Cates and Shaw have the goods here, and this first issue shows that maybe Marvel wasn't crazy for giving this guy an exclusive right out of the gate. If you're looking for a wild dive into Marvel continuity that shows there's still plenty of kick to the House of Ideas, look no further than Thanos.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thanos (2016) #16

Feb 28, 2018

If you can only pick up one superhero comic book this week, buy the ticket and take the ride with Frank Castle - pick up Thanos #16 today.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thanos (2016): Legacy #1

Sep 10, 2018

Jumping from setting to setting with a flourish that never feels false, The Thanos Legacy is a must for any fans of the Marvel cosmic universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Thanos Rising #1

Apr 3, 2013

In a lot of ways, Thanos Rising #1 feels like we're looking at Saddam Hussein's high school yearbook and seeing a doofy kid wearing headgear on the chess team. It feels more funny than frightening, and it still lacks that human connection to invest us. I still believe Thanos is primed to become the A-list villain of the Marvel Universe... but anecdotes like these certainly don't help.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thanos: Infinity: The Infinity Revelation #1

Aug 5, 2014

It's a trip down memory lane to see Jim Starlin take on Thanos again, and for the most part, this graphic novel is a surprising triumph - probably because the artist's vision is so absolute. There's so much comic book philosophy and grandeur that's tossed around like stardust in The Infinity Revelation, even if the titular revelation is still somewhat difficult to follow. But long-time fans of Marvel's cosmic lineup will highly enjoy this nostalgia-fest - and may even pick up a convert or two along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Army of Dr. Moreau #2

Dec 12, 2013

David Walker and Carl Sciacchitano deliver a suitably creepy second offering for The Army of Doctor Moreau, although its abrupt cutoff may grate on readers, even with its 99-cent price point.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Avenging Spider-Man #2

Dec 12, 2011

Reading this book, it hit me that Avenging Spider-Man was the kind of book that got me reading comics in the first place " nice action, gorgeous design, and most importantly, smart character decisions. This book may feel a little loose, but that doesn't stop its structure from being stronger than a radioactive spider. You may think there's nothing special about fighting a bunch of Mole Men deep within the Earth's crust, but Wells and Madureira are finding the gold here. It's a good time to be a Spider-Man fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Avenging Spider-Man #5

Mar 29, 2012

Wells has some crazy chops, and can capture a character's voice better than most of the business " but just because it sounds right doesn't necessarily mean it turns out entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Avenging Spider-Man #6

Apr 12, 2012

I had my fair share of doubts about "The Omega Effect," but this first issue has blown me out of the water. This may be a fight-for-fighting's-sake kind of storyline, but Rucka and Waid help transcend that kind of self-indulgent storytelling by infusing it with character. Spider-Man, Daredevil and the Punisher are three different vigilantes with three very different methods of operation " so why not show how they'd clash? This is the kind of triple threat you can't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Avenging Spider-Man #11

Aug 28, 2012

This comic is well-intentioned and already locked and loaded for fanboy wistfulness, and that will allow Avenging Spider-Man #11 to weather most charges against the issue. I feel like what makes stories like this original are the new insights writers can bring to characters, the point of view they bring to years of history and myth. That's what this comic lacks most of all " it doesn't know what it wants to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Avenging Spider-Man #14

Nov 8, 2012

Still, while the substance is lacking, this comic is all style " and exactly the kind of artist's showcase that Avenging Spider-Man was meant to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Avenging Spider-Man #15.1

Dec 27, 2012

That feeling of "standardness" is what ultimately keeps Avenging Spider-Man #15.1 from reaching the upgraded status that Otto Octavius promised. But the concept and the timing is what matters " this is definitely a fitting bookend to this week's Amazing Spider-Man #700, showing that while Peter Parker may not have survived his last battle with Doctor Octopus, he didn't go out without leaving a mark. Seeing the Peter-Otto dynamic from a different perspective " and learning how similar these two flawed men are " is reward enough for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Avenging Spider-Man #18

Mar 14, 2013

The story by Chris Yost almost feels like window dressing against Checchetto strutting his stuff " it's quickly paced, lots of action, but the resolution is pretty convenient and the lesson learned is pretty flat. Still, when a book looks this good, it's hard not to enjoy the sparks that fly with Avenging Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Avenging Spider-Man #19

Apr 15, 2013

In a lot of ways, Avenging Spider-Man is supposed to be a win-win " Spidey continues to hide his true identity from his friends, while Marvel also gets to throw some spotlight on some of their lesser-known heroes. Sadly, this comic doesn't live up to that premise, and it leaves both Spider-Man and Sleepwalker all the poorer for it. With one-note characterization and an easy plot, this isn't quite as superior as its sister title.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Avenging Spider-Man #20

May 8, 2013

The minor downside to this, of course, is that there aren't any huge action setpieces to fully exploit a concept like a breakout on the S.H.I.E.L.D. helicarrier, but those may come in time. For the moment, Chris Yost and Marco Checchetto have upped their game, and really succeeded in some exceedingly ambitious setup " when you combine the Superior Spider-Man, a handful of Avengers, a shapeshifting supervillain and two powerhouses to screw up everyone's plans, there's a lot to enjoy about this arc. I'm excited to see if Otto can untangle this twisted web next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Avenging Spider-Man #22

Jun 13, 2013

As the Superior Spider-Man continues to take down his former colleagues of the Sinister Six, Chris Yost takes a detour by pitting Otto against the Punisher " the result, however, is an unfocused and decidedly average installment of Avenging Spider-Man

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #3

Feb 13, 2019

Halfway through their six-issue miniseries, Snyder and Jock continue to raise the stakes in the engaging and action-packed The Batman Who Laughs #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #4

Apr 10, 2019

While much has been said about The Batman Who Laughs being a spiritual sequel to Scott Snyder and Jock's work on Detective Comics, one could argue that this fourth installment owes just as much to Alan Moore's The Killing Joke in terms of exploring the dichotomy between Batman and the Joker, and their reactions to their unholiest of mashups.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #5

May 10, 2019

With two issues to go, The Batman Who Laughs feels like a comprehensive look back at much of Snyder's tenure, even if this book's artwork winds up being the limiting factor as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Batman Who Laughs (2018): The Grim Knight #1

Mar 13, 2019

While it doesn't quite hit the bullseye it was aiming for, there's potential to The Batman Who Laughs: The Grim Knight that I hope is paid off in the main series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Beatles: Yellow Submarine #1

Aug 30, 2018

Beetles fans will definitely not want to miss out on this loving tribute.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Best Defense: Doctor Strange #1

Dec 13, 2018

Duggan and Smallwood are a dream team together, and make every page of Doctor Strange: The Best Defense a tense and thrilling adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Bionic Man #6

Feb 7, 2012

But if it's a fight you want, then it's a fight you'll get, over in Bionic Man #6. There's a lot of panache to this issue, with some fast and furious visuals that never fail to entertain. If you're going to make a comic about a man armed to the teeth, why wouldn't you want to see them cut loose? The only compliant I'd have about this comic is this: I just wish it had come sooner.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Black Hood #1

Jan 28, 2015

Haunted antiheroes are a dime a dozen in comics, but what gets me the most about The Black Hood is how aware its protagonist is of his own damnation. It's hard to beat up on Hettinger any more than he himself already has - his self-loathing is powerful, potent, and perhaps most importantly, doesn't diminish from him as a relatable character. Superheroism is often seen in comics as empowering, as an escape, but here, it feels like a symptom of a deeper sickness. There's something magnetic about watching this character lose himself, bit by bit, until there's nothing left. That's the secret of The Black Hood. It's not just a mask - it's a reflection of the man underneath.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Black Hood #2

Mar 2, 2015

In a lot of ways, the structure of comics is a hard thing to master - either the story is heavily decompressed, leading to a meandering narrative, or the writers build up to a dull splash page to act as a cliffhanger, forgetting to properly set up the story along the way. Swierczynski does something altogether different - this second issue has a big twist to set itself up from the first issue, but even more importantly, it builds up on the seedy tone and theme from the first installment and adds to it. The world of The Black Hood keeps getting bigger, and when you're as messed up as this character, that means there's only more opportunities to fall.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Black Monday Murders #1

Aug 9, 2016

As a writer, Jonathan Hickman has never been the easiest to get on board with, with his challenging and convoluted style sometimes falling into the trap of becoming insular and self-indulgent, preaching to the choir rather than bringing in new converts. But I think that Black Monday Murders, intentionally or not, comes across as a concerted effort to bring that hyper-deliberateness to a wider audience, putting all of Hickman's typical writing signatures on a plot that has more resonance than ever in today's election cycle. While it remains to be seen if Hickman and Coker can continue their momentum as the plot thickens, you'd be hard-pressed to deny that they absolutely slay with Black Monday Murders #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Bounty #1

Jul 5, 2016

Sci-fi as a genre has endured because of the exciting and compelling worlds authors have created, using the world outside their window and introducing one important twist. But a book like Bounty isn't quite sure what it wants to hinge its success upon. While Mindy Lee's artwork is a clear highlight of the book, there's no high concept to sell this book, no characters to engage with an audience, no greater message to galvanize underserved readers. It's difficult to imagine a comics professional like Kurtis Wiebe " particularly one who has created such fun characters such as the ones in Rat Queens " working on a book with no hook. But right now, that hook seems to be underdeveloped on the printed page. Every comic is someone's first " but Bounty seems to be cashing in on readers it hasn't earned yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Boys #64

Mar 7, 2012

That all said, even though this book preaches to the converted, it's a heck of a swan song for Ennis and Braun. It takes some serious cojones to laugh in the face of death, but cojones are what The Boys do best.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina #6

Jul 12, 2016

Horror is huge in comics today, but because it's a static medium, it's easy for the industry to rely on visual tricks like gore and graphic violence to get the scares across. But Chilling Adventures of Sabrina #6, despite barely having its title character in the book, takes the harder road, and succeeds because of it. With its ominous storytelling working hand in hand with its eerie visuals, this book takes no shortcuts to spook you, and as a result, might be the most effective horror comic in ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Clone Conspiracy #1

Oct 12, 2016

Reading this issue alongside Slott's spectacular Amazing Spider-Man #19, perhaps it's understandable that The Clone Conspiracy might take a small step down in terms of personal investment - or perhaps it's because Slott saves his best hook until the end of the issue. Either way, this first issue reads like a textbook example of how to properly pace and establish an event comic book, but it hasn't quite set up the stakes and tension for Peter Parker as a character yet to make us really quake in our boots.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Clone Conspiracy #4

Jan 18, 2017

Some critics might rightfully comment that The Clone Conspiracy #4’s introspective premise feels counterintuitive for a superhero story, and that there’s so much talk that the action almost feels a bit tacked on at the end. Those people wouldn’t be wrong, but I’d argue that for this particular issue, Slott is able to get to the hearts of his characters and gives them strong perspectives on the issues of cloning and resurrection, making these necessary conversations that not only help Spider-Man win the day, but win the moral argument, as well. While cloning in the real world is a fraught ethical argument, in the realm of comic books it can be an easier case to make, and Slott and Cheung prepare their side with slick-looking designs and strong character work in The Clone Conspiracy #4.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Dead Hand #1

Apr 11, 2018

Higgins' story feels like a slow burn at this point, but he's buoyed by some superb artistic partners with Mooney, Bellaire and letterer Clayton Cowles - that said, it's also hard to place expectations on where this book is headed (or even its central premise) since it's going so far out of its way to be mysterious.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage #1

Sep 9, 2014

There's something to be said for The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage, which still has one of the best title names on the stands. But beyond that snappy sobriquet, the actual story feels done to death. Believe it or not, there are tons of self-reliant, powerful female protagonists out there - but there needs to be more than just that. The high concept needs to be there. The emotional stakes need to be there. And the story needs to get to the point as fast as humanly possible. Without that, The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage is only the illusion of a viable story.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Dollhouse Family #1

Nov 14, 2019

Given the post-Halloween glut of spooky stories, The Dollhouse Family doesn't register amongst other superior horror comic offerings.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Dying and the Dead #1

Jan 27, 2015

In many ways, comic book writers have been unfairly compared to television and film writers, and have adjusted their stories accordingly, working off cinematic conventions in order to truly maximize the visual side of the medium. Yet for comics, space equals time, and for most books, you only have a limited amount of space to work with. But by expanding his page count, Jonathan Hickman has taken a valiant crack at restoring the balance, creating a world full of atmosphere with The Dying and the Dead with 60 beautiful pages. It may occasionally feel excessive, and you may get the sense that Hickman isn't always the most frugal with this freedom, but he and Bodenheim's efforts are beautiful to behold.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Empty Man #1

Jun 10, 2014

It's a good time for police-based horror stories, with Nailbiter doing so well at Image and now The Empty Man scoring a victory for BOOM! Studios. Whereas the former book is a masterful balance between three main characters, The Empty Man succeeds purely based on how much Bunn and Del Rey can do with their premise. The worst kind of fear is the kind you can't anticipate or expect. Maybe that's the moral of The Empty Man - that terror doesn't need to be seen in order to be felt.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The End (2020): Venom #1

Jan 14, 2020

Honestly, if "Dawn of X" didn't exist, I'd probably say Venom: The End is the most fun comic I've read in years - and even though "Dawn of X" exists, I'd say that this one-shot might be the most concentrated shot of comic book craziness I've ever read. While the finale of this book might be a little less satisfying than the rest of this continuity exploration, this is the absolute definition of a diamond in the rough " if you pick up one Marvel book this week, it's gotta be this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Family Trade #1

Oct 10, 2017

There's plenty of potential for Jordan and Ryan's high concept, but right now they seem to be resisting the endearing hooks, diving instead into the murky waters of spectacle rather than substance. There's probably a very engaging character underneath all the history of the Float, and hopefully this creative team can tap into what makes Jessa tick before readers decide to trade up elsewhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Fix #2

May 10, 2016

While there are a lot of great books coming out of Image right now, there are very few that aren't resting in some form or fashion on high concept, leaning on some sort of genre tropes in order to hook in readers. But The Fix is a rare gem, a book that succeeds almost exclusively on its execution, not the out-of-this-world premise or the names of the creators involved. Production values like these are rare in entertainment as a whole, let alone a medium that can be as punishing with its scheduling as comics, but The Fix stands shoulder to shoulder with other Image gems like Southern Bastards, Sex Criminals and Chew as reliable, high-quality entertainment that shouldn't go unread. The characters might be consummate liars and unrepentant scoundrels, but The Fix might be one of the most honestly good comics on the stands today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fix #4

Jul 7, 2016

While not quite as laugh-out-loud funny as previous installments, The Fix #4 still has the goods.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Fix #5

Sep 15, 2016

This comic might give you a little bit of whiplash at the end of the issue, as Spencer suddenly launches ahead with some important plot progression, but this creative team's distinctive comedic style makes The Fix a can't-miss series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fix #9

May 11, 2017

This book is Spencer at his best, and this is even considering this issue starts off with a lengthy recap and takes a weird detour that ends in a masturbation joke.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The Flintstones #1

Jul 6, 2016

Even the original Flintstones series got savaged by critics before hitting its cultural stride. I can only hope that's the case with this series, considering that both Russell and Pugh are talented creators in their own right. But this opening issue of The Flintstones feels like its priorities are in the wrong place " this modern stone-age family feels like they're playing second fiddle in their own book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Fox #1

Oct 31, 2013

What can I say - The Fox is charming as hell. Archie may not have the pedigree of Marvel or DC in the superhero biz, but Dean Haspiel and Mark Waid deliver a bright, breezy action book featuring an eminently likeable protagonist.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Fox #2

Dec 3, 2013

While The Fox #2 experiences a bit of a sophomore slump, that's not to say that this is a bad issue. The artwork alone makes this comic worth a look, and the character of Paul Patton still retains a bit of an everyman charm. While I'd argue that this comic pushes the tonal limits a little too fast, it's not a bad alternative to the doom-and-gloom and ultra-seriousness of other superhero offerings.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Fox #3

Jan 9, 2014

The Fox's artwork -- and outlook -- continues to impress, but the lack of a stronger theme or hook keeps this book from hitting its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #7

Apr 2, 2012

Given the tone that DC has been trying to set with The New 52, there's a lot of potential for The Fury of Firestorm. That said, it's still potential. Ronnie and Jason aren't making much progress in their journeys as heroes, weapons or even as human beings, and that's frustrating for everybody. It's fun to talk about this book, but I feel like it should be even more fun just to dive in. This is as good of a starting point as any, and if Harris and Van Sciver focus this well on Ronnie's other half next month, The Fury of Firestorm might be the juggernaut it was always meant to become.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Goddamned #2

Dec 17, 2015

This may be the darkest thing Aaron's written since Scalped, and yes, I'm including his Southern-fried noir in Southern Bastards.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Great Lakes Avengers #1

Oct 12, 2016

And what’s great about a title like Great Lakes Avengers is, yes, you will (and should) be looking into this book with the lowest of expectations, which winds up becoming a pleasant surprise since that lets you skim past the book’s only minor structural issues. Sure, as a plot things don’t quite pick up beyond three-quarters of the team coming back together, but you can’t deny that these idiots aren’t super-funny. While Tony Stark might ignore them as wide-eyed cosplayers, and Steve Rogers might not consider them part of “his” America, there’s something refreshing and endearing about Great Lakes Avengers. I can’t tell you what that is, but I can tell you that you should pick this book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Infected: Scarab #1

Nov 22, 2019

A solid outing that Blue Beetle fans will love.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Legacy Of Luther Strode #1

Apr 7, 2015

While there may be some who might cry foul at the barest of bare minimum characterization in The Legacy of Luther Strode, I'd say A.) the first issue of a final arc isn't the place to start, and B.) you're really reading this book for the characterization? No way. This is a proving ground, a place for Tradd Moore and Felipe Sobreiro to flex their muscles and assert their dominance over much of the rest of the comic book industry. These may be strong words, but when it comes to Luther Strode, well, there's no one stronger.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Legacy Of Luther Strode #2

Jun 25, 2015

Don't get me wrong - I love fight comics. And Tradd Moore is a force of nature. But The Legacy of Luther Strode #2 leans a little too heavily on the over-the-top combat, which was fine to set the stage in the first issue, but is lacking someting a little more substantial in this sophomore effort.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Legend of Luther Strode #1

Dec 4, 2012

It could be worse, but The Legend of Luther Strode also could have been so much more. When the series first began, I said it was an old story told with some fresh new art, but Strode is beyond the point where he can get by on looks alone " this book looks sick, but needs to be more than just a showcase for Moore's formidable chops. Where is Luther's legend heading? A more solid direction would definitely keep this hero from turning back into a scrawny high school zero.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Magic Order #1

Jun 13, 2018

There are few creators that do big and broad as well as Mark Millar, but The Magic Order already feels more substantial than some of his other made-for-multimedia comics offerings, like Nemesis or Empress before them.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Manhattan Projects #11

Apr 23, 2013

While we've seen Hickman's planning skills for years, in books ranging from Fantastic Four to Avengers, I feel like sometimes people think that's all he has to offer. Manhattan Projects #11 says otherwise. It says that Hickman, especially with an artist as expressive as Pitarra, has more than just formulae and plot points in his arsenal " he also has a command of emotion and sentimentality that gives warmth to his work. It's not rocket science " it's human drama, even in the most technical of environments. It shows that that Manhattan Projects still has a lot to teach us.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Mask: I Pledge Allegiance to the Mask #1

Oct 18, 2019

In today's moment in history, political books should be approached with caution, but I Pledge Allegiance To The Mask feels stale right out of the gate.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Mighty Thor (2015) #1

Nov 16, 2015

Still, as far as first issues go, this is a particularly powerful one, especially if you or anyone you know has ever battled cancer. It can be a debilitating condition, one that can suck all the air out of the room - and the fact that Aaron and Dauterman have created a book for this underserved community makes The Mighty Thor that much more important. While the exposition might have been a little heavy in this installment, now that the essentials are laid out, I foresee some wonderful adventures coming.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #3

Jan 14, 2016

Jason Aaron and Russell Dauterman delve deep into the trickster god's various incarnations in Mighty Thor #3, and it's refreshing that Jane Foster is way smarter about it than her predecessor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor (2015) #9

Aug 1, 2016

The art of writing superhero comic books is taking familiar structures and applying some unique spins - and in that regard, I'd say The Mighty Thor #9 succeeds, giving this series a shot in the arm thanks to the voices of its villains. While the idea of a hero having to save a villain to stop even greater disaster is not a new one, there is plenty to like about this issue, and I can only hope that in future installments, Aaron and Dauterman are able to give their hero just as much madcap energy as they do her adversaries.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor (2015) #18

Apr 28, 2017

But on the whole, Mighty Thor is the kind of big, pop comics we've come to expect from Aaron, Dauterman and company.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor (2015) #700

Oct 19, 2017

Still, that’s the kind of failing I want to see more of in comic books - because Mighty Thor #700 takes a particularly weighty franchise and does a remarkable job at examining and celebrating its long and storied legacy. The effort and enthusiasm behind this book is palpable, and dare I say, even infectious. Fans of Mjolnir should definitely give this book a read, if not to see where Thor is headed as a series, but to see such a uniformly strong collection of talent in the same place.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor (2015) #701

Nov 16, 2017

While some readers may be turned off to focus so heavily on a side character rather than Jane Foster herself, Aaron and Harren acquit themselves marvelously with their execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Movement #2

Jun 6, 2013

Even though this comic has been marketed to target the Occupy crowd, it reads as though Simone and company have never actually read anything about the Occupy movement. Not a fun book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Multiversity #1

Aug 20, 2014

The experimental trappings and big ideas make the first issue of The Multiversity a dense, heady but ultimately rewarding read, as Morrison puts his own unique spin on the pillars of the DC multiverse. It's engaging and surprisingly optimistic, almost a time capsule of a legendary writer during the peak of his career, juggling flagship books and event comics all while percolating a series of stories that could capitalize on his philosophies of imagination, fiction and magic while also incorporating to-the-point superhero slugfests. The Multiversity is that dream realized. This could all fall apart next month - it could be literary evil or narrative banality might win the day. But for now, the greatest heroes of the DC universe are being called to the front lines. And they're asking for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Multiversity: Ultra Comics #1

Mar 25, 2015

Ultimately, the conclusion of Ultra Comics is the most interesting part of the book, partially for its ambiguity and partially because of the thoughts it provokes after. Are comics a self-contained, self-sustaining system, a process which breaks down and digests evil systems? Or is the very idea of the Gentry something that cannot be contained simply in the pages of a book, but almost a memetic virus that's passed along simply by thinking - or writing - about it?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Multiversity: Society of Super-Heroes #1

Sep 18, 2014

Grant Morrison is two for two with Multiversity, as he and artist Chris Sprouse give Doctor Fate more juice than he's had in years, as head of the pulp hero brigade known as the Society of Super-Heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The New 52: Futures End #3

May 22, 2014

There's an overwhelming sense of gloom to The New 52: Futures End; one that makes me feel like no one is particularly having fun with DC's cast of characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The New 52: Futures End #4

Jun 2, 2014

In a lot of ways, The New 52: Futures End feels like the dark mirror universe version of DC's original weekly series, 52. You combine a lot of little-known or underutilized characters together, have them share screen time, and every week you draw out their story, bit by bit. But beyond the ultraviolence and swiftly rising body count, Futures End is still too much talk and not enough action. Only diehards need enter here at this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The New 52: Futures End #6

Jun 13, 2014

Not bad, Futures End, not bad. By focusing on some of the more interesting subplots going on in this series, the Futures End collective (Brian Azzarello, Jeff Lemire, Dan Jurgens and Keith Giffen) are building up a head of steam, aided by some extremely solid pencils by Patrick Zircher.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The New 52: Futures End #9

Jul 7, 2014

This book is the very definition of "wait and see."

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The New 52: Futures End #48

Apr 1, 2015

If you have to guess what happened at the end of a 48-issue series, something's gone wrong. If you have to hope that a 48-issue series will be resolved in another ongoing series, something's gone wrong. And if you wind up doing this much of a disservice to an enduring character - one that could easily bring in more readers to a struggling market share, like Batman Beyond - something's gone wrong. And it's a shame to say that - this is a series I wanted to give the benefit of the doubt, and indeed, did give the benefit of the doubt 48 times. After awhile, the message is inescapable - you've been had. And in many ways, that might be the final legacy of The New 52: Futures End. The heroes have lost - and any readers faithful enough to stay through this entire series are just losing with them.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The New Ghostbusters #1

Feb 12, 2013

There are some downsides to this book, of course"the dialogue piles up by the end, making this story do more telling than showing"and for those who have seen too many stories about "replacement" teams, well, you probably won't find too much new here. But the comedic, cartoony spin for The New Ghostbusters gives me some hope, as these new characters, with time, I think have a lot of potential to win us over.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The New World #1

Jul 24, 2018

The New World is one of those books that feels so distinct and fully realized that it’s impossible to ignore -it’s a world full of danger and intrigue, but it’s one that’s also undeniably beautiful, with so many details that you can’t help but want to explore. It is certainly a triumph for this entire creative team, which seems to be enjoying pushing themselves to the absolute limit to see what they can come up with next. Combining themes of love, culture, politics and violence, The New World is one of the best debuts of the year, and one that should not be ignored.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The New World #2

Aug 30, 2018

Honestly, few comics are as brash and bold as The New World, but damn if this isn't one of the most exciting books on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Private Eye #2

May 7, 2013

After showing off their high concept with the first issue, Brian K. Vaughan and Marcos Martin take a decidedly more conservative approach with the second issue of The Private Eye. Focusing more on classic noir tropes rather than fleshing out this weird new world of masks, secret identities and a murderous Fourth Estate, this comic sails primarily based on its execution rather than its ideas.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Realist #1

Mar 17, 2015

There's a sequence in this book that I think sums up The Realist perfectly - a scene where a Hollywood slick-talker rips out Hanuka's heart in the name of entertainment. In many ways, Hanuka tells us, you have to bleed for your art. But after reading The Realist, I think the real message is clear - few artists have a heart quite like this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Rocketeer: Cargo of Doom #1

Aug 21, 2012

Small turbulence aside, The Rocketeer: Cargo of Doom is a spectacular, human introduction for what I hope will be a stellar storyline. Cliff Secord is not a character that people know as instinctively as, say, Peter Parker or Bruce Wayne, but Chris Samnee gives his so much vitality with every movement, that you feel like you've known him for years. Now that's the kind of hero you can get behind.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Rocketeer: Hollywood Horror #1

Feb 26, 2013

That all said, that complaint seems to be one targeted at The Rocketeer as a concept, rather than solely for Hollywood Horror. Yet this book does feel quite substantial, quite thrilling and quite exciting. Even if you expected some turbulence without Waid and Samnee, feel free to loosen your grip on your seatbelts " Langridge and J. Bone provide some smooth sailing with this latest iteration of The Rocketeer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Sandman Overture #2

Mar 26, 2014

Part grand fantasy and part magical detective story, Gaiman and Williams weave together a bold - if not necessarily accessible - second chapter for Sandman: Overture. While some may be turned off by the slow pacing of this comic (which will certainly be exacerbated by the publishing delays), those people will also have plenty of other comics to choose from. For the faithful, this is a return to form for Gaiman and company, a dream which many will hold onto for as long as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Sandman Overture #3

Jul 30, 2014

Now that Gaiman has laid out the groundwork for this war of the heavens, it's nice to see him take a more human focus, as Morpheus continues to attract allies for his quest. As a hero, Morpheus has always been constant, inscrutable - and for some, a bit of a boor. But by giving him very archetypical characters to join him, such as a strangely maternal beast and a cute, exposition-evoking child, there's something to be said for his steadiness. It's these supporting characters, not the fictional universe around them, that make Morpheus's plight suddenly much more compelling. Morpheus may be the bass note anchoring Sandman: Overture, but it's these new additions to the cast - and the masterful art that binds them - that make this comic sing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Shade (2011) #5

Mar 5, 2012

There are some books that I read that I can't wait to review. Books that are so surprising or so overlooked that you just want to go online and sing their praises. The Shade is one of those comics, and the reason why is because of the artwork. Comics are a cutthroat business, and in an age of exclusives, shrinking budgets and long-standing alliances, nothing's tougher to secure than talent. But DC has really knocked this Moneyball out of the park with Javier Pulido, a trend I hope to see continue. There are too many excellent artists toiling in obscurity, and it's ironic that an artist like Pulido is shining his brightest with a hero that lives in shadow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Shade (2011) #7

Apr 16, 2012

While he ends the issue on a really human note, Robinson overwrites the heck out of this issue of The Shade, and Javier Pulido himself has some surprising missteps here. The end result is still one of the better offerings at DC, but you can't help but see where it could have been even better. But this is definitely a sophomore slump " The Shade is but a shadow of what it was last round.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Shadow #100

Jun 25, 2015

With so many different tones and styles, chances are you will find one story that isn't to your liking, but thanks to the range of this book, you're almost guaranteed to find one that's worth the price of admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Shadow Now #1

Oct 2, 2013

Thanks for a good first impression by Colton Worley, The Shadow Now #1 is off to a decent start - that said, this is far from the most user-friendly book on the stands, and gets by mostly because of style points that rock-solid storytelling. If Liss can streamline his plotting and really delve into what makes Lamont Cranston such a long-lasting icon, this book might be Dynamite's new sleeper hit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Silencer #1

Feb 5, 2018

The Silencer is the kind of book that’s tough to judge on a first read, or even a second or third. As a standalone piece of storytelling, it’s solid and capable - but it feels a little too familiar to be memorable on its own merits. That said, John Romita, Jr. and Dan Abnett are certainly two talented creators in their own rights, and their overall execution is a sterling reminder of that - when you have Romita on a book, it’s often an event in its own right, given his track record. But a book can only survive on its good looks for so long, before it’s only preaching to an ever-diminishing choir. Here’s hoping that now that she’s back in action, The Silencer will make a louder statement for herself moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Silencer #2

Mar 2, 2018

Granted, there's still bits in this series that don't quite add up " in particular, why Honor or the reader should care about her lame, boring husband " this series is really starting to grow on me.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Six Million Dollar Man (2019) #1

Mar 11, 2019

Six Million Dollar Man #1 is a debut that is definitely worth its weight in cybernetic parts.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Strange Talent of Luther Strode #5

Feb 2, 2012

If you want to see an A-lister in the making, check out Luther Strode " if you're looking for something that will reinvent fight comics, though, look again.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Terrifics #23

Jan 3, 2020

While writer Gene Luen Yang and artist Sergio Davila's actual narrative in The Terrifics #23 is a bit of a mess, Yang's got a cool storytelling mechanic in this issue that keeps things from completely drowning under all the Bizarro weirdness.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Totally Awesome Hulk #1

Dec 1, 2015

But if you're not into Frank Cho, you're not going to be a fan of Totally Awesome Hulk. This is absolutely a case of an artist defining the tone of a series, and whereas previous Hulk books have been moody and bleak, this book is a teenager's equivalent of a Saturday morning cartoon -- all bombast and cheesecake and quips -- with very little in the way of a concrete narrative holding it together underneath. There will be plenty who enjoy the sheer energy that Pak and Cho bring to this book, but there needs to be something deeper here if they want to keep our attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Twilight Children #1

Oct 15, 2015

What would have been a sleepy introduction by Gilbert Hernandez is electrified thanks to some out-of-this-world cartooning by Darwyn Cooke in the first issue of The Twilight Children.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Umbrella Academy: Hotel Oblivion #1

Sep 4, 2018

Umbrella Academy: Hotel Oblivion is a triumphant return for Way and Ba, but it is certainly not a destination for new readers or the faint of heart - after nearly a decade of radio silence, even longtime fans of the series might do well to have a refresher read to get them in the right headspace to appreciate this superpowered family’s status quo. Given the menu motif of this issue, this debut feels more like table-setting than the main course - granted, when the venue has an atmosphere as stylish as Hotel Oblivion, once you check in, you may never want to leave.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #1

Jan 7, 2015

When a comic is this well-crafted, it's hard to not to be impressed. And it's even harder not to give out accolades, especially when you find all sorts of new details every time you look. It's rare for a comic to be this perfectly cast, and, to be honest, this great in general. Doreen Green may have conquered Doctor Doom, Thanos and Fing Fang Foom, but thanks to Ryan North and Erica Henderson, she's now well on her way to conquering readers' hearts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #3

Mar 19, 2015

While some of the pacing slows down Doreen Green's misadventures, Ryan North and Erica Henderson still make Unbeatable Squirrel Girl a riot to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #4

Apr 27, 2015

There's a lot of jokes behind Unbeatable Squirrel Girl, but at the end of the day, it's probably one of the smartest superhero books on the stands. Every villain is the hero of their own story, and that means they each have their own motivations, foibles and quirks - and Ryan North and Erica Henderson seem to know exactly what makes these supervillains tick. If only all comics could be this consistently entertaining, funny, and above all, surprisingly smart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Unworthy Thor #5

Mar 23, 2017

Aaron's Thor is contemplative and that's something we don't see often enough. Aaron's deconstruction of Thor has been really fun and while the constant mysteries may be a bit tiring, it's exciting to know that Aaron is striving to make each story bigger than the last.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Walking Dead #100

Jul 14, 2012

That said, longtime Walking Dead fans are going to still feel the hurt, as Kirkman gleefully shows his characters who's boss. This isn't a celebration with fireworks, but a sharp slap in the face to anyone who was getting complacent with the current cast. While this doesn't shake up the status quo as much as I would have liked, the solid execution for The Walking Dead still shuffles inexorably towards greatness.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Walking Dead #109

Apr 9, 2013

And that's what I think keeps The Walking Dead where it is. Slow pacing means that it's less intimidating to jump in, and the solid technique for character-building and design has remained more consistent here than any other book on the stands. That said, a month-to-month read winds up being a slim substitute for the meatier displays of violence and horror on AMC, leaving the comic book version of The Walking Dead a muscular narrative that only rarely bares its teeth.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Walking Dead #120

Jan 24, 2014

The execution is still strong, but unless Kirkman changes up the game, only die-hard Walking Dead zombies are going to pick up the comic over its TV counterpart.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Walking Dead: Negan Lives! #1

Jul 2, 2020

While newcomers to the Walking Dead franchise might not necessarily get all the internal references or even the true gist of a such a conflicted maniac, Negan Lives! #1 is like watching Jordan do a victory lap " these guys were at the top of the comics industry for so long for a reason. And even if this one-shot teases a narrative that we might never see the conclusion to, given the strong storytelling on display, one can only hope the charitable efforts behind Negan Lives! #1 brings comics shops some much-needed relief.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Wicked + The Divine #3

Aug 19, 2014

Still, the sheer spectacle of Jamie McKelvie's artwork makes The Wicked + The Divine worth reading, and if you're willing to put in the time and the brainpower towards cracking Gillen's massive, byzantine storyline, it's doubly rewarding. Admittedly, this book probably isn't going to bring in new believers - if you're not into the sort of pop deconstruction that Gillen is selling, well, the dense mythology and over-the-top dialogue probably isn't going to change that. But there is a lot of creative energy that is crackling off the pages for The Wicked + The Divine, and this third issue continues this with an almost religious fervor.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Wicked + The Divine #5

Nov 30, -0001

I'll never tell. That's for you to find out with The Wicked + The Divine #5, a closer if there ever was a closer. Gillen, McKelvie and company have produced a superb conclusion to the series' first arc, an ending that offers more questions than it solves, but in a way that will only inspire fans to keep going. It's almost like a ritual, a supplication, a prayer to the storytelling gods. More of this book. More of this book. More of this book. Like the catchiest of chords, The Wicked + The Divine is the same old song but with brand-new lyrics, a pop pantheon in strife and disarray - and I can't wait to listen to the next track.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Wicked + The Divine #7

Jan 20, 2015

One might accuse The Wicked + The Divine #7 as being almost cynical in its view of fans, putting them in a more fanatical light. But Gillen never forgets where his protagonist came from, or where he came from, from that matter, and gives this comic a much-needed injection of light and bittersweet joy - a feeling that plenty of post-convention attendees can relate to, whether or not they're on the job. All in all, this comic succeeds not just because of its superb characterization, but for what it says about our culture, as well. If only more comics were this intelligent.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Wicked + The Divine #9

Mar 26, 2015

For the already-converted, The Wicked and the Divine #9 continues Kieron Gillen and Jamie McKelvie's hot streak, but for the skeptics and the agnostics, this issue might be a little bit of a slow-down from some of the previous ones.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Wicked + The Divine #27

Mar 9, 2017

Comics' coolest pop pantheon continues to impress with The Wicked + The Divine #27.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thief of Thieves #16

Aug 20, 2013

On the one hand, Thief of Thieves #16 is not exactly a book meant for beginners - indeed, the characterization and artwork is what shines, as the actual plotting of Redmond's heist is a bit difficult to follow. But considering the high-quality execution of this book, that makes this issue actually a strong argument for going back and catching up on this series. While exposition is at a minimum with Thief of Thieves, the sheer talent of Andy Diggle and Shawn Martinbrough is more than enough to steal your attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Think Tank #5

Feb 5, 2013

This book may not have the deepest message in the world, but when it moves this smoothly, does it have to? Think Tank is a low-key, stylish read, that friend of a friend who should probably hang out with a little more because they seem so darn cool. This is a book with a compelling lead, high stakes, clean visuals and a story that's easy to jump into. In other words, picking up Think Tank? Kind of a no-brainer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2014) #4

Jan 28, 2015

What works about Thor #4, despite an admittedly goofy undertone with a hammer, is showing off the differences between the old Thor and the new. The new Thor may be inexperienced, but she's ultimately a more level-headed hero than the original model, who flies off the handle even more now that his title is in question. But it's a nice bit of meta-commentary that Aaron has proven the viability of his new heroine, even if she has to tear the hammer from the old Thor's hands. Ultimately, when it comes to the politics of an Uru hammer, nobody likes a Thor loser, but it's nice to see that with this battle royale, Aaron and Dauterman are still kicking a ton of Asgardian.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2014) #8

May 13, 2015

I'll admit, this twist sticks in my craw, and not just because I'm disappointed that Marvel's new premiere heroine isn't an ass-kicking super-spy demigoddess. But while the numbers don't quite add up for the finale of this first arc, this is a big, flashy conclusion with a ton of guest stars that acts as a nice setup.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thor (2018) #1

Jun 12, 2018

There may be those who scowl at Thor #1 so clearly channeling Taika Waititi’s fun take on the God of Thunder - and while it’s certainly their opinion, it’s probably the wrong one. The fact that Jason Aaron has spent this long with his central character and not been exhausted for ideas is a laudable accomplishment, and the fact that he’s been able to find so many different ways to spin off stories featuring Thor is the sort of resilience that comes along rarely, if ever, in the comics business. The days of unworthiness and self-doubt are over - the God with the Golden Hammer has officially returned, and it makes for a dazzling debut in Thor #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor (2020) #2

Jan 29, 2020

If this is the kind of storytelling we might come to expect from this creative team, Mjolnir couldn't be in worthier hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thor: God of Thunder #1

Nov 14, 2012

To be honest, this book isn't a bad one, but it is disappointing. Because this comic is so plot-centric, the hero doesn't do much to endear himself and the villain is still off-panel and unable to really conjure up a sense of dread or tension. The time-spanning nature of Jason Aaron's story gives us a sense of scale and grandeur, but the too-dark coloring by Dean White and off-balance art by Esad Ribic doesn't hammer the point home. Now that the pieces are in play, let's hope that Jason Aaron and company's sophomore efforts are stronger, or this is Asgardian is going to be lost among the Marvel NOW! pantheon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor: God of Thunder #4

Jan 10, 2013

Esad Ribic is also finding his feet with his composition, so that we get a more dynamic view of Thor himself, instead of just looking at his back. Definitely a huge improvement.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #7

Apr 11, 2013

Even though the titular "Godbomb" isn't leaving me shaking in my boots, thanks to the lead character(s), the most metal series of Marvel NOW! is finally starting to live up to its premise.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #8

May 9, 2013

This is a very strong showing by the creative team, and sets up the action-packed climax of this story nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thor: God of Thunder #9

Jun 13, 2013

All in all, this is an explosive climax with a great cliffhanger " definitely the best book Marvel has put out this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #10

Jul 19, 2013

While not as potent as last month, Aaron and Ribic are doing a great job at keeping Thor: God of Thunder a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #11

Aug 14, 2013

In today's era of on-to-the-next-one superhero storytelling, it's really great to see a strong conclusion like Thor: God of Thunder #11. There's action, there's philosophy, there's even a bit of poetry involved - this is the sort of high-octane Thor story you've been waiting for. This is definitely worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor: God of Thunder #13

Sep 23, 2013

Still, as far as introductions go, Jason Aaron, Ron Garney and Ive Scovrcina have my interest piqued - Malekith may be one-note for now, but I have confidence that Aaron can make his character more detailed and nuanced as time progresses. Combined with some very strong artwork, this creative team has me down for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #18

Jan 30, 2014

You'd be forgiven for thinking this done-in-one story is filler, but Thor: God of Thunder #18 creeps up on you slowly, as Jason Aaron spins up a violent fable with the help of artist Das Pastoras.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #21

Apr 17, 2014

It's surprising that a God of Thunder can fly under the radar like this, but Jason Aaron and Esad Ribic are downright killing it with their latest Thor arc, "The Last Days of Midgard.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Thunderbolts (2016) #1

May 3, 2016

At the end of the day, it's hard to pan Thunderbolts too completely, because it's not a bad book " but it does come across a bit unambitious compared to many of the other #1 issues that Marvel has been putting out over the past several months. Perhaps inadvertently, Thunderbolts #1 evokes much of the stylings of Marvel's output of 25 years ago, but without any of the singular qualities that made this secret team of villains stand out from the pack. Here's hoping that with some course correction, Zub, Malin and Marvel can get lightning to strike twice.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Time Warp #1

Mar 28, 2013

If Vertigo could figure out how to make this book easier on the wallet, it would be a great way to bring new readers in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Tinseltown #1

Apr 5, 2018

Tinseltown might not be as polished or slick as its namesake, but there's a solid story here that bears watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans (2016) #5

Nov 28, 2016

Minor hiccups aside, however, Titans #5 proves to be one of the most fun issues of the DC "Rebirth" in total. Fans who have been clamoring for the return of "their" Flash will rejoice, as Wally West gives DC's other speedsters a run for their money, as Dan Abnett and Brett Booth deliver a particularly fine bit of super heroic action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans Hunt #2

Nov 23, 2015

The Teen Titans are one of DC Comics' crown jewels, and the fact that they haven't had a coherent, let alone bestselling, series in years is a huge missed opportunity. Dan Abnett has had the opportunity to right some grevious wrongs by bringing back the iconic Titans together, but he absolutely needs to pick up the pace if he's going to get the nostalgia crowd. Right now, Stephen Segovia is growing dramatically as an artist, but the rest of his creative team isn't mining the potential of this book nearly enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans: Rebirth #1

Jun 15, 2016

Some people use the term "fan service" with a sneer, as if it was a bad thing. But that's the difference between a single series and a franchise - there's that longstanding relationship between the characters and the audience, the loyalty and passion and engagement that comes from following these fictional people over years of laughter and tears. And Titans Rebirth #1 gets that. "Every second we had together was a gift," Abnett writes in a particularly metatextual bit. "Then it became a memory. And then even the memory faded." But no longer - DC Comics is remembering its history, and reminding readers why they were so invested in these characters in the first place, and I can only hope the rest of the publishing line can take their cues from books like this. Consider Titans Rebirth #1 the first step in rebuilding a beautiful friendship.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tokyo Ghost #1

Sep 15, 2015

Tokyo Ghost #1 is beautiful, it's action-packed, and yet it feels surprisingly hollow. Perhaps it's the video game subject matter, or perhaps it's just two creators looking to have fun and collaborate, and screw what the critics might say. (Remember, 8 out of 10 isn't a bad score, people!) Maybe I'm overthinking it, or maybe I'm just asking for too much. But for two creators like Rick Remender and Sean Murphy, you can only hope that they'll continue to grow and innovate - because as thoughtful and

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tony Stark: Iron Man #2

Jul 18, 2018

Despite all his suits of armor, it's pretty incredible to see how unencumbered Tony Stark: Iron Man is - even compared to Slott's earlier work on Amazing Spider-Man, there's a particularly light touch to the stakes that admittedly some hardcore fans might take umbrage with. Still, Slott's handle on concept work continues in fine form here, while Schiti continues to step up his game from issue to issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Tony Stark: Iron Man #3

Aug 16, 2018

The ideas are all there, but the characterization still feels a little ephemeral, which hopefully Tony Stark: Iron Man can correct soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #11

May 28, 2019

There's a lot of talented people involved in Tony Stark: Iron Man, and I'm confident the book can regain its momentum quickly, but now that this "Stark Realities" arc is over, I'm definitely ready for a refresh for Tony Stark's next narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Tony Stark: Iron Man #13

Jun 19, 2019

With another art team in play, Gail Simone's pit stop on Tony Stark: Iron Man might have marked a new high point in the series' tenure - that said, one of the other pitfalls of tie-in comic books is that they're often proving grounds for untested talent, giving the main artists a chance to regroup and rebuild their margins for deadline. But with some uneven artwork, Tony Stark: Iron Man #13 isn't quite tapping into its considerable potential, escaping the dragon with a good storyline rather than a fantastic one. Regardless, Simone's memorable work transcends the usual stigma of a tie-in book - she does such a superlative job at capturing the essence of a post-RDJ Tony Stark that one hopes we'll see her returning to this title sooner rather than later.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Transference #1

Jun 30, 2015

If there's anything that holds up Transference, right now it's that the main characters still feel a little too familiar - this is something that likely would have been smoothed out in a medium like television, but the pacing of comics means we don't have as much time as we'd like to really get to know Coulton and his team, which robs this book a bit of its opportunity to surprise. Still, as a concept, Transference is a simple but superb read, one that takes a relatively small idea and shows us just how big it really is. This is a strong debut, and definitely a series worth watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Translucid #4

Jul 17, 2014

Translucid is such a great title for BOOM! Studios' latest superhero book, because there is such a dreamlike quality to both the art and the writing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Trinity (2016) #4

Dec 21, 2016

As the issue comes to a close, we’re left with the official reveal of the true mastermind behind Poison Ivy’s scheme. Those familiar with “For the Man Who has Everything” likely won’t be surprised, but regardless, the conclusion sets solid expectations for what’s to come as the “Better Together” arc begins to wrap up. While this isn’t greatest issue of Trinity to date, it’s certainly an excellent, worthwhile and essential read for anyone who’s a fan of Batman, Superman, and especially Wonder Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Turok: Dinosaur Hunter #6

Jul 8, 2014

While some might say that the lack of dino-bloodshed might be contrary to the spirit of Turok: Dinosaur Hunter, but I'd counter that you can only go so far with scales and jaws and claws and guts before it starts to get a little one-note. There has to be something deeper to this concept, or it'll go just as extinct as it did during the last iteration of this series. Maybe the mythology that Pak is building will keep Turok: Dinosaur Hunter from going the way of the dodo.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
U.S.Avengers #3

Feb 17, 2017

Al Ewing continues to be one of Marvel's most talented and overlooked writers, taking a team of lesser-known heroes and making them, well, U.S.Avengers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #6

Jan 18, 2012

Six issues in, it feels like this issue is an interlude, which is Bendis's prerogative " after all, he and Samnee are quality in general " but we need more meat and higher stakes, fast, or the energy for Ultimate Comics Spider-Man will continue to flag.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #10

May 3, 2012

It's a highlight for this series, no doubt about it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #11

Jun 11, 2012

That said, if it's a new era for Ultimate Spider-Man, we need a new artist to envision it. I nominate David Marquez, who brings strengths from Pichelli, David LaFuente, even Bagley himself, and distills them into something extraordinary. This is a fight comic that pulls no punches. Read it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #12

Jul 5, 2012

While I loved the twist, I couldn't help but think: why did it take 12 issues to get here? That slow pace is the one blemish on an otherwise rock-solid comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #15

Sep 24, 2012

To be blunt, if you read last issue, you could probably skip this month and not miss a thing. That's ultimately to this book's detriment, because the visual execution is superb, even if the story is absolutely running in place. Ultimate Comics Spider-Man #15 could have been a lot worse " but man, it could have been a lot better, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #23

May 15, 2013

If you haven't been keeping up with Ultimate Spider-Man " and believe me, you wouldn't be without reason " this is definitely a good time to give Miles Morales another shot. While Bendis's penchant for decompression may slow this series down moving forward, there's so much heart to this opening chapter that you can't put it down. One year later can be a lifetime, and seeing just how much Miles Morales has changed is nothing less than amazing. After a slow patch, Ultimate Spider-Man is once again being all that it can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #7

Mar 1, 2012

This is definitely a comic that draws you in which how beautiful the world is, but as for an actual story? This comic has lost its way, big-time.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Ultimate Comics: Ultimates #15

Sep 19, 2012

When the stage fits the story poorly, you stop believing the story. When you then add in logical leaps like a bus being the sole means of controlling a drone army or Captain America winning a national write-in presidential vote based just on battle footage, and you wonder what happened to the ultra-realistic world of the Ultimates. Because instead of the potential for some really incisive commentary on our jaded, connected, dysfunctional world, what we have in its place is a naked piece of fan service.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Ultimate End #1

May 20, 2015

From the very first page of Ultimate End, there's a scene of the Punisher, aiming his sniper rifle into the distance. After reading this first issue, it feels like Frank Castle might be a surrogate for Bendis, or even Marvel as a company, as he points his gun towards the crowd of heroes. "I should have done this a long time ago," Castle says. "I will always live with the fact that I was not strong enough to act on this until now... this was always the end." And sometimes, the end isn't always a sad thing - sometimes its a release. Perhaps Ultimate End isn't meant to be a celebration. Maybe it's just meant to put a once-great line out of its misery. If that's the case - and reading it, you almost wish it was - you can only hope they end it fast.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Ultimate End #5

Dec 16, 2015

Most of the time, I'd just let a book like this go. People are going to like Bendis's work - heck, I've even liked Bendis's work from time to time. But what gets me is that a franchise that was as revolutionary and as important to Marvel as the Ultimate Universe has had such a long and disappointing decline - not to mention such an ignominous finale - just makes me more frustrated than I can say. This book is flimsy even by tie-in standards. The only silver lining to Ultimate End is that there are no more nails that can be driven into this coffin. Long live the Ultimate Universe - and may your 616 counterparts escape the same fate that befell you.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Ultimates (2015) #6

Apr 28, 2016

Who'd have thought a character piece starring Galactus would be one of the best comic books out this week?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimates 2 (2016) #1

Nov 28, 2016

'Seamless' is perhaps the best way to describe Ultimates 2. Mainly down to how it functions as a jumping-on point for new readers, but it also continues to tell the tale that Ewing has been building up. Neither of these factors affect how effective the issue is at doing the other, Ewing provides sufficient context for the status quo, but does this in conversation without using overt exposition which would slow the pace of the issue dramatically. It also manages to reassert the team's purpose for existing, but up the stakes and provide a glimpse of the future, highlighting how the biggest problems of the universe are about to get drastically bigger.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Unbelievable Gwenpool #25

Mar 2, 2018

For a character whose high concept felt as dubious as Unbelievable Gwenpool, Hastings and Gurihuru find a fantastic way to send off their character, in one of the single best series finales I've read in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers #1

Oct 9, 2012

Gone are the quippy back-and-forths of Brian Michael Bendis, and in its place is something a bit more deliberate, a bit more visual. By working with a smaller cast, writer Rick Remender is able to focus on individual cast trajectories, like Alex Summers and Wolverine wrestling with Cyclops' corruption under the Phoenix Force, or Rogue and the Scarlet Witch going head-to-head over the latter's role in the depowering of mutantkind. The mutant characters of this book have some very clearly defined arcs already, and that's going to go a long way towards selling this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers #2

Nov 26, 2012

Uncanny Avengers isn't the widescreen union of two great teams like it was billed, and that may wear on people's patience too much to stay on to the next issue. That would also be a mistake. Like Cap and Havok, Rick Remender is giving a PR facelift to Marvel's merry mutants, adding in A-list characters, A-list threats and A-list twists.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers #4

Feb 28, 2013

John Cassaday sells the hell out of this book, making every punch shudder with force and making the environments loom over the Avengers. Ending on a spectacular tease, this is an action-packed, cinematic read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny Avengers #5

Mar 27, 2013

If Marvel was able to deliver this kind of quality for Uncanny Avengers every month, I'd never have to pick up another team book again. This issue was just that good. It's a little bit soap opera, a little bit widescreen, a little bit mutant, a little bit Avenger, a little bit country, a little bit rock 'n roll. New blood isn't always a good thing, but in the case of this book, new teammates and a new artist have brought Uncanny Avengers back with a vengeance.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny Avengers #7

Apr 29, 2013

In many ways, Uncanny Avengers is living up to its premise as a sort of one-stop shop for your Marvel superhero needs " you've got Avengers, you've got X-Men, you've got team tension, you've got nods to continuity, you've got huge action, sharp twists and fantastic artwork... and it's all in the span of 20 pages. Launching off last month's flashback interlude like a rocket, this is the superhero team book that leads the pack. With big ideas and bigger execution, Uncanny Avengers is also a big, big win.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers #8

May 9, 2013

This comic starts off ridiculously strong, but does stumble a bit towards the end. With Marvel really riding the time-travel stories hard, Rick Remender does great work implying a greater history behind the Apocalypse Twins - indeed, after his run on Uncanny X-Force, it's probably not surprising that he's so good at making relatable villains.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny Avengers #8AU

May 22, 2013

Much of Rick Remender's stories have been about necessary evils, and in today's comic marketplace, I'm sure Marvel and company felt Uncanny Avengers #8AU would be one of them. This isn't a bad book by any stretch of the imagination " given the constraints and lack of detailed information elsewhere, I'd argue that Remender, Duggan and Kubert did an admirable job " but with this crossover ending soon, this particular comic doesn't really flesh out this new universe very much. Unless you're a completist, you can probably wait until next issue to catch up.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny Avengers #9

Jun 19, 2013

And maybe that's why it's so much fun to read Uncanny Avengers. It not only promises big names, big talents, big actions and big drama, but it delivers. It's the kind of superhero book that other superhero books should be watching - and should be emulating. Even if it slips - even if it causes a thousand angry Internet posts - there's more care and craft to this book than I might see in a half-dozen of its closest competitors.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny Avengers #10

Jul 29, 2013

The popcorn blockbuster of the Marvel Universe isn't losing any steam this week, as Remender and Acuna introduce the Four Horseman without missing a beat. Lots of history and bad blood keeps Uncanny Avengers unpredictable and interesting, and the scale can only get bigger from here. Even with the team split down the middle, Remender finds interesting ways to divide and conquer - if you're not reading Uncanny Avengers, you're missing out on one of the best superhero books on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny Avengers #12

Sep 26, 2013

If you're looking for some character-driven action that emphasizes relationships and hard choices, Uncanny Avengers #12 is the book to beat.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Uncanny Avengers #13

Oct 23, 2013

If more superhero comics were half as good as Uncanny Avengers, we'd be living in a new golden age. This comic doesn't have to rely on stunts to justify itself as a must-read - instead, Remender and Acuna dig deeply into each member of the Avengers Unity Squad to stir up drama and tension. If you read one superhero comic this week, Uncanny Avengers #13 needs to be it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny Avengers #14

Nov 25, 2013

In an era of slow storytelling, Uncanny Avengers continues to impress, making sure that readers never feel cheated. This issue is no exception, even with the occasional hiccup in the art - with a ton of action and some incredibly high stakes, this battle royale between man and mutant is reaching a fever pitch. If you read one Marvel book this week, make it this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny Avengers #15

Dec 18, 2013

But like I said - bloodlust can only take you so far, and if anything, Remender shows his hand a little more than he needs to, almost as if he's reassuring us that things will be fixed at the end of the day. Well, at the very least, some things. And that's what's exciting about Uncanny Avengers - this is a book that dives deep into Marvel lore and brings back something exciting, throwing together mismatched characters, histories and ideas and seeing what kinds of sparks fly. With the Rapture at their heels, the Uncanny Avengers may be down, but this reader sure as heck is not out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny Avengers #16

Jan 29, 2014

What's great about Uncanny Avengers especially is the feeling that this isn't over yet. Considering we've seen Kang building an army - and now that we've seen Immortus on the scene, as well - there's a sense that the worst is yet to come for the Uncanny Avengers. And to be honest, I can't wait. We've seen these heroes struggle, slip, and fall - and that makes us cheer even harder when they get back up. With Remender and McNiven both bringing their A-game, Uncanny Avengers #16 is a total knockout.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny Avengers #22

Jul 31, 2014

"Avenge the Earth" ends with fire and mayhem - so why does this story feel like it ends not with a bang, but with a whimper?

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Uncanny Avengers #25

Oct 2, 2014

AXIS begins not with a bang, but with a sickly thud in Uncanny Avengers #25

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Inhumans #0

Apr 1, 2015

What is so interesting about an artist like Steve McNiven is that, at this point, he's about as sure of a thing as Marvel can get - and that also makes the future of Uncanny Inhumans uncertain. We've seen McNiven pop up on several series in recent years, such as Uncanny Avengers, Wolverine and Guardians of the Galaxy... and as soon as he left, the buzz left with him. It's the blessing and curse of being a true A-lister - he can't sustain a yearly output, and so it becomes a bit more apparent just how much a book's appeal is based solely on the art. Still, with a streamlined cast, it looks like plenty of people will stick with Uncanny Inhumans - at least as long as McNiven does.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny Inhumans #1

Oct 21, 2015

Yet with Black Bolt and Medusa in the same house once more - if not the same bed - there's a ton of potential for Uncanny Inhumans to succeed. While this property has undeniably gotten off to a shaky start, now that there's a shared past of betrayal and secrets, Soule and McNiven have a ton of drama to mine, and throwing in a villain as overpowered as Kang the Conqueror gives this book a high concept appeal that's difficult to ignore. A house separated cannot stand, but a house divided might be the best thing to happen to Marvel's next potential franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #26

Jun 18, 2012

Still, the only reason torture works in these kind of books is if we like the characters. Just because Wolverine is awesome in Wolverine and the X-Men doesn't mean we can keep watching him get cancer-fied every six months without some sort of comeuppance. This kind of win record makes me think of Justice League International, only with better art. The Uncanny X-Force need some swagger in their step, stat.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #5

Jan 23, 2012

With the threats being less than epic, the characters being less than enthralling and the art being less than expressive, this book keeps talking about being like an epic Avengers book, but can't even take on territory that Uncanny X-Force didn't trailblaze first. There is a ton of potential to Gillen's plans, but he's fighting uphill will an artist who definitely does not suit his style. It may be a new and different threat for the X-Men, but I may sit the rest of this arc out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #18

Sep 13, 2012

From an execution standpoint, this may be even better than the main Avengers vs. X-Men comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #1

Feb 13, 2013

The big challenge that Uncanny X-Men needs to accomplish is that it needs to distinguish itself from Bendis's already spectacular debut"right now, there are two Scott Summers in play, and it's up to Bendis to convince us that there's enough room in this world for the two of them. Now that the stage has been set, Bendis has an opportunity to tell a sharper, harder Uncanny X-Men than we've seen in awhile"and I'm definitely looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #3

Mar 13, 2013

With a tiny suspension of disbelief, there's a lot to love about this latest issue of Uncanny X-Men. Feared and hated and misunderstood far worse than we've ever seen an X-team, Cyclops' ragtag children of the atom straddle that fine line between heroes and villains"which gives Bendis and Bachalo plenty of room to play around. It's fun to see the X-Men's resident stick-in-the-mud finally take a walk on the wild side, and with the doozy of a cliffhanger Bendis has provided, I'm excited to see what kind of sparks are going to fly when Cyclops sets his sights on the next generation of mutantkind.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #4

Apr 11, 2013

Just like when Jason Aaron and Kieron Gillen took over Wolverine and the X-Men and Uncanny X-Men, it feels like Brian Michael Bendis has all of his fun characters (including the confused young Scott) over in All-New X-Men, while Uncanny X-Men feels lackluster and ill-defined in its characterization.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #6

May 28, 2013

What's so weird about this arc is that it really could have worked out nicely for Bendis and company had they simply waited " it's not a foreign concept to have an artist work well ahead of schedule and simply holding the pages until they're ready. (Case in point: Marvel's current event Age of Ultron.) So why was Bendis so impatient to bring the team into a foreign environment when he's barely explored the original central concept? Ultimately, this comic moves far too slowly to really justify the read " unless Bendis provides a game-changer next month, this sophomore arc is definitely a slump.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #9

Aug 6, 2013

Nine issues in, Uncanny X-Men already feels like it's spinning its wheels. You can only have Cyclops and company stage so many "daring raids" before you remember that the characterization is still paper-thin - there's no emotional fallout for Cyclops about killing Charles Xavier, no panic attacks about him losing control of his powers... and not only that, but this team feels like it's come together so quickly and (Goldball notwithstanding) very, very little second thoughts. Is the outlaw lifestyle really that compelling that Cyclops's sins can go largely unexamined? And can this team actually define itself beyond the usual Bendis-speak? Without something new to set itself apart, Uncanny X-Men isn't quite living up to its name.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #13

Oct 22, 2013

So what's the saving grace of this comic? Well, without giving too much away, Bendis throws a curveball near the end of this comic that shows he is looking at the long game, and that Battle of the Atom might actually have a long game in mind. Is there more to the original X-Men than meets the eye? It's that twist that gives Uncanny X-Men #13 a much-needed jolt, and keeps this issue from being completely skippable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #14

Nov 20, 2013

Topped off with a nice nod to long-time X-fans, Uncanny X-Men #14 brings a refreshing amount of light to what has been a fairly oppressive title. The fact that Bendis is able to bring some freshness to a franchise that has been strip-mined from every angle is already a win, and while the scale of the story might be small, the characterization makes this issue one of the stronger installments of Uncanny X-Men yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #24

Jul 31, 2014

It's like they said in Monty Python - "Just get on with it!" Brian Michael Bendis has taken two issues and he's barely even gotten started on "The Last Will and Testament of Charles Xavier," making this comic feel like a real bait-and-switch.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #25

Sep 4, 2014

We're three issues into "The Last Will and Testament of Charles Xavier," and this arc feels like the sloppiest one since the relaunch

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #1

Jan 7, 2016

Ultimately, Bunn has been dealt a bad hand with this high concept and this artist, and that doesn't bode well for this X-book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #15

Apr 5, 2019

Writer Matthew Rosenberg and artist Salvador Larocca deliver their best issue of Uncanny X-Men to date this week, as Scott Summers has a personal stake in his latest mission - and loses a surprising amount in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Under the Moon: A Catwoman Tale #1

May 21, 2019

To say that Under the Moon: A Catwoman Tale is a mixed bag is probably underselling it. It does show an ongoing flaw throughout DC Ink as an imprint - namely, the tendency to try to fit too many stories under the umbrella of a single narrative. Because on paper, Lauren Myracle's script is ambitious and sweeping - but she's ultimately unable to do justice to any of the weighty topics she tries to tackle, because she refuses to commit to any one theme or angle. If you're a fan of beautiful artwork, however, you'll find lots to love with Isaac Goodhart's pages, but it's a shame that this YA graphic novel couldn't have given him a better story to work with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Unfollow #7

May 5, 2016

The only downside to this comic is that it's so self-contained that if you're looking for more information on Unfollow's 140, you're going to have to go online to put the pieces together. But as far as done-in-ones go, you could do a lot worse than Unfollow #7.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Valen the Outcast #7

Jun 12, 2012

Overall, Valen the Outcast has a big problem " namely, it isn't embracing it's elevator pitch nearly enough, and as a result, its story comes off slow and its main character comes off as a bit of a cypher. With some more deliberate shuffling by Nelson and Scalera, this book could give Frankenstein: Agent of S.H.A.D.E. a run for its money. But right now, this book is nothing but a handsome corpse.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #3

Sep 23, 2019

There are a lot of benefits to an issue like Jane Foster: Valkyrie #3, not least of which is that it gives the core creative team some wiggle room with a publishing schedule that has only gotten more demanding in recent years.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Velvet #13

Feb 4, 2016

If you're interested in watching a team of comics creators operating at the top of their game, look no further.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Venom (2011) #10

Dec 12, 2011

Even though the visuals seem to have taken a step backwards, the actual direction of Venom lets Rick Remender have his cake and eat it, too. He's not throwing away anything that's come before " even as it seems the original status quo is going the way of the dodo " but he's letting it evolve organically, all while preserving the sharp tenor that's been one of this book's best qualities. The book may not be out of the woods yet, but there are plenty of smart moves for this new approach, enough to ensure I'm back in Flash Thompson's corner next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Venom (2011) #16

Apr 23, 2012

Venom #16 is a fun comic, and perhaps even more importantly, a fun comic that doesn't try to put on airs or try to apologize for its escapist tendencies. What it does do is it puts a nice artistic spin on an existing book, and it juggles three characters extremely well for a self-contained chapter. It doesn't always have to be deeper than this. Sometimes a pipe is just a pipe; sometimes a fight comic is just a fight comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Venom (2011) #22

Aug 9, 2012

Gorgeous fight choreography, a message that punches you in the gut, a well-earned ending from one of Marvel's rising stars. Don't miss this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2011) #23

Aug 23, 2012

Sometimes the narration comes off as a little overwrought, and it is admittedly low-calorie action, but Venom is moving surprisingly strong with this new team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2016) #161

Feb 7, 2018

If you've similarly lapsed on the Lethal Protector, now's the time to check back in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2018) #1

May 8, 2018

This is not a perfect debut by any means, but there's a surprising amount of substance to this comic book, and it makes Venom a worthy poison for any Spider-fan to pick.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Venom (2018) #3

Jun 29, 2018

While Cates' explanation of a symbiote dragon-god feels a little truncated in this issue, the concept is wild enough to keep readers interested " in general, Venom's sterling high concept work along with its strong characterization has given this series some surprising legs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2018) #5

Aug 27, 2018

Given how many fits and starts have been taken with Venom as a character over the past decade or so, you can’t help but be impressed with the level of craziness and the level of confidence this creative team has brought in just five issues. It would be easy to just position Eddie Brock as a shadow counterpart of Spider-Man, but there’s something much more additive going on thanks to Cates and Stegman’s ingenuity - by building upon the mythology of the symbiotes in such a wild way, they’re able to build upon both Venom as a character as well as the world around him, revitalizing a new corner of the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Venom (2018) #9

Dec 10, 2018

Venom #9 isn't just the best issue of this series yet " it might just be Cates' and Stegman's best work at Marvel to date.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2018) #14

May 23, 2019

Given the character's sci-fi roots, it's hard to imagine Venom working so well in this sword-and-sorcery epic, but thanks to Bunn and Coello building upon an already strong foundation, this symbiote feels right at home in the War of the Realms.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Venom (2018) #26

Jul 21, 2020

While not the punchiest issue this series has had to date, it's a testament to Venom's creative team that even a lower-key installment still brings a strong level of talent to the field. While the introduction of Virus might not be as high-octane as some readers might have hoped, Venom #26 still brings the heat with some truly engaging artwork, and remains a relatively accessible jumping-on point for anyone interested in the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Venomverse #1

Sep 6, 2017

As it stands, it's too early to tell if black is more fitting for the Marvel Universe, but as a debut, Venomverse's beautiful artwork has my interest piqued for a second installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Venomverse #3

Sep 21, 2017

Artist Iban Cohelo keeps the action intense and kinetic, even if the designs for the possessed Venoms look a little anemic. But as a story, this is a kind of stealth crossover whose central frills feels almost unnecessary " the Venom suits so far don't give this story much of a spin that could be accomplished without them, making Venomverse feel like a fan-indulgent but ultimately empty exercise.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Venomverse #4

Sep 28, 2017

This isn't a bad story, nor it is a particularly great one, but at minimum, this is a proving ground that shows that Coello is ready for bigger projects.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Vision (2015) #1

Nov 4, 2015

The Vision #1 is far from a typical superhero story - instead, it's an eerie sci-fi tale, but one that absolutely marks the next great comic from a team of already talented sequential storytellers. If you buy only one comic book this week, you absolutely need to make sure it's this one. King, Walta and Bellaire have put a wrecking ball through the veneer of the American Dream, and shown that, in many ways, these robots are just as confused, directionless and adrift as the rest of us. And maybe that's fitting - after all, that's what it means to be human.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Void Trip #1

Nov 21, 2017

The question of Void Trip, at this point, is whether or not the sweet, sweet taste of froot is enough to turn a one-time customer into someone jonesing for more. And that's going to be an uphill battle for this book, particularly since we've seen similar threads in books like Joyride, Quantum and Woody, or even Image's recently concluded Chew. But there is a certain bit of magic to Plaid Klaus's artwork that makes Void Trip transcend some of its early growing pains, and it's definitely a series I plan to keep an eye on in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
War of the Realms #2

Apr 19, 2019

A great sophomore effort from an exceptionally ambitious event.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
War of the Realms #5

Jun 6, 2019

It's easy to be cynical about superhero events, seeing them not so much as stories as marketing launchpads for new spin-off storylines across the rest of a publishing line " but seeing a team as talented as Aaron and Dauterman buckling under the weight of the War of the Realms does make me wonder if it's at all possible to deliver a satisfying story in an event-driven ecosystem, regardless of who's behind the wheel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
War of the Realms #6

Jun 26, 2019

While it's been touch and go at times, now that the dust has settled on War of the Realms, it's clear that Aaron and Dauterman have walked away from this battlefield with a victory - and in today's scattered event landscape, that might be one of the most godlike feats in comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The Dark Elf Realm #1

May 6, 2019

Most tie-in books feel like grist for the mill, but War of the Realms Strikeforce: The Dark Elf Realm #1 winds up being a surprisingly potent showcase for both Hill and Yu, and makes me want to see them team up again sooner rather than later.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Warlord of Mars #0

Jul 8, 2014

That all said, one-shots like these would go a long way towards reclaiming the Warlord of Mars for a new generation of readers. Right now, it feels like you have to have to be a scholar of pulp fiction to even understand John Carter's appeal, let alone be a diehard fan - but stories like Brady and Jadson's could definitely reverse this trend. Emphasizing the character just as much as the high concept, Warlord of Mars #0 is a great entree for anyone interested in Edgar Rice Burroughs' mythology.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Warlords of Appalachia #1

Oct 14, 2016

While the characterization could use some ramping up in future installments, the actual world building of Warlords of Appalachia should make this a must-read on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wasted Space #8

Mar 28, 2019

A wonderful character piece as well as a great jumping-on point for new readers, Wasted Space is not living up to its name with this installment " quite the contrary, this feels like essential reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
We Are Robin #4

Sep 28, 2015

While DC Comics will always go heavy on Batman books, you couldn't help but feel that we were in a period of supersaturation for the Dark Knight, with more than a dozen Bat-family titles going on at any one time. It's easy to get lost in the mix, and I feel that in many ways, that's what's happened with We Are Robin, especially with the already-fresh inclusions of characters like Harper Row and Stephanie Brown. Sometimes it takes a real shake-up to get someone's attention, and in that regard, We Are Robin #4 has definitely earned readers' respect. They might be inexperienced, and they might be hurting, but in the hands of Bermejo and Harvey, at the end of the day, the kids are all right.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
We Are Robin #7

Dec 21, 2015

While the main storyline of this book is simple and unvarnished, the art makes We Are Robin #7 a worthwhile read regardless. Carmine Di Giandomenico is a real catch for DC, and if they know what's good for them, they'll continue to throw high-profile work his way. We Are Robin #7 may not reinvent the wheel - or even this crossover - but it is a particularly stylish entry for an easily overlooked book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
We Can Never Go Home #1

Mar 24, 2015

The recurring mix tape that flickers in and out of this story really evokes the philosophy and ethos I'm picking up from We Can Never Go Home #1 - these are not big-name characters or creators, they're coming from humble backgrounds and just making the best damn work they can. And like the best mix tapes, We Can Never Go Home will likely surprise you - there's a lot of heart and hunger to this book, and while it's not the kind of high-concept darling that will have Hollywood calling, it's quite the solid start for all involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Weirdworld (2015) #1

Dec 15, 2015

Without Mike Del Mundo on this book, I might say that Weirdworld would be dead in the water, considering the sketchily plotted storyline doesn't stand out amongst the rest of Marvel's prolific output. But man, is this artwork something special, and it gives Humphries the time he needs to throw out as many crazy ideas to see what will stick. We might not have a strong sense of who Becca Rodriguez is or what Weirdworld is all about, but artwork this good may convince you to take the scenic route.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Will Eisner's The Spirit #12

Jun 30, 2016

While the colors by Brennan Wagner feel a little murky at times, this is a great showing from Dynamite.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #1

Feb 11, 2014

One might call it a bait and switch - others might call it sleight of hand. This backdoor Nick Fury series reads decently strong, even if the Winter Soldier himself might play second fiddle. But if you give this series a chance, and are ready to accept the comparisons to James Bond adventures gone by, Winter Soldier: The Bitter March is a spy book that goes down surprisingly sweet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #3

Apr 17, 2014

From its knockout punch of a cover to its numerous cliffhangers, few superhero books on the stands will make you go "holy jeez!!" more than Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #3

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wizard Beach #1

Dec 10, 2018

I was skeptical about this series for sure, but you'll be glad if you kick back and take a chance on Wizard Beach.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolf #1

Jun 23, 2015

Of course, for a lot of people, Ales Kot is not an easy writer to follow. His Zero, as an example, has been a criminally under-read spy story that deals with the horrors of warfare. With Wolf, I urge readers not to make the same mistake twice. Yes, there are plenty of comics featuring mysterious protagonists dealing with supernatural plots - indeed, there's a lot of similarities in tone with The Dying and the Dead, just to think of an example - but when you're looking at similar genres and material, the most important thing to distinguish a book is its style. And that's something Wolf has in abundance.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine (2010) #300

Jan 16, 2012

To be honest, sometimes pacing in comics can be too frenetic, with the ideas being tossed at such a manic rate that none of them get a chance to develop. Yet Wolverine #300 is a comic that is both light and satisfying, a fight book that embraces the lunacy inherent in a 180-year-old clawed mutant who happens to fight shapeshifters and be a Japanese culture enthusiast. As far as celebrations go, you're going to be hard-pressed to find something more fun than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine (2010) #301

Feb 20, 2012

The relentless action, combined with some slightly halting artwork, doesn't always make this book the most memorable one in the world, but this is more of an exercise in tone than in execution. It's not in the same class as last issue, but it's fun nevertheless.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Wolverine (2010) #312

Aug 27, 2012

While you might have heard about the game-changing revelations of this issue, I wouldn't think twice about it. You probably won't understand half of what's going on in this book, and the final-page twist is so implausible that it will likely never be mentioned again, let alone used in a future Wolverine storyline. Unless you are a fanatical completist of either Loeb, Bianchi or Wolverine, you'll be better served reading just about anything else.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine (2014) #1

Feb 3, 2014

As a character, it's hard to tell stories about Wolverine that break the mold. He's been a loose cannon with the X-Men, he's been a samurai in his own solo adventures, he's even been a teacher at the Jean Grey School. Marvel's toyed with toning down Wolverine's healing factor before - the '90s-era crossover Fatal Attractions being one key example - but there's a reason it's never stuck. Tying Wolverine's fate to a B-level action movie isn't going to make Paul Cornell's life any easier - but neither will tying him to some B-level antihero wannabes. There's some edge to Wolverine, as Cornell produces more questions than answers, but with this abrupt, forced new status quo, even the Ol' Canucklehead is beginning to show his age.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wolverine (2014) #2

Feb 26, 2014

And that's what the problem with Wolverine is right now. It's not about making him killable, or losing his healing factor - that's been done before, to greater effect than this. Cornell has a smart idea, with Wolverine casting aside his unshakeable ethical code - but he hasn't earned it yet. He hasn't played true to Wolverine being a tragic hero, but instead made him a weak second banana in his own book. There's a lot of really cool possibilities for Wolverine in his "Killable" state, but with Cornell throwing in spectacle and guest stars rather than cohesive character work, you can't help but wish this book was put out of its misery.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wolverine (2014) #3

Mar 13, 2014

Didn't Fatal Attractions cover this territory years ago, but to much greater effect? It's time to put this all-too-mortal Wolverine out of his misery.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Wolverine (2014) #5

May 1, 2014

Holy. Cow. I figured I would give Wolverine another chance, given that there's a new artist on board, but man. Wolverine #5 isn't just bad, it's laughably bad

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wolverine (2014) #8

Jun 11, 2014

Just when you thought this book was ready to give up the ghost, Paul Cornell and Kris Anka prove that Wolverine's not dead just yet. That's not to say that this book is perfect by any means - it's definitely got more than its fair share of flaws - but it is highly improved, and the guest stars and artwork show that there's plenty more potential where that came from. I don't know if Cornell can fully correct some of the bad decisions made in the previous seven issues of this series, but more issues like this could make for a smoother conclusion to Wolverine's uneven story.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wolverine (2014) #12

Aug 28, 2014

Combined with two forgettable extra stories, this comic doesn't even give Death its due.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine (2020) #1

Feb 18, 2020

Given the embarrassment of riches on the art front, enhanced by a whopping 60 pages of story, Wolverine #1 is a solid start for this new X-title - but given how long the classic Wolverine has been on the continuity bench, it's easy to feel like "solid" isn't enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wolverine (2020) #2

Mar 24, 2020

While Percy has done some strong work with Logan and company over in X-Force, his solo run with the Ol' Canucklehead is leaving something to be desired. Some of it is because Adam Kubert isn't firing on all cylinders, whether it be due to wonky layout choices or simply a time crunch - but given that this is Logan's first ongoing series in years, you'd think there'd be a more concrete and thoughtful direction going on. Given the pedigree of the team involved, I wish I could say Wolverine is indispensable reading, but this will appeal to diehard fans only.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wolverine (2020) #3

Jul 25, 2020

A gorgeous misfire.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine and the X-Men #2

Nov 28, 2011

Two issues in and with more bad guys than any year of stories would need, it's clear I'm going to be reading Wolverine and the X-Men for as long as this creative team is on board to produce it. There's tons of imagination, even more ambition, and so much potential for this cast of characters. Even when this book makes some mistakes, they're never enough to derail the sheer joy that comes off every page. The next issue can't come soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #6

Feb 22, 2012

If all schools were like the Jean Grey School, I think kids would be spending a lot more time on their studies. There are so many different angles that this premise can take, and it's really refreshing to see Aaron and Bradshaw's ambition for this series. While it's not always the most focused series in the world, it goes places that many other books would never think to tread. And this issue is no different.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #7

Mar 19, 2012

Still, the characters in this book are accessible, unpredictable, and above all else likable. Ambitions aside, the execution of this arc may have been a bit of a sophomore slump, but Wolverine and the X-Men remains at the top of the class.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #8

Apr 9, 2012

While there's a hiccup here and there with how the main fight sequence turns out, the fact that this is a likeable, stylish, done-in-one adventure makes me root for this book even more. When people want to compare comics to television " and the exponentially higher viewership that TV has " I can only point to high-concept, self-contained, accessible comics like Wolverine and the X-Men. With a gifted writer, gifted artists and some terrifically gifted youngsters, this comic is a can't-lose proposition.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #9

Apr 19, 2012

This isn't the best issue of Wolverine and the X-Men, but it's the kind of tie-in all tie-ins should strive to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wolverine and the X-Men #12

Jul 2, 2012

Of course, diehard Bachalo fans will still find a lot to like, and those jonesing for another fight comic will be pleased. (Kid Gladiator in particular gets some great moments, taking down a number of people way outside of his weight class with some of Aaron's sharpest lines.) But aside from getting essentially a visual remix of the same old Avengers-X-Men battles " and that's a big problem that I'm already jaded enough to say that " there's not much new going on for this book. This is a class you can skip.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine and the X-Men #13

Jul 16, 2012

That said, when your only critique is "could have been more risky with the art," it means you've got yourself a pretty darn good comic. Bradshaw's storytelling chops and expressive characters draw you into Aaron's surprisingly human story about an alien warrior who secretly longs for some beauty in her life. The irony, of course, is that Warbird's story might be some of the most beautiful work this title has seen yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #16

Sep 12, 2012

While the X-Men are absent and sometimes the writer fiat is strong in this comic, it's still a decent issue from Aaron and Bachalo that will help pave the way for some even stronger issues down the road. Kade Kilgore and the new Hellfire Club came off as more like a joke than an iconic threat during Aaron's run on X-Men: Schism, but the semi-sacrifice of this issue's momentum for a character piece has given these villains some teeth. The lesser of two evils got just a little bit scarier.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #17

Sep 25, 2012

That said, if this comic is guilty of one sin, it's that it does take one joke and beat it completely to death " so if you're not a fan of Doop going on crazy adventures, you are going to flat-out hate this book. If you're looking for a deeper story that affects the Jean Grey School, you probably won't like this book, either. But if you're invested in this school, invested in the characters, and are interested in zooming in on one administrator's dangerous day-to-day, you could do much worse than this.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wolverine and the X-Men #18

Oct 15, 2012

I still like the students and especially the villains, and Aaron's cliffhanger will make you worry in spite of yourself, but I'll be glad to see AvX in the rear-view mirror, and let this book get back to its own path.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine and the X-Men #19

Oct 30, 2012

Maybe instead of damning with faint praise, I've lionized with small criticisms. Maybe it's because I'm happy: Wolverine and the X-Men are back where they belong, away from the crossovers and the events, and back to the classrooms, the suburbs and the stars. In short, Jason Aaron, Nick Bradshaw, Walden Wong and Laura Martin are back to doing what they do best. And like Wolverine himself, they truly are the best there is at what they do.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine and the X-Men #20

Nov 14, 2012

While the art disconnect brings this book down, fans of Angel should have enough to make this issue of Wolverine and the X-Men a worthy purchase. Jason Aaron may only succeed in making one out of his two main characters interesting " sorry, Shark Girl, even taking down Mystique isn't going to cut muster without stronger characterization " his cliffhanger and his care with Warren Worthington brings this book in for a decent enough landing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #24

Jan 24, 2013

The highlight of Aaron's script has to be Kitty and Iceman's awkward first date, as they discuss how they shoulder the burden of training the next generation of mutants. Smart stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #25

Feb 15, 2013

Perez is a nice change in terms of the art, with an expressive, cartoony style that still feels very different than the rest of the Marvel stable. That said, the subplot featuring Wolverine's lost brother Dog doesn't quite enthrall yet, sapping this issue of some of its strength.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wolverine and the X-Men #26

Mar 18, 2013

Focusing on this no-name villain versus the children of the Jean Grey School was a gutsy move for Jason Aaron and company, and while I don't think it worked out for them this go-round, it's that anything-goes mentality that I so love about Wolverine and the X-Men. Combined with the sheer artistic power that this book keeps showcasing, this isn't a solid hit, but Perez and Martin prove that any landing you can walk away from is a good one.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Wolverine and the X-Men #29

May 20, 2013

The greatest superpower of the Jean Grey School has been its narrative potential, and Wolverine and the X-Men #29 shows that potential fully realized. If you thought the first few arcs of this series were ambitious and quirky, just wait until you take a look at this comic. With big ideas, some excellent character payoffs, a smart message and heaps of teasers for the next year's worth of stories, this comic is easily the best thing you'll read all week.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine and the X-Men #31

Jun 11, 2013

The one downside for this particular issue is that the gag goes on just a little bit too long " there's a subplot with Wolverine and his faculty that helps give this issue a jolt, but ultimately the idea of supervillains as unqualified teachers is a joke that eventually feels a bit one-note. But one could easily argue that's the price you pay for decent setup " you know exactly what you're getting into in the Hellfire Academy, and it's nice to see Wolverine's students demonstrate what they've learned while deep inside enemy territory. If this issue is any indicator, the Hellfire Saga is going to achieve high marks for Wolverine and the X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #33

Jul 25, 2013

A strong showing from Jason Aaron and Nick Bradshaw makes Wolverine and the X-Men #33 a fun book to watch. Focusing primarily on the former X-students as they stage a daring breakout from the Hellfire Academy, there's a lot of emotion underneath all these fisticuffs.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine and the X-Men #41

Feb 13, 2014

As a done-in-one story, Wolverine and the X-Men #41 is somewhat predictable, somewhat disposable, but hardcore loyalists will still have a good time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #42

Feb 27, 2014

The finale to Jason Aaron's run on Wolverine and the X-Men may be tarnished by uneven artwork, but damn if it isn't a heartfelt goodbye to one of the best concepts in recent X-Men history.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wonder Woman (2011) #9

May 17, 2012

The saving grace of this dark, weirdly inorganic story is Akins, who makes Diana a memorable figure with her "bride of the undead" outfit (complete with severed hands on the gown), as well as Hades' terrified, emaciated ex-wife. That all said, as memorable as this story is with its ideas, it only feels like a Wonder Woman story because she's there. The shifting tone isn't a bad thing, but Diana needs to be a more active character " and bigger focus from the writer " if she really wants to soar.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2011) #10

Jun 25, 2012

There's a lot of great setup to this issue of Wonder Woman, even if the overgrown pantheon of demigods steals more than their share of Diana's thunder. With some evocative art and a wonderful first impression, we get the sense that Azzarello knows the hidden potential of the Amazing Amazon. If only she more space to show it off.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2011) #11

Jul 23, 2012

There's something about Diana of Themyscria that has kept her alive in pop culture all these years " but this isn't it. While we're not in Tim Burton levels of self-indulgence anymore, Azzarello's story is getting away from him, and there's only so much goodwill Chiang can muster with pretty art for a nonstarter plot. Gods and monsters have thrived in this run of Wonder Woman, but until we get some humanity from the lead character, this book will never reach its true potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wonder Woman (2011) #13

Oct 22, 2012

But that's ultimately too little, too late. This comic is spinning its wheels instead of focusing on Diana's character first, and that leads to a listless read. Perhaps Azzarello's insights are more based on her mythology rather than Diana specifically " and while the expansion of the mythos helped form Green Lantern's extended universe, it had to start with a rebuilding of Hal Jordan first. Perhaps a streamlining is what Wonder Woman truly needs. Cleanliness is, after all, next to godliness.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2011) #15

Dec 19, 2012

In terms of this chapter's primary objective " bring back Orion with style " I think Azzarello can consider this mission accomplished, with a foundation of characterization making up for a lack of flashiness... at least for now. Piggybacking off established characters is nothing new, but there is a part of me that wishes Diana was a bit more established, too. The new guest star makes this issue one to watch, but I still hold out hope that Diana will be able to stand on her own two feet someday.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wonder Woman (2011) #16

Jan 28, 2013

For those really invested in Brian Azzarello's story, well, I guess you'll want to continue with Wonder Woman, even though you won't miss much story here. If you like Cliff Chiang, then I guess that's another reason. But this comic feels like the worst kind of wasted potential, a comic that seeks to go nowhere as fast as it possibly can. Good looks can only take a book so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wonder Woman (2011) #37

Dec 17, 2014

On the one hand, I want to give DC credit for trying to keep A-list talent on Wonder Woman, showing a commitment to the character and her history. On the other hand, I think this is a clear-cut case of the wrong talent on the wrong book, and when people inevitably begin to leave the book due to its strange handling of a symbol for women everywhere, I'm concerned DC will think of it as an indictment of the character rather than the creative team behind it. There is far more to Wonder Woman - and comics as a whole - than just the pretty pictures. Once can only hope the Finches figure out what that is, and give us a heroine worth rooting for.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wonder Woman (2011) #40

Apr 6, 2015

Yet given the problematic interpretation of the character in issues past, it might be damning with faint praise to call this issue of Wonder Woman the best one yet. The artwork feels more refined here, and with less outrageous digressions - like Wonder Woman holding a teddy bear for dramatic effect - it might be possible for more readers to give this book a chance. But if Meredith Finch can give Wonder Woman a chance to really be the unstoppable heroine that the popular imagination has built her up to be, then this series might stand a fighting chance.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wonder Woman (2011) #50

Mar 28, 2016

Ultimately, we know that the Finches' time on Wonder Woman is coming to a close, and with a dream team like Greg Rucka, Liam Sharp and Nicola Scott taking the baton, it's going to be hard to look back on this particular run warmly. But there are glimmers of something deeper underneath this journeyman work, which might have to be enough until Diana leads the post-Rebirth charge.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #3

Jul 28, 2016

There will be those who will be turned off by Rucka's decompressed pacing, and with the slow B-story featuring Steve Trevor, they wouldn't be wrong. But ultimately, Rucka and Sharp zero in on what makes Wonder Woman such an inspiring character, making this one of the best issues she's had in years.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #7

Sep 29, 2016

It's fascinating that, in many ways, Wonder Woman has had her very book stolen from underneath her by her foe-turned-frenemy, the Cheetah. But it's to Greg Rucka and Liam Sharp's credit that Barbara Ann Minerva is such a compelling figure as the cursed bride of Urzkartaga " she's been tricked, abused, lied to, coerced into murder and mayhem thanks to a demigod who, in a smart twist by Rucka, secretly fears the women he seeks to enslave and control.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman (2016) #14

Jan 12, 2017

"Year One" is definitely a highwater mark for the character over the past few years, and this arc will go down as one that is repeatedly referenced for years to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman (2016) #18

Mar 9, 2017

It's a testament to this book's creative team that even with the title character - and even her main villain! - largely sidelined, this comic winds up being as tightly constructed and well-conceived as this one. If you only pick up one DC book this week, make it Wonder Woman #18.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #51

Jul 26, 2018

Orlando's premise is ambitious, but the years-long timeframe of the story is a little hard to register over the course of 20 pages, even as he and Braga work hard to include Diana's various costume changes over the years. Regardless, this might be the best issue of Wonder Woman in years, so don't miss out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #53

Aug 23, 2018

Yeah, Steve Orlando's stint on the Amazing Amazon is as wild as it sounds, especially when this off-the-wall story is illustrated by ACO and Hugo Petreus " the pure spectacle of this comic should be enough to justify the purchase, as we're showered with dense, hyper-rendered pages riddled with insets, as Diana and her compatriots fire the Bow of Ra and sever a deity's connection to Hypertime itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #57

Oct 25, 2018

Given how many different balls the creative team has to juggle, The Witching Hour could be a real mess, but chapters like Wonder Woman #57 show plenty of promise to this wild high concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #750

Jan 23, 2020

Batman has "Year One." Superman has All-Star. But Wonder Woman has never been quite as simple or as straightforward with her characterization - and perhaps it's fitting that her 750th anniversary issue follows suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman (2016): 75th Anniversary Special #1

Oct 31, 2016

Like any great album, Wonder Woman 75th Anniversary Special succeeds not just because of any one installment, but because of the sheer range and variety of the creators involved, leaving something for everyone (and lots to love for fans of gorgeous comic book art). With the caliber of team involved, Wonder Woman fans are going to find this anniversary one to remember.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #1

Apr 22, 2020

If you're a diehard fan of Palmiotti and Conner's run on Harley Quinn, you might enjoy this book, but fans of Wonder Woman herself will likely see this series as a massive disservice to the character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman: Dead Earth #2

Feb 20, 2020

Already standing far higher than its predecessor, dystopias never looked as good as they do in Wonder Woman: Dead Earth.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest (2012) #0

Sep 6, 2012

There are a few moments where the emotional impact is light " particularly when one iconic character meets their untimely end " but this book looks good and gives additional context to two great characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
World's Finest (2012) #1

May 1, 2012

Yet I'd argue that the most important thing about Worlds' Finest is that, like Gail Simone's Birds of Prey before it, these are some three-dimensional, personality-driven female characters that aren't defined by sex appeal or directed by their make counterparts. It feels more appropriate to call them Helena and Karen rather than Power Girl and Huntress, because those are the people we know and we root for. I've never been a die-hard Paul Levitz devotee like many Legion fans, but here he delivers an important lesson on accessibility and reader investment: Character first, costumes second. Talk about making a good impression " the Worlds' Finest may live up their name yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest (2012) #3

Jul 9, 2012

Seemingly accidental decompression aside, Huntress and Power Girl have a dynamic to them that I haven't seen in any other DC Comic, and that partnership thankfully remains intact. Nobody's perfect, not even the Worlds' Finest, but who they are is even more important than what they do. Friendship is the heart of Worlds' Finest, and that trumps much of the plot missteps " at least for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest (2012) #4

Aug 1, 2012

The thing that this issue is missing, however, is a larger message, a reason for being. This has affected the pacing some, as the last few issues have all ended very abruptly, leading readers to wonder if they perhaps missed something on their way out. This is a solid introduction to this dynamic duo, but I know that Levitz could have knocked this out of the park even more with a theme behind the Worlds' Finest. Oh well " I guess killer artwork and endearing characterization will have to do instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
World's Finest (2012) #8

Jan 14, 2013

With that big caveat in play, I still haven't abandoned Helena and Karen, even when their antics definitely have crossed a line. But that all said, I will take the bad with the good here " these characters still have depth, have intensity, have enthusiasm, and that counts for a lot. This book has its heart in the right place, and in all other ways actually does well, but the powers that be at DC should definitely take this book as a learning experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest (2012) #10

Mar 7, 2013

Kevin Maguire may be remembered for his "bwa-ha-ha" days on Justice League International, but I love seeing what he can do when he's playing things straight. Case in point"Worlds' Finest #10, in which he lends power, strength and expressiveness to Huntress and Power Girl's respective personal issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
World's Finest (2012) #20

Feb 27, 2014

While this crossover's first installment in Batman/Superman is a gorgeously drawn piece of work, Worlds' Finest #20 is an ugly, ill-fitting read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #3

Jan 21, 2016

All in all, this book starts off strong, but it could use some work sticking the landing by the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Club (2011) #3

Feb 2, 2012

The only downside for this book is that it may be a little challenging to jump into right now, with all the various plotlines running around " but it is worth it. The geeks are inheriting the Earth, and when they do, the X-Club is one place where you definitely want admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Force (2019) #1

Nov 5, 2019

While this book might not be as cerebral or far-reaching as the flagship X-Men title, I might posit that X-Force is the best ambassador to a fanbase that oftentimes fears and hates change. Even though there's plenty of ideas to go around, Percy and Cassara wed the X-Men's new status quo with some stylish action and engaging character work that adds to the already formidable foundation we've already seen established. If this first issue is any indication, X-Force should absolutely be on the front lines of your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Force (2019) #2

Dec 2, 2019

If you're looking for a fast-paced X-Men book with plenty of brains behind the excitement, you should definitely pick up X-Force.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Force (2019) #8

Feb 28, 2020

Spinnings its wheels narratively and effectively defanged on the art front, this more intimately scaled X-Force does this series no favors.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2013) #1

May 28, 2013

The unaddressed question of X-Men, however, is this - no one really talks about it being an all-women team. No one in the book really even seems to notice. And that's a sort of weird, damned-if-you-do, damned-if-you-don't kind of place that X-Men falls into right now. Does this book want to be known as Marvel's premiere women's book? Does it want to just be an awesome book that happens to star just women? However Brian Wood and Marvel answer, there will be fans up in arms, but I'm hopeful that the creative team holds enough courage in their convictions to make a stand one way or the other. Either way, if you're looking for a stylishly drawn, fast-paced team book that's strong enough for a man, but X-gene positive for a woman, then X-Men is definitely a book to watch.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Men (2013) #3

Aug 1, 2013

Great art and smooth pacing keep X-Men from falling completely underfoot alongside the other, more heavily publicized X-titles, but there's still something missing from this Sisterhood of the Atom.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Men (2013) #4

Aug 22, 2013

Without Olivier Coipel as a selling point, Brian Wood's X-Men is quickly losing its edge, as this well-illustrated book falls back on some fairly tired team tropes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men (2019) #1

Oct 15, 2019

There's a level of deliberateness and world-building to Hickman's X-Men that I think paves over any inconsistencies in execution in pacing - indeed, harping too heavily on any shortcomings in the action sequence is kind of missing the point. Given how high the stakes have been in House of X and Powers of X, it makes sense to bring things down to a simmer, especially since Hickman can act as a smooth launchpad for the rest of the X-Men series coming out over the next month. While this isn't as radical a reinvention as some of Hickman's previous issues, he and Yu continue the franchise's hot streak in X-Men #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-Men (2019) #7

Feb 27, 2020

Faith has been one of the most positive forces in the history of mankind, creating societies and technologies and bonds between people that would have otherwise almost certainly been broken by a harsh and uncaring world. But faith has also generated some of the worst tragedies and most harrowing sins that humanity has ever devised. In that regard, perhaps it’s fitting that even with their elevated DNA, the Children of the Atom can only fly so far from their oh-so-ordinary forebearers. That there is no such thing as a perfect society, but one that must evolve — even as it shows that not all mutations are positive ones. There are no answers in X-Men #7, only questions — but it’s the act of even asking that makes this book such an exhilarating read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2019) #8

Mar 12, 2020

As it stands, X-Men #8 still reads as a fun and fast-paced actioner, and one that will likely appeal to diehard fans of classic Claremont stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Battle of the Atom #1

Aug 27, 2013

With excellent art and compelling characterization, X-Men: Battle of the Atom #1 is about as strong of an introduction for an event as it gets. The stakes are high, but what really matters more is the fact that we connect with the original X-Men in a way that you don't in many other superhero books these days. It's easy to get distracted and focus on the fireworks and the big continuity-shaking moments - yes, I'm looking at you, Infinity - so it's particularly refreshing to have an accessible event book that focuses on its protagonists first.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Men: Battle of the Atom #2

Oct 30, 2013

For better or for worse, Battle of the Atom is pure X-Men, through and through. Marvel's premier mutant team has become synonymous with byzantine storylines, overstuffed casts, a reliance on violence and melodrama - and yet it's also been one of Marvel's most enduring franchises. Rather than trying to overcome its natural weaknesses, Jason Aaron and company wind up leaning into the X-Men's idiosynracies. The Battle of the Atom may be a battle of the ages, but it probably won't last the test of time - that said, if you're living in the now and just want some high-octane mutant action, you can't go wrong with this finale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Black (2018): Emma Frost #1

Nov 2, 2018

Definitely the strongest of the X-Men Black one-shots so far, and hopefully the beginning of a long career for an up-and-coming talent.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Black (2018): Mystique #1

Oct 22, 2018

Given that this is only her third credit in comics, it’s particularly heartening to see a new talent like Seanan McGuire make such a confident leap from novels to sequential art. While X-Men Black: Mystique won’t redefine the character or change much to her status quo, this is an excellent done-in-one character piece that is a strong showcase for an up-and-coming creative team. Like Mystique herself, it’s clear that this team is willing to put in the work to succeed, and if this issue is any indication, those efforts are definitely going to pay off.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Blue (2017) #3

May 11, 2017

If you're an X-Men fan and you aren't reading X-Men: Blue, are you really an X-Men fan? It's that good.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Blue (2017) #16

Nov 30, 2017

For an arc meekly titled "Cross Time Capers," writer Cullen Bunn and artist Thony Silas deliver some solid adventuring with a sprawling cast in X-Men: Blue #16.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Gold (2017) #2

Apr 26, 2017

This may read as comic book comfort food, but there's something to be said for knowing the classics and being able to emulate them well. There's a lot to like in this solid second installment of X-Men Gold, which hopefully will continue its momentum moving ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Gold (2017) #30

Jun 20, 2018

Warts and all, there's something to be said about X-Men: Gold #30, even if the eventual twist of the issue is hampered by the fact that the windup never felt that organic in the first place.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #266

May 9, 2012

With a nicely paced progression of pacifism to out-and-out combat, X-Men Legacy is definitely the best chapter of Avengers vs. X-Men to come out this week. Even though this book lacks the main players that most people want to see, Gage and Sandoval are really pushing their characters and testing their limits. While I'm not 100% sold on how this fight got started, the creative team on this book makes me want to see who finishes it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2018) #1

Feb 1, 2018

While not perhaps not as mind-blowing or esoteric as New X-Men or All-Star Superman, you can't help but see Tom Taylor following in the footsteps of Grant Morrison in X-Men: Red. There's a sense of hope at the heart of this work, the belief that new ideas and new ways of doing can bring salvation and peace. The X-Men have always been about evolution, about coexistence, but I think in the face of ever-expanding events, dodgy team additions, and a true identity crisis in the face of Avengers, Guardians of the Galaxy and other books, it'd be easy to believe that the Children of Atom have lost their way. But thankfully, Jean Grey is back " not as a phoenix, but as a guiding light. And I can't wait to see where she goes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2018) #2

Mar 7, 2018

There are still some rough edges for this book to churn through as it finds its feet, but X-Men: Red can't help but impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2018) Annual #1

May 31, 2018

If you're only reading one X-title, you should definitely make sure it's X-Men Red.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
X-Men: Worst X-Man Ever #1

Jan 4, 2016

The X-Men had established their own version of Hogwarts decades before Harry Potter ever hit the scene, and there's plenty of potential for a story about an average kid in a school filled with extraordinary people. Unfortunately, this story doesn't reach that potential. With predictable plotting and an annoying lead character, not even Michael Walsh's artwork is enough to justify buying this book. Worst X-Men Ever, indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #31

Jan 14, 2015

If you haven't been checking out X-O Manowar, this issue is as good an opportunity as any. Even if you don't know Aric and his various storylines, it's easy to follow this exciting issue - and that's enough of a hook to get you invested in him as a character. Well-written, well-drawn and fun to read, this book is one that shouldn't fly under your radar.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Treme X-Men (2012) #1

Jul 30, 2012

The rule that every comic should have is, "every comic is someone's first" " and if it's a #1 issue, then it really needs to be followed. X-Treme X-Men establishes its goals, but it doesn't really establish its theme, and it does require some homework to really appreciate it, to boot. There's something to these all-new, all-dimensional X-Men, but this approach may be a little too X-Treme for new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Xena: Warrior Princess #1

Apr 14, 2016

While the story occasionally gets a little murky with the time jumps and flashbacks, there's some potential here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Year of the Villain: The Riddler #1

Sep 16, 2019

While the finale of this one-shot might not necessarily add up from a storytelling point of view, Russell and Godlewski do such fun character work that it's hard not to recommend picking up these Gotham City losers' adventures in The Riddler: Year of the Villain #1, showing that even in defeat, in the right hands every bad guy can have his day.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Years of Future Past #2

Jul 2, 2015

Ultimately, what's wrong with this book is that there's too much talk and not nearly enough direction with the plot, making Years of Future Past a missed opportunity.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Young Avengers (2013) #3

Apr 1, 2013

It's a structural flaw that keeps Young Avengers from really distinguishing itself from other team books. The fight scenes and exposition feel like work, and you know what they say about all work and no play " it's what keeps Young Avengers at the kids table.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Young Avengers (2013) #10

Sep 25, 2013

Despite taking a somewhat jarring turn from the team-centric central narrative, Young Avengers #10 is a truly excellent read. By building up the relationships and the back stories of the characters involved, Kieron Gillen, Jamie McKelvie and Mike Norton really give this team some extra heft - even if they don't all appear in this comic. With some smart dialogue and some pitch-perfect plotting, this book is well worth a read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Young Avengers (2013) #11

Oct 24, 2013

On the one hand, Loki fans shouldn't miss out on this comic, as it looks like it will mark a brand new status quo for the fan-favorite character - that said, the slow pacing and the abrupt changes don't make this a home run.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Young Justice (2019) #2

Feb 7, 2019

Looking at Bendis's strengths as a writer and what makes this title special, putting him on Young Justice isn't just a match made in Heaven - it's a match made in history.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Young Justice (2019) #4

Apr 5, 2019

There's a lot of potential on display in Young Justice, but the storyline needs a little bit of tightening up to win over new fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Young Justice (2019) #7

Jul 11, 2019

A very sit-commy detour in nature, Bendis does nice work with the comedy here, particularly with a scene with artist Dan Hipp, who delivers a very funny sequence in the vein of Teen Titans Go.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Z-Men #3

Feb 23, 2016

As the flagship to Double Take's publishing line, things do not bode well for Z-Men. Zombie stories are a dime a dozen in the era of The Walking Dead - so if you want your title to succeed, you need more than just setting your story in the 1960s. Right now, it's kind of unclear what Jeff McComsey and Bill Jemas want out of this series - is it meant to scare us? Is it meant to make us think? Is it supposed to be pure, uncut action? At the moment, Z-Men is none of these things, and after three issues, that might mean this series is dead on arrival.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Zero #3

Nov 21, 2013

Kot's story is largely just action, but he does pepper it with enough human interest -- namely, the relationship between Edward and Mina -- so that the ending hits you like a silenced 9mm handgun. Definitely a striking read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Zero #4

Dec 18, 2013

Ironically, if this issue of Zero has anything holding it back, it's that it doesn't quite finish the job. Yes, there is resolution to Edward's mission - the done-in-one nature of this book makes this particularly accessible - but the ending of the actual comic comes off surprisingly abrupt and surprisingly quiet, considering all the heaviness of the previous 23 pages. The question throughout this series - who is Edward Zero? - still takes precedence, and we know that Kot and company will continue down that relentless road. But Zero #4 is really a love story - or maybe, more accurately, a romantic tragedy - underneath all that brutal spy game. It's the kind of book that, despite its rugged first impression, will unexpectedly steal your heart - that is, before it tries to rip it straight from your chest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Zero #5

Jan 15, 2014

While this issue is slower than the ones before it, I'd argue that Ales Kot and company have earned it - too many high-flying set pieces can equal burnout for even the most devoted readers, and there's a lot to be said for setting up the future conflict and intrigue for Edward Zero. Focusing more on atmosphere than action, Zero #5 remains a book worth watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Zero #7

Apr 23, 2014

I mean, it could be worse. But it could also be better. Zero is a visionary product, to be sure, but it's definitely a challenge, as well. It's unclear to me whether it would be easier to read this comic as a whole, or to break it apart as an episodic work - even if the taciturn lead character makes it tougher to follow. Technically speaking, this book is still executed well, but it's getting increasingly hard for this book to stand on flash alone. There needs to be some more substance to Zero, something deeper to resonate and remember. Otherwise, this book may live up to its name.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Zodiac Starforce #1

Jul 28, 2015

For many, Zodiac Starforce's premise and potential will be enough to keep them interested, and they're not wrong for feeling this way - this book feels targeted for a very specific demographic of anime-loving women, and that representation will likely go a long way with a lot of people. But I'd also argue that Zodiac Starforce's biggest sin is that it's preaching just to the choir, rather than showing any new converts why this genre is so compelling in the first place. Now that the team is back together, here's hoping Panetta and Ganucheau can work some starforce magic.

View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

April

March

More